10.120.61

Released on 25.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Receipts, Approvals, Smart Replenishment on Lite, and Company Open to Buy now display their tables on the first screen again. Supporting details are shown in the correct positions: the receipt currency appears on the title line, approval history follows the recorded policy, the buy breakdown sits beside its figures, and the placed-against-budget bar appears beside totals on wide screens.

10.120.59

Released on 23.10.2026

Other updates

• The Replenishment section and declaration page now display the standing replenish cycle for an in-season Season when one is available.

10.120.58

Released on 23.10.2026

Other updates

• The commitment header has been redesigned. Dials are now displayed as thin bars beneath their figures with a tick marking the target, and the buying budget bar appears on the same line. The header no longer uses rings or relies on colour alone to convey information.

10.120.57

Released on 23.10.2026

Other updates

• Replenish Once now displays a reason when its buttons are unavailable (such as first receipt, horizon, review, or approval). The Bench also shows the specific reason for an ownership refusal instead of displaying it as "Other."

10.120.56

Released on 23.10.2026

Other updates

• What-if menu: The Wholesale ship and Retailer order options now open when the book has draft lines, not only when a Connect what-if exists. The chip displays "No draft orders" in this state.

10.120.55

Released on 23.10.2026

Other updates

• The weekly Forecast column in the product drawer Forecast tab now shows the same values as the chart and totals above it, so weeks with a forecast no longer display a dash.

10.120.54

Released on 22.10.2026

Other updates

• On the Merch plan, outlooks served from the store now display a clock icon next to the "as of" date.

10.120.53

Released on 22.10.2026

Other updates

• The Merch plan table now loads correctly instead of remaining stuck on loading placeholders when the data source is pending review or partially approved.

10.120.52

Released on 22.10.2026

Other updates

• The Size availability panel has been removed from the Trading and Report pages.

• Finance: Using "Start from targets" now pre-fills each category row with the actual sales and margin figures from the selected historical year. Values are editable, and the source year is displayed for reference.

10.120.50

Released on 22.10.2026

Other updates

• On a commitment that sells in one currency, the money grid now displays placed (PO) money in its own currency (e.g. Canadian dollars) while all calculations remain in the commitment currency.

10.120.49

Released on 22.10.2026

New features

• After adding an item to the bench in the Smart Replenishment line drawer, the Add to Bench button now changes to Added to Bench and becomes disabled. This confirms the action was successful without closing the drawer.

10.120.48

Released on 22.10.2026

Other updates

• Purchase order amounts on the Buy plan now display in their own currency (USD) when the associated commitment sells in a different currency (CAD).

10.120.47

Released on 22.10.2026

Other updates

• Supply costs (purchase orders, supplier costs, cash out) now correctly retain their own currency on commitments where the sales currency differs — for example, selling in CAD while supply costs are in USD.

10.120.46

Released on 22.10.2026

Other updates

• On the Scenarios page, opening a pre-season Buy plan now displays header dials without requiring a draft, shows the cash band first in the grid with the cap stated once, and combines successor and new-style rows into a single count chip.

10.120.45

Released on 22.10.2026

Other updates

• Replenishment policies drawer: Policy lines are now displayed as a sortable, searchable table — showing product, location, cover, lead time, and profit — with product variants grouped under their parent product. This replaces the previous unformatted text display.

• Buy plan wholesale orders: The account name and order number are now styled as links, with an underline on hover, making them easier to identify as clickable.

10.120.44

Released on 22.10.2026

Other updates

• On order: The purchase order number in the supplier panel is now styled as a clickable link, with an arrow icon and underline on hover.

• On order: Clicking "Open order" or the order number takes you to that purchase order's detail page. Order lines with no unit cost now show a dash and the reason, instead of a chip.

• Season pre-season Buy plan: The layout has been updated to a more compact design. Controls are consolidated into a single row (What if, Request approval, and the options menu), followed by a single row of five figures. Levers are collapsed into chips, and orders links, supplier requirements, and successor rows are condensed to save space.

10.120.43

Released on 22.10.2026

Other updates

• The commitment header now displays each figure once, without repetition. When Modelled buy and Placed amounts are equal, they appear as a single combined value. "Incl. wholesale" has moved to a tooltip, and the Stale indicator is now a compact tag on the title row. Draft orders, Protected reserve, and funding gap are grouped together, keeping all figures on one line at 1440px wide.

10.120.42

Released on 22.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Wholesale orders: Fixed several display issues on the orders table: the stray ellipsis no longer appears above the table, the account and order number now display correctly as links, and orders without a warehouse now show their ERP location or Direct instead of appearing blank.

10.120.41

Released on 22.10.2026

Other updates

• Fixed an issue where the pre-season cash strip displayed an unexpected text string when the deposit and balance split was missing; the amber tag now appears on its own as intended.

10.120.40

Released on 22.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Action menus and popovers behind ⋯ and icon buttons now open correctly again. This restores buttons such as More actions on Cash & payments, Edit range on Product sales, Setup on Connect accounts, and Settings on purchase orders.

10.120.39

Released on 22.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Wholesale orders on the Buy plan: Several display issues in Connect have been resolved. The account now opens correctly; the Destination field shows the order's location (by ERP name, or Location 59) instead of an amber "No warehouse" indicator; the Needed field is blank rather than showing a dash when no date is set; and a stray column control that appeared above the table has been removed.

10.120.38

Released on 22.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Several display and interaction issues have been resolved:
  • You can pause and resume a stocktake count plan from its ⋯ menu again.
  • A commitment's four pre-season figures are visible again instead of appearing as empty boxes.
  • Closing the packages drawer with an unsaved count correction now prompts you to discard your changes again.
  • In Connect reports, the season and retailer selects, transfer source bars, weekly results drawer, and unavailable-with-retry rows all display correctly again.

10.120.37

Released on 22.10.2026

Other updates

• The pre-season Buy plan now includes its style plan (with grains, decisions, and Send to bench), scenario tools, and account orders. The pre-season Overview restores its Planning, Trading, Stock, and Orders tables; the Tasks entry point has been removed. Continuity and in-season views keep the wholesale orders page and their existing Overview tabs. These changes apply only when the workbench switch is on; all other organisations see today's Buy plan and Overview unchanged.

• The pre-season Buy plan now shows cash by month or week as a table with cumulative cash out against the cap, remaining open-to-buy, and a draft column alongside the live plan. Send to bench moves to the page header with a pre-send summary sheet (the button remains at the foot of the grid). What if opens as a menu on the page, with Scenarios one press away. A notice appears when the server has not yet returned the deposit and balance split.

• The pre-season Buy plan now shows cash by month or week against the cap beneath the page header, with a scenario's draft alongside the live plan and a summary line of its key inputs. Continuity and in-season views keep their existing pages.

• The pre-season Buy plan now includes a channels switch (all channels or a single DTC channel), a banner for incomplete data, and new-style and successor rows. Continuity and in-season views are unchanged.

• Pressing a style row on the pre-season Buy plan now opens that style in the product drawer, showing Build-up, Buy, and Allocation tabs. Continuity and in-season views keep their existing overlay tabs.

• A pre-season style's detail now expands inline beneath its row, showing Account risk and Fill from the Connect orders on that style, a Plan this product link into the product drawer, and a Rows menu covering six of the seven depth rows: Buy, Cash out, Expected margin, DTC fill rate, Stock-out risk, Markdown risk, and Left at the window close.

• The pre-season Buy plan is now linked to the Bench, Ship windows, Deliveries, and Purchase orders views. Each wholesale order opens directly in its Connect account. Continuity and in-season views are unchanged.

• The pre-season Buy plan now shows supplier requirements as pills: on the style row, whether MOQ is met or how many units are short; per supplier, whether MOQ and minimum order value are met, how far the next price break is, and what it saves. Each pill includes a fix that opens the relevant style or supplier terms. Continuity and in-season views are unchanged.

• The pre-season Buy plan now shows each style's real Connect wholesale orders: a DTC and wholesale split on the style row, and the style's orders in its drawer. Continuity and in-season views are unchanged.

10.120.36

Released on 22.10.2026

Improvements

• Season only (behind the workbench gate): The Inventory and commitment forecast toolbars have been simplified into a single row. It now contains the switch, search, a View button (covering all filters, grouping, and Show hidden), and a menu for Export and Columns. Other organisations are not affected.

10.120.35

Released on 22.10.2026

Other updates

• Season only (behind the workbench gate): You can now type directly into commitment forecast grid cells. Click a cell, type a value, and press Enter to save or Esc to cancel. A value entered at the product level is distributed across its variants. To clear a value and return to the forecast, press Delete or use the row menu. Each save can be undone individually. You can also paste a copied block from a spreadsheet to fill multiple cells at once. All other organisations continue to use the popover editor.

• Season only (behind the workbench gate): The Purchase order page now shows the currency the order is placed in, displayed as a pill. If there is a currency mismatch or no currency set, a warning appears with guidance on where to resolve it. In the supplier Edit drawer, the Orders in field no longer shows a default value when the supplier has not specified one. NetSuite error messages now identify the specific currency issue for all users.

10.120.34

Released on 22.10.2026

Other updates

• For Season-only organisations using the Bench: the receipt date has been removed from the Bench. The date column, the field in the edit drawer, the sort option, and the Review and Convert to PO workflows no longer include or display a receipt date. All other organisations are unaffected.

10.120.33

Released on 22.10.2026

Other updates

• When the workbench switch is on: Account prices are removed from the commitment; Decisions appears only when the commitment has recorded decisions; and a single-page Sales & pricing view is shown as a plain Product sales row. All other organisations continue to see pricing tabs, rail rows, and account price drawers unchanged.

10.120.32

Released on 22.10.2026

Other updates

• Supplier page: the orders currency pill, warehouse list, order row figures, and lead-time-dated order rows now show only relevant and available data, omitting entries where information is unknown or not applicable.

10.120.31

Released on 22.10.2026

Improvements

• Seasonal commitments that are currently in season now show the same Planning pages as rolling commitments (Forecast, Wholesale orders, Replenishment, Bench, On order, Plan). Before the season starts, the short group and Buy plan pages remain as before, and the navigation rail updates automatically when the stage changes. This change is controlled by the workbench switch — all other organisations keep their existing pages and names.

10.120.30

Released on 22.10.2026

Other updates

• The Bench column has been removed from Inventory. Because the Bench is a temporary staging area rather than stock, it no longer appears in the Inventory page, the Columns picker, or CSV exports. The Add to Bench action remains available in the bulk bar.

• Transfer orders are now more accessible in Supply. You can create them from the review drawer when a reviewed draft is unavailable (with the reason displayed), or in bulk from the recommended list. Previous transfer orders are listed on the commitment Transfers page, and Transfer orders now appears alongside Purchase orders in Supply.

10.120.29

Released on 22.10.2026

Other updates

• Replenishment now displays Units to buy, Unit cost, and Line cost immediately after Location. Rows without pricing show a No cost indicator, and a No costs on file notice appears when no pricing is available. Footer totals are broken out by currency.

10.120.28

Released on 22.10.2026

Other updates

• The order product panel has been redesigned. It now shows a single header with the PO number, supplier, currency, and status, a timeline strip with the order and arrival dates and an On time or Late indicator, and one consolidated lines table with units, cost, and statuses. The Order details and Compare timing buttons are no longer available in the supplier view.

10.120.27

Released on 22.10.2026

Other updates

• Replenishment: The Expected Arrival and Cover Until columns now always show a value (calculated from order date plus lead time, and days of stock remaining). Empty columns have been removed to keep the grid consistent, and order dates now display in full without truncating.

• Stock Outlook: Stock Outlook now reflects DTC demand only. The Wholesale demand row has been removed from the product drawer, and wholesale figures no longer contribute to booked or held totals. Wholesale demand can be found in Tightly Connect.

10.120.26

Released on 22.10.2026

Other updates

• Added an internal configuration switch to control the rollout of the new workbench UI. No user-facing changes in this release.

10.120.25

Released on 22.10.2026

Other updates

• The Plan page now displays accurate payment and delivery information for your orders. Specifically: Payments due and Deliveries reflect the correct D2C locations for the current commitment; overdue units are shown first in the Deliveries row, total, and chart as a distinct Overdue period so all figures add up correctly; units from other markets are clearly labelled; suggested and drafted supply are visually distinguished by line style, point shape, and legend label; both charts display full width aligned to the grid periods with a labelled value axis; the supplier chip opens as a popover without shifting the grid; empty rows and charts are hidden; and stock and rate tags indicate when data is partial or missing.

10.120.24

Released on 22.10.2026

Improvements

• A unified product drawer is now available across the Forecast page, Stock outlook, Inventory, and Replenishment. It uses the same design as Work the Buy's product overlay and includes the following tabs: Overview, Forecast, Stock & orders, Replenishment, Size & depth, Profitability, and Accounts. Tabs with no data for the selected product are hidden automatically.

Bug fixes

• The product forecast drawer on the Forecast page no longer shows an Open forecast button that did not work. The button now appears only where it functions: in the range product view and Work the Buy. The panel alongside the chart has also been updated — the available window is displayed as a date-range tag, the Forecast and Units per future week figures no longer wrap, and the chart scale has moved to the left so the trend line and confidence band no longer overlap it.

• Several issues with the product drawer have been resolved: the Stock & orders tab now displays correctly when there is no data, the Lines column fits within its allocated space, clicking a product row in Inventory correctly opens the drawer, and an unintended focus ring no longer appears when the drawer opens.

10.120.22

Released on 21.10.2026

Other updates

• Stock outlook now reflects DTC demand only. The Wholesale demand row has been removed from the product drawer, and wholesale figures no longer contribute to booked or held counts. Wholesale demand is managed in Tightly Connect.

10.120.21

Released on 21.10.2026

Other updates

• Commitment Overview: The supplier row is now labelled "On order from suppliers" and includes a "Late from suppliers" indicator. A separate "Retailer orders" row now shows only wholesale orders placed through Tightly Connect.

10.120.20

Released on 21.10.2026

Improvements

• The Order book has been renamed to Account book, reflecting that it organises orders by retailer account. The Forecast sell-out, At risk, Unclassified, and Cancel by columns are now hidden from the table by default when all values are empty — they remain available in the Columns picker if you need them. Additionally, the Cancel by column no longer incorrectly displays an order date as the cancel date.

10.120.19

Released on 21.10.2026

Other updates

• Stock outlook detail: The panel now clearly states what stock information could not be retrieved and displays the available on-hand quantity instead of showing "No stock reading." It opens directly on the readable SKU that runs out first and always displays a populated body.

10.120.18

Released on 21.10.2026

Other updates

• A new Reset Bench action returns all unconverted Bench contributions to their originating Buy plan or Replenishment. A confirmation step shows the number of affected items before the reset is applied.

• The Buy Bench review drawer now explains why a review was refused. It displays a labelled reason (receipt date, supplier, cost, currency, minimum order, permission, or other), the message returned by the server, and a button to open the relevant row so you can correct it.

• The Track record tab is now hidden until a scenario is promoted. The History section is hidden when a non-continuity commitment has no entries. Empty Forming strips and empty By owner and lever headings are no longer displayed.

• When creating a draft purchase order, the delivery and invoice address drawers now include a Saved addresses picker, giving you quick access to saved locations and the company address.

• The flat list of account names has been removed from the commitment Overview. Accounts can be found in Connect.

10.120.17

Released on 21.10.2026

Other updates

• When viewing a wholesale order in the Buy plan, you can now see what the retailer ordered, the warehouse name, and an On bench status when all unit lines are present.

10.120.16

Released on 21.10.2026

Bug fixes

• The Scenarios page now correctly displays the draft workbench instead of the Buy plan's wholesale orders list.

10.120.15

Released on 21.10.2026

Other updates

• Demand forecasting chart: The P10/P90 forecast band now displays whenever the underlying data includes one. When the band covers only part of the forecast period, a "Range · N% of units" label makes this clear. The previous "Range unavailable" chip has been removed. Forecasts without a WMAPE score now show a quiet "Not scored yet" label under Forecast accuracy in the Details panel.

• Inventory page: Bulk and inline editing are now available, along with Add to Bench and CSV export. The page also includes plan table deliveries, a partial forecast range band, and a tidied on order table.

• Inventory page (book-level and inside a commitment): The page now retains your last data view on return, supports saved views, and displays a cover bar and grouped rows.

• On order table: Deliveries are now grouped by week in a single grid, with one toolbar and Columns button, a consolidated summary row, and a cleaner row layout.

• Plan table: Units appear as a muted suffix for readability. The Now column is visually highlighted, past period controls have moved to the header, and band totals are shown. Total bars are larger. The tools row includes the shared stock chip. When no rate is available, cash out now shows a dash and the reason rather than zero.

10.120.14

Released on 21.10.2026

Other updates

• Purchase orders: The NetSuite action button is now labelled "Sync draft order to NetSuite", and the order displays its current sync status: Not synced, Syncing, Synced with the NetSuite order, or Failed (with the reason shown).

10.120.13

Released on 21.10.2026

Bug fixes

• The Open forecast button in the product forecast drawer on the Forecast page now works correctly. It opens the forecast in the range product view and Work the Buy as expected. The side panel has also been updated: the available window is displayed as a compact date-range tag, Forecast and Units per future week are shown as figures that no longer wrap, and the chart scale has moved to the left so the line and band no longer overlap it.

Other updates

• The merch plan selector now lists only merch plans. Uploaded COGS source workspaces appear separately under Uploaded data.

• Sales performance now has a single header showing the basis next to the title, with figures displayed beneath it, and a single table toolbar.

• The stock chip in the commitment header now shows how many tracked rows have not been read. It displays no indicator when everything is up to date, an amber count when some rows are unread or the most recently read row is more than 36 hours old, and a Stock not read label when no rows have been read at all.

• The Stock outlook filter area is now arranged in a tidy two-row block, with Columns at the end of the first row. Risk counts and date range are displayed as status pills, and the pager appears directly below the table.

• In Trading overview, the currency label is taken from the sales data. A Not converted tag is shown instead when figures use mixed currencies, and any lines without an exchange rate are excluded from totals and counted separately.

• Opening a page from the commitment rail or a step row now lands on the Plan view, rather than on whichever tab (Track record or History) was previously open.

10.120.12

Released on 21.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Buy plan now correctly lists approved wholesale orders for a commitment, so you can add them to the bench.

• Table exports now preserve IDs such as SO88231 as text, so they are no longer converted to plain numbers.

• Order status now correctly marks orders as late or due based on the supply read date, and no late count is shown when the supply read has no date.

10.120.11

Released on 21.10.2026

Other updates

• The destination picker is visible again in the Buy Bench edit drawer.

• The Forecast page now opens correctly when its scope is a commitment or an account handoff. The Orders by month toggle on an account Home page now matches the Connect tab style.

• The Buy Bench wholesale order actions — reading orders and adding to Bench — are now available through the commitments client.

• Price ranges now display "to" between values, and missing values are shown with a placeholder. The WMAPE button no longer displays an unintended info icon.

• The Replenishment Policies page is now labelled correctly in usage analytics.

10.120.10

Released on 21.10.2026

New features

• The On Order view now shows the true Bench source (Wholesale, DTC, or Both), quantities ordered and received by product, and coverage for undated orders measured against the first shortage in the commitment.

Improvements

• You can now attach a retailer's sell-out file directly in Ask Tightly on an account's page. A preview shows what will be imported before you confirm.

• The Connect account Setup page is now organised as a settings workspace, with a completeness header showing a status for each area, a side navigation panel, one card per area, and any area not yet declared grouped into a single "To declare" row.

• The Demand Forecasting header is now cleaner: coverage appears as a single chip alongside the scope chip, the as-of date is a chip, and Forecast Sources has moved into the Details section. The back link to Forecast Sources and the unavailable accuracy line have been removed.

Bug fixes

• The Connect account page now shows a single tab bar, with additional views accessible through a Views menu on the Setup tabs row. Progress bars no longer display a stray "100", the door source tag no longer shows "undefined", and the Accounts name column holds its width so source tags no longer push the Sell-out and Sold-through columns off screen.

• The sell-out file attachment control in Ask now appears only when the supporting backend is available, so no broken button is shown when the feature has not yet been deployed server-side.

• The Bench now compares a commitment's free funds and draw in the commitment's own currency when figures originate from multiple currencies, and displays free-to-commit and headroom using the server's converted amounts.

• The commitment header's Cash Out, Buy, Margin, and Open dials now display correctly in the commitment's currency. Converted figures show in that currency, figures with no exchange rate show as a dash, and figures whose currency is unrecognised are no longer labelled as dollars.

• Currency symbols on commitment finance pages now reflect each figure's true currency. Cash estimate, funding plan, declared cash, approved receipt budget, open to buy, buying comparison, and supplier obligations show in their actual currency (USD) unless the server has already provided a converted value.

• The Connect account Orders tab now falls back to the per-account orders list when the orders table is not yet available. When the orders-by-month data is not yet available, the account opens on its Sell-out or Order view, with a "Not available yet" label on the Home view.

• Commitment figures now display in their own currency. A Canada commitment's envelope is no longer treated as dollars, and any figure whose currency cannot be identified shows a dash and an "Unknown" label rather than an incorrect symbol.

• The Transfers view now fits the screen correctly when the side rail is open. Source cover after appears beside destination cover, the Why column displays as single-line chips with the full reason visible on hover, and Low Cover is shown when a source is nearly empty. Product Replacements now groups multiple channels into a count chip with the full list on hover, replacing a clipped label.

Other updates

• The account Orders table now shows Margin where NetSuite's cost estimate and currency are available, including a mini bar, a Below Floor indicator, and a label explaining any missing margin. A margin floor can be set directly from the table (per account or per commitment), and the current floor is shown in the header.

• Close, capital, and quadrant figures now display converted into the commitment currency. Any figure with no exchange rate or an unrecognised source appears as absent rather than zero. The cash gate and close preview report their unconverted counts to the room header.

• The account Orders table now loads correctly from backends that do not yet supply margin, floor, or draft fields. A server response that differs due to floor or margin data no longer causes the table to fail to load.

• Account setup cards now retrieve their figures and tags through the chips slot.

10.120.9

Released on 21.10.2026

New features

• On order is now a dedicated page within a continuity commitment. The page opens with a summary of units on order, open purchase orders, next delivery, overdue items, and products at risk of running low. Below that, a strip highlights deliveries due this week and next, and a table lets you view the same information by delivery week, supplier, or product. Each row shows supplier, PO, quantities ordered and received, due date, status, destination, Bench source, and a cover bar flagging lines that are likely to run low before arrival. A Late tag marks overdue lines. The previous Deliveries view remains one tap away.

---

Improvements

• An account now opens on a Home tab showing orders by month — orders placed, receipts, sales, and open orders — in units or value. The tab also surfaces your latest orders, a Prepare order shortcut, and the account order plan. Sell-out and Forecast sections appear only for accounts that have sell-out data.

• An account's left-hand menu shows only the sections that contain data. Forecast and Sell-out appear when sell-out data is available; Promotions, Doors, and Scorecard appear when they have content. Accounts without sell-out open directly on Orders. Hidden sections remain accessible through Setup.

• Inside an account, the Sell-out view now shows only that account's coverage. A failed stock read ends with an error message and a Retry option, empty stock collapses into a single tile, and accounts with no sell-out data show a single tile with an Import sell-out option via Ask.

• The Connect Accounts list is now a straightforward list with a commitment selector (defaulting to All commitments), search, a Sort menu, a Columns option including an Open orders column, and an Add an account button. What-if and Scenarios are accessed from within an account; the Commitment plan is available from the commitment rail as Accounts overview.

• A commitment's On order page opens on the delivery timeline, showing the next 9 weeks and commitment horizons, with order-by diamonds and lead time and stock cover bars. The On order table and Deliveries are one tap away.

• An account's Scorecard no longer displays a grid of empty grey tiles. It loads as a single slim bar, shows "Scorecard unavailable" with a Retry option when the data cannot be retrieved, and shows a "No scorecard data" tile with an Add sell-out action when there is nothing to score.

---

Bug fixes

• Accounts, the order book, and Account prices no longer include individual consumers — people your ERP records as individual customers — in wholesale account lists. A Consumers filter is available in Accounts and is off by default; the consumer count is not shown in the main list.

• Every monetary figure across a commitment's pages — room, planning, finance, orders, grids, and typed-amount fields — now displays in that commitment's own currency. A Canada commitment, for example, shows CA$ throughout instead of a bare dollar sign.

• On a commitment's Sales & pricing, the product pickers for Price change, Discounts, and Account prices now list every product in the commitment, show the total count, and offer a Retry option if the list is slow to load or fails.

---

Other updates

• The account Orders view is now a structured table showing status, delivery date with a Late indicator on actual dates, a shipped fill bar, value with currency tags, price compared to the account's previous price, expandable order lines, a summary strip, and search and sort controls.

• The Account page has a single Scenarios menu with a New what-if option; orders update to reflect the selected commitment.

• Commitment pages now keep the header — title, tags, figures strip, and actions — fixed at the top as the page scrolls. A visual edge appears once you have scrolled down.

• Currency conversion is applied consistently across commitment pages. The order book, plan cash-out, money grid, supplier obligations, Bench groups, and Connect orders all display in the commitment's currency. Lines in a different currency carry a source tag; lines with no exchange rate show a dash and a No rate tag. The room header counts unconverted lines and shows the rate date.

• Needs you and Tasks now display each task as a single aligned row: a type icon, the style name and thumbnail, a margin or gap indicator with a bar and floor marker, source and due tags, and Decide and Later buttons. Additional detail moves to the hover state and row label. A style name is always shown in place of an internal ID, and a missing figure shows a Not read tag rather than a dash.

10.120.8

Released on 21.10.2026

Improvements

• On a commitment's Account prices, you can now open an account's price for a product in a drawer on the same page. The drawer shows the current price and its source, and lets you save a new price as a draft or submit it for approval.

• The Account prices drawer now accepts a price change — up or down — for one SKU or all SKUs of a product, entered as a price or a signed percentage. It previews each affected SKU and lists recent proposals with their status.

• Connect Accounts now opens directly on the accounts table. The Commitment plan is available as a toolbar view, the header is a single aligned row, table columns are grouped under aligned headers, and an ERP account now shows its source (NetSuite) rather than an EDI chip.

• A commitment's header now shows a chip displaying when each layer of page data was last published — for example, Stock 09:10 · Forecast 20 Oct. The chip turns amber with a Stale label when the oldest layer is more than 36 hours old; hovering over it lists each layer with its full timestamp. This chip appears on the Overview, Stock outlook, Replenishment, Plan, Order book, and Wholesale orders pages.

Bug fixes

• Budget proposal period lists now stay within the selected fiscal year.

• Order frequency now correctly reads "1 day" instead of "1 days" for accounts with a one-day cadence.

Other updates

• The commitment Allocation page now shows a summary header with transfer count, units, destinations, and sources, along with Copy list and Export CSV options.

• Buy Bench now appears last in a continuity commitment's Planning group, after Replenishment and Buy plan.

• The Cash impact page has been tidied: a single header row holds the Requirements and Payments views and page actions, a single toolbar holds the forecast, period, currency, and download controls, and empty tiles now display a concise label explaining the cause.

• Each commitment money line now displays in the commitment's currency, with a source currency tag, a No rate tag where applicable, an unconverted count chip, and a rate date chip.

• Commitment pages now format monetary values in the commitment's own currency — for example, a Canada commitment shows amounts in CAD.

• The Connect account Setup page has been updated: Terms and Allowances are displayed as tags, bars, and a total; What if analysis appears only on the forecast, order, and sell-out views; and the suggested order frequency now correctly reads "1 day."

• A continuity commitment's Planning group now leads with Forecast, Wholesale orders, Replenishment, Bench, and On order. The Ship windows, Price change, Discounts, Finance Plan, and Accounts rail rows have been removed; Accounts has moved to the header menu.

• A Direct to retailer route can now be set for an account without requiring a receiving door to be selected.

• The continuity Plan page has been tidied: the totals column is cleaner, no empty cash chart appears when cash out is zero, and spacing is tighter throughout.

• On the commitment Overview and Tasks pages, markdown tasks now show the associated style and display margin against the floor. Missing readings show an explanation rather than a dash, and tasks re-read automatically when a source was not read in time. Task rows are more compact, recorded readings are rounded, and the Analogs section is now labelled Baselines.

• The continuity Plan grid has been redesigned: measures are grouped under Demand, Supply, and Money with unit tags; empty measures are folded into a single line with a reason; past months collapse behind a toggle with the current month marked; and a pinned total column includes a bar for each row. Shared stock is shown as a single stat chip.

• The continuity Plan page now opens at the same position as other commitment pages, with Month, Week, and the account selector on the title row.

• The compact commitment header has been tidied: a single open block, a clean figures strip, and all actions on the title row.

• Product sales now shows an unavailable tag and a Retry button when a data read fails or takes longer than 15 seconds, rather than displaying skeleton rows.

• The Replenishment page now shows the commitment's cycle above the table (Monthly by default, from the creation date, with a Set cycle link), displays Units alongside the stock gap, and shows each line's cover and lead time under its policy.

• The Product replacements page has been tidied: consistent spacing, a single toolbar above the table, each replacement shown once with its channels as chips, stock status as an icon tag, optional columns available under a Columns control, and a compact stat chip replacing the previous tall block.

• The Buy plan and Sign-off tab no longer freeze on a book that covers the entire catalogue. Sign-off now shows a Reading state while requirements are loading, displays Not checked with a Retry option if the read fails, shows Review buy as disabled with a reason when applicable, and clears a Finance view's selections when Sign-off opens.

• The Allocation page now shows source cover after a move as a bar with a specific figure — such as "1 day," "17 wks," or "120+ days." Moves that leave the source nearly empty are flagged with a Low cover warning, and "No stock reading" is shown where stock is unmeasured.

• Recommended transfers now display urgency, destination cover before and after the transfer, and reason chips on each row.

• Each recommended transfer now shows its product once, with the variant displayed as a tag only when it differs from others. The rail item is labelled Transfers to match its page, and each row's review arrow is labelled with its product.

10.120.7

Released on 21.10.2026

Other updates

• On a Connect account's Orders page, ERP orders now show the order's current NetSuite status (Open, Fulfilled, Billed, Closed, or Cancelled). When no matching Tightly order exists, the status chip displays No Tightly order in progress.

10.120.6

Released on 21.10.2026

Other updates

• In Connect account Execute views (Orders, Order intake, and Documents), the What if option has been removed and the Ask, Activity, and Discuss options have been moved into the More menu.

10.120.5

Released on 21.10.2026

Other updates

• The Connect Account details page now shows account information only; the Orders table that previously appeared under the summary has been removed.

10.120.4

Released on 21.10.2026

Other updates

• A Continuity commitment with no end date no longer causes the tab to freeze. Open-ended date ranges are now capped at 104 weeks (24 months) to keep the page responsive.

• The Forecast page and commitment forecast wall no longer show a Forecast source selector, as forecasts are DTC only. The DTC channels picker remains available. Any legacy or wholesale demand_target value in the address is ignored.

• You can no longer change an order's type from the order drawer, as the type is tied to the customer. If a type change is not permitted, you will now see a clear explanation of why.

• On a Continuity commitment, Replenish once now works as expected, the Add to Bench option has been restored alongside it, and Order frequency correctly reflects the commitment's cadence.

10.120.3

Released on 21.10.2026

Other updates

• When no products are set up for the selected supplier, location, and currency in the mass purchase order product finder, a clear message now explains this and points you to setting one up — instead of showing the generic "Nothing matches" message.

10.120.2

Released on 21.10.2026

Other updates

• On the Buy plan page, wholesale orders now show only approved orders. Each order includes an Add to Bench action and an On bench tag. The style-level plan and its Accept and Send to the bench actions have been removed from this page.

• Clicking the cog icon on a Replenishment row now opens the replenishment policy sets for that product, rather than the template drawer.

10.120.1

Released on 20.10.2026

Other updates

• Account Terms: You can now specify how stock is delivered to a retailer — either through our warehouse or directly from the supplier to the retailer's receiving door.

• Buy plan: A new collapsible Wholesale Orders section shows orders approved in Connect, with an Add to Bench action and an On Bench tag to help you manage them.

• Replenishment policies: Policies are now scoped to the commitment you're working in. Shared policies are labelled All Commitments, new policies are created within the current commitment, and each product is limited to one policy.

• Orders (with Returns) has moved from the Supply rail group into Plan, where it sits alongside Demand.

10.120.0

Released on 20.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Commitment forecast surfaces (Range workspace channel picker, Forecast page plan channels, and price-change forecast channels) now show only DTC channels. Wholesale is handled through orders.

• The Forecast tab in the product overlay now correctly shows forecasts for Continuity and All channels. Previously, it displayed "Select a valid forecast period and channel scope" instead of the available forecast.

Other updates

• The Buy Bench is now a single list of all buys, sorted by soonest needed first. Each buy shows a Source tag, and Destination and Direct chips; clicking a row opens its channel and account detail. The Requirements tab and product picker have been removed. An empty Bench shows the message "Add buys from Replenishment or Buy plan."

• Assigning a policy on Reorder now opens Replenishment policies directly, where selected products can be moved to Tightly default or a policy you have created. Wholesale lines are excluded.

• Continuity commitments now include a Replenish every setting (Weekly, Monthly, or Every N weeks) with a Next order date, available on the declaration page.

• Commitment pages have three layout improvements: the loading spinner no longer reserves a strip of space above the header; header rows use consistent spacing; and the Forecast Sources row moves into the toolbar row when space allows.

• A customer filed as wholesale by mistake can now be moved to DTC from Connect Orders and Accounts. The customer leaves Connect immediately, and the change can be undone.

• On a Continuity commitment, the buying budget is now labelled and entered as a monthly amount. Boxed commitments continue to show a single total.

• The product drawer now requests inventory data only once when the server returns a conflict error, instead of four times.

• The Forecast tab in the product overlay no longer becomes unresponsive on a Continuity commitment with no end date or a far-future one. The forecast window is capped at approximately two years so the tab remains usable.

• Clicking a product row on a commitment's Forecast tab now opens the product overlay on its Forecast tab. Line detail remains accessible through the row's Line detail action.

• On the Plan, a partial DTC forecast now keeps the server-provided figures. Days with no forecast data remain blank.

• On the Policies page, Add products now moves variants from another policy (or from Tightly default) onto the current policy, shows each product's current policy as a tag, and supports Undo. Adding products to Tightly default removes them from their existing policy.

• Replenishment policies is now the single location for policy management. The templates page, its Legacy tab, the Timing and supply button, and the panel launchers on Reorder and Replenishment have been removed. The rail now opens Replenishment policies directly.

• Buy plan now appears first in the commitment's planning rail.

• The commitment rail no longer shows an empty dark pill beside a row on hover, and a hovered row no longer appears selected.

• Replenishment policies has moved inside Buy book on the left rail and is now named Replenishment policies. The page address is unchanged.

• The Reorder page now loads replenishment data in a single request instead of multiple sequential ones, so the page finishes loading sooner.

• Replenish once now offers horizon options: Until the next standard replenishment, The one after, and Custom. These are pre-filled from the commitment's cadence and include a link to update the forecast.

• The default policy applied to products not covered by a company-owned policy is now named Tightly default. It was previously called Tightly's recommendation. This name appears in the Policy column and pill, the Policies page and drawer, and the Smart Replenishment grid. The products covered and the policy behaviour are unchanged.

10.119.1

Released on 20.10.2026

Bug fixes

• On the Commitments list, pre-season rows now show accurate status labels: rows with draft purchase orders display Draft orders next to their cost (previously shown as Buy plan), and rows where the plan of record exceeds the open-to-commit amount now display Short with the shortfall amount (previously shown as $0).

• Ask can now start and continue conversations during read-only support sessions.

10.119.0

Released on 20.10.2026

Other updates

• ERP customer directory: The directory now opens showing customers that need review, with the most recent and largest listed first. You can search by name, filter by business type and activity, and see dormant customers flagged at a glance. DTC customers no longer appear in the Connect list. Moving a customer to DTC removes them from the directory, with an option to undo.

• Orders: All orders are now listed with the newest first. Each order shows the customer type (DTC or wholesale) and ERP business type. You can search by customer and apply filters — which are saved in the page address so you can return to the same view. A side drawer shows the order lines. You can switch a customer between wholesale and DTC directly from this list, with an option to undo.

• Replenishment: Each order line now shows which buying policy applies to it, and you can manage policies without leaving the page.

  • Policy pill: Every line displays a pill indicating its policy:

    • Blue (Default): Tightly's recommendation applies — no company policy covers this line.
    • Teal: A company-owned policy covers this line.
    • Grey (Mixed): Shelves within the same style are covered by different policies.
    • Previously, all lines on Tightly's recommendation showed only a dash.

  • Policy filter: The filter menu now includes a Policy filter showing how many lines each policy covers.

  • Policy drawer: Clicking a pill or selecting the Policies action opens a side drawer listing Tightly's recommendation first, followed by each company policy. Each policy shows its rule as short chips and a count of the lines it covers. Selecting a policy lists its lines. From here you can:

    • Add lines — move lines into the policy (they are removed from any policy they were previously in).
    • Remove — return a line to Tightly's recommendation, with an option to undo.
    • New policy — create a policy by entering a name and days of cover.

  • Timing and supply rules remain accessible with one click via the Timing and supply option.

10.118.16

Released on 20.10.2026

Other updates

• When receipts are not verified in time, Buy now shows a small "Receipts not verified" indicator instead of an error banner, and quietly retries once after 30 seconds.

10.118.15

Released on 20.10.2026

Other updates

• The Buy flow now reads your saved plan answer more efficiently: outdated answers are flagged for review, and answers that haven't changed are no longer resubmitted unnecessarily.

10.118.14

Released on 20.10.2026

Other updates

• Admin → On-call: The Refine row now fits on a single line at 1280px width. The search field starts at half width and expands to fill available space, and the four summary figures are displayed on a clean background so they appear as distinct tiles.

10.118.13

Released on 20.10.2026

Improvements

• Forecast comparisons, mail notes, and budget plan notices now display in plain language, making them easier to read and understand.

10.118.12

Released on 20.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Connect Orders displays correctly in three previously broken situations: open orders no longer show a blank screen; ERP orders closed with nothing shipped now show as "Cancelled"; and an empty account list now shows a "No wholesale accounts" message with a clear next step.

Other updates

• Replenishment loads style data faster by fetching it in a single request instead of six separate ones.

• [FEAT] Merch plan: Two new planning bases are available — "Last year · at pace" and "Last year · recent pace." Closed months display actual figures; open months use last year's numbers scaled to your year-to-date pace or your last three closed months respectively (scaling is capped between 0.5× and 2.0×). Next year's plan can use the current year projected on the same basis. A "New FY26" action is also available to start the current year's plan.

• Merch plan: On large books, the planning table now loads immediately rather than waiting for the revenue outlook to finish calculating. A status indicator shows when the outlook is still calculating or unavailable, with a tooltip explaining why. The page checks for updated results every 20 seconds, up to 10 times, and updates automatically when ready.

10.118.11

Released on 20.10.2026

Other updates

• Admin → On-call: The filter panel layout and on-call stage strip have been tidied up. Each layer now gets its own row in the filter panel at screen widths of 1,280 px and above. In the stage strip, the redundant "Open" label has been removed (the "Unresolved" toggle already covers it), "Fixing" is now used as a shorter label, tabs are more compact, the custom date range option is labelled "Custom", and the search bar scales down first when space is limited. The four summary figures remain in a single row down to approximately 1,100 px wide.

10.118.10

Released on 20.10.2026

Other updates

• Admin → On-call: The On-call page has been reorganised for easier reading. The "How it works" link now appears next to the page title. The four key metrics (alert to production, model spend, fix rate, and noise rate) are displayed as a row of equal tiles, each with a help icon explaining what it measures. The filter panel has a consistent layout with uniform controls, the stage strip now shows a brief description for each stage and replaces the previous Status dropdown, and the "More" option has moved to the Refine row next to the search field.

10.118.9

Released on 20.10.2026

Improvements

• The Forecast now opens at 3 months ahead by default. You can still switch to 6 or 9 months with a single click, and any custom window you selected or saved in a view is preserved.

10.118.8

Released on 20.10.2026

Other updates

• On-call list and incident page: Owner labels now display correctly. Items being handled by an agent show "Agent" as the owner, completed items show "None," and only items that require assignment but have no one assigned show "Unassigned."

10.118.7

Released on 20.10.2026

Other updates

• Buy plan: the input band now stacks into a single column on narrow screens.

10.118.6

Released on 20.10.2026

Improvements

• Inventory and Products pages now display the number of unverified variants in a single indicator, rather than blocking the entire page from loading.

10.118.5

Released on 20.10.2026

Other updates

• Admin → On-call: The alert list filters are now organised into three labelled groups, arranged from broad to narrow. Scope covers time range and source. State covers resolved status and includes a stage strip showing counts, which you can click to filter by stage. Refine covers severity, class, owner, and kind, displayed as compact pills alongside the search field. Any active filters are grouped by their layer so you can see at a glance what is applied. Summary figures (alert-to-production rate, model spend, fix rate, and noise rate) appear in the header, separate from the filters. The Post to status page action has moved into the More menu.

10.118.4

Released on 20.10.2026

Other updates

• [BUGFIX] On a pre-season buy where no forecast has been stored, the Scenarios wall now shows the engine's monthly demand figures in the "Demand by month, P50 units" columns for each style, with monthly values adding up to the style's total window demand, rather than displaying a dash. Scenarios with a stored forecast continue to display as before.

10.118.3

Released on 20.10.2026

Other updates

• Merch plan: Fixed a layout issue in the builder where the input band was overlapping cards below it. Cost chips now display on a single row, the opening stock line no longer overlaps them, and measures with no data show a single "Missing" chip in the model table.

10.118.2

Released on 20.10.2026

Other updates

• The Scenarios header now compares sell-through against the glidepath's last target. Styles with no stored forecast show a dash across all months instead of a lone zero, and month columns no longer spread apart on wide screens.

10.118.1

Released on 20.10.2026

Improvements

• The commitment header now shows only figures that have a value, and continuity commitments no longer display season buy envelope figures.

10.118.0

Released on 20.10.2026

Improvements

• Tightly Connect now has a unified navigation menu with five sections: Accounts, Inbox, Orders, Product ranges, and Performance. Orders brings all wholesale orders together in one place, regardless of source, with a shared status view, source filtering, and tabs for order files, EDI documents, and invoices. Performance contains Sell-out, Scorecard, and Reports as tabs. Any existing links to the old pages will redirect automatically.

• The Planned buy page has been renamed to Buy plan across all commitment stages.

• Commitment Finance has been updated with four views. Payments is now the second view within Cash. On a rolling commitment, the Finance row opens to Plan where Open to buy previously appeared. Merch plan tiles with no data are replaced by a single Missing indicator, Markdowns has been added to the Plan tabs, and the month review now has a single, consistent address.

Other updates

• Scenarios: A single Filter (covering view, status, and applies to) replaces the previous three rows of filter chips. What if now opens questions relevant to the commitment's current stage. Replenishment: Lines can now be filtered by All lines, Below policy, or Held back, and Replenish once has moved to the row menu.

• Navigating to a commitment's /finance page now opens the Budget view instead of showing a Not found error. Arrival what-ifs no longer query every account for Connect scenarios when the Connect scenario store is turned off.

• The commitment Overview now displays four key figures — Buy plan, Stock, Orders, and Sold — each as a single row with a link through to more detail, alongside the items that require your attention. The full list remains accessible via Tasks ("All N in Tasks"). A commitment with no budget set shows a single prompt: Set budget.

10.117.20

Released on 20.10.2026

Other updates

• Home now begins loading cash and commitment figures as soon as access is confirmed.

Sales and Trading loading checks now include their visible comparison and plan data.

10.117.19

Released on 20.10.2026

Improvements

• Signed-in pages now load faster by reducing unnecessary sign-in screen code at startup, with no change to sign-in forms or access controls.

10.117.18

Released on 20.10.2026

Improvements

• Your workspace now loads faster on first open, as less code is fetched upfront.

10.117.17

Released on 20.10.2026

Other updates

• The compact dial header, including the Targets chip, now appears consistently on every commitment page across all organisations, regardless of scenario switch settings. On the Plan page, the previous large Targets strip has been replaced by this header, and a wholesale channel that copies only its DTC targets is now listed once instead of multiple times.

10.117.16

Released on 20.10.2026

New features

• You can now reserve stock for a specific customer within your warehouse. Create a virtual warehouse, allocate products to it, check what stock remains available at the physical warehouse, and transfer stock between virtual warehouses instantly.

10.117.15

Released on 20.10.2026

Improvements

• Trading no longer loses admitted reads when access is rechecked for the same identity. Reviews reuses annual-table formatting consistently. Cash retains the previous result while a failed refresh is in progress.

10.117.14

Released on 19.10.2026

Other updates

• Terminology for look-alike words is now consistent across the product. The Commitments purchase flow, forecast drawer, variant drawer, locales, and help documentation all use the same wording, and a validation check prevents inconsistent terms from being introduced in future.

10.117.13

Released on 19.10.2026

Other updates

• Admins can now access a Page audit page showing pass/fail results for each customer and page, including the failing read and reason, the last ten runs, and a Run now option.

10.117.12

Released on 19.10.2026

Other updates

• ERP customers can now be moved to DTC or wholesale individually. Each change is recorded with the name of the person who made it and the time it was made.

10.117.11

Released on 19.10.2026

Other updates

• Finance: COGS Calculated now reads costs across any fiscal year when switching years, without requiring a saved plan. Cash & Payments retains its last known value when a refresh fails. Reviews has been removed from the side rail, though its route remains accessible.

• Forecast lines no longer display the calculation method (such as analog or borrowed) to customers. The Merch plan carve-out now excludes categories selling significantly below cost, preventing extreme negative margins from appearing in results.

10.117.10

Released on 19.10.2026

Other updates

• Commitments: When a data refresh fails, the last successfully loaded result stays visible rather than disappearing. The Order book now displays a reason for the failure along with a retry option, instead of showing only a blank header. Customer-facing wording has also been updated to remove the terms "analog" and "borrowed."

• Merch plan builder: Related inputs are now grouped together in a single section. Cost inclusion options are displayed as compact chips, and opening stock status is shown as a tag.

10.117.9

Released on 19.10.2026

Other updates

• Planned buy moves are now sorted last in Planning as Style totals. When there is nothing left to accept, it is shown as covered by Replenishment.

10.117.8

Released on 19.10.2026

Improvements

• Sales no longer calculates unused transaction counts, while selected metrics, comparisons, expanded rows, and exports continue to work as expected.

10.117.7

Released on 19.10.2026

Other updates

• Planned buy no longer freezes the page when working with a large commitment. A Planned buy kept open behind another page (such as Forecast) no longer continues making per-style sell-through requests or rebuilding its cells in the background. Receiving a sell-through response no longer triggers a full rebuild of every style's Suggested Add cell. The Borrowed Shape column now displays correctly instead of showing "analogs".

10.117.6

Released on 19.10.2026

Other updates

• In Finance > Merch Plan, the page no longer redirects to COGS unexpectedly when the address has a COGS workspace uploaded.

10.117.5

Released on 19.10.2026

Other updates

• Scenarios on a continuity (rolling) commitment now work end to end: the server reports whether what-if questions are answered, the palette and strip display the continuity set, the grid reads the rolling horizon, and the header reflects it.

10.117.4

Released on 19.10.2026

Other updates

• Products zone: "analog" wording has been removed from the variant drawer and page. Also, dismissing a refetch prompt no longer clears Selling periods or Components.

10.117.3

Released on 19.10.2026

Other updates

• The label beneath a look-alike figure now displays the correct wording instead of "borrowed."

10.117.2

Released on 19.10.2026

Bug fixes

• "Last year exactly" baseline now available for annual merch planning. When building an annual merch plan, you can use last year's actual sales as the baseline — applied category by category, month by month, with no category trend or mix adjustments.

10.117.1

Released on 19.10.2026

Bug fixes

• The Order Lines table now displays columns correctly, without showing internal archive fields or "[object Object]" as values.

10.117.0

Released on 19.10.2026

Other updates

• Connect: Order Forecast. You can now view a seasonal sell-in forecast for each account under Order → Forecast. The forecast shows estimates by style, style × doors (P10–P90 range), and sizes on demand, alongside open order units. Use Use per style or Use all to apply estimates directly to the order as an edit. Approve confirms a style's figure as the account's expected order. Sell-out accounts see their sell-out forecast in the same location. Source names no longer appear in the suggestion hover on order lines.

• Connect: Price protection trade term. Price protection can now be set per account (Connect → Allowances) as yes, none, or not declared, with an optional window in days. The Our price view displays each account's clause as a chip, and the Up to total counts only accounts that have declared price protection.

• Connect Accounts: Payment terms per order. Each order now displays its own payment terms as applied (Net 60, 2/10 Net 30, or Due on receipt), with an Account chip shown where the terms match the account's standing terms.

• Connect Accounts: Expanded order breakdown. The accounts view now includes Basis, Order value, Terms (Net days), Margin, and Feed columns. Each account's orders are listed individually — showing order ID, basis, units, value, terms, margin, dates, and a What if option — beneath the account row.

• Connect account setup: Doors section. Account setup now includes a Doors section showing each door type's size band and distribution weight, the account's door count per type, and each type's share. Sell-in and sell-out door forecasts use these settings to distribute an account's quantity across door types.

• Connect: Short stock added to What if menu. The What if menu now includes Short stock alongside the other available scenario types.

• Connect: Sell-in estimate on draft order lines. Draft orders now show the seasonal sell-in estimate per line — including suggested units, range, and basis — with a Use option to apply the estimate to the edit.

• Plan grid: Live updates from lever drafts. The plan grid now reflects changes from any lever draft in progress. It reads the same figures shown in the header and updates months, landed, margin, sell-through, cash, and buy values based on per-line draft figures, with was markers indicating previous values.

• Harness fixtures update. Wholesale ship fixtures now use the server P24 shape, the style-pace read, and the selected solve option.

• Simplified forecast displays. Forecast and scenario screens no longer surface internal model indicators. The analog range tag, fan caption, Margin P10 chip, forecast basis chips, and borrowed-colour legend have been removed.

• Selected-style range panel additions. The range panel now includes Manual qty and Reset to P50 controls, a sell-out line plotted to the window end, and a DTC/wholesale split where the order read provides one.

• Settle sheet: Wholesale pool for short-stock settlements. The settle sheet now shows the wholesale pool written by a stock-short settlement (Wholesale pool · N u · window) and links to Connect's short-stock What if to split it. The pool control links there once a pool is set. The draft panel no longer shows this link before a pool exists.

10.116.9

Released on 19.10.2026

Other updates

• Supply, orders, policies, and buy pages continue to show the last available content if a refresh fails, rather than displaying an unavailable state.

10.116.8

Released on 19.10.2026

Improvements

• Cash and Reviews now display their first view without an extra loading step when the page opens.

10.116.7

Released on 19.10.2026

Other updates

• On-call incident cards now fit on one line at 1280px wide. The hop line displays in a compact format (for example, "PR 3m · merged 4m · live 13m"), the handling card is labelled "Handled by" with a short value, and the evidence count shows as a number with the full detail visible on hover.

10.116.6

Released on 19.10.2026

Other updates

• On-call: stat cards now display in a single row on laptop-sized screens and wider, and in two rows of four on smaller screens.

10.116.5

Released on 19.10.2026

Other updates

• On-call incident page: The incident page now shows five always-visible summary cards (Alert to prod or Open for, Alerts, Fix, Agent work, and Handling), each displaying a value and a short description. The incident key appears under the title with a copy button. The Technical details toggle has been removed, and information shown in the cards is no longer duplicated elsewhere on the page.

10.116.4

Released on 19.10.2026

Other updates

• On-call: closed items marked as Fixed now display "Fixed" in the header and a green status indicator.

10.116.3

Released on 19.10.2026

Other updates

• On-call list: at 1280px screen width, the "More" option stays on the same line as the row, and the filter help link aligns to the start of the row when filters wrap to a new line.

10.116.2

Released on 19.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Ask Tightly now answers based on the page and record you are currently viewing — including purchase orders, suppliers, and COGS. Suggested page actions reflect what is available on that page and continue to respect existing permissions and confirmation steps.

Other updates

• Connect live what-if: The new "If it bites" responses — deposit, credit hold, Net 15, re-sell, DTC hold, order now, even out, protect, and cap — are displayed as chips and cards showing their figures. Selecting "Use this" carries the associated levers into your draft.

• The lever strip now includes a Depth lever for a season, offering two options: by line, or a P50–P90 quantile of each line's range band. The lever is always shown; if the range is not available, the quantile options are disabled and the reason is displayed.

10.116.1

Released on 19.10.2026

Other updates

• The sell-out forecast now shows the data basis used for young or newly connected accounts — Predecessor, Kit, Look-alikes, Family, or Sell-in — in the same basis column as other accounts. The previous "Estimate only" label and "Prior" label have been removed; forecasts saved before this update will display as Baseline.

10.116.0

Released on 19.10.2026

Other updates

• Connect order: Style suggestions are now shown per door based on analogous styles (P10–P90 range, with analogs named). You can apply a suggestion for a single door or across all doors at once using Use suggestion and Use all doors. Suggestions are read-only in the what-if order tab.

10.115.36

Released on 19.10.2026

Other updates

• On-call: Archived occurrences now clearly indicate they are earlier instances and link to the live item. Earlier occurrences are hidden from the list by default and can be shown using the More option. When resolving an incident, the pull request nominated by the user is shown as the fix, with the agent's own pull request listed as an earlier attempt.

10.115.35

Released on 19.10.2026

Improvements

• The Draft bar now clearly shows Preview only — your live plan is never affected. You can open a preview from a sentence link or by pressing Esc. In typed what-if strips, Levers show which scope they act on.

Other updates

• Commitments plan grid now shows Sell-through broken down by style and by group. A closed month displays what actually sold. The open detail panel no longer shows its labels as tooltips. The selected style shows Manual quantity, sell date, wholesale booked, and Off step.

• The Connect account opens directly on its key order figures: order value, cash low point, order margin, and amount left for DTC.

• Connect what-if levers now match the intended design. Payment terms indicate whether a change applies to this draft or all receivables. Pre-book includes a Decide-by slider. The door split has its own slider. The scope chip reflects the scope returned by the server. The What-if menu lists the scenario types an account cannot run — for example, no holds, no open invoices, no repeat pattern, or ships to DCs.

• Connect live what-if now shows server responses under "If it bites," displays response cards with a Use this in Compare option, and explains why a figure changed.

• The Commitments plan grid now tracks an open draft: cells affected by the draft — month, margin, cash, and sell-through — are marked with the original plan value. Solve trim indicators show the previous Buy figure. Groups are ordered largest first. A style bought below its minimum is labelled Below MOQ. A married forecast shows how much wholesale is included in a style. The grid's margin total matches the figure shown in the header.

• Harness SS27 book now incorporates demand and price into the buy, includes duty rows, PO cancel-by dates, and per-style launch dates on slips, and shows Effect on scenario rows.

• The compact dial header on the Scenarios page now displays an open what-if draft's figures alongside signed delta pills compared to Live.

• The Settle sheet now includes an Unchanged row, Cash low point, a single Margin tile, and a risk chip beneath the totals.

• The compact dial header now shows what each figure is based on: styles and colours under Buy; low point and month bars under Cash out; revenue under Margin; remaining units under Sell-through. Where a draft moves a figure in the wrong direction, the word worse is shown.

• The Scenarios page Inputs popover now shows the weekly cash balance, the cash the buy is based on, the Connect draft orders it references, and any active flags.

• PO slips, Stock short, and Supplier OTIF panels now match the intended design, including per-line Slip, Cash out, and Launch chip; scorecard and selling-weeks tiles; wholesale pool rows and a Connect link; and the in-full tile window.

• Tariffs and Wholesale ship panels now match the intended design. Tariffs show duty timing, landed cost before and after, and whether each style lands before or after a chosen date. Wholesale ship feeds the limit bar with the shippable pool and promised units, names each order and window, accepts a typed Can ship value per order, and shows the Late chip, in-DC date range, pool claims, and any fines.

• Scenarios improvements: opening a demand move now opens Compare on Live and the draft with responses unpinned. If the draft already reflects a response, "If it bites" is not shown. The demand draft's name now includes ", N lines edited." Wholesale ship's fourth Compare row is labelled Late for launch. An unjudged margin move now reads "less" instead of "fewer."

• The limit bar now reads the margin floor from every draft's figures (figures.margin_floor_pct), so DTC demand and Tariffs also display the Margin floor indicator.

10.115.34

Released on 19.10.2026

Other updates

• The on-call list filter bar has been updated. Resolved/Unresolved is now a separate Status filter, filters are displayed as five equal-width selects in a single row, and each active filter shows as a single chip. A help link is also available directly in the filter bar.

10.115.33

Released on 19.10.2026

Other updates

• When creating a commitment, you can now set the wholesale pool for its window directly from the allocation section. Select a style, start from the wholesale share already in the plan (Booked, Draft, or Held), adjust the quantity as needed, and save it to the commitment's window so that Connect's short-stock what-if analysis uses the correct figures.

10.115.32

Released on 19.10.2026

Other updates

• When opening the Scenarios page from Connect, the "Longer terms" panel is now read-only and displays the cash chart first.

10.115.31

Released on 19.10.2026

Other updates

• The Connect what-if panel now reflects the latest design: payment terms indicate whether a change applies to this draft or all receivables, Pre-book includes a Decide by slider, the door split has its own slider, the scope chip displays the scope returned by the server, and the What if menu lists the order types an account is not eligible for (no holds, no open invoices, no repeat pattern, ships to DCs).

10.115.30

Released on 19.10.2026

Other updates

• The scenario limit bar no longer displays open-to-buy cap, reserve, or cash ceiling labels next to the floor value, matching the prototype design.

10.115.29

Released on 19.10.2026

Other updates

• Connect Accounts: Account pages now show draft, held, and booked orders alongside Open Orders, Draft Value, and Committed Orders summary tiles. You can also run a What If analysis on any draft or held order.

10.115.28

Released on 19.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Commitment pages now display a consistent compact header, with targets accessible on demand. Page titles no longer appear blank while loading. The Planned Buy view keeps scenario levers and exploration controls out of the default plan view, including the previous rollout. The buy footer now shows the agreement amount, pricing status, and Bench actions together in a single compact row.

10.115.27

Released on 19.10.2026

Other updates

• The what-if analysis now loads the door-type grid (doors, per door, value, margin, and ship) and the receivables grid (open issued invoices with the scenario due date) live from the server. Short stock rules now support Pro rata, Margin first, and Earliest date, and short stock draws from the pool's own window.

10.115.26

Released on 19.10.2026

Improvements

• The weekly cash chart chips now show Booked values that include orders, invoices, and DTC sales, plus One bank. The low point chip for a retailer order shows the expected cash at arrival.

10.115.25

Released on 19.10.2026

Other updates

• In DTC demand stress, the Margin and Not enough history states no longer show the Sell-through row. Our price now displays price protection broken down by account.

• A "Range forming" status now includes a short explanation — for example, "Range forming · no similar styles found" or "Range forming · 1 of 4 similar styles sold" — so you can see at a glance why a demand band is still forming.

10.115.24

Released on 19.10.2026

Other updates

• Scenarios – How much can I commit: This scenario now opens on Category priority. Each option includes a Use action that saves that option as your draft. The Cash or OTB "If it bites" option now offers all four recovery responses: trim lowest-margin lines first, trim largest-cash lines first, delay the order paid before the low point, or extend supplier terms by 30 days.

• Retailer order what-if: The view now matches the prototype layout, showing a table with Draft line, Live buy, Committed, Buy now, DTC part, and In DC columns, along with a ship window chip, draft order value, and wholesale margin per unit. A Draft order quantity lever lets you adjust quantity within a range of −50% to +40%.

10.115.23

Released on 19.10.2026

Other updates

• Connect what-if: short stock now reads split details from the server and displays them in an allocation grid organised by account; order types show a door grid, and cancellations show the booked styles, replacing the previous four-column lines table.

10.115.22

Released on 19.10.2026

Other updates

• Scenarios: the hidden "A style runs hot" and "A style runs slow" what-if scenarios now include presets, responses, and panels. These cover order signals and the six slowest items by markdown risk, drawing data from the style-pace endpoint and the engine.

10.115.21

Released on 19.10.2026

Other updates

• Harness now handles the Connect scenario store and serves the wif_connect keys.

10.115.20

Released on 19.10.2026

Other updates

• Say it offers five sentences to try at rest, left for the server to ask the numbers, and the harness reads "knitwear" whole.

10.115.19

Released on 19.10.2026

Other updates

• Scenario supply facts: the MOQ break now reads only the styles beneath it and prices based on the line's own unit cost; a duty is labelled by its origin country; and Wholesale ship opens on the slipping order.

10.115.18

Released on 19.10.2026

Other updates

• Navigation rail keyboard navigation and overflow hints now work correctly on initial load.

10.115.17

Released on 19.10.2026

Other updates

• A typed what-if draft now retains its type and values after a reload, rather than reverting to an untyped draft.

10.115.16

Released on 19.10.2026

Other updates

• Connect what-if: The cash curve now appears correctly in the first step of the chain ("Booked, invoices, DTC"), and the account page no longer briefly displays "What if is not available" while loading.

10.115.15

Released on 19.10.2026

Other updates

• Scenarios: when a forming book's range is read from a forecast's analog styles (analog_cohort), the fan and P50 to P90 depth table are now displayed as a measured band, labelled "DTC range P10 to P90 · analog" and tagged Analog range.

10.115.14

Released on 19.10.2026

Other updates

• Scenarios list: Updated the Applies To column, owner first names, Today/Yesterday timestamps with time, placeholder dash while data is loading, and status after Recorded.

10.115.13

Released on 19.10.2026

New features

• Staff can now enable or disable the scenario range for an individual store directly from its admin record. The record also shows who last made the change and any outstanding requirements.

10.115.12

Released on 19.10.2026

Other updates

• On-call: The incident page has been reorganised to reduce clutter and repetition. Analysis contains the cause, plan, and change; notes appear in Activity; evidence is available as a download; technical details are shown as compact cards; and the glance card links to Slack, Notion, the fix PR, and Datadog logs.

10.115.11

Released on 19.10.2026

Other updates

• Scenario workbench: cards that did not receive a server response are now retried (up to a set limit), and slow pricing notifications no longer incorrectly reference a large book as the cause.

10.115.10

Released on 19.10.2026

Other updates

• When the what-if shell is on and no draft is open, the What if, Say it, Compare, Branch, scenario chart, and lever strip controls no longer appear on the Planned buy plan view. These controls are available on the Scenarios page workbench. If a draft is already open, all controls remain visible as before.

10.115.9

Released on 19.10.2026

Other updates

• On-call: A new "How it works" panel explains each status, severity, class, source, and kind, as well as the tabs on the incident page. Each list filter includes an info button that opens the relevant section of the panel.

10.115.8

Released on 19.10.2026

Other updates

• Connect planning: the Forecast tab now correctly displays the basis for an account, resolving an issue where "Basis unavailable" was shown and the Expected orders / Retail sales plan block did not render.

10.115.7

Released on 19.10.2026

Other updates

• On-call: The incident list now includes a Status filter and an Unresolved / Resolved / All toggle that stay in sync with the stat cards. A new Model spend card also displays the total spend alongside the average spend per incident.

10.115.6

Released on 19.10.2026

Other updates

• On-call: The Resolve option is no longer shown for incidents that are already fixed, closed, noise, or recovered.

10.115.5

Released on 19.10.2026

Improvements

• Trading now loads sales and plan comparison data at the same time, so you spend less time waiting while Buying Actions remain available throughout.

10.115.4

Released on 19.10.2026

New features

• You can now review products alongside all physical boxes in warehouse records, including missing boxes and goods awaiting acceptance. Import identified boxes, review stock already on hand, and correct whole-product counts for absent or newly found products — your drafts are preserved if warehouse records change during the process.

10.115.3

Released on 19.10.2026

Other updates

• Tables: Scrolling over a grid is now smooth. Previously, the on-call incident list would stutter as each row was crossed.

10.115.2

Released on 19.10.2026

Other updates

• Admin: Super Admins can now archive and unarchive an organisation directly from its record. Archived organisations are clearly labelled as Archived in the company list.

10.115.1

Released on 19.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Scenario arrival choices now load correctly when you open the creation palette.

10.114.17

Released on 19.10.2026

Other updates

• The global Buy Bench now includes a Commitment picker, which opens showing all commitments. This lets you review and convert purchases from one supplier across multiple commitments in one place. The commitment-level Buy Bench is not affected.

• You can now work through what-if scenarios directly on the Scenarios page. Selecting a scenario there opens it with the full draft workspace: the buy grid, limit bar, chart, range, and Settle or Discard options. Planned buy continues to show your live plan. Settling or discarding a draft returns you to Planned buy; leaving a draft open keeps it on the Scenarios page. Scenarios started from Buy Bench's scenario selection also open there.

• You can now configure reviewed packed measurements for native NetSuite stock items. Item, unit, and dimension identities are preserved exactly. Source inventory holds remain visible, and stale mappings are cleared automatically when you change sources.

10.114.16

Released on 19.10.2026

Bug fixes

• NetSuite purchase-order previews now show the reason a direct shipment is on hold and keep sending disabled until the export is qualified.

Read-only order access now lets users inspect NetSuite status while keeping purchase exports and component conversion disabled.

Other updates

• Saved NetSuite unit-reference mappings are retained when you review or save warehouse package settings.

Choose fixed units, text fields, or NetSuite references for package dimensions and weight, including different units for length, width, and height.

Searchable selectors now support moving from the Find field into the matching options with the arrow keys.

10.114.15

Released on 18.10.2026

Other updates

• The Commitments header now displays in a single compact row, showing three dials (open-to-buy, margin, and sell-through) alongside Buy and Cash out actions; targets are available on demand via a popover or sheet. The Scenarios page has a Scenarios header with no figures or targets, and Planned buy is now labelled with Plan, Track record, and History.

10.114.14

Released on 18.10.2026

Other updates

• When you create a what-if on the Scenarios page, you are taken there automatically with the creation flow ready to use — whether you click the What if button, press the W or B keys, or use Say it. The originating buy then starts the selected what-if. Entries linking to the buy from Scenarios and Buy Bench are now labelled Planned buy.

10.114.12

Released on 18.10.2026

Other updates

• Say It presets now open the inputs required to use them. If a preset cannot be loaded, a reason is shown and the preset remains disabled.

10.114.11

Released on 18.10.2026

Other updates

• Scenarios now stays in the Planning group of the commitment sidebar on all pages, rather than moving to a top-level row when its page is open.

10.114.10

Released on 18.10.2026

Other updates

• You can now review recorded Account forecast proposals filtered by Commitment, channel, and category, then navigate directly into the existing assortment drawer without needing to save or approve from the worklist first.

10.114.9

Released on 18.10.2026

Improvements

• Commitment headers now display DTC and Wholesale targets separately, making target values easier to scan at a glance. All accounts and dated milestones remain accessible in All targets.

10.114.8

Released on 18.10.2026

Improvements

• When reconciling orders, ERP customer categories, status, and current currency are now retained. Individual customer records require an explicit business account name and continue to follow the existing review and approval controls.

10.114.7

Released on 18.10.2026

New features

• Try a change in DTC demand or in our own price against the committed buy: see five levels of demand side by side with cash, margin and risk, see what a price move does to the units sold, and lay the ways out beside it before settling. Available when the demand what-if switch is on.

• The what-if palette gains the money types behind wif_money: Cash or OTB changes and How much can I commit, with the weekly cash balance against the floor, the one cash verdict on the limit bar, and an acknowledged settle when a what-if makes the cash worse than live.

• Commitments what-if screens read the real backend answers (cash verdict and limits, solve options, cancel-by, Connect arrival, margin floor, Analog range) and say "Not read" with the server's reason where the backend states nothing; typed fixtures stay on the dev bench only.

• Open a what-if on the planned buy from one palette of demand, supply, money and customer kinds, read it against its one real limit, and settle it knowing what it writes, what it only records and who takes it from there.

• Try a late or short purchase order, a supplier's on-time rate, a price break or a duty rise against the committed buy: see each line's arrival, cash and launch, and lay the ways out beside it before settling. Available when the supply what-if switch is on.

• The what-if palette gains the wholesale types behind wif_arrival: what wholesale can still ship after a PO slips, and a retailer's Connect draft order read as a basis, with the draft order picker.

• Ask what a retailer's payment terms or a late payer do to your cash on the account page, read against the cash floor and settled with the weeks under it acknowledged.

• Ask what a cancelled order, held lines that may not convert, or a different reorder pattern do to your stock and cash on the account page, with the stranded units acknowledged before you settle.

• Try a change on a Connect account against the figures the server reads: cash, margin, supplier commitments and what Settle writes come from the account's own records, a type the books cannot read says why, and a settle can ask a named approver. Available when the Connect what-if switches are on.

• Behind a switch, work the order types on a Connect account: price or allowance, window or split, quantity from a draft or expected order, doors and door split, each read against its limit and settled knowing what it writes.

• Behind a switch, share short stock across a Connect account's door types from the wholesale pool, by rule, protected account or floor, and see which account gets nothing and why.

• Connect now has a What if workbench on every account: try payment terms, price, quantity, doors, cancellations and short stock against cash, other orders and supplier commitments before anything is sent, then settle or discard. Available when the scenario switch is on.

• The Connect what-if workbench keeps its library, history, Settle and Withdraw in the Connect scenario store, and reads each account against the measured account of its own name.

Improvements

• Scenarios now say when an approval is not applied beside another applied scenario and keep it proposed, count a price break's step-ups on the Settle sheet with a Price recorded tag, show Raised to MOQ on a line and OTB short by MOQ on the limit bar, mark overwritten scenarios Superseded with Overwritten by, read Wholesale at risk as one total split in rows and outside rows, say Rate needed on N lines for air, show sold margin as the effect margin, treat a repeated Settle as already settled, and show Account not found for an unknown Connect account.

Bug fixes

• What-ifs in Commitments say the same thing everywhere: Settle lists nothing under Writes for a type that only records, a PO slip's limit counts late lines the way Compare does, a season buy has no cover target, wholesale what-ifs wait for wholesale and a draft order, and the wholesale ship table no longer repeats the PO total on every account.

• Connect what-ifs: the Compare cards open when you press Compare or pick a response, not when you move a lever. Available when the Connect what-if switches are on.

• On the Commitments what-if page, keys keep working after you tick a row's box, Shift with the arrows steps one style at a time across category headings, and one Esc lets go of the picked styles before the next Esc discards the what-if.

• The what-if workbench no longer says the book changed when it did not, shows the same buy under the strip, the grid, its category subtotals and the selection, prices duty from the day a placed order first lands, and says Rate needed and Not offered where a way out cannot be priced or changes nothing.

• On the Commitments what-if page, DTC demand, Price and the quote's unit cost now act only on the styles you picked, and the rows pick as they do in Excel: click for one, Ctrl or Cmd to add, Shift for a range, Ctrl or Cmd with A for all, Esc to clear.

• Settling a what-if in Commitments opens the same sheet as the prototype: name, type, limit, what Settle does, who sees it, the option to also ask an approver, and the figures. Settle closes the sheet, lets go of the draft, says what happened in one toast and opens the Scenarios home. Available when the what-if switch is on.

Other updates

• Scenarios: wire the round three answer fields. PO slips show firm wholesale shipped late and units newly past cancel-by; Stock short shows lost sales value and unread orders; the open-to-buy bar reads the reserve; unpriced levers say why; the margin tile says placed cost unchanged; Supplier OTIF shows expected lost sales and whether late weeks are measured; Connect's low if confirmed carries one short tag; Settle names compare-and-set, applied-incumbent and cap refusals, shows what landed against what was approved, and Superseded rows no longer read Declined by.

• Commitments: one chart panel under the figure strip for every draft, opened by a Chart button with a dot when the draft moves a line (weekly cash against the floor with the live line grey, and weekly stock); a lead time on a style whose buy is all placed says "Placed: lead time moves nothing" and offers Slip the PO; a season buy's figure strip reads sell-through, not weeks of cover.

• Commitments what-ifs: cash available per week is a live lever, the ceiling and open-to-buy move go to the engine as inputs, and How much can I commit shows the four options the server priced with a category priority control.

• Commitments what-ifs: the MOQ, supplier on-time, tariff, short-stock and PO-slip levers read the server's plan.supply_context (measured on-time rate, price-break ladder, duty rate, containers and cancel-by), say Not read with the server's reason where it read none, and the bench serves the same block instead of typed supply fixtures.

• Try a change against a rolling commitment's buy: What if, Say it, Compare and Branch now stand on a Continuity page, with its cover target (2 to 13 weeks), the weeks out of stock, and a Season or Continuity switch beside the title. Available when the what-if switch is on. Planned buy no longer fails to load on a rolling commitment whose sell-through read comes back without styles.

• Commitments what-ifs: the price what-if reads its fit, band and limit as the prototype does, the MOQ, supplier on-time, tariff, short-stock and wholesale-ship what-ifs carry their levers and every response, and the bench serves the price effect in the shape the page reads.

• Connect scenarios: the Effect column states the change the server priced (signed order value and units, cash landing and booked low, expected reorders), not the order total. The "Low if confirmed" figure no longer reads as a move the what-if made. A proposed what-if on the Scenarios home names who it waits on.

• Connect what-if and the scenario homes: a refusal the store kept and a stale request show after a reload; rows say what the server state says (Draft, Declined by a person, Proposed with who decides, Superseded) and never a made-up outcome or "None"; every Connect type that moves cash opens the same weekly cash chart as Commitments; the compact figure strip keeps the low's week and its tag in view and the parts are said once as "Low if confirmed, parts"; long server reasons wrap at phone width and the Settle sheet's chips no longer clip; closing the tab declines the person's own empty draft with the session token; "No change" where nothing moves.

• Scenarios: with the what-if shell switch off, the Work the Buy draft bar keeps what it always drew: the Cover target lever, its shipped range, the scope hint, the Cover column and a style name that opens on a single press. The seasonal rule (no cover target) holds only when the shell is on.

• The desk's cut-grid edge and column count follow the columns as they settle, so the hairline no longer comes and goes between renders.

• A grid that fills the page re-measures when a line lands under it or a panel opens above it, so it no longer shows an extra row with no foot.

• A grid column whose words want more than its limit now always lands on the limit, so the columns after it stand where they should instead of a pixel left on some loads

• Continuity what-ifs: a rolling buy is no longer held over a cap the server cannot compare it to, re-solves send no depth quantile and take cover below the live target, wholesale rows open on a rolling book, the margin card says better only of the sold margin, unapplied moves say why, and a refusal prints the server's own words.

• Settle now says the units your buy moved ("Wrote 3 lines, +2,100 units"), not the total of the rows written. The air rate you type now prices PO slips in Compare as it does in the strip, Stock short takes an air rate, and the margin on the strip and in Compare includes what lost sales cost. An approver now sees the result of Approve in the review drawer, and the Settle sheet names a scenario it replaces only when it writes the buy.

The plan grid keeps Landed, Margin, Cash out and In DC in view at 1440, the Scenarios list fits its columns, a Retailer order carries its own top-up in the figures, and every way out of a late supplier or a demand move is laid in Compare with its reason.

• Scenarios: one cash-out figure from cash_out_cents in the strip, Compare, the Settle sheet and the limits; PO-slip lines show the server's PO units; Settle re-reads the commitment and plan answer and says what it wrote; Compare holds every response with a reason where one is not priced; a superseded scenario that is still in the buy reads Superseded and In the buy; records-only Settle says what moved or Records only; the approval card and Settle sheet read margin in dollars; expected late lines fill from the on-time answer; the page no longer scrolls sideways at 1440 or 390.

• Commitments what-if: a first applied Settle reads as applied (from the server's settle block, not the replaced scenario's receipt id) and says the signed units move; the strip's Margin is tagged On the buy and Compare, the Settle sheet and the review card carry Sold margin (On sales) beside it; a season buy no longer counts weeks of cover as unread; Slip the PO carries the typed weeks without a discard toast and the placed chip goes with the lead time; the placed popover is one line; Cash or OTB, How much can I commit, Retailer order and Tariffs use the shared chart panel; approval responses read a decimal string envelope; wording for lines written, money moves, the chosen reviewer, wholesale in full and on time, the Demand lever, the Stock short split and Preview only.

• Scenario workbench harness: the cash walk answers Cash available per week, supplier terms and the other money inputs on the book the page is on, so the low point and the figure cards carry the prototype's numbers on the DTC, wholesale and Continuity books.

• Commitments what-if page: money prints as the prototype does ($22k, $1.47M), the figure strip says what the prototype's says, the short-stock limit names its container, and the draft names the allocation rule chosen.

• Scenario workbench: the Draft bar says the prototype's words (the retailer draft order named once, the late count instead of a count of changes, out of stock on a rolling book).

• Scenarios: Connect's low if confirmed splits Drafts and holds from Connect drafts and is tagged Receipts only, so it reads the same before and after a Settle; Pre-book now shows the cash low, the low if confirmed and Left for DTC from the server; a superseded row says what the newer settle overwrote, and several promoted rows on one plan each read In the order.

• Scenarios home: the Commitments Scenarios page lists the accounts' stored what-ifs beside the commitment's own, with who accepted or declined each, behind wif_shell and wif_connect_store.

• Scenarios round four slice B: an approval reads Approved, not applied (with the server's reason) until the order is written, then In the order with its revision, and never Settled before; a decline the next settle made reads Superseded, not Declined by a person; the proposer is offered Approve and Decline only where the server allows a self approval, and the reviewer sees the proposer's reason; Wholesale ship counts in full by its Short column, says late apart, shows Wholesale at risk and takes an air rate before Use this; a records-only approval reads Recorded; Retailer order separates the order change from the top-up; Not served tiles say what is missing, cancel lines use names, the Settle sheet shows what moves, Repeat opens with a reason, a what-if address with the switches off says Not available, and the Accounts crumb opens the product address.

• Scenarios: wire the round four slice C answer fields. Connect tags the live low with the plan's bank (or why only the gate was walked) and its Low if confirmed carries three short parts rows; the old open-to-commit figure reads Placed only with its note on hover, and the room after this draft sits beside it; the MOQ test says where the minimum binds and the order it forces; Supplier OTIF's Compare Expected late row reads the weighted on-time answer; Stock short names the week its cash falls where the block carries it.

10.114.6

Released on 18.10.2026

Improvements

• Stock outlook now displays native product thumbnails. Clicking Review opens the first known shortage for a product at risk, while clicking the product name shows all its stock positions.

Bug fixes

• Replenishment now correctly shows saved DTC order dates when policy timing is unavailable, including date ranges across a product's lines. Arrival and coverage dates are left blank when the information is unknown.

Other updates

• Commitment forecasting and replenishment now apply to their DTC channel scope only, keeping wholesale buying and historical records separate. When editing a demand plan, the DTC channel is named and the product range is validated; existing wholesale forecasts remain separately viewable. The continuity plan shows qualified DTC demand and shared stock risk, and does not present a consumer forecast as a physical stock projection.

Commitment headers display the operational targets available to your role, including channel-specific availability, margin, cover, and buying budgets. A compact summary keeps your work visible, with all targets also accessible in a read-only panel.

10.114.5

Released on 18.10.2026

New features

• You can now reconcile ERP customers and orders directly from Settings, filtered by connection and sales channel. Before applying any change, you can review account matches and their planning impact, then access the full order history for the retained account.

10.114.4

Released on 18.10.2026

Improvements

• Pages now open faster while their associated help article loads in the background.

10.114.3

Released on 18.10.2026

Improvements

• You can now review stock availability at the product level before drilling into individual SKUs and locations. Continuity outlooks open with a 13-week view and include stock-risk filters and direct links to the relevant replenishment or order review.

Other updates

• You can now review warehouse and direct customer delivery requirements before approving a buy, retain source allocations through the Buy bench, and view replenishment order, arrival, and coverage dates alongside product selling dates.

10.114.2

Released on 18.10.2026

Other updates

• Ship windows now opens the delivery timing workspace when switching from Order book, including for continuity commitments. Planned-buy rows and totals reflect the same reviewed quantities.

  Purchase orders opens showing the order list, supplier, destination, and status. Deliveries leads with placed arrivals, with delivery timing available on demand.

10.114.1

Released on 18.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Board chart totals now correctly label styles, monthly periods, and other plotted groups instead of misidentifying them as merchandise categories.

10.114.0

Released on 18.10.2026

New features

• You can now review recorded selling prices for supported native DTC forecasts. Select a date range and shared bases for discount, returns, tax, and revenue date, then preview units and values by currency for chosen SKUs. If a save is interrupted, you can recover your progress before applying another review.

10.113.53

Released on 18.10.2026

Improvements

• Cash commitment options now load independently of portfolio calculations, so delays in one area no longer hold up the other. Finance pages no longer load demonstration data during normal use. Saved scenarios now wait for commitment details to be ready before restoring their figures.

10.113.52

Released on 18.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Home task lists now scroll within a compact area, keeping the rest of the page within reach.

10.113.51

Released on 18.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Forecast profiles that are unavailable are now shown clearly, and product changes are blocked until the associated demand source has been reviewed.

10.113.50

Released on 18.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Saved standard report charts now show their recorded figures and refresh status correctly on your board.

10.113.49

Released on 18.10.2026

Bug fixes

• The replenishment rule's review cadence is now displayed separately from saved buying-decision timing, and coverage dates are correctly shown as unknown when unavailable.

• GMROI now displays a precise multiple along with the correct qualifier (reported period or before returns) when showing estimated results.

• Supplier invitation links now offer a sign-in option when the acceptance receipt is unavailable, without incorrectly indicating that a seat is open.

10.113.48

Released on 18.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Connect discussions now appear on the Home screen alongside team updates, instead of showing as unavailable.

10.113.47

Released on 18.10.2026

Other updates

• Forecast views now refresh automatically when a previously published channel forecast request still has its original inputs.

10.113.46

Released on 18.10.2026

Improvements

• The Trading overview now displays a focused summary by default, while the full report remains available in Figures and exports.

10.113.45

Released on 18.10.2026

Improvements

• The Trading overview now loads Buying actions at the same time as the page, so they are available sooner on first access.

10.113.44

Released on 18.10.2026

New features

• You can now view a channel's forecast request history and track recorded progress from a separate tab, keeping that history independent from where you prepare or submit new forecast requests.

10.113.43

Released on 18.10.2026

New features

• You can now review and request a channel's first forecast directly from its approved Account plans and saved dispatch dates, then check the status of that request. The preparation option remains unavailable until the channel's execution profile is enabled. Returning to the same browser tab re-checks the status of the original request.

Bug fixes

• Delivery stock risk figures in planning views now update correctly after a channel forecast is published.

10.113.42

Released on 18.10.2026

Improvements

• The Trading overview loads faster by beginning to fetch data as soon as your account is ready, while preserving your selected scope and the server's reporting week.

10.113.41

Released on 18.10.2026

Other updates

• Source-bound consumer baseline previews and saved reviews are now shown alongside the complete channel input review.

10.113.40

Released on 18.10.2026

New features

• You can now review channel inputs from a saved Account dispatch calendar in read-only mode. Select an approved order window to inspect the Accounts, styles, SKUs, and dispatch dates without affecting forecasts or activating a source.

10.113.39

Released on 18.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Cadence suggestions now update correctly when their order history or planning window changes. Activating a reviewed cadence also refreshes the Stock, Buy, and replenishment views.

10.113.38

Released on 18.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Planning views now refresh automatically when a forecast update completes after closing settings, so outdated results no longer remain on screen.

10.113.37

Released on 18.10.2026

Improvements

• Sales performance reporting dates now load when the page opens, so sales figures are available sooner.

10.113.36

Released on 18.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Forecasts, Buy, Stock Outlook, and replenishment data now update correctly after changes to selling date, catalogue, channel, or range.

10.113.35

Released on 18.10.2026

Other updates

• Finance dates and settings load faster by fetching your company profile earlier during sign-in.

10.113.34

Released on 18.10.2026

Other updates

• You can now review and save weekly dispatch dates for an approved Account order plan. The fulfilment warehouse, permissions, original order budget, and calendar revision remain linked throughout the process.

10.113.33

Released on 18.10.2026

Improvements

• The Trading overview now loads faster. Stock details, full reports, downloads, and sharing all continue to display complete information as before.

10.113.32

Released on 18.10.2026

Improvements

• Sales Performance and Open to Buy now load alternate views only when you open them. This keeps the initial view faster to load and preserves your work when switching between views.

10.113.31

Released on 18.10.2026

Improvements

• Annual plan chart details now open faster, with no change to the financial figures displayed. Approval continues to require the full review evidence.

10.113.30

Released on 18.10.2026

Improvements

• On cash pages, closed action panels no longer interrupt funding, inventory, or agreement workflows.

10.113.29

Released on 18.10.2026

Improvements

• The Ask conversation loads only when you open it, so pages load faster without losing your draft handoffs or conversation context.

10.113.28

Released on 18.10.2026

Other updates

• You can now plan large account assortments more easily, with searchable product references, saved review pages, and a single consolidated order budget. Reopen and approve the full plan at any time, with remaining orders displayed for your selected styles.

10.113.27

Released on 17.10.2026

Improvements

• Finance pages load faster on first access by reducing unused modules loaded in the background.

10.113.26

Released on 17.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Account order planning now correctly identifies categories that exceed planning capacity, while still allowing you to open and review your saved plans.

10.113.25

Released on 17.10.2026

Improvements

• Reviews opens faster by loading fewer unnecessary modules on first access.

10.113.24

Released on 17.10.2026

Other updates

• Forecast profile settings now refresh automatically when catalogue dates, selling periods, or commitment membership change, ensuring your review reflects the latest planning context.

10.113.23

Released on 17.10.2026

Improvements

• Sales performance loads faster by reducing unnecessary modules on first access.

10.113.22

Released on 17.10.2026

Other updates

• When reviewing future Account merges, you can now specify a canonical Account, a UTC cutover time, and native ownership checks, while historical owners are preserved.

10.113.21

Released on 17.10.2026

Improvements

• The Commitment view now shows the units still expected on an approved Account order plan after subsequent orders have been placed. Note that missing order evidence remains unavailable.

10.113.20

Released on 17.10.2026

Other updates

• Forecast profile settings now refresh automatically when catalogue dates, selling periods, or commitment membership change, ensuring reviews reflect the current planning context.

10.113.19

Released on 17.10.2026

Other updates

• You can now review ERP customers by their kind — company, individual, or unknown — without any trading relationship being inferred.

10.113.18

Released on 17.10.2026

Other updates

• Forecast profile settings now display commitment and selling-period names alongside dates, making it easier to tell apart windows that share the same dates.

10.113.17

Released on 17.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Account setup now correctly displays an ERP customer's primary currency even when it is not one of the standard currency options.

10.113.16

Released on 17.10.2026

Improvements

• You can now review automatic, continuity, and seasonal forecast profiles in Planning settings or a product's Forecast tab. Refresh progress is visible as it runs, and you can review any selling-window changes before saving.

10.113.15

Released on 17.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Rolling planning horizons can now span the selected fiscal year and the following year. Select the first and last full periods before reviewing the horizon.

10.113.14

Released on 17.10.2026

Improvements

• You can now rename an account directly from its details page. Previous names will still match future order imports to the same account.

• When setting up a reviewed account, the form is pre-filled with the ERP customer's recorded company name and primary currency. The account's native category and status are also shown for review.

10.113.13

Released on 17.10.2026

Improvements

• Pages now load faster on first visit by only loading the search and discussion panels when you open them. Search shortcuts and directly linked discussions continue to open as before.

10.113.12

Released on 17.10.2026

Improvements

• Before saving a customer mapping, you can now review unmapped ERP order counts and suggested account matches. If no matching account exists, you can create one directly from the observed ERP customer within the same flow.

10.113.11

Released on 17.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Recorded order dates and procurement milestones now appear correctly in the full delivery outlook. Stock gaps are shown as quiet, solid ribbons, and shorter views retain their selected dates.

10.113.10

Released on 17.10.2026

Bug fixes

• The planning-horizon selector is now available on rolling purchase-order lists even when no reviewed period has been saved. Saving the reviewed periods reloads the orders for the same commitment.

• Delivery timelines now page results within the stock-check limit, ensuring every displayed product can be checked for coverage. Use Next to move through the remaining deliveries.

10.113.9

Released on 17.10.2026

Improvements

• The annual outlook loads faster by fetching plan choices at the same time as the review calendar.

• Pages open faster by loading planning and admin tools only when needed.

10.113.8

Released on 17.10.2026

Improvements

• Open to Buy now loads the monthly and weekly views independently, so you no longer have to wait for both views to load when you only need one.

10.113.7

Released on 17.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Saving a commitment without recalculating no longer incorrectly shows a forecast refresh as running when reviewing available product baselines in in-season and continuity commitments.

10.113.6

Released on 17.10.2026

Bug fixes

• You can now retry plan pricing directly from Scenarios after a timeout.

10.113.5

Released on 17.10.2026

Other updates

• You can now compare current and updated baseline curves and quantities before replacing the approval, without needing to start a forecast run. Numeric chart axes now display tick and point positions accurately.

10.113.4

Released on 17.10.2026

Improvements

• Delivery details now show key dates and a shared status at a glance. Select the line count to view individual quantities and actions, or More dates to see the full schedule.

10.113.3

Released on 17.10.2026

Other updates

• Finance pages now load their figures faster. Review-only panels load on demand when you open them.

10.113.2

Released on 17.10.2026

Bug fixes

• The sign-in page now loads noticeably faster.

10.113.1

Released on 17.10.2026

Other updates

• Customer delivery details show readable recorded statuses. Source IDs remain available through Columns.

Stay-open menus select each field once, so Columns can restore and reset optional fields reliably.

Open the account’s reported stock inputs directly from unavailable delivery coverage, without starting an import.

10.113.0

Released on 17.10.2026

Other updates

• Connect planning can now review expected Account orders separately from Retail sales, including accounts that have no associated stores. You can save a weekly adjustment with a reason, approve and share the plan, and review the buyer's copy — without expected orders being treated as retailer sales or planned dispatch.

10.112.39

Released on 17.10.2026

New features

• You can now create a channel estimate by applying a completed sales pattern from another channel alongside your own expected unit figures. Preview the pattern before committing, save it as a reference, and approve the SKU-level forecast as a separate step.

10.112.38

Released on 17.10.2026

Other updates

• Planned buy (prototype page): The page now loads your saved plan from the server, handles slow or outdated data with a visible retry option, and displays a clear explanation when a draft has not yet been priced. Cash-out amounts are deducted from the weekly ladder, cover and cash values populate the grid correctly, and the suggestion hint now appears as a proper tooltip.

10.112.37

Released on 17.10.2026

Improvements

• Selling dates are now reviewed automatically before you declare a commitment, change its selection, or add a product to its range. If dates have changed, you must review them again before confirming.

10.112.36

Released on 17.10.2026

Other updates

• Retailer delivery portions are now grouped by product and order context, with unlinked orders shown separately below the timeline. Delivery outlook spacing, captions, arrival indicators, and the stock legend have been updated to match the retailer design.

10.112.35

Released on 17.10.2026

Other updates

• The Planned Buy page now displays the range fan, cash sparkline, open-to-buy bar, and risk marks as designed. Styles that fall outside their ship window are shown with a hatched pattern and a "Late" label.

10.112.34

Released on 17.10.2026

Improvements

• The annual Reviews summary now opens faster. Detailed evidence loads when you open a cell or review, and review actions continue to use complete, current evidence.

10.112.33

Released on 16.10.2026

Other updates

• On the planned-buy page, compare cards now display monetary values in three-digit format, suppress changes too small to display, and respond correctly to hover and focus interactions. These updates are available when the prototype page option is enabled.

10.112.32

Released on 16.10.2026

Other updates

• On the prototype planned buy page, the Commit button is now the primary action. The Decisions button is secondary, and Compare opens the live plan and draft with saved scenarios listed under Add.

• [Improvement] On the new planned buy page, editing a quantity no longer displays a duplicate figures block above the grid. Figures are shown in the Draft bar and figure cards instead.

10.112.31

Released on 16.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Selecting a delivery date now correctly opens its details, and each order can be opened from its named action.

10.112.30

Released on 16.10.2026

Improvements

• The delivery outlook is now grouped by product, with compact stock bands and dated milestones restored. Purchase-order navigation remains available, and all standard order actions are retained.

10.112.29

Released on 16.10.2026

Bug fixes

• If pricing data takes too long to load, plan figures no longer appear stuck in a loading state. You will now see a clear status message and a Retry option, and any unavailable figures will appear blank.

10.112.28

Released on 16.10.2026

Improvements

• Pages load faster on first open by fetching page code in parallel with sign-in checks, without affecting access control.

10.112.27

Released on 16.10.2026

Other updates

• The planned-buy grid on the prototype page now displays its columns consistently on every load.

10.112.26

Released on 16.10.2026

Improvements

• The annual outlook in Finance Reviews now begins loading as soon as the selected month is identified, so review evidence appears sooner.

10.112.25

Released on 16.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Scenario and open-to-buy views now display figures only after a running calculation has completed. Switching workspace or session cancels the previous calculation.

10.112.24

Released on 16.10.2026

Other updates

• On the prototype planned buy page, Commit is now the single primary action. The Decisions button appears as a secondary button to reflect its supporting role.

• The plan tab's filter row on the prototype planned buy page has been simplified: it shows a compact segmented control, a search field that expands from an icon, and an Actions menu behind a ⋯ button. The Live, Draft, and Delta strip is hidden by default behind a Totals toggle, since the cards already display delta values. Keyboard behaviour has also been improved — pressing Escape clears a selection when no draft is open, pressing Enter on a selected style moves focus to its Buy cell, and the Buy cell includes − and + buttons alongside arrow-key stepping in the style's order increment.

10.112.23

Released on 16.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Budget figures are now displayed with consistent sizing and currency precision, and payment status and order links are clearer.

10.112.22

Released on 16.10.2026

Other updates

• The range footnote now clarifies whether the displayed range is based on the current book's own data or on a method tested against a demo book while the current book's data is still being established.

10.112.21

Released on 16.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Delivery timelines now correctly display stock coverage and dated stock gaps from completed stock projections.

10.112.20

Released on 16.10.2026

Other updates

• Planned buy grid (prototype page): updated to show full style names, a labelled decisions tag, grouped figures with group totals, and less visually prominent empty cells.

10.112.19

Released on 16.10.2026

Other updates

• Updated internal test data to support ongoing development of the planned buy page.

10.112.18

Released on 16.10.2026

Other updates

• The planned buy page is now optimised for phones and tablets, with improved controls, a bottom sheet for confirming actions, full-width figure cards, and a clearer range panel.

10.112.17

Released on 16.10.2026

Improvements

• Reviewing monthly cost of goods sold (COGS) is now easier. The updated view includes a clearer cost trend, sale-line cost checks, and a focused month drawer. You can filter to months that need review and explore the sales within a selected month.

10.112.16

Released on 16.10.2026

Other updates

• The selected-style panel now displays correctly: the supplier chip stays in its column, fan labels no longer overlap, and unsaved edits show the server's error message explaining why the change could not be applied.

10.112.15

Released on 16.10.2026

Other updates

• The planned buy page baselines have been updated to match the new page layout.

10.112.14

Released on 16.10.2026

Bug fixes

• The awaiting-approval tag next to the Planned buy title now displays as a clear pill, and the open-to-buy bar is easier to read.

• In Planned buy, the B, C, and ? keyboard shortcuts now work anywhere on the page. A slider keeps the keys accessible, and pressing B on a draft indicates that it is a draft.

Other updates

• The Planned buy page now includes an approver banner and review sheet, a Review option on Scenarios and History rows, Reviewed lines and Restore previous in History, and Drivers and Range on the commit sheet. These features are available behind the prototype page switch.

• The why bridge now includes a measure switch (cash out, units, margin, risk), a neutral "Not itemised" step for any unallocated remainder, and interaction displayed in points when using a percentage measure.

• The In DC column in Planned buy now shows the exact landing date (for example, 11 Jan) when a delivery leg or placed order specifies one, with the Late indicator measured from that date. Where no specific date is available, the landing month is shown instead.

• The selected style's panel now shows the supplier name and billing terms — for example, Hanoi Garment · Net 45 — when these are recorded in the book.

• Planned buy now displays one row per style, showing demand by month followed by the buy, landed cost, margin, cover, cash out, and expected landing date. Rows are grouped by category with totals.

• [FEAT] Planned buy now opens with five plan figures and includes Plan, Scenarios, Track record, and History tabs, a lever row that remains visible while scrolling, and a Draft bar above the title.

• [FEAT] The new Planned buy page is enabled per customer and is off by default. Until it is turned on, Planned buy continues to work as before.

• The Track record, History, and Scenarios tabs for a commitment now show: one row per promoted scenario with its promised range and final outcome; a dated history of recorded, proposed, committed, declined, restored, and applied changes; and a scenario list showing status, owner, and variance against the live plan.

• A style in Planned buy now shows the service level it was bought at, how it differs from the default with a detail list and a reset option, and which styles each lever applies to.

10.112.13

Released on 16.10.2026

Bug fixes

• The previous completed replenishment report is now shown while updated recommendations are being calculated. Ordering actions remain unavailable until the new recommendations are ready.

10.112.12

Released on 16.10.2026

Bug fixes

• The Order intake menu item now stays highlighted when selected, and the page title correctly displays as Order intake.

10.112.11

Released on 16.10.2026

Other updates

• Commitment reviews stay available while the Trading weekly report is loading or fails to load, keeping your open reviews and keyboard focus intact. Reviews are now also correctly recognised as usable when no shortfall amount is shown.

10.112.10

Released on 16.10.2026

Other updates

• Planned cash headroom and its floor are now displayed together in a compact layout, without floating labels or repeated figures. Shortfalls and incomplete balances continue to display as before.

10.112.9

Released on 16.10.2026

Other updates

• You can now switch between 4, 13, and 26-week views in the delivery outlook using compact controls. Supplier timelines show recorded order-to-arrival time separately from supplier lead-time settings.

Projected stock gaps and their start dates are visible alongside delivery dates, with a clear indication of whether stock coverage has been assessed, is partial, or is unavailable.

Reviewing a selected delivery now brings stock risk and order actions together in one place. You can open order details or compare timing as needed, with search and filters available in a single compact toolbar.

10.112.8

Released on 16.10.2026

Improvements

• Supplier groups and their payment terms are now visible as soon as company funding and measured buying data are ready, so you no longer have to wait for the full review to complete. Cash projections and buying changes will continue to appear only once the full review is finished.

10.112.7

Released on 16.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Saved commitment replenishment recommendations remain visible even when the supplementary assortment lookup is unavailable. Buying continues to wait for verified assortment decisions.

10.112.6

Released on 16.10.2026

Other updates

• The post-season review header is now more compact, with financial assumptions accessible alongside its actions. Unresolved orders and cash movement details are now organised into counted sections with focused detail drawers, so all orders, exact amounts, and funding-plan actions remain available without repetition.

10.112.5

Released on 16.10.2026

Other updates

• Say it, Compare, Commit, and the reviewer card have been updated to match the approved design: the sentence opens as a centred palette with editable chips, Compare displays inline as a row of cards, and the commit sheet and review request show figures, drivers, and the lines changed.

10.112.4

Released on 16.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Supplier groups and buying levers are now correctly retained on supplier actions when reviewing saved cash plans.

Other updates

• When you select a style, its range and buy ladder now open in a dedicated row within the buy grid at every width, displaying its facts, fan, and quantile ladder.

10.112.3

Released on 16.10.2026

Other updates

• Scenario levers, compare cards, and the why bridge have been updated to match the approved design. Changed lever values are now highlighted in the accent colour. Compare opens with the live plan, draft, and most recently saved scenario side by side. Deltas are displayed in the format "+2.4% · worse". The bridge layout now fits phone screens without cutting off the last step.

10.112.2

Released on 16.10.2026

Improvements

• Saved cash plans now open faster — cash position and payment review load immediately, without waiting for unrelated merchandise calculations to complete.

10.112.1

Released on 16.10.2026

Improvements

• The Season book now displays WMAPE alongside a forecast comparison, commitment breakdown, and CSV export. Measured forecast accuracy continues to be shown separately.

Bug fixes

• Deliveries now groups related order lines and clearly distinguishes upcoming, overdue, and received deliveries. Past dates no longer appear under Today. Ship windows display planned quantities and flag missing schedules, and a restore action for the delivery column preserves any saved work.

• Open Deliveries is now available before a season starts, letting you review arrival dates, stock gaps, and waiting-seven-days comparisons alongside the existing order review.

10.112.0

Released on 16.10.2026

Other updates

• When Ask reads a what-if into a branch, the "Open as a branch" chip opens a draft on the buy grid with the chips applied. Ask recognises the open draft's levers, scope and styles.

• The data table now supports opt-in row selection, digit-only seeds on numeric columns, changed-cell indicators with a previous-value caption, a range cell and a draft heading. New additions include keyboard shortcut support, a keyboard display component and a shortcut reference sheet.

• Work the Buy gains a Branch bar and a draft state on the grid. This is off by default, available to Pro customers only, and requires the per-customer scenario branch setting to be enabled.

• On the buy grid, the Draft bar now persists a draft through navigation and opens the commit sheet. Branching from a scenario in the library opens it on the grid, and the range view mounts in the branch panel. Save, Discard and Compare have moved from the working band to the bar.

• The branch on the buy grid now includes its lever strip, sentence bar and compare dock. Selecting rows scopes the levers, and the server is warmed when a branch opens.

• The branch panel uses the table's own changed-cell indicators and real keyboard shortcuts, and holds a single draft model under one key. The sentence bar reflects the served settings.

• On the buy grid, ⌘Z steps back through a branch's levers first and undoes an entire drag in one step. The palette shows Keep and Commit options while a branch is open.

• Scenarios gain a commit sheet, a reviewer card, a receipt with restore, comments and private or team visibility. This is off by default, available to Pro customers only, and requires the per-customer scenario modes settings to be enabled.

• Scenario lever drawers edit the branch's own draft and include a scope selector, once the scenario branch setting is enabled.

• The Scenarios tab now works as a library: a single list covering buying, discount and company-plan scenarios with a kind filter, a Compare tray and the option to branch from any scenario. This is behind the scenario setting.

• Scenario settings are now read from the server on Pro accounts, and the Branch bar follows the scenario branch setting. Nothing is requested below Pro.

• The Scenarios view gains a track record behind the per-customer track record setting (off by default, Pro only). It shows each promoted scenario's promised range against what its window actually sold, and a scoreboard by commitment, owner or lever that displays a hit rate based on at least three closed seasons and thirty scored styles.

• Cash & Payments now shows a compact cash position alongside reviewable payments, reservations and declared cash movements. Payment pages retain the selected commitment and funding source. Post-season adds a capital and margin comparison with visual return indicators.

  The approved cash plan stays in a loading state while its full projection is pending, rather than briefly appearing unavailable.

• Scenario planning is now available alongside the buy. On Work the Buy, a panel next to the grid lets a planner adjust lead time, freight, demand, price and cover target for selected styles, a set of styles or the whole buy, and see each change as a decision card, a bridge from the live plan, a demand range and a plain sentence. A branch can be committed, sent for review, restored and discussed in comments. Scenarios are organised in a library tab with a compare tray, and a track record shows how past scenarios performed. This is available to Pro customers only, and only once staff enable the scenario settings.

• The branch commit now shows what the server did (Committed, Waiting or Requested review) and discloses when a lever-only draft crosses the envelope. More levers opens the remaining lever editors on the panel. The Draft bar's name field is the single source for the draft name, and Keep reports only confirmed information.

• Scenario draft model and evaluation layer, hidden behind the scenario modes setting (no visible change).

• The chart component now supports nested ranges, a committed-quantity marker and a hatched region, and a new waterfall chart is available. These are not yet used by any feature.

• The branch strip and range block read from a single band. The fan chart names its style and lets you select one. A lever the engine cannot price is flagged in the draft name and on its tile. The commit sheet lists every change. Sentence chips and the footer agree on scope. Ask can open a branch again.

• Scenario branch: the footer and commit sheet show Units and Margin from the served answer, a range for a moved book is marked as stale, per-key settings are honoured, and a price chip names its assumed start week.

• The selected style's range now appears beside the grid on wide screens, with the chosen service level and committed quantity marked. On a phone, levers and range collapse behind a single row and totals retain all four figures. Compare opens wide with cards in a row and the full bridge visible. A refused edit explains what was refused, long draft names are truncated, and the library table fits its frame.

• Scenario range: fan chart, range cell, service-level control and constraint chips, hidden behind the scenario modes setting (no visible change).

• Work the Buy: with scenario branching enabled, the grid compare row names the pair and the Compare tray selects it. The / shortcut for the sentence bar works anywhere on the page except text fields, dialogs and drawers.

• Work the Buy: the working copy row has moved into its own component, with no change to what a planner sees.

10.111.7

Released on 16.10.2026

Bug fixes

• You can now see your order and delivery outlook directly in the Deliveries view, alongside dated incoming deliveries. Review an order or check what is arriving within seven days — all from the same workspace.

Other updates

• Saved wholesale purchases remain accessible before the season begins. DTC planning returns to the season's forecast step as expected. The review drawer in an order file now stays open when you follow a saved intake link. Accounts with native reporting gaps now see a prompt linking to recent reports. Available stock changes are now shown separately from physical movement totals.

10.111.6

Released on 16.10.2026

New features

• You can now review saved wholesale buys separately from DTC forecasts. Each row shows the current order status, native quantities, and delivery windows, and links directly to the corresponding account order.

Bug fixes

• Your selected product and pending requests are now correctly retained when reviewing shipment schedules.

10.111.5

Released on 16.10.2026

Bug fixes

• When the recorded currency is unknown, calculated COGS now correctly keeps margins and sales comparisons unavailable while preserving monthly source amounts.

10.111.4

Released on 16.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Delivery timelines now keep all recorded deliveries visible. Stock cover is assessed only for products within the commitment's planned range.

• Opening Planned buy now preserves any saved working copies whose settings the view cannot restore. These drafts are marked with a kept-copy tag. You can discard a saved draft separately before replacement changes can autosave.

• Retailer stock now displays a compact tag when no stock or sales values are available, while keeping delivery records visible.

Other updates

• Closed-season review views remain nested under Close the book, while all other commitment destinations are retained.

• Single-date intake now displays as an amount and date, while its delivery schedule remains visible.

10.111.3

Released on 16.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Uploaded cost reports now display sales-channel names correctly, and any unnamed channels are labelled as such rather than showing internal IDs. Saved source versions and exported values are not affected.

10.111.2

Released on 16.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Historical delivery timelines no longer incorrectly request current forecast risk or future delivery simulations after the commitment window ends; recorded receipts are preserved as-is.

10.111.1

Released on 16.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Door-plan selection now shows the native product name alongside the saved plan, so you can clearly identify the current product while keeping your saved revisions intact.

10.111.0

Released on 16.10.2026

Improvements

• View forecasts by week or by month. A new Show by option in View options lets you switch between a weekly and monthly layout, covering a window of up to one year. The grid and table reflect the weeks returned by the server, overrides entered on a week cell are saved against that week's dates, and your choice is preserved when you save a view.

Bug fixes

• Estimated unit values in saved door forecasts now display as clean numbers, without floating-point trailing digits. Exact saved quantities and unknown values are unchanged.

10.110.9

Released on 16.10.2026

Improvements

• Account ordering now groups door planning, commercial agreements, and order execution together, while keeping all existing order and document workflows available.

10.110.8

Released on 16.10.2026

Improvements

• You can now open an account's Range or Collection directly from compact Setup entries. Existing catalogue actions and direct links remain available without needing to load both workspaces first.

Other updates

• Inventory movements can now be opened through their native source records, and ledger requests remain tied to the selected organization and actor.

10.110.7

Released on 16.10.2026

Improvements

• Commitment forecasts now show WMAPE and a compact scoring status at a glance. You can open accuracy details or check the information control to see the recorded reason when no score is available.

Forecast shading is now easier to interpret, with labelled prediction ranges and a colour key for the heat grid. Ranges that are not available remain hidden.

10.110.6

Released on 16.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Opening a proposed move from the sales-at-risk summary now works correctly, and your selected warehouse and product are retained when you open stock by location.

Other updates

• Transfer reviews now display native stock, proposed stock movements, partial transfer stages, and configured network routes.

10.110.5

Released on 16.10.2026

Improvements

• The event timeline between Connect Promotions and Demand Events now shows dates, native status, scope, and event links for the current filtered page.

• Trading overview now lets you review held units grouped by receipt age or season. Missing readings and stock without a receipt date remain visible, and incoming deliveries are included alongside.

10.110.4

Released on 16.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Shared forecast quantities by door remain visible even when the current engine net need is unavailable.

10.110.3

Released on 16.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Sell-out now correctly distinguishes between missing sales data in the selected reporting window and an account with no reports. Older Forecast links now open the same scoped Forecast view as expected.

10.110.2

Released on 16.10.2026

Improvements

• You can now review COGS upload history, classification, and saved accounting comparisons together in one workspace.

10.110.1

Released on 16.10.2026

Other updates

• Movement-only variant filters are no longer applied to Stock on hand when returning from a linked ledger.

10.110.0

Released on 16.10.2026

Improvements

• You can now adjust a forecast directly from the heat grid. Click a cell in an open period to set a figure, provide a reason and a note, or reset an override back to the system figure. The row drawer includes a new Adjust forecast action, and changes are saved the same way as edits made in the table.

10.109.13

Released on 16.10.2026

Other updates

• The frontend asset graph is now verified to be complete before replacement images are published.

10.109.12

Released on 16.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Product names and health labels now stay visible in stock tables. Period-end calculations now respect the selected warehouse, and filtered movement totals are correctly shown separately from the current page totals.

10.109.11

Released on 16.10.2026

Other updates

• The release process now ensures that only the correct, verified frontend assets are included in a release.

10.109.10

Released on 16.10.2026

Improvements

• Navigation has been reorganised: find Terms and Fulfilment under Commercial, and Contacts, Buyer Access and Feed Settings under Account. Setup retains its existing links and editors.

Other updates

• Finance Reviews are easier to scan and complete, and now load supporting report and scenario evidence when you open them.

• Sales, stock, prices and margins are now easier to find through dedicated metric controls, with financial fields visible by default. Saved views and exports are unaffected.

Retailer amounts with no currency supplied continue to be shown in cents rather than displayed as US dollars.

10.109.9

Released on 16.10.2026

Other updates

• Forecasting now includes individual DTC channel filters. The Demand section offers Heat and Table layout options. Prior-year comparison data has been removed from forecast charts and details.

10.109.8

Released on 16.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Floor & stockroom and other stock tables no longer jump or shift position while you scroll through their rows.

10.109.7

Released on 16.10.2026

New features

• You can now compare delivery dates and stock gaps before an order arrives, whether ordering immediately or waiting seven days. Eligible delivery services and procurement estimates are available to review without modifying the original order.

10.109.6

Released on 16.10.2026

Improvements

• Merch plan now opens faster. Historical sales and stock data loads only when you open plan assumptions or plan lines.

10.109.5

Released on 16.10.2026

Improvements

• Trading focuses each tab on its decision figures and uses compact sales comparisons and dated intake charts. Undated deliveries and missing stock readings stay visible without empty plots.

COGS opens monthly figures immediately, compares recorded costs with sales in the supplied currency, and keeps large uploaded brand lists compact with every brand available to filter.

10.109.4

Released on 16.10.2026

Other updates

• Fixed an issue where the doors and preparation forecast pickers in Connect Order would repeatedly reset when a selected forecast loaded its product.

10.109.3

Released on 16.10.2026

New features

• You can now review forecast-backed stock cover and shortfall periods alongside deliveries. Open the affected product's order or reorder review at any time — unassessed periods remain clearly marked until addressed.

10.109.2

Released on 16.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Buyer delivery timelines now display correctly when native order references include display labels.

10.109.1

Released on 16.10.2026

Improvements

• Demand forecasting now loads its opening scope at the same time as the workspace, so your forecast is ready sooner.

10.109.0

Released on 16.10.2026

Improvements

• The Commitment Forecast page now shows a single, unified forecast view. The "Forecast source" dropdown has been removed, eliminating the mismatch that could occur between the page title and the content displayed. When saved demand plans exist, a version pill (showing "Live", or a saved plan's name and date) appears on the page, with options to save a version, view a "Saved version" tag, and return to the live view via "Back to live"; "Adjust" opens the demand plan for editing. Stock outlook is now its own dedicated page, found under Stock and orders in the Commitment menu. Existing links using ?forecastSource=outlook redirect to the Stock outlook page; plan and engine links redirect to the demand plan and system forecast respectively.

10.108.0

Released on 16.10.2026

New features

• You can now track supplier orders and retailer deliveries on a shared timeline, including order deadlines, delivery windows, and direct order review.

10.107.2

Released on 16.10.2026

Improvements

• Merch plan toolbar: the Category, Commitment, Heat, and Table pills now fill the full control height and align on the same line as the selects.

10.107.1

Released on 16.10.2026

Improvements

• Load monitoring now distinguishes between planning pages that are ready, still loading, or unavailable, making it easier to identify slow first visits.

10.107.0

Released on 15.10.2026

Improvements

• The Connect account Setup page is now a single scrollable page with a navigation index, replacing the previous tab layout. Sections — Commercial, How orders flow, Account, and What they buy — each display their current state upfront. Editing terms and changing ERP routing open in a drawer. Existing links using ?section=settings or ?terms=settings continue to work and scroll to the correct section.

10.106.3

Released on 15.10.2026

Improvements

• Stock on Hand now begins loading current stock and overview data as the page opens, so filtered results appear faster.

10.106.2

Released on 15.10.2026

Improvements

• You can now read account forecasts across the full workspace or by exact commitment dates, with weekly charts, optional year-over-year comparisons, and confidence ranges where available. On the door view, select a product and open Edit by door from a style forecast to adjust its store-level plan.

10.106.1

Released on 15.10.2026

Improvements

• Pages now load faster when the Ask Tightly panel is closed. Opening Ask still restores your conversation, position, and any draft you were working on.

10.106.0

Released on 15.10.2026

Improvements

• Connect Accounts, Account details: The account details table is now easier to scan at a glance. Booked now displays a coverage bar showing the percentage of Demand covered. Gap now shows a directional arrow with a figure indicating whether the account is under or over. Sell-out now displays a status tag of Live, Quiet, or Never. Waits on you now shows a count chip that still opens the drawer when clicked. Firm, Can still walk, and Deadline columns remain available but are visually quieter when all rows are empty or zero — they can still be managed through Columns.

• Connect Accounts, Forecast: The forecast view is now cleaner and easier to read. A forecast chart now appears prominently above the grid, showing weekly units aligned to the grid's own weeks, reported sell-out to the left of today, and expected orders where historical data supports them. Five separate controls have been consolidated into a single control row. An empty state now shows a clear named message instead of a grid of dashes. The view now displays one basis tag, one Prepare order menu, and more legible Baseline tags. A sparkline appears in the product list only where there is enough data to form a series.

10.105.0

Released on 15.10.2026

Improvements

• Dark theme: status tags, table row dividers, checkboxes, selects, drawers, and dialogs now display consistently with the dark theme.

10.104.3

Released on 15.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Admin → On-call: the incident summary card now displays with correct spacing, no longer overlapping the title above it or the details line below it.

10.104.2

Released on 15.10.2026

Improvements

• The Merch Plan grid now begins loading as soon as you open a saved plan's page, so you spend less time waiting before you can review it.

10.104.1

Released on 15.10.2026

Improvements

• Admin > On-call: The Owner filter now shows all users who currently hold incidents, along with their individual incident counts. Your filter selection is preserved in the page URL, so you can bookmark or share the filtered view.

10.104.0

Released on 15.10.2026

Improvements

• Connect > Account > Sell-out: The Sell-out page has been reorganised for a cleaner layout. The tab row has been replaced with a more compact design: Doors and Styles are combined into a single control within the week grid header, the doors report appears as a chip next to the window, and Retailer Targets sits in the grid header. Retailer Stock, Coverage, and All Sell-out are now presented as sections beneath the grid. Accounts with no uploaded files show a single empty state rather than repeating the same message multiple times. Existing links to the Forecast tab continue to open the account's Forecast view, and links to a specific section scroll directly to it.

10.103.0

Released on 15.10.2026

Other updates

• [FEAT] Admin → The on-call incident page is now organized around people and outcomes rather than technical data. A summary card at the top shows the current status — who owns the incident and for how long, or how quickly a fix reached production — along with a description of what happened, who is affected, and what the next steps are. Quick links to the Slack thread, pull request, and Datadog are included. Key details such as severity, area, source, owner, and the Notion card remain visible at all times. Lower-priority fields — including the ticket key, lane, reproduction steps, size, agent metrics, and the agent's handoff notes — are grouped under a collapsible Technical details section. The Fix tab similarly tucks away branch, commit, and file information by default. Summary is now the default tab and focuses on the outcome; the Alerts tab has been renamed Occurrences; and timestamps are displayed in relative format (for example, "2h ago"), with the exact UTC time shown on hover.

10.102.0

Released on 15.10.2026

Improvements

• Tightly Connect Promotions: The promotions timeline now displays all events on a single axis, making it easier to see how promotions relate to each other and to today. Each entry shows the promotion type as an icon, uplift as a signed value with a visual bar, and status as a labeled indicator. Scope and source appear as secondary details, and buyer requests awaiting a response are grouped at the top with a count badge.

• Account Forecast view: The Stores and Dispatch controls are now combined into a single row and hidden automatically when no forecast is available, reducing clutter.

10.101.3

Released on 15.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Admin → On-call: The Current State column now displays correctly at 1280px screen width. The step count (for example, "2 of 5") has moved into the meter's tooltip, and the Plan tab now shows the full plan and risks in a collapsible Details section beneath the summary.

10.101.2

Released on 15.10.2026

Bug fixes

• For accounts without sell-out reporting, the page now shows a compact view with a direct link to their orders. The selected account and commitment are preserved, and the sell-out request action appears only once.

10.101.1

Released on 15.10.2026

Bug fixes

• The Connect page now builds successfully without exceeding JavaScript size limits.

10.101.0

Released on 15.10.2026

Improvements

• Connect account Scorecard: All eight KPIs now appear together in a single strip. Each KPI displays a target marker on its fill bar and a status icon next to its status label. A provenance tag appears only where a figure is Estimated or Declared; GMROI shows as Not measured when no data is available. The Receivables KPI leads with the open balance and an ageing bar with labelled segments, with empty buckets visually muted.

10.100.1

Released on 15.10.2026

Improvements

• On your first visit, the page now loads immediately rather than waiting for the app to download for offline use. Offline access and update checks are unaffected for returning visits.

• The trading overview now loads faster by fetching detailed commitment reviews only when you select them.

10.100.0

Released on 15.10.2026

Improvements

• The account page header is now cleaner and easier to scan, with the commitment status, navigation options, and account details organised into a single, uncluttered row.

10.99.0

Released on 15.10.2026

Improvements

• Connect > Account > Order: Order details are now easier to scan. Key figures (units booked, value, deliveries, and coverage) appear in a summary strip at the top. The order lifecycle is shown as a compact step-by-step progress indicator, with each step clearly marked as done, current, or next. The pricing basis is displayed as a single tag, and delivery cards are presented as uniform tiles showing receipt status and a single action.

10.98.0

Released on 15.10.2026

Improvements

• Connect > Doors > Register: The Doors Register now shows a summary strip at the top displaying counts of open, opening, in-refit, and suggestion statuses; clicking a count filters the table to matching doors. Each door row also includes a type icon, size marker, and status shown as both a dot and a label. Transit appears as a chip only when set. Suggestions appear as a dashed chip with a one-tap accept option. Columns with no data are hidden by default and can be restored via Columns.

10.97.12

Released on 15.10.2026

Improvements

• The Merch Plan toolbar controls are now consistently sized and aligned on a single row, with labels displayed beside each control and the Totals and Columns options grouped together on the right.

10.97.11

Released on 15.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Admin → On-call: The incident list now fills the full page with a single scrollbar, fixed column headings, and page controls anchored below the last row. Previously, the list appeared in a small box that expanded awkwardly as you scrolled.

Other updates

• [IMPROVED] Admin → On-call incident: A single Timeline tab replaces the separate Steps and Lifecycle tabs. Each state appears along a vertical timeline with a colour-coded marker (green = released, amber = waiting on a person, grey = quiet, red = rollback), the duration of each state, the reason for the transition, and any messages the agent posted during that state. A summary strip below the incident title shows time spent in each state at a glance. Long content in the Fix, Root Cause, Plan, Evidence, and Notes fields is now scrollable within its own box, rather than hidden behind a Show all toggle.

10.97.10

Released on 15.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Admin → On-call: The incident list now displays correctly at laptop screen widths, with severity and class labels fully readable. The stat cards now serve as the sole state filter, replacing the previous Everything / Needs a person toggle. Clear filters resets the page to its default state — including the active tab and time range — and this reset persists after a page reload. The Datadog link on each row opens the relevant logs or monitor for that alert. The incident Owner now matches what is shown in the list, and spend values in a handoff display correctly (for example, $0.0033).

10.97.9

Released on 15.10.2026

New features

• Tightly Connect: Buyers with the Can confirm receipts permission can now confirm what was received against each booked delivery. Deliveries that have not yet shipped are clearly marked Not shipped yet. Lines the brand has not configured display an explanation and remain locked. Pack quantities are shown and counted in packs.

10.97.8

Released on 15.10.2026

Improvements

• The Merch plans saved-plan list now begins loading as soon as the page opens, so monthly figures appear sooner.

10.97.7

Released on 15.10.2026

Improvements

• Several interface improvements have been made across the product:
  • The Ask board groups answers it cannot measure into one compact section.
  • The Settings audit log filters are now consolidated behind a single Filters button.
  • Integrations are displayed as a concise, searchable list, with the full catalogue available one click away.
  • An empty Packaging list now clearly indicates that no items are present.
  • The Home screen no longer scrolls horizontally on mobile devices.

10.97.6

Released on 15.10.2026

Improvements

• When you open a saved merch plan, monthly figures now load together with the plan summary. Editing and publishing are available only after the plan summary has been confirmed.

10.97.5

Released on 15.10.2026

Improvements

• When you open a saved merch plan, monthly figures now load before historical planning inputs. New plans continue to load their history immediately.

10.97.4

Released on 15.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Tightly Connect: the buyer Confirm receipt screen and the Can confirm receipts seat switch are withdrawn until the receipt service behind them is back.

10.97.3

Released on 15.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Account books, sell-out views and account drawers open correctly from Tightly Connect.

• Open record conversations and follow their linked actions when no cell or row is selected.

• Stock outlook remains readable when an order has an unknown booking date, preserving its incomplete demand warning.

Other updates

• COGS now opens calculated recorded sale costs by financial year, with monthly charts and merchandise margins. Cost uploads and reconciliation remain available in Uploads.

Merch plan performance controls align their selectors and view switches along one baseline.

10.97.2

Released on 15.10.2026

Bug fixes

• The Connect account page displays correctly again. Section navigation appears as a single row of pills covering Terms and Settings, Range and Collection, sell-out views (by door, by style, all sell-out), Forecast, and Scorecard (KPIs, Invoices, and Deductions), with retailer targets on the same row. Order Files shows its status selector alongside Files, EDI Documents, and Invoices. Tab content loads as expected. Existing links using the older URL parameters (?terms=settings, ?sellOutView=reported) continue to open the correct section.

10.97.1

Released on 15.10.2026

Improvements

• Merch plan category views now load faster — commitment details are fetched only when you switch to the commitment view.

10.97.0

Released on 15.10.2026

New features

• In Tightly Connect, buyers can now confirm what was received on each delivery of an order — logging received and returned units per line item. Each delivery card then shows a status of Received or Partly received, along with the confirmed unit counts, visible to both the buyer and the brand. A rep enables this by turning on the Can confirm receipts permission for the relevant seat.

10.96.1

Released on 15.10.2026

Improvements

• The commitment forecast page now loads the chart and table faster. Data from the demand plan is only fetched when the demand plan is open, so loading is no longer delayed by unrelated reads.

10.96.0

Released on 15.10.2026

Improvements

• Admin → On-call: Long incident text is now easier to read — file paths wrap correctly, logs appear in a dedicated scrollable box, and lengthy content is collapsed by default. The Lifecycle tab shows a timeline of every state the incident passed through, including when each state occurred, how long it lasted, and the reason for the transition.

10.95.2

Released on 15.10.2026

Improvements

• Accounts: Filters and search now appear in a single row. The retailer comparison and work list are combined into one list, with a booked meter and review action on each row.

• Commitment room – Pricing, Finance, and Sign-off pages: These pages are easier to scan. Dates and discounts use dedicated pickers, unavailable states are shown as a single tag with a retry icon, and repeated labels have been removed.

• Season membership: The page now opens directly to proposals. The summary band and four-step table have been removed. Each proposal opens in a drawer showing three headline figures, one line per consequence, and Reject or Move options alongside the primary button.

• Buy book and supplier pages: These pages are easier to scan. Unavailable sections show a single small tag with a refresh icon. The order peek and completion drawers lead with headline figures. In Record delivery and the supplier catalog and contacts tables, product, variant, and SKU are grouped into one column. Size pack row actions are now icons.

Bug fixes

• Commitment navigation and page content: Inside a commitment, Markdowns now opens its list, and Deliveries opens the Deliveries page. Every Pricing and Orders page displays its own title. The Overview page no longer repeats budget figures or hides its charts. Tasks, Replenishment, and Scenarios now display a single tag with a retry option when content is empty or unavailable.

10.95.1

Released on 15.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Tightly Connect: the reason buyer seat acts are pinned is now clearly explained, resolving a failing shared lint check.

10.95.0

Released on 15.10.2026

New features

• Tightly Connect: You can now control what each buyer seat is permitted to do — such as propose orders, accept orders, or declare promotions — when sending an invitation or managing an existing seat. You can also counter a single order term by selecting from its allowed values and adding an optional reason.

10.94.5

Released on 15.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Continuity cover summaries now stay within the range of available forecast data.

• Opening a continuity plan from a commitment no longer freezes the page, and plan navigation works as expected.

• Placed orders for selected commitments now appear correctly in Open to buy and buying comparisons.

• Buying review now shows the declared budget, placed orders, and remaining budget for the selected commitment window, along with the receipt-budget review action.

Other updates

• The Published window stock outlook now reflects the full native forecast period rather than cutting off at 26 weeks. Explicitly set horizons and partial-demand safeguards are not affected.

10.94.4

Released on 15.10.2026

Improvements

• Tab navigation is now consistent across Connect, portal, and Commitments pages. All tab rows display as a single row of pill-style tabs along the left edge of the page, with no underline tabs. The account page combines its areas and open-view tabs in one row; the Inbox keeps its views, filter, and Add from a file controls together in one row; and the Doors tab displays its door count.

10.94.3

Released on 15.10.2026

Improvements

• The pricing, finance, and sign-off pages in a commitment room are easier to use: dates and discounts now use proper pickers, unavailable states are shown as a single tag with a retry icon, and repeated labels appear only once.

10.94.2

Released on 15.10.2026

Improvements

• The Buy Book and supplier pages are easier to read and navigate. Unavailable sections now show a single small tag with a refresh icon. The order peek and completion drawers lead with headline figures. The Record Delivery view and the supplier catalog and contacts tables combine product, variant, and SKU into one column. Size pack row actions are now displayed as icons.

10.94.1

Released on 15.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Order > Add line > Already agreed and Import book file now open correctly for accounts in any currency. The booking is priced in the account's currency. If no currency is set for the account, a message explains this and where to configure it.

10.94.0

Released on 15.10.2026

Improvements

• The trading overview now surfaces the information that needs your attention most. Biggest sales movements, missing costs, and negative calculated profit are highlighted at a glance, alongside product reviews and assigned follow-ups. You can also compare recorded monthly sales against agreed targets while still accessing detailed sales, stock, and report views.

10.93.11

Released on 15.10.2026

Improvements

• Merch plan spacing has been updated to use design tokens; there is no visible change.

10.93.10

Released on 15.10.2026

Improvements

• Components, Cash & payments, Investment review, Purchase orders, and All commitments now display more consistently when content is loading or unavailable. Unavailable data shows a clear status indicator with a refresh option, Purchase orders retains its Filters button with removable filter chips, and long lists show five items with a View all option.

10.93.9

Released on 15.10.2026

Improvements

• Details, figures, and charts now open via an icon with a hover label, replacing the previous text link. Commitment pages with nothing to report no longer display an empty strip.

10.93.8

Released on 15.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Markdown opportunities and target actions now appear correctly when opening a Markdown from a commitment.

10.93.7

Released on 15.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Admin → On-call: The Severity and Links columns now display the full "S3 Medium" label and pull request number instead of truncating them.

10.93.6

Released on 15.10.2026

Improvements

• Finance drawers in Commitment (settings, supplier payments, a payment, account activity, and retailer sales plan) now display a status tag, key figures, and a primary action at a glance. Tables within these drawers have a clearer layout, with a prominent main column, consistent tags, and aligned figures.

• The left menu now lists Post-season, Period end, and Movements as individual rows. Reviews and Stock on hand retain a single pill row, with remaining options grouped under a View menu.

Bug fixes

• Fixed an issue in several table views where the last visible row could be cut off mid-row when scrolling. Tables now always end on a complete row, with the footer and totals displayed beneath it, and scrolling snaps cleanly to row boundaries. Affected areas: Orders, Suppliers, Purchase orders, Transfer orders, Events, Demand signals, Skills, Smart replenishment, and Settings > Data.

10.93.5

Released on 15.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Opening a review target no longer incorrectly opens the commitment declaration when its markdown target has not yet started.

10.93.4

Released on 15.10.2026

Improvements

• Merch plan: All measures now display across every plan month with the year visible at all times, so no data is cut off. Unavailable plans are shown as a tag with a refresh icon.

• Merch plan: The category-by-month table is restored as the default view, including the View, Group, and Measure labels and the Totals menu. The Heat view remains accessible in one tap.

10.93.3

Released on 15.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Admin → On-call: The severity column now displays values such as "S3 Medium" in full, column headings are no longer cut off, and the Links column remains visible on screen.

10.93.2

Released on 15.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Optional NetSuite accounting-book catalogs now appear as informational when unavailable, without suggesting that a missing permission or Multi-Book purchase is required. Access failures continue to show a warning.

Product cost summaries keep unpriced units visible beside the known estimate when monthly details are closed.

10.93.1

Released on 15.10.2026

Other updates

• You can now review calculated product cost drivers by month and currency, open current product costs, and reach merchandise planning targets from COGS.

10.93.0

Released on 15.10.2026

New features

• Review all baselines for a commitment at once. A chip shows how many baselines are pending review, and a single Review all button opens a drawer listing what will be adopted, what is skipped and why, and the largest changes. Adopting changes requires write permission, processes as one batch with a confirmation receipt, and prompts you to recalculate if a plan has changed since the preview was generated.

• Compare reported costs against the cost of covered inventory units, and save a dated review. Missing history and uncovered units remain visible so you can see what is outstanding before completing financial comparisons.

Improvements

• Inside a commitment, the Orders pages (Bench, Order book, Purchase orders, Ship windows, Deliveries, Transfers) and the continuity Plan no longer duplicate navigation as a row of tabs. Each view is now a single entry in the left menu.

• The Forecast tab on an account page is easier to read: unit labels appear once and consistently, controls are consolidated into one row with a Filters option and a More menu, the chart starts at zero with a clearly visible P10–P90 band and a readout that does not clip, grid figures are shown as whole units, and the total column stays in view as you scroll.

• The New scenario drawer is now a single prompt with one Ask Tightly button above a grouped list of starting changes — one row per change — replacing the previous layout of twelve boxed buttons.

• Admin → On-call now opens on the most recent change. A summary row at the top shows a card for each incident state (Open, Investigating, Fix in progress, Needs a person, Fixed, Closed) along with the median time from alert to production. Selecting a card filters the list to that state. A quick time filter (last hour, 24 h, 7 days, 30 days) or a custom date range narrows both the cards and the list by first-captured time.

  Each incident shows its current state at a glance: a colour-coded status, progress toward a fix, and a one-line summary such as "PR #10870 merged · not on prod yet". Rows also display a colour-coded severity (S1 Critical to S4 Low), the owner's name or a muted Unassigned label, when the incident was first captured, and links to its Slack thread, Datadog alert, and fix PR.

• Replenishment policies: tabs are now labelled Applied and Templates. Each applied policy shows its template, version, scope chips, and a short start date. Each template shows how many policies use it. Legacy rules and the Which policy applies reference have moved into the header icons.

Bug fixes

• Buy Bench and the commitment Orders page no longer display a wall of reading cards beneath their tables. Each reading now opens on its own dedicated page or drawer.

• COGS can now be viewed by brand and category with contribution bars, monthly trends, a filtered monthly-detail export, and category drill-down. Reconciliation, calculation, and period-review actions remain accessible above the report.

• Known posted-cost differences are now shown while incomplete reconciliation and missing accounting-line amounts are still present.

• Uploaded costs now open in Finance COGS with monthly, category, and brand reporting, exact totals, CSV export, and optional source details. Source classifications are preserved and existing upload links redirect correctly.

• The sell-out import no longer freezes when opening the column-matching step for the first file from an account with no saved mapping. An example value is now shown beside each matched column.

• The sell-out import preview now correctly shows how many rows will be recorded, and the import button reflects the same figure — replacing the previous incorrect display of "Would record 0" and "Import 0 rows" for files that would import in full.

Other updates

• The customer EDI setup wizard now loads independently from the main application shell.

10.92.0

Released on 15.10.2026

New features

• You can now choose separate NetSuite stocktake adjustment GL accounts for each subsidiary, selecting from accounts visible to the connector role. Account search and permission guidance are included, and unsupported-operation and native valuation holds are respected.

Improvements

• The product panel has a cleaner layout: the title now shows its status tag on a single line, header controls appear as icon buttons with tooltips, and the Buy, Stock and Profitability tabs display information once each in tidier tables.

• Demand forecasting now opens on the season containing today's date, falling back to the most recent past season, and will not land on a season whose plan has not yet started. If a row fails to load, it displays a label identifying the issue and a refresh icon.

• The chart icon has been removed from each product row in demand forecasting. To focus the chart and forecast on a product, use the "Focus forecast" option in the row's drawer.

• The product panel now shows the price basis above the Profitability table, and labels each store group's figures and store count on the Buy tab.

• Inside a commitment, the main menu remains unchanged, with the commitment's pages nested under Commitments. Those pages no longer also display a separate row of tabs.

10.91.0

Released on 15.10.2026

New features

• Reorder suggestions now appear on the Forecast tab. A Reorders chip on any account mapped in the retailer's feed shows how many reorder suggestions the retailer has made. Selecting it displays those suggestions alongside the engine's weekly rate for the same style, with each listed under its own name.

• A new Coverage view on the Sell-out tab gives you a full picture of account reporting. Every account appears in one list — with the current account shown first — along with its reporting status, how many of the last twelve weeks it submitted data for, and when it last reported. Selecting a row opens that account's sell-out detail, and you can send a chase request to any account that has a file outstanding.

Improvements

• Order cadence settings have moved to more consistent locations. On the account side, cadence is now found under Setup > Cadence — the card itself is unchanged, and Prepare Order continues to use the agreed cadence to populate an order's deliveries. On the buyer side, cadence has moved from the Forecast page to Ship Windows.

• Launch dates and the dispatch schedule are now accessible directly from the Order's Deliveries card. Select the menu at the corner of the card to open the account's schedule drawer from anywhere within the Order tab. The Amend link on a commitment continues to open the schedule drawer as before.

10.90.0

Released on 15.10.2026

New features

• Orders now support line-by-line entry and booking directly in Tightly. Use Add line to add a line to an open order — whether you're editing a draft or countering an order in negotiation — by entering the door, delivery week, units, price, and who stated the terms. You can also use Add line to record a booking that was agreed outside Tightly. Import book file lets you upload a CSV or paste rows from Excel; Tightly shows you a preview of what each row will add or change before anything is saved. Hold to line converts showroom holds that an account has responded to into order lines, and the Showroom's Record as agreed action now opens this form with the quantity and price already filled in.

Improvements

• All of an account's orders are now in a single table. Orders without a commitment are marked with a No commitment chip. Any such order has a Put in commitment option in its row menu. With the chip filter active, use j and k to move between rows, a to place the order into the suggested commitment, 1–9 to choose a specific commitment, h to exclude it, and o to open it. The previous Needs a commitment queue, Order files tab, and Orders tab have been removed. Files previously found there are now under Intake and Documents, and any /connect/orders links will redirect to the account's Order view or the Inbox.

10.89.0

Released on 15.10.2026

New features

• The account's Order now has two new views: Documents and Intake. Documents shows all EDI sets, files, and invoices for the account in a single table, including each item's type, direction, date, and status — select any row to open its summary. From a summary, you can resend an invoice that was previously rejected. Intake lists files submitted by the account, showing the next required action for each, with the option to add a file directly from the view.

10.88.0

Released on 15.10.2026

New features

• You can now complete the full order preparation process in a single drawer. Select multiple doors, define multiple deliveries with a buyer PO for each, enter opening and closing stock, choose the pack per style, and preview the order and its quote before creating the draft. The Order's Doors view displays each door's net need and lets you open the detail for each.

10.87.0

Released on 15.10.2026

New features

• Buyer's portal: Invoices page and order file uploads. The buyer's portal now includes an Invoices page showing everything a brand has billed against your orders, including the status and due date of each invoice. On the Order page, a new Send an order file action lets you attach one or more PDF, Excel, or CSV purchase order files and see a confirmation status for each file after upload.

• Connect Inbox opens on a unified Moves view. When you open Connect Inbox, you now land on Moves — a single list of all items waiting for your attention, including claims, requests, door types, holds, orders, and EDI changes. A running count appears on both the Accounts list and the navigation rail so you always know how many items need action. You can filter the list using Can still walk and Not shown chips, each showing its own count.

• Doors tab replaces Setup > Stores. Everything previously found under Setup > Stores is now in the account's Doors tab, which is the single place to manage your store information. The tab includes three areas:

  • Sell-out view: A door-by-week grid where each cell shows a figure or a reason, with totals and the retailer's own columns.
  • Groups view: A table with a header row per group, showing its count and totals, along with a queue of groups suggested by Tightly.
  • Add door: Add a new door with its opening date, group or sister store, and starting configuration.

  Setup > Stores has been removed. Any existing links to that page will now open the Doors tab instead.

10.86.0

Released on 15.10.2026

New features

• The buyer's portal has an Order page: the orders a brand has shared with your account, listed with your move first, the terms that differ from your standing terms, the deliveries and the lines, and Accept all, Accept or Counter where your seat may act.

Improvements

• Skills, runs, answers and the Inbox history are calmer: status as tags, the chart that repeated a column removed, unavailable sections as one row with a retry icon, and a standard side drawer for steps and cases.

• Home is calmer: the recent-work list is plain rows, a block that fails to load shows a small unavailable tag with a retry icon, and the role menu drops its chevron and a repeated sentence.

• Order files are calmer: the verification drawer leads with three figures, sizes sit under each line, and Add from a file and Orders by file use the standard drawer.

• Corrected a stale developer comment naming the Connect rail rows.

• A booked order in a retail account's Orders tab now reads by its order number, and Forecast styles read by product name, instead of an internal reference and a product id.

• Removed two Connect developer-bench pages (Doors and What sold) that no customer address opened; the live account tabs they became are unchanged.

• Retired three developer measuring pages for the seats drawer and order intake; their old bench addresses now open the account list and the Inbox order files.

• Connect orders intake has not looked at read Not classified instead of DTC, and a live promotion or event waiting for the engine's next run reads Pending next run instead of not applied.

• Agreements, supplier obligations and agreed orders are calmer: tables with status tags, one standard side panel with headline figures, one compact form for new agreements, and a single retry beside anything that cannot load.

• Calmer Home blocks: Inbox, Mail, Late orders, Syncs, Events, This week and Accounts waiting are one-line rows with a state tag and a quiet second line, one row icon instead of an Open button on every row, and a single refresh icon when a block cannot load.

• Quieter Home preview: priorities as a calm table with one icon per row, headline figures with their labels beneath, and side panels that lead with the numbers and keep a single main action.

• Calmer Integrations pages: connection tables show their states as coloured tags with the reason under the name, a failed read is one quiet row with a refresh button, and the long setup sections open in a side drawer instead of a text toggle.

• Calmer Orders and Returns: a quieter order list with status tags and one filter button, order pages with one primary action and a More menu, standard side drawers, and unavailable sections that show a single retry icon instead of a sentence.

• Calmer replenishment policies, landed cost rules and agent access: tables read by name with tags and figures, filters sit behind one button with removable chips, policy and template editors split into Rules, Advanced and Supply tabs, and unavailable lists show one tag with a refresh icon.

• Catalogue, Analogs, Families, Components, Bundles and their drawers are calmer: status as tags, tables with fewer default columns, one retry icon where a read fails, and a single toolbar row.

• Calmer product forms and families: new product and variant forms on fewer rows with icon menus, a compact filter popover, an images editor with icon actions, and a families desk with a history popover and a one-line unavailable state.

• Calmer Smart Replenishment, Budget and follow-up drawers: figures lead the line drawer, route is a tag, unavailable reads show one tag with a refresh icon, and the today list has no hidden sections.

• Calmer Settings: team, API keys, webhooks, locations, clusters and the other lists read as one strong name with tags, drawers share one shape, and a read that does not load shows a small Unavailable tag with a refresh icon.

• Calmer setup: steps lose their helper lines and repeated labels, stores, plan rows and import sets read as tags, edit and reveal become icons, and an unavailable step is one quiet label with a retry icon.

• Stock on hand, stocktakes, floor and stockroom and the product page are calmer: fewer default columns with the SKU under the variant name, drawers that lead with headline figures, one-row unavailable states with an icon retry, and a single-column stocktake form.

• Calmer supplier portal: purchase orders and their lines read as tags and short dates with one Filters control, unavailable states are a single tag with a refresh icon, and the answer and confirm-all drawers show headline figures and one tidy form.

• A calmer variant page: tables with tags for state, headline figures instead of sentences, one retry icon where a read does not answer, and a tidier attributes drawer.

10.85.1

Released on 15.10.2026

New features

• You can now review and manage receivables for each retail account directly from its Scorecard tab. The tab shows the account's open balance, disputed amounts, average days to pay, an ageing bar, a list of invoices, and the receipts and deductions linked to each invoice. A receivables view is also available on the cross-account Scorecard grid. From here you can record a payment or deduction, import a remittance file, and accept, dispute, reopen, or recover a deduction. Accounts with no receipts recorded are shown as not measured rather than as fully current.

10.85.0

Released on 15.10.2026

New features

• Connect Forecast tab now shows the basis for each plan. For accounts planned from orders, you can see a sell-in estimate broken down by door, edit it with a reason, adjust the door spread, review each style's baseline grade, enter a manual plan, and view the size mix from order lines.

• Sell-out import now previews the file's structure before you confirm the upload. You can see the detected format (weekly, monthly, snapshot, or DC stock), choose how months are spread or kept, provide a required stock date for snapshot files, and review the account's stored month rule from Setup — with a compact summary of the result.

• A new Scorecard grid shows performance across all retail accounts in one view. Select any account to open its Scorecard tab, where you can see eight key figures along with the delivery detail behind fill rate and OTIF. Estimated and declared figures are clearly labelled; any figure that cannot be measured shows a dash with an explanation.

10.84.0

Released on 15.10.2026

New features

• Promotions tab for Connect accounts. You can now manage all your promotions, markdowns, and events in one place. The Promotions tab shows everything your brand has entered or planned, lets you add new events, and allows you to edit or withdraw entries (a reason is required to withdraw). Pending buyer declarations appear here for you to accept or reject, and all entries are reflected on the Forecast chart. Buyers with declaration permissions also get a Promotions tab within Forecast for My Stores, where they can declare a promotion and track its status.

10.83.0

Released on 15.10.2026

New features

• The account page has a Doors tab: every door in one editable table with filters, bulk edit with undo, door-list import with a preview, rename and re-code, merge, move to another account, dated lifecycle, history, contacts and receiving rules, door types with derive from sales, and suggestions and buyer proposals to accept or decline.

• The Order tab can prepare an order from the saved forecast, shows the brand's own draft with what the buy still lacks, opens each line with its own thread, and shows the flow from Draft to In book with booking, retry and the EDI documents of each delivery.

Improvements

• A store's page now opens with one sentence saying what it sells a week and when it should peak, lets you switch to another store from the head, totals every style in the forecast, and links straight to the Order.

The store's sell-out chart shows a range whisker at the end of each delivery phase, an axis, a legend and the week stock runs out if nothing more is ordered; "Net need" opens the working from forecast to units needed, style by style.

• An account's Forecast tab opens with one sentence saying what the account will sell over the coming weeks, then five facts (units with their range, accuracy, doors measured, edits, the engine run), a band chart above the grid, and filters by store group, door name and edited doors. Click any cell to see its P10, P50 and P90, its drivers and its edit, and put the engine's value back in one press. Accounts with no forecast now say why and offer the next step.

• Commitments cards now end in one action control with further actions in its menu and the summary band is gone. Release and Close open on their key figures with a meter, Declare lays out cleanly on phones with the Declaration read-back showing each clause as a chip, and the room's wholesale orders show their partial-coverage reasons in view.

• Connect pages and integrations are calmer: counts sit on the tabs, link and connection states are tags, report filters sit in one menu, and empty sections no longer take space.

• Demand forecasting rows are one line each: the planned figure is typed in place and system, manual, actual and last-year figures open in the row drawer. Demand signals lose the per-row "Review finding" button (a row opens its finding) and keep one action column. Events show channels as badges and reveal row actions on hover; New event drops its empty-filter sentence.

• Commitment finance is calmer: one Review menu replaces the row of text buttons, and status notes are now tags.

• Home shows onboarding progress as a ring and one Book time button, and the Ask Board, Reports and Skills headers drop their repeated figures and cross-links.

• Calmer tables, menus and filters: a bolder main column, row actions that rest faint and come forward on hover, quieter selects, search boxes only on long lists, and a new filter pill with a count.

• Merch plan drawers and Cash are calmer: status sentences became chips, add and remove actions are icons, repeated field labels show once, and the declare drawer, contributions and allocations lose their explanatory lines.

• On an expanded order, Commit as read stays as the one button and Call off, Record receipt, Type the send and Move units move into a menu.

• Orders, Returns and the Buy Bench show less: order drawers list only the fields an order has, return status is a badge, and the Bench shows SKU under the product and offers Review and Change supplier once lines are selected.

• Catalogue, Families, Analogs, Components and Bundles are quieter: fewer columns shown by default, fewer buttons per row, and shorter copy.

• Reports, stock in units and the monthly evidence drawers are quieter: the reports list drops its summary band, Send pins its save button, stock in units groups each SKU once, and product evidence and recorded actions show fewer columns and filters by default.

• Commitment rooms are calmer: rows open on click with a quiet arrow, tables show fewer default columns, retries are one refresh icon, and the repeated strips and disclosure rows are gone.

• Commitment rooms are calmer: shorter headers, row actions as icons and one menu for capital links.

• Inventory pages are calmer: transfer orders show routes as chips with one summary line, the stock position drawer is three short blocks, stocktake plans and store cards are single lines, and history and retry controls are icons.

• Finance drawers and tables are quieter: the opening-stock, cost-evidence, inventory cash flow, funding plan and price-comparison drawers swap explanatory sentences for tags and icon actions, the weekly plan, open to buy and markdown pages drop repeated headings and helper lines, and the post-season review counts read as chips.

• Planned buy: the product Actions menu is a proper menu, SKU and account panels lose repeated labels and empty cards.

• Account pages are quieter: status and windows sit in a tag, Activity and Discuss are icons, summary sentences and count strips are gone, and drawers keep one primary action.

• Purchase orders, Suppliers, Manufacturing orders and Inbound shipments are quieter: the repeated count bands are gone, late, update, missing-data and short-material counts sit on their filter buttons, shipment actions collapse into one primary plus a menu, and several drawers lose sentences that repeated their button.

• The Commitments room is quieter: one set of header controls and a single funding gap alert, Planned buy decisions behind one count, retry as an icon, no disclosure toggles, and close tables without a per-row Review column.

• Commitments pages and drawers lose repeated charts, legends and helper sentences: Plan actions fold into one menu, review stages read as ticks, and lifecycle timing fields tuck away until needed.

• Connect discussion and activity drawers use icon actions, account pages switch with tabs, saved views save in one row, and Waits on you shows thread counts as icons.

• Compare decisions and the Connect order lists are calmer: the comparison type is a segmented control, order, EDI and invoice states are tags with refusal reasons on hover, and the request list drops its unused checkboxes.

• Demand drawers and menus say less: saved views use star and bin icons, the event SKU import shows counts and matches as badges with its actions pinned at the bottom, suggested calendar events list their window as rows, and the launch allocation uses a stepper with an unallocated badge.

• Finance pages are quieter: Sales performance has one title, the monthly review folds its actions, gap rules and review details into a single menu, and Cash, Open to buy and Merch plan drop repeated field labels.

• Forecast planning and the showroom are quieter: plan states and readings are tags, the forecast header keeps icons for discussion and versions, and repeated captions, counts and headings are gone.

• The connected planning drawer drops its explanatory paragraphs, puts New working plan beside the plan picker, and folds Save setup and Discard into a More menu.

• The commitment overview, finance tables and product drawer show row and section actions as icons, drop repeated captions, and fold store-plan lock actions into a menu.

• Scenario drawers drop their duplicate Close button and show remove actions as icons, and the review links on an applied scenario sit in one menu.

• Selling periods, season membership and sign-off lose their repeated figures and helper sentences. States are badges, the four steps are one row of links, and saved choices read at a glance.

• The Commitments room is calmer: Accounts drops its reporting-coverage column and an idle pager, exceptions fold the reason under the finding, reorder budget status becomes a check or a chip, evidence notes sit behind one button, and ship-window rows keep one action with the rest in a menu.

10.82.1

Released on 14.10.2026

Improvements

• NetSuite Settings now displays read and writeback capability checks separately, along with actionable role permission details and a Retest option. Running a connection test no longer affects your saved provider records or writeback settings.

10.82.0

Released on 14.10.2026

New features

• The account page now has a single Order tab that replaces the separate Plan and Orders tabs. It shows orders grouped by delivery line, each with a status tag, deadline, counter, and compare option, alongside the plan by store, the order book, and the orders list.

• The order page now shows whose turn it is to act, using the server's own wording. A header icon opens the order's single comment thread and displays the comment count; notes visible only to your brand are marked Internal. The other party is notified when the order is opened.

• The Merch plan's Performance and Open to buy sections now include a heat grid that prints the gap to plan, or the amount left to buy, for every month. Cells are blue when you are ahead and amber when you are behind, with an arrow and a label. This means a small shortfall against a small plan is shown in proportion rather than appearing as large as an absolute miss. A toggle lets you switch between the Heat grid and the full table.

• An account's Performance and Reports sections now display units sold and stock on hand as heat grids, broken down by door, style, or product by week. The full table is one click away.

Improvements

• A commitment's Forecast now opens as a heat map showing every product and channel across periods. Reported and forecast periods are visually banded, overrides are marked with the underlying engine figure shown beneath, and the full table is one click away. Product sales has a new Weeks layout showing each style by week — units sold followed by forecast weeks — alongside the existing table with its sparklines. Compare warehouses now shades each variant's stock relative to its own best-performing warehouse, and every figure still links through to that warehouse's stock position.

Bug fixes

• The forecast heat view's total column now matches the forecast total shown for each row in the table, and the page total is the sum of those row totals. Reported periods continue to display their actuals in their cells. On Compare warehouses, long warehouse names are now truncated with an ellipsis in the column heading, with the full name visible on hover.

Other updates

• You can now compare saved monthly costs with posted NetSuite COGS for reviewed books, subsidiaries, accounts, and accounting periods. You can also review workbook month classifications and cost components as new source revisions arrive, and retain accounting comparisons alongside their original supporting evidence.

Sales reviews now distinguish derived sales costs from posted ledger COGS.

• [DOCS] Help articles for Merch plan, Open to buy, and Demand forecasting have been updated to describe the Heat and Table views as they currently work.

10.81.1

Released on 14.10.2026

Other updates

• The main Tightly menu is now accessible from within a commitment. A "Tightly menu" row at the top of the commitment navigation provides links to all areas, on both desktop and the narrow drawer.

10.81.0

Released on 14.10.2026

New features

• Buyers can now edit a private copy of a brand's shared forecast and submit it for approval. Brands can then review the buyer's changes cell by cell before accepting or declining them.

10.80.0

Released on 14.10.2026

Improvements

• Commitments, Demand, and Finance trading pages open faster. The app now preloads initial data in the background after the Home page loads, so these pages are ready when you navigate to them.

Other updates

• Import monthly financial data with explicit subsidiary mappings, period classification, immutable source history, and reviewed forecast-cost allocation. Empty source workspaces preserve undeclared revenue targets.

10.79.0

Released on 14.10.2026

New features

• Per-door buying figures are now available in Connect Plan. The Engine proposal stage, buy review, and door allocation drawer each display forecast, stock, in transit, cover, need, phases, and packs broken down by door — including stock basis tags, the buyer's counter shown as a difference, and any blocked reasons shown as individual tags.

Bug fixes

• The forecast band chart in Connect now displays correctly as a shaded P10–P90 range with a P50 midline, plotted on a fitted axis aligned to grid weeks. On first open, the chart shows a Computing forecast state while data loads.

10.78.2

Released on 14.10.2026

Other updates

• New help articles are available covering the Connect sell-out forecast, the Door page, plan stages, and sell-out forecast accuracy.

10.78.1

Released on 14.10.2026

Bug fixes

• The store name in the Stores table and store groups is now a working link to the store's page, so you can open it in place, via keyboard, or in a new tab. Stores without an engine forecast display their sell-out history and a "No engine forecast" tag.

10.78.0

Released on 14.10.2026

New features

• You can now see how accurate your sell-out forecasts have been. The Forecast tab and store page display the WMAPE and bias for the most recently scored vintage, including the doors it was measured against. Each store also shows a per-vintage accuracy table, or "Not yet scored" with an explanation if scoring has not yet taken place.

10.77.0

Released on 14.10.2026

New features

• The account Forecast tab now opens directly on the retailer's sell-out outlook, showing projected units for the coming weeks alongside their range, accuracy, and a door-by-week heat grid that you can switch to view by styles or categories.

Other updates

• Demand forecasting now opens on the current season (or the full book) by default, rather than landing on a future season that has not yet started or whose forecast cannot load.

10.76.0

Released on 14.10.2026

Other updates

• Connect now includes a dedicated page for each store, showing forecast by style and week, stock and cover, orders, accuracy, and start-up information. The Plan strip now leads with the sell-out engine's proposal and per-door netting.

• [DOCS] The email agent help article has been updated to clarify how the feature works: it is enabled automatically once a mailbox is connected, reads only mail attributed to its sender, proposes actions but never sends messages on your behalf, and can be turned off in Settings.

10.75.1

Released on 14.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Demand forecasting opens on the newest current commitment that has forecast lines, skipping a pre-season one with none, and the Accounts book opens on the commitment you last chose, else the newest one that holds a booking, instead of "Choose commitment".

An account's Plan tab opens on its latest saved forecast instead of a blank "Choose a forecast".

10.75.0

Released on 14.10.2026

New features

• An account that sends no sell-out now shows a forecast built from what it ordered before, with the basis printed on the Forecast tab ("From order history · 14 orders since Jan") and the next expected orders.

Improvements

• Every money figure on the buy plan, the annual cash impact and the continuity plan now says whether it is at retail, cost or cash, and stock on hand is valued at the current price.

• Set safety cover on a replenishment policy in days, weeks or months, and add a product or SKU exception without tying it to a commitment.

Editing a policy from a commitment's Policies & supply panel now opens in the same panel instead of stacking another drawer, and supplier, transfer order and stock on hand pages drop figures that repeated what was already on screen.

Bug fixes

• Demand forecasting now opens on a commitment that has a forecast instead of an internal-materials page with only a header, and an account's Forecasts, Buy plan and Product ranges open on its current commitment, remembering the one you last chose.

The Merch plan's Total row now adds up the category rows for months that have closed, marked Partial where a category has no actual, instead of showing a dash.

• Merch plan weekly position compares last year over the same traded weeks, shows a neutral dash when cover is above target, and loads its sales reads sooner.

• Launch over-run signals show pace and units at risk instead of a $0 impact, the shares check says "Nothing to check" when nothing was compared, switching a cover unit keeps the cover, and an unsaved account schedule asks before you leave the page.

Other updates

• The analog reference review lists a donor from the wrong time of year as an exception and offers one press to use the family or category sold last season.

• Connect account Plan shows an order-frequency card (suggested interval with its history and cost readings, editable interval, Send to buyer, status); the buyer portal Forecast page can change or accept the cadence.

• The order-frequency card can put an agreed cadence into replenishment (write the policy, check its impact, switch it on after a confirm) and lists the cadence's revision history.

• A commitment's Forecast page shows its own measured forecast error, the methods that won its lines, and each line's winning method; until the commitment is scored it says so in words.

• Add Components under the Pro buy book: the component orders to place this week for a buy month, grouped by filler, with a Draft PO act.

• The continuity Plan sends typed receipts to the commitment's Bench: a preview states the units, value and lines each period spreads into, and nothing is staged until confirmed. With one account chosen, the stock, receipts and cash rows walk the whole commitment and say so.

• Continuity commitments get a Plan page: twelve months (or weeks) of forecast, sold, receipts, closing stock, cover and cash, with receipts as a what-if control and charts bound to the grid.

• Demand forecasts DTC channels only: no wholesale forecast source and no wholesale or retailer channel on the forecast and event pages. An account's launch and dispatch schedules, scale edits, accuracy and sell-out are in Connect.

• New DsHeatGrid design-system grid (number always printed over a one-hue luminance scale, reported vs forecast bands, totals, state markers, keyboard, virtualised rows), and the Connect account Forecast tab draws its read-only store and SKU by week view with it, keeping the table one tab away.

• A read-only login (the Tightly team on a demo book) opens every page, tab and drawer and saves nothing: saves marked as writes draw disabled with "Read-only access", and a save the server refuses shows that one notice instead of an error toast.

• Settings, Notifications has a Microsoft Teams card next to Slack: paste a Teams Workflows webhook URL, send a test card, and choose Teams wherever Slack is offered as a destination, including the notify step of a skill.

• A variant's Demand section draws its stock on hand, week by week, under the sold and forecast lines on one axis and one crosshair, with a 13, 26 or 52 week choice; stockout weeks are ringed and named, and weeks the archive never recorded are gaps.

• Demand forecasting offers and scopes direct channels only, the accuracy headline says it is this week's forecast against actual, and the commitment sales chart no longer plots the part week a window edge cuts off as a forecast that falls to nothing.

• The selling-period discovery drawer lists the styles that trade all year, with the weeks they sold in, and adds the ones you pick to a continuity commitment in one step.

• View as buyer only holds a link's preview when it is a real preview id, and stops using a preview the moment the portal no longer lists it as one, so a stale or crafted link can no longer steer which seat a portal tab reads with.

• A continuity commitment's product drawer loads its Performance and Stock & incoming evidence again (the read keeps the most recent 736 days), its Allocation tab opens on a worked wholesale channel instead of an empty picker, Planned buy says "no buy set" rather than the forecast window as every row's cover, and the replenishment timing glyph reads "Lands in time" instead of "Covered".

• Commitment Finance opens faster: the company cash ladder loads only when a Budget change needs it, Payments no longer reads the cash projection, Cash impact paints its realised and placed legs first, the cash estimate starts at the organisation's fiscal year, and remaining and placed buying read as Open to buy and Placed.

• The help articles on the account grade and the baseline engine now say that an account's own order history stands in as the forecast, between look-alike sell-out and the brand's level, when no sell-out rung answers.

• A new item selling well past its plan or launch forecast now shows on the demand signals page with the sentence the server wrote ("Selling 2.1x plan · 6 weeks cover vs 34 weeks lead time") and its evidence, and arrives in the notification menu as an over-run alert that opens the signals page.

• Tests: five pinned collections now say why they are pinned.

• The Markdowns page says how the markdown trial is turned on while it is off. The trial stays opt-in because it changes what shoppers pay; the sentence is the server's own and disappears once the trial is on.

• Start from targets lets a category the book does not have yet be created from the category box; the row says it has no sales history and the plan is still saved with even months.

• The variant page's head menu now reads "Make a bundle", and adding continuity styles from the selling-period drawer is counted in usage like every other act.

• The variant room and product record round computed rates, forecasts and needs (26 units a week, not 26.4693) while recorded balances keep every digit; the commitment's account door opens the account's Plan with that commitment chosen; a reference review for a product with no selling window says to assign it to a season or continuity.

• The cadence card keeps a half-sent draft and re-reads after every write, Ask's account-book door opens the order book, small estimates never print as 0 or "1 units", and a finished month is no longer called "to date".

• The copy lint now warns on a section title with a helper line of over six words or one ending in a full stop, and design-system/rules.md gains RULE 57 (say each fact once).

• Home, Demand signals, Selling periods, Skills and the Scenarios What-if drawer show less that repeats itself: the Home view is chosen in Customise, the What-if drawer answers once a change exists, its per-category and per-style channel steppers sit one press away, and Selling periods keeps Declare as its one primary act with the occasional acts in one menu.

• Simpler catalogue head, product overview and variant head: occasional acts sit in one menu, repeated doors are gone, nothing lost.

• Settings pages are quieter: headings that repeated the page name, counts that repeated the table and empty sentences are gone, setting definitions sit on the label's hover, and Import packaging sits on the Imports card. Moving Ask Tightly between sides is now a control in the Ask panel's own head.

Searching a commitment by name in the search box (for example "AW 26 seasonal") now puts that commitment first instead of under loosely matching variants.

• The skill sequence read now declares whether Microsoft Teams is connected, so the field the server sends is no longer dropped by the client's parser.

• Tests now follow the product: the month page's supply head reads "open to buy", and a read-only seat sees the shipment draft's door on a Connect account.

• The variant page loads season names and dates from a light read instead of the whole Line Plans Hub, so it no longer waits seconds on a large book.

10.74.25

Released on 13.10.2026

Other updates

• Analogs › In use answers from the list read instead of waiting on the forecast-review projection, which kept the table on skeleton rows on production (B17); the "requires review" state is laid over the rows when the full read arrives, and the Review queue no longer asks for a projection it does not show.

• Keep commitment-wide decisions in Tasks instead of repeating a Decisions panel on working pages.

10.74.24

Released on 13.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Pricing keeps recorded markdown decisions visible when no new opportunity is available. Review their effective dates and return to the declared target when scoring has not started.

Manual scoped proposals retain the comparison window through review and cancellation. The comparison's inclusive “Through” date becomes the same proposal interval with an exclusive end.

10.74.23

Released on 13.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Opening a delivery plan from a product's stock view now takes you directly to the dated SKU and supplier delivery editor.

• Open to buy and buying comparisons now correctly show placed orders for selected commitments.

• Units are now read by commitment when that grouping is selected. Category views continue to use their existing units forecast scope.

Other updates

• Links to Skills, other systems, and new invitations now point to Essentials+, reflecting that Lite and Essentials plans are no longer available.

10.74.22

Released on 13.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Saved Stock outlook links now correctly open Stock outlook for closed commitments. Forecast review links continue to open the closed book's forecast history.

• Monthly outlook reviews now stop when the preview cannot load, preserving your manual refresh and saved plan.

10.74.21

Released on 13.10.2026

Bug fixes

• The on-call incident table now fits the page without horizontal scrolling. The Priority, Updated, and Fix PR columns are wide enough to display their content without truncation, the title column uses the remaining space, and the Owner column wraps first when the page is at laptop width.

• Scored evidence for product references is now evaluated before a forecast is prepared, including references where a forecast is unavailable. Measured zero values and missing data are treated as distinct and are no longer confused with each other.

Other updates

• Fixed an issue with the Merch plan Month selector that caused it to open in the wrong position based on the page layout.

10.74.20

Released on 13.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Product analog reviews now show the comparison radar when the reference includes evidence from multiple SKUs. The evidence details retain each SKU and channel with their recorded scores and missing values.

• Selecting a month in Merch plan opens its plan, actuals and outlook detail. Close the detail to return to your existing table and unsaved edits.

Other updates

• [FEAT] The on-call incident list has one column per ticket attribute (Card, Title, Status, Priority, Type, Class, Source and lane, Owner, Updated, Fix PR), in the words the agent's Slack card uses, and every heading sorts the whole list on the server, kept in the address.

• Review a merch-plan month with its precise variance, visual sales comparison and actions to investigate sales or ask about the gap. Open-month and unit forecasts remain accessible.

Chart data views no longer add non-additive measures or comparison figures into a misleading total. Normal sales and other additive totals remain available.

10.74.19

Released on 13.10.2026

Improvements

• Commitment Overview now opens directly into planning, trading, stock, and orders. The Agreed Outcomes section and its review button have been removed.

10.74.18

Released on 13.10.2026

Improvements

• Forecast and Stock Outlook now have separate destinations. Stock Outlook displays the selected SKU and location with a quantity scale, recorded receipt events, and clearly marked dates, without a projection.

Bug fixes

• You can now view warehouse stock across all variants of a product. Incomplete balances remain shown as unknown, and larger products retain the individual variant view.

10.74.17

Released on 13.10.2026

Improvements

• Analog references that are in use now display a Fit score when one is available. Legacy references retain their existing approvals and review details, and no longer show an empty Fit column.

• Product reviews now display a focused view of account and forecast information, without unnecessary evidence disclosure details. When an original buy is locked, any additional purchasing is directed to replenishment, and the original quantity and allocation grid remain read-only.

Other updates

• Account cards now use responsive widths that adapt to the available space, while maintaining a two-column layout on wide product views.

10.74.16

Released on 13.10.2026

Improvements

• The commitment Overview now shows a compact summary of outcome comparisons and progress against agreed targets. Missing targets link to the budget workspace; unsupported forecasts are not shown.

• Tasks now displays a compact order exception status with focused links to related Orders and planning tasks. Snoozed findings remain accessible, and an all-clear count is not shown when there are unread items.

Bug fixes

• Commitment stock and planning summaries now display using compact native values and availability indicators. Empty decision strips and version-only planning references no longer appear in the overview; selecting Review stock opens the stock outlook.

• The merch plan now correctly shows its known partial outlook alongside configured selling prices. The connect approval remains visible while the full commercial outlook is unavailable.

• Inbox task details now display the notes and information needed to take action.

• Recent frontend releases can now retain assets for open browser tabs without blocking the next release. The supported retention period and asset checks are unchanged.

Other updates

• The on-call incident page now indicates whether a released fix has been validated on Tightly's demo accounts, showing either "Validated on demo" or "Not reproduced on demo" on a closed incident, along with the validation status and closure event on its release timeline.

10.74.15

Released on 13.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Product and variant customs codes now load correctly. Single and bulk edits both use the same working endpoint.

10.74.14

Released on 13.10.2026

Other updates

• When commercial projections cannot be added to the Core Finance outlook, a Connect approval is now shown and any available DTC partial values are retained.

10.74.13

Released on 13.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Policy previews now correctly indicate when you need to select a fulfilment warehouse or reconcile a wholesale order, and hold incomplete recommendations until those steps are done.

10.74.12

Released on 13.10.2026

Bug fixes

• You can now review published category plans and monthly sales charts even when another category has no published values. Note that the whole-book total remains unavailable when coverage is partial, and genuine zero plans are preserved as-is.

10.74.11

Released on 13.10.2026

New features

• You can now assign a Finance approver role to team members in Settings › Team. Each purchase order then shows who finance approval is waiting for, who approved it, and what changed since the approval was requested.

Improvements

• When a commitment budget blocks a Pro purchase order, the confirmation panel now offers clear next steps: edit the quantities, move the affected lines to a new draft order, or raise the budget if you have commitment approval permissions. The finance approval request also displays a notice that the order cannot be confirmed until the budget issue is resolved.

• On Pro, the Activity tab on a purchase order now shows a full history of every finance approval step, including who acted and when. Admins can set a default finance approver in Settings › Approvals. If a supplier receives an email confirmation request for an order that still needs finance approval, the email prompts them to request that approval rather than confirm the order directly.

• Finance approvers can review and act on orders directly from their Inbox, with all relevant figures available: the order total in its original currency and in USD, payment details, commitment budget, company cash for the relevant payment weeks (including any data gaps), and any other items blocking confirmation. From the Inbox, approvers can approve, return, or reassign an order, and can approve multiple orders at once.

• On Pro, the purchase order list now displays the finance approval status of each draft, including who it is waiting for and for how long. You can filter the list to show only orders waiting for your approval, and request finance approval for multiple orders at once — either from a selection in the list or immediately after converting the Bench. The default finance approver is pre-selected when sending requests.

• On Pro, purchase orders are only sent to suppliers after finance approval is granted. The order page provides an option to request approval. Orders imported from your ERP are not subject to this hold.

Bug fixes

• Agreed book totals now correctly reflect confirmed customer bookings and keep draft orders separate. Style values reconcile to the account total when bookings are recorded at different prices.

• Pro purchase orders can be confirmed again. The updated flow is: request finance approval on the order, the approver approves or returns it from their Inbox, and a Buy approver then confirms. A cash reservation is no longer required to confirm an order.

Other updates

• Team members who cannot reconnect a Shopify store are now taken directly to their book when opening Tightly from the Shopify admin, rather than seeing the "Shopify installation stopped" page.

10.74.10

Released on 13.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Empty report sections now display a compact status indicator instead of a table of blank totals. Rows with recorded zero values or actual data continue to appear as expected.

• Inspect Returns now consistently shows accurate return rates and margin impact for recorded channel sales.

• Commitment deliveries now correctly include imported purchase orders in buying totals, while keeping recorded order ownership intact.

10.74.9

Released on 13.10.2026

Other updates

• Reviewed internal material commitments now open in Demand with the relevant purchasing actions available.

• Planned buy now displays the exact native forecast range, including rolling commitments.

10.74.8

Released on 13.10.2026

Other updates

• Commitment purchases marked for internal use can now be processed without a retail price.

10.74.7

Released on 13.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Reviewed internal purchasing commitments now correctly display declared buying allocations and recorded goods without opening an unrelated retail performance review. Delivered orders show actual booked units without incorrectly suggesting that receipt dates are missing when only the delivery header timestamp is absent.

10.74.6

Released on 13.10.2026

Improvements

• You can now review customer order unit prices using a dedicated control. Prices you have typed are preserved when you close and reopen the price panel.

Bug fixes

• On phone layouts, the Home screen now correctly keeps its controls, summaries, and chart visible while allowing the priorities list to scroll.

10.74.5

Released on 13.10.2026

Other updates

• Shipments without reported carton contents now accept unknown packed units, and any recorded zero values remain visible.

10.74.4

Released on 13.10.2026

Improvements

• Metric summaries now show compact labelled placeholders while loading, with their values and comparison context retained when ready.

Bug fixes

• Buyers can retry a temporarily unavailable portal seat without signing out. Access refusals remain final, server backoff is respected, and an older read cannot close a newer discussion.

• Keep previously opened pages working after updates while storing their retained files more efficiently. Asset retention duration, addresses and downloaded contents remain unchanged.

Other updates

• Returns impact now shows matching coverage and qualified shipment counts immediately. Review excluded evidence with a clear control while keeping the existing return and size qualifications.

Product and size impacts in Returns now fit narrow screens while keeping their figures and review actions visible.

Inspect per-size refunds and cost recovery through explicit controls that keep return and order review links accessible.

10.74.3

Released on 13.10.2026

Bug fixes

• The agreed book now displays existing continuity accounts and booked style figures without requiring a season to be selected. Continuity data remains read-only, and seasonal recording continues to follow its existing contract.

Other updates

• Reviewed purchasing-only commitments now show their associated budget and orders. Retail outcome comparisons remain unavailable for these commitments.

10.74.2

Released on 13.10.2026

Improvements

• Demand signal receipts show their evidence in a compact metric grid, with accessible calculation context and retained action links.

• Plan comparisons have labelled controls and accessible version details, recorded scenarios use a sortable native grid, and actuals history provides read recovery. Demand signal Help now matches its evidence grid and calculation controls.

• Follow-up assignment, execution references and outcome review now use compact work tabs that retain edits. Supplier buy breakdowns can be opened and restored with a keyboard-accessible action.

Bug fixes

• Demand finding drawers show their available navigation actions clearly.

• Completed counts for Tightly-managed locations show their local correction result without directing you to NetSuite. Counts involving external locations retain the source-review route.

• Keep existing tabs working during frequent releases by retaining the complete previous asset graphs for 31 days.

Other updates

• Keep unavailable inventory readiness reports distinct from reports with no missing fields, with a working Retry action and guarded field-dependent actions.

• NetSuite import mappings show a clear retry state when settings are unavailable and keep edited mappings until you choose to discard them.

Configure source mappings on narrow screens with all matching controls accessible.

10.74.1

Released on 13.10.2026

Improvements

• Load replenishment scope support when the page opens, reducing application startup work.

Bug fixes

• Read stored demo notes in Mail without a sending connection.

Open Data sharing from a buyer account without a brand workspace.

Other updates

• Open an analog match directly from a product name or the visible Review action on either Analogs tab. Product pages remain available through a separate action in the match drawer.

Filter product matches by status, compare native fit scores, and move to the next pending review. Search product, family and category references while keeping the current reference visible, discard a draft, and review grouped variant exceptions.

Open a forecast period’s figures from the chart and access forecast error in the main Demand view. Recorded source accuracy is shown only at its measured scope, with a clear explanation when a selected scope has no historical score.

• Trading marks the current week and shows weekly date ranges, so sales recorded so far are distinct from later forecasts.

Charts use a compact current-period label in their hover readings.

10.74.0

Released on 13.10.2026

New features

• You can now preview a purchase using completed, reviewed stock counts while keeping the source confirmation visible. These previews do not generate orders. Stock summaries also now distinguish between positions with an unknown measured value and scopes that have not yet been fully evaluated.

Other updates

• Finite commitments can now use selected fiscal months for funding, and that selection is preserved in drafts, declaration readbacks, and amendment previews.

• A pending markdown's frozen account, channel, and place restrictions are now shown in the decision list. Destinations that are not supported are displayed as explicitly unknown.

10.73.9

Released on 13.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Opening a Skill's Evals now shows its Cases after loading. Your scroll position and navigation state are preserved while the content loads.

10.73.8

Released on 13.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Analogs now correctly show the saved reference product's name and photo. A review tag appears when the reference's baseline is out of date. Grouped references keep their original review status and quantities.

Other updates

• Cash views now show exceptions next to their dates, with daily detail available behind a compact table control. Duplicate success messages and redundant funding headings have been removed.

Status tags now maintain a consistent compact width throughout the application.

Home priorities now display a risk status once, while keeping each item's distinct decision context.

• Skills now show original run labels and a versioned evaluation history. Read-only order previews display the actual order type, status, quantity, and delivery date.

Closed commitment summaries now show sold and remaining stock in a compact bar, without repeating received totals.

Closed commitment reviews now load only the data their selected page requires. Saved Planned buy links now open the related financial record without repricing current stock or triggering another close preview.

10.73.7

Released on 12.10.2026

Improvements

• Connect permissions, retailer uploads, import mappings, and NetSuite purchase-order controls are now easier to understand. You can correct data and imports directly without affecting source scope, financial authority, read-only rules, or reviewed writes.

• Forecasting, inventory, and supplier information is now presented as clear facts with actionable controls. Customs and exception details are visible without affecting procurement, stock ownership, or forecast calculations.

• Commitment outcomes and stock and planning details are now displayed clearly, without empty warning cards. Finance report, receipt, payment, and read-retry controls are restored with clearer labels, while commitment scope and recorded close figures remain unchanged.

• Reviewing data quality, agreeing a financial baseline, and tracking order progress is now supported by clearer metrics and direct actions. Correction links, approval safeguards, and recorded history remain accessible throughout each workflow.

• The segmented-control track background has been removed, select fields are better contained, and disclosure arrows have been replaced with compact figures or accessible context. Keyboard selection, disabled controls, zero values, staging fingerprints, and audit access are all preserved.

Bug fixes

• Catalogue packaging and commitment outcome reviews now open correctly from their existing actions. Price-approval controls remain inside narrow drawers, and predecessor verdict labels remain visible.

Other updates

• Email import review attention markers now follow the shared design theme.

10.73.6

Released on 12.10.2026

Improvements

• Demo correspondence is now clearly labelled as a demo note in stored records.

Bug fixes

• Billing now shows the payment route recorded on the account, rather than defaulting to Shopify billing.

• Container planning now opens a dedicated comparison workflow before you review purchase orders.

• Supplier terms now correctly distinguish upfront deposits from balances due at dispatch or after receipt.

• Shipment cost previews now use the recorded product origin and receiving country where available, and preserve any overrides you have set explicitly.

• Weekly replenishment policies now retain their review days and interval settings when edited.

10.73.5

Released on 12.10.2026

Improvements

• Shipment and component pages now display quantities and status tags more clearly. Repeated headings and explanations have been removed, while all actions and restrictions remain available.

Bug fixes

• Saved buying scenarios now correctly display the current engine preview, style count, and margin before a decision is made. Stale drafts can be repriced explicitly, and figures recorded for chosen decisions are preserved.

• Manufacturing orders now load current drafts correctly and retain access to cancelled and completed order history.

• Audit logs now display sign-in actions and request outcomes in a readable format. Events with no recorded outcome or target correctly show those fields as blank.

10.73.4

Released on 12.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Closed commitments now correctly display the period's sales, realised margin, and sold units at the top of the workspace. Received units and sell-through are also shown when the complete range reconciles with those sales.

10.73.3

Released on 12.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Manufacturing now opens showing your current active work. Cancelled orders are still accessible via the status filter, and units-to-make and material totals no longer include cancelled or completed orders.

10.73.2

Released on 12.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Show two-step enrolment after its access refusal, read recorded assignment and stage changes on commitment history, and open approved company cash by default when a fresh approved reference exists and no source was chosen.

10.73.0

Released on 12.10.2026

Other updates

• You can now compare store forecasts, buying alternatives, and product price effects within the selected account and commitment. Retailer requests, reported evidence, and existing buying controls are accessible without losing your forecast context.

Weekly store values and exceptions are surfaced with guided estimates and scenario results that adapt across screen sizes.

10.72.4

Released on 12.10.2026

Improvements

• Forecast period headings in tables are now readable using a keyboard or pointer.

• Fewer JavaScript files are loaded, as local design galleries are no longer included in deployed bundles.

Bug fixes

• Mail agent settings, proposal reads, and actions now require your organization to have explicitly granted email-agent access. Standard mail and mailbox connections are unaffected.

• Planned buy now shows the forecast end date in its column header. Hover over or focus the header to see the full remaining forecast period.

• The main menu now opens the guided policy workflow correctly. Existing legacy policy links remain available.

• Finance reports now use a concise reading-date label and display calendar dates correctly with an updated formatter.

• Recovery rates now support discounted stock that returns more than twice its cost. Financial assumptions will only warn about unsaved changes after an edit has been made.

• Replenishment recommendations now load without waiting for the full planning desk to complete. Planning membership and product selections are still verified before an order can be reviewed.

• Trade reports now display stock percentages and calendar dates with clear, readable labels, preserving source figures and plan boundaries.

Other updates

• A single saved-insight title is shown where appropriate, while distinct chart captions and accessible chart names are retained.

• Stock now shows the correct matching or default supplier name when a legacy name is absent. Suppliers that cannot be identified remain unavailable.

10.72.3

Released on 12.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Policies now opens the guided policy workflow from the main menu. Existing legacy policy links remain available.

10.72.2

Released on 12.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Move between commitment planning, stock and pricing pages while keeping the selected business scope and rolling sales period.

Review recorded buys from closed commitments without opening active buying requirements.

10.72.1

Released on 12.10.2026

Improvements

• Markdown reviews now show a clean empty state, with details available when you need them. Cash estimate charts display compact scale labels while still showing exact amounts in the chart readings.

10.72.0

Released on 12.10.2026

Other updates

• Review retailer forecasts by store, SKU and week, compare reviewed planning inputs, and carry an approved forecast into the customer-order journey.

Browse account ranges visually and inspect sell-out analytics, stock targets and Ask answers within the same authorised scope.

Forecast navigation uses underlined tabs and compact view switches without grey background tracks.

Retailers can choose or decline each data-sharing purpose and revoke sharing after a relationship seat closes. Report exports check the current sharing permission when requested.

Ship windows show the currency recorded on each order. Mixed or missing currencies stay visible without misleading totals.

10.71.0

Released on 12.10.2026

New features

• Compare joint prices across a commitment range. You can review product impacts and return-adjusted contribution using explicit quantity and expense assumptions, and send discounted SKU prices directly to existing Finance approvals and execution records.

• Review return rates by product and size. Qualified margin effects and the original return and order records are shown alongside, with any unavailable evidence clearly identified.

• Review declining unit sale opportunities with source, opportunity, and transfer costs shown beside native network allocation results.

• Review joint size allocations with editable pack, donor, store capacity, and core-size constraints. Compare proposed receipts and donor stock across searchable destinations, with unknown inputs retained as entered.

• Compare sales opportunities using verified native stock and transfer costs. A same-stock, need-based comparison is included, with a clear fallback displayed when costs are unavailable.

• Compare Range selections alongside the recorded whole-commitment sales agreement. Exact fiscal dates are shown, with product and book scopes kept clearly separate.

Improvements

• MOQ quantity remedies are now shown beside the affected buy line, with the exact signed demand, stock, and receipt drivers of physical purchase need displayed clearly.

• Cash review rows adapt to the available space while keeping balances, status, and actions visible. Pricing reviews load additional detail only when needed and retain existing validation and approval checks.

• Pricing, allocation, buying, cash, Range, and returns are now accessible through compact charts, coverage meters, and status tags. Detailed figures and existing approval actions remain available when needed.

Bug fixes

• Cash & payments no longer loses your chosen approved plan when that plan is temporarily unavailable. Select the merchandise estimate explicitly to review its forecast.

10.70.0

Released on 11.10.2026

New features

• You can now replenish stock once — covering the period until your next buying review, through the end of the season, or up to a demand cutoff you choose. Review quantities, expected arrivals, and funding before confirming, without affecting your recurring replenishment policies.

Improvements

• You can now edit policies directly from the main menu or from within a commitment, and compare supplier delivery options during a guided buying review. Product policies can be applied while keeping the commitment's season and funding limits in place.

• The replenishment review screen now shows visual stock gaps, streamlined filters, and a single funding summary for the commitment. Product details and buying impact information are available on demand when you need them.

10.69.16

Released on 10.10.2026

New features

• Give stocktakes a guided preparation, counting, review and completion workflow with scanner entry, blind counts, checked warehouse reports, recurring plans and distinct stock correction outcomes.

Improvements

• Commitment tasks show product photos, replacement pairs and concise status tags, with size and channel details available on expansion. Task filters, history and review actions remain available, while unknown stock and partial totals stay explicit.

• Review commitment outcomes through compact comparison cards and clear planning status tags. Missing results remain visible, with period and planning details available on demand.

Other updates

• Add Units or Space warehouse capacity, mixed carton/pallet contents, reusable packaging definitions and capacity reviews across receiving, transfers, allocation and buying.

Support independent product and packaging measurements with metric/imperial defaults, precise conversions, inheritance and measurement coverage in catalogue and inventory views.

Review packing on Buy Bench and purchase orders, retain revisions in operational packing and documents, and preview packaging CSV imports before applying changes.

Map independent carton units and measurement basis through existing NetSuite item mappings and CSV product imports. Unverified units cannot reinterpret saved measurements.

Configure and verify native NetSuite warehouse-package sources with read-only discovery, explicit quantity mappings and current stock reconciliation.

Open Commitment account product ranges through the existing amendment workflow while preserving account filters.

10.69.15

Released on 09.10.2026

New features

• Stocktakes now follow a structured workflow covering preparation, counting, review, and completion. You can enter counts using a scanner, run blind counts, check warehouse reports, set up recurring stocktake plans, and record stock corrections as distinct outcomes.

10.69.14

Released on 09.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Commitment overviews now correctly display recorded availability values with a percent sign.

10.69.13

Released on 09.10.2026

New features

• NetSuite connector settings now let you preview and control how data is written back before committing. You can review the exact native transaction before sending it, and reconcile uncertain attempts without resending. Import exclusion previews for customers and vendors are available in the settings, and writeback controls are off by default. Operations that require unsupported mappings remain unavailable.

10.69.12

Released on 09.10.2026

Improvements

• You can now start a physical count or import a 3PL count file directly from Stocktakes. Before importing, you can preview a sample of how your file will be mapped. During the count, you can review progress and differences, page through large counts, and navigate freely without losing unsaved changes.

Bug fixes

• Connect reforecast totals and updates now correctly reflect the variant scope you have selected. Reported forecasts also now correctly distinguish between brand proposals, order intake that includes drafts, and sell-out grades.

10.69.11

Released on 09.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Closed commitment hindsight preserves explicit empty or failed style-read answers instead of replacing them with a false grid-load failure. The page waits for both style reads before deciding that a table is missing.

• Cash estimates open at the current month, so saved balances and upcoming cash movements appear immediately. Links from a buying comparison still open the selected estimate period.

Commitment stock summaries identify unavailable stock projections without suggesting the demand forecast is missing.

10.69.10

Released on 09.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Family and Category reference selection now stays in your chosen mode. The full-pool mean evidence, real member photographs, and an explanation of partial radar matches — including assessed dimensions and provenance — are now displayed correctly.

10.69.9

Released on 09.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Home shows existing pre-season draft orders awaiting review when the receipt plan is incomplete, instead of saying the buy has not been worked.

The finance performance view accepts native revenue outlooks using declared launch or planning prices, preserving incomplete forecast amounts.

10.69.8

Released on 09.10.2026

Improvements

• You can now review analog matches through compact reference cards, shaded fit comparisons, and sales shapes. When Auto finds no usable match, you can select a seasonal family or category reference manually while keeping the current curve visible.

10.69.7

Released on 09.10.2026

Bug fixes

• The pre-season review now correctly recognises a saved buying size curve for new products with no sales history. Incomplete size splits continue to appear in the review queue as expected.

10.69.6

Released on 09.10.2026

Bug fixes

• You are no longer signed out automatically when a support session ends.

10.69.5

Released on 09.10.2026

Bug fixes

• When reviewing buys across multiple selected retailer stores that share the same stock and closing-stock assumptions, those assumptions now stay consistent across all stores without affecting individual store quantities.

10.69.4

Released on 09.10.2026

Bug fixes

• View confirmed and planned pre-launch receipt costs alongside a Commitment's selling plan, including deliveries that arrive before the first selling month.

Preserve imported planning decisions and identify their source in the buying workspace and pre-season review.

10.69.3

Released on 09.10.2026

Improvements

• Tabs, row actions, and status labels have been updated for clarity across the planning, product, supply, and account workspaces. Your existing edits, permissions, filters, and scoped workflows are unaffected.

Bug fixes

• Older commitment links now open to the correct working view while keeping the selected commitment in place.

• You can now select a currency when reviewing receipts and supplier performance, allowing accounts with multiple currencies to load results correctly. Amounts reflect the selected currency, and any unavailable values are shown separately.

10.69.2

Released on 08.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Analog selection cards now show current product photographs.

10.69.1

Released on 08.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Baseline and analog reviews now display current product photographs while keeping the original reviewed forecasts and approvals intact.

10.69.0

Released on 08.10.2026

New features

• You can now start internal conversations directly on Commitments and other records, mention teammates, and return to those discussions from Home or Inbox. Comments can be followed, resolved, and edited. Retailer-facing conversations remain separate, in their own named audience.

• Buyers can now review a container freight quote — including its payment date and supporting evidence — before placing a draft purchase order. Freight payments remain separate from goods payments.

Improvements

• Home is now a single personal workspace bringing together priorities, performance, recent work, conversations, and email. You can switch the Commitment scope or work view, and customise which blocks appear in your workspace.

Bug fixes

• Connect now follows the selected commitment, including continuity buys that have no season. Customer orders correctly retain the selected account door and shipping address.

Account showrooms now display only the products in their declared channel and account range, with prices shown in the account's recorded currency. Previously shared line sheets retain their original prices and currency.

Buyer Home now correctly identifies rolling commitments without assigning them a season. Declared seasons and order values retain their recorded meaning.

Buyer Home and My orders now display values in the currency recorded on each order. Orders with missing or mixed currencies show this explicitly, and order unit totals include drafts without presenting them as confirmed bookings.

• Home now correctly shows the active buying position and its available money. Held units without a price now indicate that money is unavailable, rather than suggesting the buying position is inactive.

• Continuity ranging now opens showing the last 90 days, and product sizes appear in their saved order. Opening a product no longer incorrectly reports unsaved changes when none have been made.

10.68.0

Released on 08.10.2026

Other updates

• You can now review and approve product matches in Analogs, with automatic recommendations and references by product, family, or seasonal category. Matching approval is handled separately from forecast approval.

Use the shaded radar and sales shape charts to visually compare the target and reference products, and view the curve currently used by the engine.

10.67.2

Released on 08.10.2026

Bug fixes

• The buying reserve now correctly remains available for eligible in-season releases after buy lock.

10.67.1

Released on 08.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Commitment statuses, including Pending approval, now display correctly in account headers in Tightly Connect.

10.67.0

Released on 08.10.2026

New features

• Tightly Connect now supports full review and collaboration on imported customer orders. You can explicitly match ERP customers, review how orders are attributed in planning, and create or confirm sized orders with or without a forecast. Reviewed legacy attribution can be reversed without affecting source quantities or amounts. Retailer discussions and brand notes return you to the exact order or account context from the Activity inbox.

Improvements

• You can now plan product sales by store directly from a shared account and Commitment workspace. Review forecasts by week or month, adjust door quantities, and move into the buy and order workflow carrying the evidence and assumptions you defined.

10.66.1

Released on 07.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Fixed an issue on retained buying pages where Finance headings and selected views could fall out of sync. The native Open to Buy and Sign-off views now open correctly when navigating away from Finance, and empty states are displayed clearly when payment obligations are missing or filtered out.

10.66.0

Released on 07.10.2026

New features

• You can now review a commitment's receipts against its approved budget alongside scheduled supplier payments. Period, payment, and performance reviews open while your category and any unsaved plan changes stay in place.

Improvements

• Commitment pages are now organized into four sections — Planning, Stock & orders, Sales & pricing, and Finance — with one sidebar section open at a time. Finance brings together scoped company receipt planning, open-to-buy, payments, and cash views in one place. Drafts, undo history, and filters are preserved as you navigate the workspace and move into Finance; payment coverage is shown using compact icon badges.

• You can now review closing cash and funding headroom first, then open a week's cash movements without leaving the forecast. Monthly receipt figures are now consistent, and when you have unsaved plan changes, saved and working values are shown together with Undo, Redo, and Save plan controls.

10.65.5

Released on 07.10.2026

Improvements

• Monthly Revenue and Units views load faster, while plan figures and comparisons remain unaffected.

10.65.4

Released on 07.10.2026

Other updates

• Retailer invitations and the portal now display Tightly's branding, clearer account identification, and scannable access. The Home screen shows a visual shipping progress indicator and opens each season's store forecast directly.

  When editing a full-product forecast, you are now prompted to select a variant before proceeding. In Buying, incomplete inputs that must be filled before quantities can be previewed are now clearly indicated.

  Invited retailers can sign up using Google or Microsoft, provided they use their invited email address. The same sign-in and two-step verification rules that apply to Tightly accounts apply here as well.

  Retailers without a brand organisation can now access their portal after signing in. Actions shown on Home reflect only the pages their account seat has been granted access to.

  Retailer Home no longer defaults wholesale totals to USD when no currency is provided. Order quotes now retain the currency recorded at the time of the quote.

10.65.3

Released on 07.10.2026

Improvements

• Commitment Pricing now shows markdown opportunities alongside Discounts. You can review a recommended product's commitment pricing without losing your account-price or saved-decision workflows.

Bug fixes

• Selected reporting dates and comparisons are now retained when navigating to Sales from Finance.

10.65.2

Released on 07.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Commitment stock observation times and forecast horizon dates now display in a consistent, readable date format.

Other updates

• Finance workspaces have been updated with compact planning controls, more readable sales charts, clearer cash recovery information, focused review stages, and improved business report columns. Saved scopes, financial measures, exports, and approval workflows are preserved.

10.65.1

Released on 07.10.2026

Improvements

• Before confirming a retailer order, you can now review the order's product, Commitment, delivery date, wholesale total, and store allocations together in one place. If confirmation fails, the order is kept so you can try again.

Other updates

• You can forecast retailer sales from a selected Commitment and open the matching product and version directly in the account's buy plan. Wholesale terms and deliveries are available to review before you create drafts and confirm orders.

Product range offers now keep offered quantities separate from forecast estimates and recorded bookings. Wholesale prices display in their recorded currency, and retailer product links open the relevant store forecast.

10.65.0

Released on 07.10.2026

Improvements

• The weekly merchandise plan is easier to navigate. You can show or hide the compact cover chart, scroll through the stock-and-sales table, and jump directly to the current week or the first week you can edit.

Bug fixes

• Revenue and Units columns stay in their correct positions in the Merch plan grid. Company plan lines have moved to Plan actions, and the monthly annual outlook review now has a clear action and is no longer offered in the weekly workspace.

• Planning context and eligible reviewer options are now available on terminal reviewer pages for accounts without an assigned channel and for locations without a name.

Other updates

• You can now review a commitment's purpose, agreed outcomes, planning, trading, network stock, orders, and decisions in one place. The buying budget stays visible as you scroll, and each summary opens the existing detailed workflow.

You can now record an optional commercial purpose when declaring or amending a commitment. This is saved and visible in the commitment's version history.

• Planned styles can now be resolved into real products using split and merge review, with planning deadlines that support explicitly reviewed dates. Seasonal proposals can be compared with volume and price differences shown, and recorded sales are separated from forward demand.

You can continue from submitted planning reviews and agreed demand into the buying workflow, with eligible reviewer search, scoped reporting groups, and reusable buying policies.

Merch plan comparison choices and context are now preserved between sessions. Monthly budget overages are visible, generic Retry actions have been removed from finance and sales failures, and merchant row scope and comparable coverage are retained accurately.

10.64.2

Released on 07.10.2026

Improvements

• The weekly merchandise plan is easier to navigate. Section controls let you show or hide the compact cover chart, the stock-and-sales table scrolls independently, and you can jump directly to the current week or the first week you can edit.

Bug fixes

• Revenue and Units columns stay in a consistent position in the Merch plan grid. Company plan lines have moved to Plan actions, and the monthly annual outlook review is now available as a clear action in its own workspace rather than appearing in the weekly view.

10.64.1

Released on 07.10.2026

Bug fixes

• The buying budget and allocation bar in the commitment overview now stay visible below the page header when you scroll.

10.64.0

Released on 07.10.2026

Other updates

• You can now forecast retailer sales by product, variant, door, and week, with support for shared plans, buyer changes, and in-season revisions. Phased delivery quantities are available to review, and you can create draft orders and explicitly confirm purchases.

  You can review door sales, search large store lists, and browse the full account range. Failed invitations and order confirmations retain their information so you can retry without re-entering details.

10.63.0

Released on 07.10.2026

Other updates

• You can now prepare separate demand plans for merchants and planners, compare submitted revisions, and record an agreed plan. From there, apply the agreed demand or create a financial contribution while keeping the original plans intact.

  Plan future options and seasonal themes, reuse previously reviewed setups, and evaluate retail openings, wholesale policies, and resource gaps. Corrections open in focused drawers that keep your report context in view.

  Comparison actions and quantity fields remain readable in narrow drawers. Uncertain applications can be recovered without losing your selections, and unavailable finance records are shown distinctly from results that are known to be empty.

10.62.19

Released on 07.10.2026

New features

• The NetSuite connector settings page now displays the most recent source pull, the number of records observed, and any active extraction filters.

10.62.18

Released on 07.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Planned buy actions now close before budget, impact, and supplier reviews open, so the selected review is no longer blocked.

• Subsidiary verification and activation progress is now retained in the connector mapping while larger source checks are running.

10.62.17

Released on 07.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Opening a Continuity Planned buy now takes you directly to budget review with a planning period selection, instead of prompting for an incomplete financial preview on entry.

10.62.16

Released on 07.10.2026

Bug fixes

• You can now download the original CSV from saved Ask Tightly answers, including those from reopened chats.

10.62.15

Released on 07.10.2026

Improvements

• When a staged buy is empty, you are taken directly to the commitment's purchase requirements. Filters and purchasing controls remain available for staged lines, filtered views, and recovery.

Bug fixes

• Account discount comparisons now let you recover your product, SKU, and account selections when the selected coverage is unavailable. Price preparation and account settings remain accessible.

• Opening a Planned buy restores your working copy without saving or clearing it. Read-only browsing stays local, and any edits remain tied to the account and commitment where you made them.

Other updates

• You can now verify and activate NetSuite subsidiary selections within connection mapping, with native source coverage and an option to restore all accessible subsidiaries.

10.62.14

Released on 07.10.2026

New features

• You can now select NetSuite subsidiaries directly within the connection's mapping settings. Saved selections display their verification status alongside the currently active sync scope.

10.62.13

Released on 07.10.2026

New features

• Review Analytics mappings before activating separate source results. You can now inspect property, channel, account, and catalogue mappings for a source before switching it on. Price scenarios use the selected source's own scope and currency. Source details show the fitted interval and whether the estimate is actionable.

• NetSuite can now send email summaries when new purchase orders are created. Administrators can enable this option in NetSuite settings, choose a recipient, and save. Summaries apply to newly created orders only — existing imports and order updates are not included.

Bug fixes

• Opening a seasonal account no longer shows a temporary error for cancellation terms. Terms now load only after the account's book scope is ready. Cancellation terms are also no longer requested for closed accounts.

• Changing a price scenario's comparison currency now requires explicit confirmation. Unconfirmed currency handoffs can no longer silently update the comparison currency on a price scenario.

• Connector fields and other dropdown options can now be searched by their displayed ID as well as their name. This makes it easier to locate the correct option when IDs are visible in the interface.

10.62.12

Released on 07.10.2026

Bug fixes

• NetSuite subsidiary and warehouse discovery now remains available in connector mapping as expected.

10.62.11

Released on 07.10.2026

Improvements

• The Account Pricing page now uses clearer Prepare Price buttons and more compact icons for comparison and price settings. Keyboard focus indicators and tooltips help you quickly identify each action and its scope.

10.62.10

Released on 07.10.2026

Improvements

• Account pricing now labels its product and SKU scope and distinguishes whole-account bookings from the selected pricing product. Empty or unavailable account reads have clear states and failed reads retain a retry action.

• Clearance outcomes use familiar labels for gross margin, markdown spend, units at close and recovery value. The stock chart clearly compares full price with markdowns.

• Commitment navigation groups planning, trading and stock work while keeping Overview and Tasks easy to reach. Every existing page and Buy plan step remains available.

• NetSuite subsidiary mapping shows native IDs alongside names. Search source warehouses and their subsidiaries, including inactive warehouses.

• Empty wholesale account books now show a clear empty state without unused columns or pagination.

Scenario names remain visible while comparing, and reviewing a selected scenario takes priority over creating another.

Bug fixes

• Commitment Tasks show monetary target readings in dollars. Order book dates use a clear deadline label.

• Read-only users can compare saved demand plans without being offered enabled save, edit, apply or restore actions. Saved demand shows known channel names even when the commitment inherits its channel scope.

A seasonal book opened through an old replenishment policy link offers its available replenishment recommendations without enabling continuity cover policies.

Other updates

• Read-only users can explore clearance options without being offered proposal or product-adding actions they cannot perform.

An empty markdown schedule starts with Add markdown. Markdown impact fits in one compact visual row, and product pagination appears once its rows are loaded.

10.62.9

Released on 07.10.2026

Improvements

• Compare assigned top-down revenue targets with bottom-up outlooks and gaps in the merch plan's Commitment view. Turn the comparison on or off as needed.

Keep the merch plan in place when opening History, Compare, or commitment details. Temporary read failures recover automatically without manual Retry buttons.

Other updates

• Review weekly sales drivers and changes by category or channel, focus on declining sales or missing costs, and inspect stock and incoming deliveries alongside the existing figures.

Compare product performance using daily rates when reporting periods differ. Show complete sales deductions and signed changes while preserving the reporting context and original totals.

• Inspect approved receipt budgets, placed purchases and remaining buying capacity from the merch plan's Commitment view, with optional monthly comparisons to operating needs and proposed buys.

Review Trading overview exceptions in a focused drawer while keeping your reporting selection and page position.

Review and download a preseason investment proposal from Sign-off, including named budget references, worked buying, purchases and monthly financial positions.

10.62.8

Released on 07.10.2026

Other updates

• Connection settings are now organized into tabs for mapping, configuration, and activity. Within the mapping flow, you can select dimension, weight, and carton fields — including any NetSuite custom fields your account uses.

You can also open your product inventory pre-filtered to items that are missing dimension, weight, or carton data.

10.62.7

Released on 07.10.2026

Improvements

• You can now compare discount economics, select an option, and review pricing drafts with forecast inputs, all within a single drawer.

• The Merch plan now uses a single measure selector and displays monthly comparison figures in a compact format, while keeping exact amounts accessible and targets editable.

• You can now view completed orders directly from an empty outstanding-supply view.

Bug fixes

• Pages no longer lose their assets when a release occurs while they are loading.

• Open browser tabs no longer stop loading after an application update.

10.62.6

Released on 07.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Help content has been updated to cover scoped traffic analysis, sparse-history forecast proposals, and service-only bundles, including guidance on when source review is required.

10.62.5

Released on 06.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Users in read-only support sessions can now view the opening-stock projection in the Buy plan without risking unintended changes to the plan.

10.62.4

Released on 06.10.2026

Improvements

• Finance now labels the annual merchandise financial plan as "Merch plan" across navigation, headings, and plan selectors, making it easier to distinguish from separate commitment buy plans.

• In Manage policy, stock recommendations now appear first, followed by compact funding figures and policy settings.

10.62.3

Released on 06.10.2026

New features

• Planners can now approve multiple forecast baselines at once on Analogs. Filter forecast sources by confidence, source, and channel, then approve either the selected rows or all matching forecasts in a single confirmed action. Each forecast source displays its confidence level, and a summary shows how many forecasts were approved, skipped, or failed.

10.62.2

Released on 06.10.2026

Improvements

• NetSuite measurement sources and ownership are now visible in Settings → Metrics → Custom. Published mappings and unmapped fields retain their source status.

Other updates

• Forecast season and event labels no longer overlap when they appear at the left edge of a chart.

10.62.1

Released on 06.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Forecast Family filters now correctly show an empty state when no options are available after loading, while search results continue to display the standard no-match message as expected.

10.62.0

Released on 06.10.2026

New features

• Integrations now shows when your data was last updated and when the next automatic update is due. You can also press Update now to refresh your data immediately. Data updates automatically every 4 hours.

Other updates

• Quantity-check details now open in a dedicated drawer, so source identities and unit evidence are no longer clipped in table rows.

10.61.12

Released on 06.10.2026

Improvements

• The forecast chart and product readings now announce when data is loading, and existing readings remain visible during a refresh.

Other updates

• Category and Family filters are now available in Forecast where supported by the backend. Filter selections are saved with views and apply consistently across forecast rows, totals, exports, and bulk actions.

10.61.11

Released on 06.10.2026

Other updates

• Native Service-only kits remain visible without showing an incorrect stock count.

• Forecast controls now group the product search, category, location, and time horizon fields together. The selected SKU and location, product title, shortage date, and transfer action are easier to find.

  Forecast stock tables now display quantities without unnecessary decimal places. Small non-zero balances are still shown.

10.61.10

Released on 06.10.2026

Other updates

• New-product baseline reviews start with populated direct-channel evidence while keeping explicit channel selections.

Product forecast links can inspect a bounded date window without changing the declared commitment period.

10.61.9

Released on 06.10.2026

Other updates

• Replenishment loads when all channels and warehouses are selected, including books with large store networks.

Stock outlook opens a usable warehouse forecast and identifies transfer or reservation issues for unavailable selections. An empty Buy Bench links directly to requirements for review.

Products stay visible while their ordering refreshes when switching views. Discount comparisons start in a future period that can be used for stock projections.

10.61.8

Released on 06.10.2026

Other updates

• Authorized admins in NetSuite Planning can now use a compact Review Checks drawer to view unresolved quantity records and source-unit details, refresh their status, and page through results.

10.61.7

Released on 06.10.2026

Improvements

• Baseline charts no longer display redundant explanatory text below the forecast.

10.61.6

Released on 06.10.2026

Bug fixes

• The remaining quantity on a purchase order now updates correctly after delivery confirmation, reflecting the units just received.

10.61.5

Released on 06.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Fixed an issue where account top-ups were not being reviewed correctly when sales rates fell outside a commitment.

10.61.4

Released on 06.10.2026

Bug fixes

• The saved price on a shared showroom proposal is now retained when you reopen it or move it to the agreed book.

Other updates

• New products with analog baselines can now be selected for demand events.

10.61.3

Released on 06.10.2026

Bug fixes

• When a discount comparison keeps demand unchanged, you can now enter an uplift assumption or select an available model estimate and review the recalculated result.

10.61.2

Released on 06.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Share a seasonal showroom with an account without the request being rejected. The selected commitment supplies the season for the shared collection.

Keep the proposed wholesale price when moving from a showroom to the agreed book, so units and price arrive together for review.

10.61.0

Released on 06.10.2026

New features

• Review and adopt a new style’s baseline from its product workspace, with the prior style and selling window alongside the proposed curve. Forecast readiness follows the matching published review.

Other updates

• Plan an initial store buy in the product workspace, compare store groups and preview bulk adjustments before saving. See how stock, incoming supply and account demand contribute to the additional supplier buy.

Compare store demand, planned quantities and the supplier buy in a compact visual summary. Review store-group proportions and adjust stores from one table, with manual quantities and size splits available below.

Closing a product inspector now clears its address so refreshing the page keeps it closed.

10.60.15

Released on 06.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Open account plans and review retailer top-ups directly from in-season Accounts. Returning from Tightly Connect keeps the selected account.

Return directly to the originating replenishment view after reviewing lifecycle policies.

10.60.14

Released on 06.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Saved reports now refresh correctly without triggering an invalid request. If a refresh fails, the report retains its previous figures. Trading comparisons also preserve your selected weeks in saved answers, downloads, and follow-up links.

Other updates

• The Trading view has been reorganised to show sales and margin first, with a more compact week comparison, clearer KPI movement indicators, and commitment issues grouped together in a detailed drawer. Additional cost, margin, and period columns are still available.

  You can now compare Trading against another completed week, and that comparison stays in place when you explore figures, download reports, or ask a follow-up question. Follow-up questions carry your selected scope automatically. Saving the same task more than once no longer causes an error. The table layout also stays consistent when you switch between recorded sales and reported sell-out.

10.60.13

Released on 06.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Case-pack mappings are now included in purchasing settings and open directly in the field mapper, with configurable columns and clear empty results. Classification mapping controls respect administrator access, including when access changes during review.

Other updates

• Open a retailer's reporting period directly from coverage to import its report or prepare a follow-up. Missing reports stay distinct from reported zero sales, and imports retain the selected account and week.

Buyer reply drafts stay with their account and thread, with a retry action when a conversation cannot load. Saving a top-up refreshes the account and commitment where it was created, even if you move elsewhere while it saves.

10.60.12

Released on 05.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Ask report captions now display end dates correctly, without duplicated words such as "for to".

10.60.11

Released on 05.10.2026

Improvements

• When reviewing an event SKU in demand forecasting, the channel and event dates are now pre-selected for you.

A compact summary compares event revenue, profit, and units from baseline to target. Hover over or tab to the return-on-cost figure to see its definition.

Bug fixes

• Ask report captions now count SKUs correctly when multiple channels are involved. Reports with multiple grouping dimensions also retain their date context without showing a misleading item count.

Other updates

• You can now filter the stock outlook by category and warehouse, drill into a product's SKUs, and choose which measures appear in the weekly stock bridge. In transfer review, your selected SKU and destination are remembered, and you return to the same projection window when you navigate back.

Stock outlook now includes opening stock and total physical demand, giving you the figures needed to reconcile the weekly stock bridge.

• Replenishment policy reviews now include policies beyond the first hundred, so large ranges no longer lose applicable rules.

Supplier order review now shows inventory and purchase quantities alongside the conversion rate, supplier minimum, order multiple, and line total.

You can now review compatible products from multiple commitments within a single supplier order, with each product's owner, quantity, and cost kept intact.

10.60.10

Released on 05.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Season-close stock drafts now verify available units and valid destinations before saving. If a stock lookup fails, you can retry it without leaving the draft.

Outbound stock drawers now display dispatch details consistently, with correctly formatted dates, quantity limits, and disabled actions where they are not valid — while keeping any pending retries intact.

• Opening an annual-plan forecast from its revenue cell now retains your selected category, channels, and month.

Opening company cash from a buying comparison now stays in the same planning period, and shows a notice if the saved estimate or its source data has changed.

Dated incoming stock is now included in markdown comparisons. Projected sales and closing stock remain unavailable when receipt or forecast data is incomplete.

10.60.9

Released on 05.10.2026

Bug fixes

• If a saved report changes before you download it as a CSV, Ask now prompts you to refresh the report and try the download again, rather than showing an access error.

10.60.8

Released on 05.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Fractional stock balances and recorded sales quantities now display correctly across inventory, replenishment, and forecast tables and details — including very small values such as 0.00004. Recommended purchase quantities continue to round as before.

• Saved reports no longer show a comparison before one has been selected. Channel charts now retain the report title, use distinct colors for each data series, and keep long legends within the page boundary.

10.60.7

Released on 05.10.2026

Improvements

• On the Buy review screen, unavailable staging is now shown directly on the relevant action rather than in a separate paragraph above the purchase details.

Bug fixes

• On the Replenishment screen, unavailable totals now appear as blank rather than zero when recommendations are incomplete, so a missing value is no longer indistinguishable from a genuine zero. Totals for completed evaluations continue to display as zero.

10.60.6

Released on 05.10.2026

Improvements

• Commitment pages and product reviews are now more focused, with redundant text removed and more compact status controls across planning, replenishment, and season close.

10.60.5

Released on 05.10.2026

Improvements

• Pages no longer jump while they load: a commitment's Today desk, Home and the Companies admin page keep their sections in place as each figure arrives.

Bug fixes

• Direct-channel replenishment, account top-up review and purchase reconciliation now include scoped controls and configurable columns.

• Commitment pages now show concise statuses and contextual help in place of repeated explanatory banners.

• Commitment reorder lines no longer shift layout as they load: each column holds its final width from the start, and the money line stays in place while its value loads.

10.60.4

Released on 05.10.2026

Improvements

• The Replenishment screen now shows a single, consolidated status with quick access to refresh, buying, and policies. Seasonal limits remain available when needed.

10.60.2

Released on 05.10.2026

Bug fixes

• On the Buy plan, choosing a month in "Go to month" now correctly highlights and scrolls to that month in the Revenue grid. Previously, the selection had no effect in the Revenue grid and only worked in other measures. This fix also applies in the commitment view and when arriving at the plan from a year ledger link.

• The ranking above the Sales performance grid now reflects all lines matching your filters, not just those visible on the current page. The count (for example, "Top 6 of 1,240 products") is consistent across all pages and sort directions. Clicking a bar for a line on another page now opens its detail correctly with the prior period, and navigating to the next page no longer unexpectedly returns you to page 1.

10.60.1

Released on 05.10.2026

Improvements

• The product table now shows current stock totals more clearly, with concise recovery actions alongside. Recovery documents and the season record each open in their own dedicated drawer.

Bug fixes

• Clicking "Details" next to a column in the Columns list now correctly expands the column's definition inline, pushing rows down rather than overlapping them. Only one definition can be open at a time, "Details" stays in place when clicked, and definitions that open near the bottom of the list automatically scroll into view.

10.57.10

Released on 05.10.2026

Bug fixes

• The "Learn More" help links for NetSuite role and Smart Replenishment now open the correct articles. Unpublished help articles now show a redirect so you know where to go next.

10.57.9

Released on 05.10.2026

Improvements

• After connecting to Amazon Seller Central, you are now taken directly to Settings, which has a refreshed design. If the connection fails, you can see the reason and retry with a single tap.

10.57.8

Released on 05.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Navigation labels and stock outlook now display correctly when returning to a commitment page.

10.57.7

Released on 05.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Commitment weekly readings, buying-plan edits, and product forecast overrides now load and save reliably.

10.57.6

Released on 05.10.2026

Other updates

• You can now compare a draft order's payment timing and quantity against your company cash estimate, with month-end balances shown for both the saved order and its alternative. Spending approval remains a separate check.

Purchase-order comparisons now show stock projections based on shared physical demand, including commitments calculated using the updated demand method.

10.57.5

Released on 05.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Closed-season product views now show the current stock reading straight away, instead of briefly displaying an end-of-season estimate.

10.57.4

Released on 05.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Closed-season reviews now correctly keep recorded stock and recovery decisions separate from current stock. Next-season links open the correct successor product, and investment reviews display the commitment name as expected.

10.57.3

Released on 04.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Product margin comparisons by account no longer show duplicate rows when booking prices are identical. Rows with different prices or accounts continue to appear as separate entries.

10.57.2

Released on 04.10.2026

Other updates

• The product overlay now presents demand, buy quantity, accounts, receipts, and margins in a clearer layout. Quantity and size decisions appear first, forecast channels break down by SKU, and receipt timelines and account comparisons retain their numeric detail.

Product and account data now reflect the correct scope, including when accessed through Ask Tightly. Combined wholesale demand, partial order coverage, missing stock, and account pricing currencies are each displayed distinctly, so they are no longer shown in a way that could suggest equivalent forecasts, zero orders, or unavailable margins.

10.57.1

Released on 04.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Open to buy no longer includes forecast values for dropped styles in monthly planned costs or scenario comparisons. Recorded quantities, private quantity edits, and existing orders retain their own values.

10.57.0

Released on 04.10.2026

New features

• Commitment pages are now connected across the full preseason decision workflow — including review actions, quantity and mix decisions, delivery plans, product mapping, and scenario application. Drafts and source revisions are preserved, and financial totals distinguish complete values from those with missing information. Existing sidebar navigation remains unchanged.

10.56.27

Released on 04.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Forecast performance now correctly shows published comparisons for the selected demand source and commitment. The comparison defaults to the four-week moving average, and options that cannot be measured remain unavailable for selection.

10.56.26

Released on 04.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Weekly forecast charts now display correctly alongside monthly tables when a season starts partway through a month. Forecast refresh warnings continue to flag mismatched dates or forecast versions.

10.56.25

Released on 04.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Demand forecast charts now correctly display weekly detail over long date ranges while tables continue to show monthly columns. Season and event labels no longer incorrectly shade the chart background grey.

10.56.24

Released on 04.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Unavailable placed amounts now display as a dash, and empty replenishment views include an explanation so they are no longer incorrectly shown as having no replenishment need.

10.56.23

Released on 04.10.2026

Bug fixes

• The forecast chart now correctly shows verified demand for supported products even when other products have no forecast. The line is labelled Supported forecast, and you can find coverage details using its info control.

10.56.22

Released on 04.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Saved report headlines now name the series they summarize on boards and commitment reports, so one channel’s sales cannot be mistaken for the total across every channel.

Commitment booking and account views wait for the selected commitment to load before requesting its seasonal or continuity book, avoiding errors when opening or switching commitments.

Finance plans now show when an outlook fails to load, with actions to retry or open the saved plan. Missing forecasts are kept separate from planned values.

10.56.21

Released on 03.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Ask reports no longer incorrectly show a "no query" message when you change a filter. Saved report refresh and export continue to work as expected.

10.56.20

Released on 03.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Saved reports now retain all table columns and values after refreshing, including reports that contain multiple currencies and units.

10.56.19

Released on 03.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Stock projections now correctly distinguish between unavailable recommendation values and periods that fall outside the forecast range.

• The original purchase currency is now displayed alongside supported purchase charts in Ask, Board, Home, and expanded chart views.

• Purchase-order values now appear in their recorded currency across lists, supplier records, and summaries. Orders with mixed or unavailable currencies show as blank, and value filters only compare orders within the same currency.

10.56.18

Released on 03.10.2026

Bug fixes

• You can now open finance reports in the conversation before deciding whether to save them to your Board.

10.56.17

Released on 03.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Board comparison headlines no longer count the report total twice. Column labels in saved native tables now display correctly.

10.56.16

Released on 03.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Format precise report values without changing downloads, respect source currencies, and keep suggested actions within the Ask workspace.

Comparison controls show and change the period used by the report.

10.56.15

Released on 03.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Ask now correctly displays weekly units and revenue in separate chart panels, with the full table and CSV export still available.

10.56.14

Released on 03.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Editing a supplier term keeps the other terms following their existing values and NetSuite mappings.

Supplier searches no longer repeat the same product for each warehouse.

10.56.13

Released on 03.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Save supplier lead times and minimum quantities when the price is still unknown.

Open pending baseline approvals directly from commitment Tasks.

10.56.12

Released on 03.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Buy Bench keeps its figures and short statuses without internal budget explanations on hover.

10.56.11

Released on 03.10.2026

Improvements

• You can now collapse and restore the commitment forecast chart using a compact icon control. The Performance action in the header remains available as before.

10.56.10

Released on 03.10.2026

Bug fixes

• When a forecast fails to load, a retry action is now shown immediately rather than the request repeating automatically. Previously loaded rows and the last successful chart remain visible while you decide when to retry.

10.56.9

Released on 03.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Pending buying recommendations now correctly indicate that they need updating, rather than suggesting that recalculation is already in progress.

10.56.8

Released on 03.10.2026

Improvements

• Selecting Last year in Forecast no longer triggers an unnecessary background request. Charts and tables continue to display the same figures and missing-data states as before.

10.56.7

Released on 03.10.2026

Other updates

• Large Ask reports now show how many rows are being previewed. Downloading a report retrieves the complete data, while downloading an edited report retrieves the current results. Refreshing a Board keeps the preview and the exported data consistent with each other.

10.56.6

Released on 03.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Baselines now correctly distinguishes between available, incomplete, and missing forecasts for the selected scope.

10.56.5

Released on 03.10.2026

Improvements

• Commitment status and Buy comparison views now use shorter labels, so budget figures and next actions stay visible without scrolling or truncation.

Bug fixes

• Reopening a commitment from a Forecast link now correctly restores your selected SKU, channel, demand source, and account dates. Any unsaved plan edits are also preserved.

10.56.4

Released on 03.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Forecast colours for borrowed items now correctly reflect approved periods, including partial selling months. Stock outlook errors now show the relevant action to take, rather than incorrectly indicating a lack of access.

Other updates

• You can now review buying requirements for selected products across commitments, then stage the resulting purchases, builds, and transfers directly in the shared Buy bench.

Replenishment now shows buying coverage when no direct-sales recommendations are available. Stock outlook now displays loading and retry states during data retrieval. NetSuite mappings now indicate when a field is managed by another connection.

10.56.3

Released on 02.10.2026

Improvements

• When you adopt a new version, the page now reloads automatically once the update is complete, so you no longer see a blank tab while it finishes installing.

10.56.2

Released on 02.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Report headlines now correctly count distinct periods and categories when results include multiple rows for each. Monetary comparisons are shown only when both periods use the same currency.

10.56.1

Released on 02.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Saved reports in the Board workspace now refresh correctly and their full CSV can be downloaded successfully.

10.56.0

Released on 02.10.2026

New features

• Review consumer demand, wholesale shipments and projected stock together within a commitment, then carry selected purchases into the shared Buy Bench with their account allocation, currency, units and payment terms.

Bug fixes

• Replenishment keeps available recommendations visible while held-back items load, with a retry when a request fails.

Missing buying budgets use the standard empty value instead of displaying internal explanations.

10.55.2

Released on 02.10.2026

Improvements

• Data exports now process in the background and download automatically once ready, rather than keeping a single long-running request open.

10.55.1

Released on 02.10.2026

Improvements

• The data check now opens immediately, showing the source's own totals straight away rather than waiting for NetSuite to respond.

• The help panel now links directly to the Ask Tightly quality page, so opening the admin page takes you to the correct article.

• The Reorder wall now fetches on-order line data in batches of twelve, reducing the number of requests made for large commitments (for example, a commitment with 48 lines now makes 4 requests instead of 48).

• The Work the Buy account overlay now retrieves last-season anchor data for all accounts in a single request instead of one request per account.

10.55.0

Released on 02.10.2026

New features

• Admins see the AI assistants connected to their organisation under Settings, Security: who connected each one, when it was last used and last acted, and its calls this week, and can end an assistant's access for everyone in one step.

Improvements

• The agents tables say when each agent last acted, and an admin opening a colleague's agent now sees what it did instead of a failed read.

• Connecting an AI assistant now shows where the approval is sent and, where the assistant proves it, who publishes it, with a plain warning when an app on this computer will receive the access.

Other updates

• When Ask Tightly cannot answer a question, it offers to send a written-up summary to the Tightly team, which you can edit before sending, and then tells you who will reply, by when, and your reference. Everything you have sent is listed under Your requests in the Ask Tightly menu.

Rate any Ask Tightly answer from one to five stars and, for a low score, say in a line what could be better.

Ask Tightly tells you when you are close to your allowance and what still works, and an answer held back by the allowance reads as a notice rather than as an answer.

10.54.10

Released on 02.10.2026

Improvements

• Pressing Earlier or Later multiple times in Demand Forecasting now moves the window to your final position and loads the forecast once, rather than reloading after each press.

10.54.9

Released on 02.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Stepping a Demand Forecasting window earlier or later now keeps the window correctly aligned. Previously, moving a month-aligned window (such as Aug 1 to Jan 31) could cause the last month to be cut down to a single day.

10.54.8

Released on 02.10.2026

Bug fixes

• In Demand Forecasting, the Earlier and Later buttons now disable when you have reached the furthest available history or forecast, so it is clear when no further navigation is possible.

10.54.7

Released on 02.10.2026

Bug fixes

• In On Demand forecasting, the "Back to the default window" button now appears only after you navigate away from a commitment's window, and clicking it correctly restores that window.

10.54.6

Released on 02.10.2026

Improvements

• Pages load faster by deferring code for charts and the product and variant drawer until they are first needed.

10.54.5

Released on 02.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Demand forecasting now displays accurate window labels. A moved window or a commitment's own window shows its actual dates, and the default window's history label reads "5 months behind" instead of "Select."

10.54.4

Released on 02.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Demand forecasting now shows "Not measured" when accuracy has not been scored for the selected channels or scope, rather than displaying an error about a failed read.

10.54.3

Released on 02.10.2026

Other updates

• Season membership pages with more than 200 proposals now display correctly: accept, reject, move, and refresh controls are visible, a style's total share appears alongside each season's share, the membership table is properly aligned with other tables on the page, and the style search accurately reflects the current page.

10.54.2

Released on 02.10.2026

Improvements

• The imported sales analysis names each proposal's leading product and shows dates in your format. Date ranges show the year when they fall outside this one and open on the chosen month, and the selling periods calendar sits in the same frame as other tables.

Bug fixes

• Selling periods now lists every declared period, not only the newest 100, so older periods can be chosen to measure against. Periods approved from the imported sales analysis are saved as a drop or a season, as you choose.

Other updates

• Edit a declared selling period's name, kind, dates and what it is measured against from the row's menu, and as an admin archive a period you no longer use.

Analysing imported sales no longer fails for people whose day is already ahead of UTC.

10.54.0

Released on 02.10.2026

New features

• You can now set lifecycle targets and assign versioned buying policies by company, commitment, product, or SKU. Before activating, review projected quantities and funding, with support for separate review cadences, stock cover settings, and seasonal buying windows.

10.53.6

Released on 01.10.2026

Improvements

• You can now review warehouse lead-time sources from SKU Supply and edit SKU warehouse defaults without overwriting imported values.

10.53.5

Released on 01.10.2026

Improvements

• NetSuite connection settings now group purchasing lead times, replenishment frequency, and measurement units together, making it easier to map fields directly and identify any unmapped values.

10.53.4

Released on 01.10.2026

Other updates

• Commitment forecasts now display monthly sales and forecast values alongside the period total. Borrowed SKU forecasts are shown in a distinct colour, with an explanation available in the information control.

Pending analog approvals are grouped into a single commitment task, which opens the relevant products and SKUs for review. The Analogs page now shows the recorded forecast source for each SKU and channel, separately from whether a current forecast is available.

10.53.3

Released on 01.10.2026

Other updates

• The Finance stock-in-units drawer now shows all available weekly stock projections, including zero values. Figures that are unavailable continue to appear as missing markers.

10.53.2

Released on 01.10.2026

Bug fixes

• SKU warehouse lead-time defaults are now recognised correctly, and inheritance is preserved when you edit supplier shipping terms.

10.53.1

Released on 01.10.2026

New features

• You can now place a hold on a product or SKU to stop new purchasing, while forecasts, stock, and existing orders continue as normal. Holds set at the product level apply to all SKUs and are preserved when data syncs with connected systems.

10.53.0

Released on 01.10.2026

New features

• View weekly stock projections by SKU in units from within an open-to-buy category. You can filter by warehouse and see firm and planned receipts displayed separately.

• Save named forecast views as reusable presets, with one set as your default. Each view retains your chosen filters, date range, grouping, and columns, and is scoped to your organization and commitment.

Bug fixes

• You can now export purchase orders to CSV directly from the order table. The export respects your active search terms, filters, and sort order across all matching pages.

• Google Analytics property options remain available even when the connection health summary fails to load. Your previously saved property stays selected.

• Import failure reasons are now displayed prominently. The error messages also clarify why subsidiary and warehouse supplier rows appear separately.

Other updates

• You can now open an existing commitment's product ranges directly from Products. Channel and account ranges can be narrowed by SKU while preserving any parent-level restrictions and the existing amendment approval flow.

10.52.8

Released on 01.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Export matching purchase orders to CSV directly from the order table, preserving search, filters and sort across all matching pages.

Other updates

• Download Ask report rows as CSV and switch between the visual and table views.

Saved Ask reports open correctly during read-only support sessions while customer changes remain blocked.

Keep complete-report scope when saving or refreshing an Ask answer.

10.52.7

Released on 01.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Demand signals now display sales and stock findings without requiring Google Analytics. You can filter by finding independently of stock classification, and open recommended actions directly while keeping the finding's channel and warehouse context.

10.52.6

Released on 01.10.2026

Improvements

• Loading indicators are now consistent across the workspace, with a uniform animated style, accessible labels, and support for reduced-motion settings.

Other updates

• Saved planned buys now stay consistent across scenario comparisons. Pricing retries and projection constraints show actionable guidance. Declared budgets are clearly distinguished from calculated intake. Category and channel budget allocations are now explicit. You can cancel at any point during commitment creation. Product names are readable when changing a range.

Commitment budgets can be edited in a visual allocation table, with exact amounts available on demand, focused channel splits, and a clear review step before saving.

• The trading overview now uses the full page width, keeping controls and tables aligned on wide screens.

Buy plan month headers have enough space to display actual and forecast labels clearly. Sales grouping uses clear channel labels.

The buy plan shows consistent table dimensions and number formatting across category, commitment, revenue, and units views.

Open to buy now displays placed orders and remaining budget visually, highlights the buying position, and uses clearer, more spacious rows across its views.

10.52.5

Released on 01.10.2026

Improvements

• Review an annual plan’s estimated purchase payments from its working or published figures, including category and channel selections. Missing payment terms remain visible, and planned purchases stay separate from company cash and placed orders.

• Review the assumptions saved with each annual plan version from its version history. Current assumptions stay clearly labelled for older plans.

Reopen the original source years, weights, currency and monthly amounts used to start a historical annual plan. Later setting changes preserve the original starting point.

Bug fixes

• Review exact monthly annual-plan figures and choose historical blend weights before saving.

• Open the existing annual plan for revision when the suggested year already has a plan, instead of hiding the annual-plan entry.

• Detect interrupted Ask replies and preserve the original import confirmation when retrying after a partial response.

• Exclude archived products from the new-SKU analog picker while retaining historical donor choices.

Other updates

• Redistribute category targets within the existing company budget while preserving protected months.

10.52.4

Released on 01.10.2026

New features

• You can now review accepted agreement prices for remaining order units through customer change proposals. Fulfilled terms and any interrupted requests are preserved, and a compact drawer shows remaining quantities and prices alongside the original fulfilled value and the revised order total.

Bug fixes

• Interrupted confirmations can now be recovered from order details or file review after a page reload, with original quantities retained and the current order refreshed.

• Order subtotals and totals are now shown separately, with amounts displayed in their recorded currency.

• Payment evidence can now be refreshed during Finance review without losing any balances you have already entered.

• The selected account and channel names now remain visible in the order filters when you navigate back to an order.

• Purchase amendment reviews now open correctly when purchase-unit definitions have numeric IDs.

10.52.3

Released on 01.10.2026

Improvements

• Analogs tables now appear in the same rounded frame as other product tables.

Bug fixes

• Several fixes improve the Analogs experience: proposals are now ranked with the strongest match first; actions are hidden when they are not available to you; accepting a proposal that was replaced overnight now shows a clear message and refreshes the list; and the A and N keyboard shortcuts no longer trigger while the import drawer is open.

• Commitments now display the same company cash estimate shown in Finance, alongside supplier payments. You can review incomplete cash sources directly from the estimate and open the related purchase orders from there.

10.52.2

Released on 01.10.2026

Bug fixes

• On the Sales performance page, the By side and By category and side views now open showing all your sales instead of displaying a filter-related message. The comparison period you select also stays as chosen instead of resetting to the previous week.

10.52.1

Released on 01.10.2026

Bug fixes

• In an expanded chart, the table below the plot no longer overlaps the plot or its period labels on screens narrower than 2200px. The plot retains its height and the table appears in the space below it.

• A lead time configured per warehouse for a stocked variant is now recognised as set everywhere it appears: in Stock on Hand's Combined view and Completeness, their summary figures, the readiness score, and a supplier's "Lead time not set" count.

• On Stocktakes, the Difference at cost chart now displays one bar per month instead of one bar per count. Counts on the same day are no longer shown side by side, months between counts are spaced proportionally, and each label includes its year.

Other updates

• Annual category targets now save reliably, and unpublished financial plans open showing their working figures.

  Before creating a financial plan, you can review projected opening stock at cost and set percentage or monetary assumptions by category. You can also adjust individual category sales targets while keeping locked months unchanged.

10.52.0

Released on 01.10.2026

New features

• Review and confirm suggested selling periods and product groups from your imported sales data. Ongoing trade and incomplete history are clearly flagged to help you make informed decisions.

• Import old-to-new SKU pairs from a CSV file, check for any issues before saving, and export the results. Ask Tightly can also preview the same pairs and apply them once you confirm.

Improvements

• Set up historical selling periods from Products without making a commitment. You can analyse imported sales, review suggested product groupings, or set selling dates directly on a product or SKU.

Other updates

• Archive selected products or SKUs in Tightly and restore them using the catalogue lifecycle filter. The catalogue opens showing active and pre-season records by default. Archived records keep their history but are excluded from active planning and comparable use, and those exclusions are maintained when syncing with connected systems.

Clicking a catalogue row now opens the full product page directly.

10.51.12

Released on 01.10.2026

Improvements

• Forecast performance now opens directly to its period and comparison controls, with the demo badge removed.

10.51.11

Released on 01.10.2026

Improvements

• Families: Products in a family are now listed even when no shape has been set for that family. Money and date values are displayed in your regional format. A notice appears when the arrivals tray is showing only a partial list. Search results appear after you finish typing rather than on every keystroke, and selecting a result from search opens the related order line and its arrival directly.

Bug fixes

• Families: Undo is now offered only when the last action can actually be reversed, and it no longer rolls back an earlier action by mistake. Redirecting an arrival to a different location no longer clears the system's suggested placement when that redirect is rejected. Actions that a user does not have permission to perform are no longer shown to them. A single failed data load no longer clears the entire workspace.

10.51.10

Released on 01.10.2026

Improvements

• The Stock on Hand page no longer displays the Cover chart next to the three summary figures.

• On Stock on Hand, you can now filter by a missing SKU. Filtering by a missing sell price or MOQ also now reveals the corresponding column if it was hidden.

Bug fixes

• The Floor & Stockroom help section no longer surfaces the Stock on Hand article, and Ask no longer returns answers drawn from that article when you are on that page.

• On Stock on Hand, Completeness now correctly flags rows with a missing SKU and no longer flags rows where unit cost is zero. The Missing Fields filter now returns exactly the rows that Completeness flags, including cases where a lead time is set for a single warehouse only.

• On Transfer Orders, the Drafted, Shipped, and Delivered status filters now load results correctly instead of failing. The Completed filter now shows completed transfers as expected.

10.51.9

Released on 01.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Country of origin on a product's attributes is now selected from a country list rather than typed manually, preventing save errors caused by unrecognised country names.

• Stock at cost, Incoming at cost, and Expected revenue totals at the top of Stock on hand are now displayed as plain figures instead of links. Hovering over each figure still shows an explanation, and you can still add Incoming at cost and Expected revenue as columns in the table.

10.51.8

Released on 01.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Stock on hand – Movements: Opening Movements on Stock on hand now displays your latest stock movements across all products and warehouses immediately, rather than an empty page. Selecting a movement or document type refreshes the list straight away.

• Stock on hand – Available to sell: The Available to sell value for a product now correctly reflects stock on hand minus reserved stock. This figure is consistent across the column sort, the product total, and each of its variants.

10.51.7

Released on 01.10.2026

Improvements

• The Catalogue table now displays in a rounded frame. In the gallery view, the Previous and Next buttons are more clearly spaced apart. Money filters now show your organisation's currency.

Bug fixes

• When adding a new product, the country of origin you select from the list is now saved correctly. A vendor or category you create during the process remains available to select straight away. New products now open in your organisation's currency by default. Clicking a field in the Attributes drawer now correctly brings it into focus, and existing number and list values are preserved as expected.

• In the Catalogue, filtering by a unit cost or sell price range now works correctly when both a minimum and maximum value are set. Switching between the Products and Variants views after sorting no longer causes the table to break. Pressing Escape while editing a cell now discards the edit. Unsaved edits remain visible in the save bar while a search is active, even if the affected rows are hidden. Using Undo on an engine-filled price band now correctly restores it to the engine.

10.51.6

Released on 01.10.2026

Improvements

• The tables on the Components page — including the assemblies and kits lists — now appear in a rounded frame, giving them a consistent look with the component detail view.

10.51.5

Released on 01.10.2026

Improvements

• When none of an assembly's components has a stock reading, Components now displays a clear message instead of incorrectly identifying one part as the constraint. Product names that are too long to fit in a table column now appear in full when you hover over them.

Bug fixes

• After dissolving a kit opened from Components, the confirmation message now appears correctly on the Components screen instead of disappearing. Opening Components for a variant with no assembly now shows a Show all assemblies option. Changing a component's replenishment method now immediately updates the product, variant, and replenishment screens.

10.51.4

Released on 01.10.2026

Bug fixes

• On the close page, non-numeric text entered in the Yours column is now retained in the cell and highlighted in red, so you can review and correct it rather than losing your input.

10.51.3

Released on 01.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Budgets, targets, releases, agreed quantities and prices, and agreement terms on commitment and agreement pages now read numbers in your chosen number format. A value that cannot be read is flagged and held back instead of being saved as a different amount.

• Forecast units, launch and event units, order prices and filters, account terms, showroom figures, catalogue edits and filters, budget targets, and showing answers now read numbers in your chosen number format — for example, 1,5 in European format is treated as one and a half, not fifteen. A number that cannot be read in your format is flagged and never saved as a different value.

• Steppers, bulk changes, discount comparisons, mail import corrections, and other number fields now read values in your chosen number format — for example, 1,5 means one and a half in European formats. A number that does not match your format is flagged instead of being saved as a different value.

• Numbers entered on finance pages — including the planning grid, buy plan, financial assumptions, investment review dials, markdown depths, allocations, funding plans, variance rules, and sales filters — are now read in your chosen number format. For example, 1,5 in a European format means one and a half. Values that cannot be read are flagged and retained instead of being saved as a different number.

• Quantities, shares, prices, and targets entered in a Commitment are now read in your chosen number format — for example, 1.000 and 12,5 mean what they say in European format. A number that cannot be read stays in the field and is flagged, rather than being converted to a different value or cleared.

• Numbers entered across suppliers, purchase orders, receiving, manufacturing, and transfers now follow your chosen number format — for example, 12,5 is read as twelve and a half in European formats. Values that cannot be read in your format are flagged and never saved as a different number.

• Money filters on purchase orders, transfers, and the bench now display your organisation's currency symbol instead of always showing $. A supplier's catalogue unit costs now appear in that supplier's own currency.

10.51.2

Released on 01.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Sorting the Stock on hand column now correctly reorders the full list. Health has been removed as a sort option.

10.51.1

Released on 01.10.2026

Bug fixes

• Clicking a commitment now consistently opens its Overview page, whether you click from the Commitments list, Home, the sidebar name, or the sidebar commitment switcher. Previously, clicking a commitment reopened whichever page you had last visited for it, and switching commitments in the sidebar kept the current page (for example, Forecast) rather than switching to Overview. Deep links to a specific page continue to open that page as expected.

10.51.0

Released on 30.09.2026

Bug fixes

• The date shown in supplier exceptions now correctly reflects the supplier's latest promised date, or their most recent scheduled arrival if no promise date is available, consistent with how late and early exceptions are calculated.

Other updates

• Suppliers can now accept a supplier portal invitation, view their open purchase orders, and confirm or counter individual lines, with the option to review and confirm all lines at once.

10.50.1

Released on 30.09.2026

Bug fixes

• The supplier response panel now correctly labels answers submitted outside the Supplier portal as Other portal.

10.50.0

Released on 30.09.2026

Improvements

• The product table stays in view while using Planned buy. Order progress and buy history are now accessible from the Actions menu.

Other updates

• Purchase orders now include a Supplier exceptions view. This lists every open order line where the supplier's response differs from what was requested — such as a difference in confirmed versus requested quantity, or the supplier's scheduled date versus the requested date. The view includes a Reviewed checkbox, a notes field, filters, CSV export, and a link to the related order.

10.49.1

Released on 30.09.2026

Improvements

• Find product replacements under a clear name, with a useful empty state when none are planned.

Other updates

• Pricing now offers the commitment's products even when no markdown candidates exist.

Supply opens on outstanding orders, with complete search and totals and a paginated order table.

Allocation recommends existing warehouse stock movements; incoming supplier allocation stays available from Replenishment. Tasks identify bill orders and distinguish partial evidence from failed checks.

Planned buy shows one pricing status and set of figures. Recorded-buy recovery no longer repeats on Order book and other buy-plan pages.

Account summaries use clearer headers and show order comparisons beside their values. Size-curve percentage fields fit their columns with readable suffixes.

10.49.0

Released on 30.09.2026

Improvements

• You can now compare open-to-buy across category, commitment, and channel in a single workspace, with outstanding receipts and scoped exports visible alongside your buying position. Supporting columns, assumptions, and edits remain accessible without cluttering the primary view.

  Open a cash check directly from a commitment to see its scheduled supplier payments and your company's available shared headroom in one place. Set an opening cash position and adjust the full book or an individual category against live sales, customer orders, and supplier payments. Your manual adjustments are preserved when data refreshes, and partial payments replace the corresponding estimate without double-counting.

  Planning screens now show only native actions and actionable errors, with technical calculation notes removed.

10.48.7

Released on 30.09.2026

Bug fixes

• Order amendment history now shows a product's SKU when its name is not available, so the record remains identifiable.

• Read-only users viewing customer returns no longer see receipt or cancellation actions. If write access is removed while a review is open, submission is also blocked.

Other updates

• You can now create a native customer order directly from a single reviewed, confirmed booking. The process includes an eligibility preview, safe retry on failure, and a way to handle bookings whose details have changed since review.

10.48.6

Released on 30.09.2026

Bug fixes

• You can now select the same products and categories for commitments that serve separate channels or accounts. Shared-stock and overlapping scope checks remain in place to protect activation.

10.48.5

Released on 30.09.2026

Improvements

• The forecast performance view is now less cluttered, with the scoring-details text below the comparison table removed.

10.48.4

Released on 30.09.2026

Improvements

• Orders now displays channel, delivery due, ordered units, and open units in a compact daily workspace. Additional measures are available in Columns. Completed orders no longer appear as outstanding work in the inspection action.

• You can now review the reporting exchange rate when comparing a foreign-currency purchase agreement. The selected agreement stays in place, and both the original and reporting payment totals are shown together.

• Original-currency freight corrections and their reporting values are now shown side by side before you change a received stock value.

• Shipment freight is now linked to its accepted agreement before stock is received, keeping the original document and agreement evidence intact.

• You can now review whether imported accounting records and supplier-provider records refer to the same invoice or separate invoices before an agreement balance is updated. If the process is interrupted, it can be resumed without recording the adjustment twice.

Bug fixes

• Order summaries and Financials now label refund amounts as recorded refunds, so a return amount is no longer mistaken for a payment executed by Tightly.

Other updates

• Shipment work is now grouped into Items, Packing, Costs, and Receipts. Loading failures are reported accurately without contradictory empty states, and unconfirmed cost postings are recovered after a reload without duplicate submissions.

• Finance can now review a scheduled supplier payment that has no payments or credits applied, keeping the full amount payable. If the review is interrupted, it can be resumed after reopening without recording a duplicate. Supplier obligations now also accepts verified provider settlement records alongside reviewed imports.

• Orders now shows the correct view after selecting "View all orders" from an empty list. Reset view returns you to the order view that was displayed. You can also filter orders by account, channel, product, SKU, or order quantity from a compact filter panel. Selected filters remain visible and stay applied when switching between order views.

10.48.3

Released on 30.09.2026

Bug fixes

• Number fields in Stock on hand, supplier terms, tank policies, product attributes, stocktakes, and planning settings now respect your configured number format. Values that are not valid numbers are flagged rather than saved incorrectly or cleared. Leaving a Stock on hand cell without making a change no longer triggers an unintended edit.

10.48.2

Released on 30.09.2026

Improvements

• Stock on hand at period end loads faster when viewing longer date ranges: the 26-week, 52-week, and 12-month windows now load more efficiently.

10.48.1

Released on 30.09.2026

Improvements

• Component lists are easier to read: each variant is now named in the Components list, spacing on a component's detail view is clearer, and Same part as searches your entire catalogue.

• Stock on hand at period end loads faster. It now displays the last 13 weeks or 6 months by default, and a Window control lets you extend the view to 26 or 52 weeks or 12 months. Each figure shows the closing date it is read from, and a warning appears when stock history does not reach the latest close.

Bug fixes

• Kits opened from Components can be edited again, and the Components list now refreshes after kit changes. Component amounts and assembly costs respect your number format, so a value such as 1,5 is no longer saved incorrectly as 1.

• On Stocktakes and Stock on hand, the chart now appears beside its figures rather than at the far right of wide screens. Stocktake counts also align correctly with the top of the chart.

Other updates

• Open to buy now leads with the buying position and displays the chart, filters, and commitment and account breakdowns more clearly. When plans or quantities are missing, a message explains what needs attention and indicates the next action.

Commitment breakdowns retain their month and channel selections when data loads simultaneously. Account tables now scroll within the page rather than expanding it horizontally.

10.48.0

Released on 30.09.2026

Improvements

• You can now compare actual sales against Tightly forecasts and other common forecasting methods, then select a specific month or week to inspect the underlying results. Forecast accuracy scores are clearer, include plain-language explanations, and feature labelled synthetic demo examples.

10.47.4

Released on 30.09.2026

Improvements

• Planned commitments now load their buying position faster by skipping unnecessary cash projection calculations. You can also review missing evidence and open contributing plans directly from a period.

Bug fixes

• Fixed an issue where Open to Buy totals, charts, and period details did not reflect the selected category and channel. Your planning and account review selections are now retained when you navigate away and return.

10.47.3

Released on 30.09.2026

Other updates

• Shipment work is now organised into four sections — Items, Packing, Costs, and Receipts. Conflicting empty and error states have been removed, and the recorded-cost heading has been restored.

10.47.2

Released on 30.09.2026

Improvements

• Monthly reviews show how actuals, remaining forecast and Commitment contributions changed against the selected review. Missing evidence and incompatible comparisons have clear explanations.

Bug fixes

• Retailer top-up previews clear outdated readings when the selection changes. Failed checks retain selected lines for retry, and unresolved checks or refused recommendations cannot be added through the top-up action.

Other updates

• Open the selected retailer's contribution review in its Commitment from Connect, preserving account context and blocking unavailable accounts.

Continue from a retailer's reported product into Showroom from either seasonal or rolling-week evidence, and return to the original reporting window. Unmapped products no longer open an unrelated catalogue view.

Build a retailer sales plan alongside existing bookings and the approved plan. Choose a month, reveal pricing when needed, and resume unfinished entries when reopening the drawer in the same tab. Review a single month in a compact table, with the chart retained for multi-month plans.

Reopening a retailer plan after an interrupted save recovers the original request, preserving the proposal without starting a duplicate.

• Open and download the monthly report saved with a signed review, keeping its original figures and missing-evidence states.

Purchase-order checks use the established compact typography and section styling while retaining authority, receipt and cash controls.

10.47.1

Released on 30.09.2026

Bug fixes

• Read-only users can review customer orders without being offered actions that change them. Controls for unavailable actions are now hidden when edit access is removed. Missing imported line numbers now display as unavailable rather than showing the literal value "null."

• Receipt unit prices now retain their full decimal precision instead of being rounded to the currency's settlement precision. Whole-number prices continue to display their standard minimum decimal places.

10.47.0

Released on 30.09.2026

New features

• Payment and credit reversals now show the original recorded exchange values. Corrected balances retain the original payment history.

• Revised agreement payments can now be reviewed against the unpaid balance, with paid, credited, and invoiced amounts remaining visible. Supplier agreements can also specify whether payment percentages apply to the full order or the unpaid balance only.

Bug fixes

• Applied order amendments now correctly retain their approved Finance review and associated access restrictions.

10.46.3

Released on 30.09.2026

Bug fixes

• Product names are now displayed correctly in dark-themed return drawers.

10.46.2

Released on 30.09.2026

Improvements

• You can now review actual shipment charges or explicitly receive goods at a provisional value before adding stock to inventory. If the review is interrupted, your original decision is restored when you return.

Bug fixes

• Shipped and returned quantities on customer order lines remain visible even when some units are still open or held with the warehouse.

10.46.1

Released on 30.09.2026

Bug fixes

• The minus, value, and plus controls for return quantities are now always visible together.

10.46.0

Released on 30.09.2026

New features

• Payment and credit reversals can now be reviewed against their original recorded exchange values. Corrected balances retain the original payment history.

Bug fixes

• Applying an order amendment no longer removes its approved Finance review or changes the associated access restrictions.

10.45.2

Released on 30.09.2026

Other updates

• Receipt values and currency precision are now preserved correctly when reviewing supplier credits, voiding native bills, and recovering replacement bills.

  Agreement freight is now compared against its previous value when reviewing, including cases where it has been reduced to zero.

10.45.1

Released on 29.09.2026

Bug fixes

• Supplier catalogues now show purchase units and case-pack conversions separately from size assortments. Supplier CSV templates and import mapping include the conversion, source and version fields for safe round-tripping.

Product CSV imports and downloads include an explicit dimensions unit alongside length, width and height.

10.45.0

Released on 29.09.2026

New features

• You can now review order, sell-out, and shipment imports directly in Ask Tightly. Matched records are searchable and their fields are editable alongside the source data for easy comparison. Once you're satisfied, confirm your changes and navigate straight to the updated record.

10.44.0

Released on 29.09.2026

Improvements

• When reviewing an amendment, original purchase-order values and reviewed reporting values are now kept separate, and Finance approval is tied to the reviewed exchange rate.

• Current and historical receipt exchange rates can now be reviewed independently, keeping original currency values intact and preserving any review progress if the process is interrupted.

• Payment and credit exchange rates can now be reviewed independently, keeping earlier reporting values intact and saving review progress to prevent duplicate entries if the process is interrupted.

Bug fixes

• Currency decimal precision declared in payment reviews and bill amounts is now respected. Values with too many decimal places are rejected rather than rounded, and the original basis of legacy bills is retained.

Other updates

• Native receipt bill values and declared currency precision are now preserved during bill matching and accounting status updates.

• An accepted agreement can be selected for outstanding purchase goods while keeping the original received agreement and its exact value unchanged.

• Quantities and prices on outstanding packed purchase orders can now be amended without affecting the received conversion or value. Supplier-unit selection is explicit, and progress is saved reliably if the process is interrupted.

10.43.2

Released on 29.09.2026

Improvements

• You can now review and update remaining purchase-order quantities by sales channel. Received values and supplier acceptance are preserved when changes affect allocation only.

10.43.1

Released on 29.09.2026

Bug fixes

• You can now configure operating units for manufacturing products, materials, and coproducts directly from the order. Quantity inputs refresh automatically after a unit change, and previously reviewed and recorded quantities are preserved.

10.43.0

Released on 29.09.2026

New features

• Pro manufacturing orders now let you review ingredient quality, output specifications, and selected lots together in one place. You can enter quantities in your configured product units, and if a confirmation is interrupted, you can resume it without creating a duplicate. Configured quantities are preserved across finished output, coproducts, and tank fill/drain operations — including the original unit proof if your configuration has changed.

10.42.2

Released on 29.09.2026

Improvements

• You can now review a clearer breakdown when a purchase order has been partly received. The remaining quantity and price changes are shown alongside the received value, outstanding value, and proposed total as separate figures.

10.42.1

Released on 29.09.2026

Other updates

• Commitment sales comparisons and financial exception details are now clearer. Product stock, profitability, and account report layouts have been improved. Missing-plan and empty-mailbox states now include actionable next steps. Composing a new message in Mail has been restored.

10.42.0

Released on 29.09.2026

New features

• When reviewing partial hub receipts, you can now sort them by destination and view physical stock ownership across supported two-hop transfers.

• You can now process stock transfers in its configured unit (kilograms or metric tonnes), including exact lot quantities and inventory values. You can also record partial deliveries and losses, and safely resume an interrupted save without creating a duplicate record.

10.41.7

Released on 29.09.2026

Bug fixes

• Settings → Channels now correctly shows each channel's availability status (Off, Shadow, or the assigned value) instead of "Not on file." The details drawer also opens reliably from that value.

• Markdowns: A style that is no longer a candidate now displays its name instead of a dash, using the title the server returns with each decision.

• Open to buy: When a season's required receipts cannot be calculated, the footer now explains why — showing "Not computable for N of M months" along with the affected months and the plan figure each one is missing — instead of a bare dash. The Remaining receipts field shows "Not computable" in the same situation.

• Scenarios list: A missing Recorded buy or Margin value now shows a reason when you hover over it, and screen readers announce that reason. Possible reasons are: recorded when selected (open it to see its price), could not be priced (with the server's explanation), currently being priced, or declined before it was selected.

• Demand-planning chart: Season shading now matches the card behind it in both light and dark themes, replacing the previous fixed grey wash.

10.41.6

Released on 29.09.2026

Improvements

• Cash & payments can now display a specific saved cash plan, including operating costs, supplier payments, and reserved cash. The Home screen uses the approved plan; drafts are clearly labelled as such. If cash coverage is incomplete, no closing balance is shown.

Bug fixes

• Buy plan cell drawer: Actual net sales now match the figure shown in the grid cell that opens the drawer. Previously, the drawer only counted sales from the channels included in the plan, so a product selling on an untracked channel could show two different actuals — and two different gaps to plan — for the same category and month.

• Home and Cash & payments: Merchandise cash estimates are now correctly flagged when company cash coverage is incomplete, including cases where operating costs have not been verified.

• Commitment sales charts: The current week's sales are now shown as a distinct "This week so far" data point. Previously, the chart connected completed weeks directly to future forecasts through an unfinished week, which made it appear as though sales had dropped suddenly.

10.41.5

Released on 29.09.2026

Bug fixes

• Chart tooltips now only show a line when your cursor is within that line's valid date range. Forecast lines no longer appear before today, and comparator lines no longer appear after their season has ended. Labels such as "Not forecast" and "Not counted" still display where applicable, and gaps within a line or points that no line reaches continue to explain why.

10.41.4

Released on 29.09.2026

Bug fixes

• Imported orders now correctly display their sales channel and fulfilled quantities even when shipment details are unavailable. Empty reservations, invoices, and activity entries are kept separate from the source order's status.

• The Orders list now sorts correctly by Channel, Warehouse, Origin, and Needs-you.

10.41.3

Released on 29.09.2026

Bug fixes

• When viewing a stock position across all warehouses, the drawer and product stock view now correctly display the total stock alongside each warehouse's reserved and expected inbound quantities.

10.41.2

Released on 29.09.2026

Other updates

• Connect now organises retailer performance, offers, and reporting into clearer workspaces with full-width tables. You can browse product collections and continue into the original line sheets, and save or print focused trading reviews.

Showroom failures remain visible, booking drafts are preserved when dismissed, and sell-out chasing opens the correct action. Account navigation retains commitment scope, and large order intake queues can be paged.

• Product Buy summaries now display the same total and remaining budget figures shown in the priced buy.

Forecast rows give product names and SKU codes enough space to remain readable.

10.41.1

Released on 29.09.2026

Improvements

• The Pro and Essentials demo books now reflect the same experience as a live customer account. Forecast evaluation, forecast accuracy, the forecast range tooltip, Commitment forecast history, and the Integrations import card no longer display labels indicating prepared, synthetic, or demo data.

Other updates

• Product forecasts now show totals for the available forecast period, display the relevant dates when that period is shorter than the commitment, and include partial boundary weeks. Size allocation follows the edited size curve, and account reporting indicators use the product's own evidence.

Product workspaces now display planned profitability before sales begin, clearer next steps for allocation, and improved layouts for buying and stock views.

10.41.0

Released on 29.09.2026

New features

• Review shared ingredient allocations across manufacturing orders, reserve your selected blend, and release any remaining quantities. The required production sequence stays visible, and interrupted submissions can be recovered without repeating a stock action.

• Record output or tank fills from jointly reserved input lots. Each lot's quantity and original reservation remain visible through review and recovery.

• Plan complete tank batches and record fill, processing, waiting, drain, and qualified cleaning steps with exact material values and recoverable submissions.

• : Review and reschedule an account's daily launch quantities from its forecast drawer. Preview the affected weeks, reopen the saved result, and leave other accounts' launch schedules unchanged.

• : Explain product performance from the commitment product drawer. Recorded facts, possible causes, and missing evidence are shown separately. Your selected product, dates, and channel are carried over when you continue in Ask Tightly.

• : Import saved commitment phasing into eligible purchase-order deliveries, then choose each arrival date within its fiscal period. Quantities are preserved across the source buy's supplier and warehouse orders.

• : Review existing purchase-order or supplier-agreement payment terms directly after saving a delivery schedule or amendment.

• : Review recorded sales, discounts, and returns for a saved promotion alongside its original estimates and execution evidence. Missing reporting is shown explicitly.

Improvements

• Supported Ask proposals now open in the native editor with quantities, dates, policy settings, or markdown percentages already filled in. Existing save and approval steps remain in place, and changes or unsupported scope are declined explicitly.

• Tasks and Ask share outstanding commitment work, showing an owner, due date, and next action. Partial receipts retain the remaining work, and completing a task keeps execution and outcome reviews separate.

• : Split an order's remaining units into deliveries with explicit dates and quantities. Editing a date preserves your quantities, and interrupted saves can recover the original saved schedule.

Bug fixes

• : Allocation now supports a reviewed planning date, labels projected stock correctly, and retains that date when saving. Rolling delivery schedules use the saved Buying budget horizon and refresh after its revision changes.

• : Move outstanding purchase-order units to a new delivery in a single reviewed save. Received quantities are preserved, and interrupted saves can be recovered without creating duplicate deliveries.

• : Tasks now includes replacement stock reviews from Handovers, grouped by replacement with channel-level actions, owner, and completion evidence. Resolved stock or mapping changes update the queue on refresh.

• : Empty replenishment queues now explain missing inputs, evaluation status, and saved seasonal limits. Policy membership starts within the commitment, with an explicit company-wide option and a return to the original queue after saving.

• : Closed-season account sell-through now shows correct percentages and matching meters. Missing readings remain correctly unavailable.

• : Season-close recovery estimates are labelled as expected, and unspent budget shows the correct sign when read from recorded close scores.

• : Accessing the review declaration from buy sign-off now opens the declaration without leaving the current buy.

• : Delivery-month choices show dates within the commitment when the API supplies fiscal period boundaries.

• : Forecast pages no longer show empty rows while loading. Failed refreshes retain the last available forecast with its load time, and product drawers show available evidence while allowing failed sources to be retried individually.

• : Saved scenarios can now be compared using current model results for the same planning scope, with missing evidence and feasibility constraints visible. Recorded estimates are no longer used as substitutes for whole-plan comparisons.

: Scenario application previews and saved receipts show changes that still require a separate action, so saving working-plan changes does not imply every scenario action was applied.

: Interrupted scenario, order-date, and markdown receipt saves can be recovered after reopening without creating a duplicate update. Saved buying actions retain their source scenario and links to resulting orders.

: Account date and assortment amendments refresh affected planning views and offer a direct forecast review for changed accounts.

• : Commitment outlook and Ask share saved-scenario, recorded-forecast, and purchase-order comparisons. Modelled sales and profit, receipt needs, buying authority, and dated cash are shown on their correct bases, with native buying-check continuation and explicit missing evidence.

• : An interrupted promotion working-plan save can be recovered after reloading. The original request can be verified, and its saved result is distinguished from the plan's current state.

Other updates

• Ask review actions are scoped to the intended native workflow, with opening a review distinguished from saving a change. Unrelated purchase-order actions are no longer inferred as reorder operations.

• Accepted close stock is linked to native transfer and off-price order lines, with actual execution shown separately from expected recovery and reviewed payments.

Native transfer and off-price drafts are created together from saved close routing, and only terminal unexecuted or returned capacity is released for replacement.

[Commitments] Supplier-return and donation stock drafts are created from saved close decisions. Partial physical dispatch is recorded separately, and the saved stock record can be reopened with its remaining quantity and event history.

[Commitments] Exact customer returns can be reopened, and newly restocked off-price units are released for replacement. Reviewed payments link to their native order with specific missing-evidence reasons. Outbound stock uses a compact record with anchored dispatch actions.

• Review size shortages by location and account, then carry the selected scope into transfer or replenishment review.

Review supplier shortfalls alongside original customer promises, acknowledgments, and current arrival dates.

10.40.0

Released on 29.09.2026

New features

• You can now review production campaign limits and sanitation settings, view full campaign history, and schedule qualified cleanup runs. Completed cleanups are recorded, interrupted actions can be resumed, and any unresolved holds or emergency shortfalls are preserved.

• You can now correct unpaid Xero bills and replace them with receipt-based alternatives, with reliable recovery if the process is interrupted. Exact cash, credit, and outstanding payment balances are shown clearly, and any unrecognised legacy classifications are retained as-is.

• You can now check a product's minimum remaining shelf life before it is used in manufacturing. You can also see why a specific lot is unavailable without affecting its physical stock quantity, and resume an interrupted requirement change if needed.

• You can now review co-products, dedicated storage, and expected normal loss before recording manufacturing output. Each finished lot retains its precise share of material value, and any submission history that can be recovered is preserved.

• You can now review supplier credits, apply them to posted bills, and reconcile agreement balances based on confirmed accounting records.

Bug fixes

• Campaign limits and sanitation settings are no longer lost when you edit a production resource's rates or calendar.

Other updates

• Production rates are now displayed as explicit grams per hour, and the basis on which they were set is retained. A new rate is required whenever output units change.

10.39.0

Released on 28.09.2026

New features

• You can now record partial manufacturing output, including exact component quantities, gram lots, material values, and recoverable stock receipts.

• You can now record the start, progress, and completion of manufacturing operations against reserved resources. Review actual resource occupancy, manage any execution impacts, and resubmit if a confirmation is interrupted.

• You can now mark network demand as required and see when available stock or transport cannot fulfil it. Plans with unmet required demand are blocked from creating transfers.

Other updates

• You can now review updated times for remaining manufacturing operations, check routing waits, and resubmit the original rescheduling command if a submission is interrupted.

10.38.0

Released on 28.09.2026

New features

• Receive enrolled mass purchase orders by exact purchase quantity and lot, with frozen original-currency value previews and recoverable atomic receipt requests.

• Reduce an unreceived mass purchase quantity and see the released order value before saving. Existing receipts and bills retain their values, and an interrupted save can be checked without duplicating the reduction.

• Create native transfers from a reviewed physical network using shared departure calendars. Inspect current reservations, open the created transfers, and cancel quantities that have not dispatched.

Improvements

• Edit mass purchase quantities and prices in grams or kilograms while keeping exact order values. Recover an interrupted save before making another change.

Other updates

• Create mass purchase orders with exact quantities and prices, and recover interrupted saves without duplicating an order. Set up eligible products and review each order before saving its draft.

Keep the current workspace available when a desktop browser is zoomed into a narrow layout.

• Review qualified simultaneous process resources, directional setup and explicit routing dependencies before reserving capacity, with durable command recovery.

• Show receipt-backed bills with their exact amount, commercial quantity and receipt unit price, preserving sub-cent mass pricing and original currency.

10.37.0

Released on 28.09.2026

Other updates

• Create customer-order drafts and review quantities, delivery windows, and next actions from the Orders list. You can filter by requested delivery date and open order details without losing your place in the list.

  Assign an owner to an order, filter orders by owner, and view assignment history. Interrupted saves are recovered safely.

  The order details view groups lines, promises, fulfilment, accounting evidence, and amendment history (paginated) alongside existing actions and saved views.

  Table checkboxes now respond consistently to both mouse and keyboard selection.

10.36.1

Released on 28.09.2026

Other updates

• Demand planning and commitment forecasts now display up to nine months into the future. Historical periods are selected separately, and saved or custom date windows follow the same nine-month future limit.

10.36.0

Released on 28.09.2026

New features

• Review how stock is currently allocated across your network directly from Transfers. Reviews support saved configurations, separate transport and unmet-demand costs, and freshness checks on underlying data. No stock is reserved and no transfers are created during a review.

• You can now enable or exclude a NetSuite supplier for a specific SKU and subsidiary from supplier settings. Excluding a supplier leaves historical orders unchanged, and the exclusion can be reversed at any time.

Bug fixes

• On an order with deliveries, you can now call off or receive an allocation that is not linked to any delivery by selecting No delivery · Order schedule.

10.35.0

Released on 28.09.2026

New features

• You can now reserve an exclusive resource interval directly from a manufacturing order and cancel that reservation when replanning. Note that capacity reservations do not check material availability or generate finished stock.

Bug fixes

• Unconfirmed product imports are now shown separately, and retrying is blocked until the existing results have been reconciled and saved.

10.34.10

Released on 28.09.2026

Improvements

• Account orders now clearly separate booked quantities from forecast sell-out, with a direct link to open each product in Planned Buy. You can search accounts and review their orders without redundant navigation steps or a misleading coverage meter.

Bug fixes

• Selected records now reflect updated names and statuses immediately. Approving a saved pricing scenario no longer leaves it showing as Draft in the selector until you reopen it.

• On Work the Buy, a saved scenario that only changes door assumptions can now be selected even when its figures could not be priced. The page no longer incorrectly marks it as unavailable. Note that any depth worked within the same scenario is still evaluated against the envelope.

• Work the Buy now correctly retains a saved scenario's door assumptions when you open it. Editing a depth and saving records the updated scenario with the original door assumptions intact, and navigating away and returning no longer causes them to be lost.

10.34.9

Released on 28.09.2026

Bug fixes

• Accepting a portal invitation now correctly opens the associated seat after you sign in.

• If you sign in with Google or Microsoft, you can now change or remove two-step sign-in by entering a code from your authenticator app or a recovery code when prompted.

10.34.8

Released on 28.09.2026

Improvements

• Transfer orders are now listed under Inventory, alongside Stock on hand. Existing links from commitments, stock, and shipments continue to open the same transfer workspace.

• You can now sort the planned buy by clicking any column heading. Sort quantities, costs, forecast differences, and cover in either direction, or sort styles and categories alphabetically. Rows with missing values stay at the bottom, and editing a quantity keeps the row in its current position.

Bug fixes

• A price range with a missing bound now shows the same absent marker as every other measure on the Sales grid and its totals row, rather than a different, longer dash.

• The forecast vintage selector in Sales filters now lists only forecasts created by the end of the chosen period. If a previously selected forecast falls outside a shortened period, it is no longer applied; instead, the table loads with forecast measures marked as missing rather than failing to load.

• Removed unused code: an outdated copy of the scenario approval text that had drifted out of sync with the what-if drawer and promotion stamp, and a column picker option that no page used. Nothing visible on screen changes.

• The what-if and combine drawers on the Scenarios wall now respect your role. A read-only user can explore and price scenarios but is informed they cannot save them. Choosing a scenario is available to admins; all other users see a message on the button explaining that admin access is required. Previously, both buttons were active for all users, and the action was only refused after the fact by the server.

• In the what-if drawer, a scenario that moves no buy — such as a shipment shift alone — is no longer blocked when its position against the envelope cannot be stated. It proceeds to approval if your approval settings require it, or is otherwise applied, with the server's recorded reason that the promotion carries no buy. A scenario based on demand assumptions alone is applied directly, as the server supports it with no position to state.

• Scenario outcomes now surface two additional pieces of information already available in the comparison. The comparison basis shows how many stockout weeks had estimated demand. For a scenario with a demand shock, cover target, or buy cap whose alternative cannot be compared, the outcome now answers the "Did the assumption hold?" question style by style — showing what was assumed at promotion alongside what happened — rather than only explaining why the comparison is unavailable.

• On Work the Buy, a Tightly super admin can now edit a product's incoming supply in the product inspector, as an admin can. Previously, the page checked permissions against the stored access number in a way that refused every level above admin unless it also held a commitments editor grant. The read and write permission checks on the page now apply the same access ladder consistently.

Other updates

• Pricing explains how to compare discounts, review forecast evidence, and prepare a scoped selling price. Analogue forecasts identify their source products and fitting date when available.

Saved pricing scenario status and demand-plan receipts remain visible to read-only reviewers. Invalid comparison date ranges now explain what needs correcting before a request can run.

10.34.7

Released on 28.09.2026

Other updates

• You can now review component prices and receive tightly-managed kits as individual boxes from purchase orders without an ERP connection.

10.34.6

Released on 28.09.2026

Bug fixes

• The buy plan outlook now shows the date it runs from. Previously, this date was missing when it could not be calculated in time.

• Buyer invitation links work again. The page now loads correctly using details returned by the server, and links that have expired, been withdrawn, or already been accepted display the appropriate message.

• Purchase orders shipped in a container now show the container count, fill, and freight in their terms. Previously, these fields displayed "No container on file".

• On the Sales performance page, applying a metric filter now correctly shows the change for lines that had sales in the comparison period, instead of showing them as having no prior sales. Comparison data also loads faster.

• When a buy cap limits a scenario's buy, the figures and promotion details now correctly state "Buy held at the cap" with the relevant details. Previously, they incorrectly indicated the buy was held at the envelope, even when the cap was the lower limit.

• Combining saved scenarios that conflict or cannot be merged now displays the server's reason and lists each conflict. Previously, certain combinations — such as scenarios with what-ifs but no depth or price changes, or scenarios revising two different plans — showed only a generic pricing error.

• The channel mix lever now accepts a wholesale price when shifting an entire commitment, as it already did for category-level and style-level shifts. Previously, a commitment-wide shift on styles without a booked wholesale price was rejected style by style with a prompt to enter the wholesale price, and no field was available to do so.

• Sliders in the Demand and Channel mix levers of the what-if drawer now have accessible labels matching the text shown beside them, so screen readers correctly announce what each slider controls.

• A recorded scenario's supplier change now displays the supplier name in its original capitalisation — for example, "bought from Porto Knit". Previously, the entire line was shown in lowercase, including the supplier name.

• A scenario's history now shows "Position not stated" for a promotion whose buy could not be priced or set against the envelope. Previously, it showed "Sent for re-approval" in cases where your approval settings allowed a single admin to make that decision.

• Accepting an invitation using an email address that already has a Tightly account now prompts you to sign in, with the message returned by the server. Previously, it incorrectly referenced an activation link that was never sent.

• Saving a warehouse's address or location type now immediately displays the updated values. Previously, the old values remained visible until the page was refreshed.

10.34.5

Released on 28.09.2026

New features

• You can now review current transfer quantities before creating a draft, and recover an uncertain creation using its permanent server identity.

• You can now review current source protection before sending an origin-linked transfer, and restore its exact proof if the event is uncertain during recovery.

Bug fixes

• Scenario summaries now show a clear cash-unavailable status next to buy figures, including the reason, without needing to open the details.

• Cash projections that lack a supported currency or receipt timing now correctly remain unavailable rather than appearing in your preferred currency.

Other updates

• Supported direct-sales markdown scenarios now display projected receipts before and after the markdown, the weekly cash change, and the assumed receipt timing. This information also remains available alongside the recorded promotion.

10.34.4

Released on 28.09.2026

Bug fixes

• The Home screen now loads cash data correctly, without unnecessarily downloading Finance drill-down data.

10.34.3

Released on 28.09.2026

Other updates

• The Home cash chart now loads without downloading detailed Finance buying breakdowns.

10.34.2

Released on 28.09.2026

Bug fixes

• Month headings in the Buy plan's Against plan table are now fully readable, including the year.

• Expanded side panels maintain their correct left alignment when the page displays a scrollbar.

• Returning to commitment pricing now keeps your selected SKU while products load. Products outside the commitment can no longer incorrectly open a price review.

• Opening the standard forecast workspace after following a scoped plan link now correctly clears the previous category and date filters and restores the usual commitment scope.

10.34.1

Released on 27.09.2026

Bug fixes

• The Home screen now displays a loading indicator while your buying position is being retrieved, rather than incorrectly showing that no commitments have been declared.

10.34.0

Released on 27.09.2026

New features

• Record dated continuity demand and physical supply evidence in the monthly review. Keep source references, portfolio decisions, and remaining service gaps with the reviewed month and its frozen report.

• Propose changes to remaining order terms, record customer agreement and apply the agreed change separately. The current order stays unchanged until application, with recorded decisions and recovery for interrupted saves.

• Review an account's reported SKU sales, shelf stock and open bookings before saving a shipment draft with dates, quantity and price.

• Carry commitment pricing SKU, channel, store or account selections into scoped approval without re-entering them. Prepare markdowns for a selected account, channel or store with exact SKU prices and dates for approval. Export approved prices and track reported store readback, mismatches and retries separately from approval.

• Review delivery options for an account or door using dispatch calendars, receiving days and transit times. Customer promises distinguish warehouse arrival from estimated delivery and preserve the original promise when supply changes.

Improvements

• Review customer orders, supplier orders, shipments and allocation inside their commitment, with retained filters and navigation. Shared purchase orders distinguish commitment-owned lines from actions that affect the whole order.

• Find orders by account, channel, commitment and warehouse, save table views and export the selected scope. Operational views surface supply shortages, delivery risks, partial shipments and integration issues.

• Change the quantity, price and shipping dates of an order’s unshipped remainder while keeping fulfilled units on their original terms.

• Review the customer promises affected by a supplier arrival change, open the affected customer order, and compare the same purchase order's finances in its recorded commitment.

• Track transfer dispatch, receipt, loss and return separately, and review receipt, price and charge discrepancies from commitment Tasks. Pending credits remain unresolved until supporting evidence is recorded.

Bug fixes

• A scenario's outcome comparison now reads "Recorded" from the server's own figures stamped when the decision was saved. The planner's figure is shown beside it and labelled as the planner's. When the server could not price the decision, Recorded stays empty and says why, instead of showing the planner's figure as the record.

• When a scenario that changes the buy could not be priced, the what-if drawer and the Work the buy wall no longer disable the action. They follow your approval settings: the scenario goes for approval if they require it, and otherwise it is chosen with "could not be priced" recorded as the reason. The same applies where the server answered but could not price the buy, or priced it but could not set it against the envelope.

• Sales reviews keep their selected accounts, doors, channels, dates and view when returning from Finance or a commitment. Changing scope clears the previous results while the new selection loads.

Opening a forecast from a unit-plan cell carries its category, channels and month. Incomplete or unsupported scope shows an error instead of opening a wider forecast.

Other updates

• Sales links retain metric filters, plan context, tags and custom fields when moving between reviews. Unsupported summary scopes show a recovery action instead of broader results.

Sales filters include searchable metric evidence explaining the source data, period and totals required by each available metric.

• Capture dated trading follow-ups in the assigned owner's Inbox with source scope and reported outcomes.

10.33.5

Released on 27.09.2026

New features

• You can now compare in-stock percentage (ISP) and demand-weighted availability (WISP) side by side in Stock on hand and Demand forecasting, including commitment forecasts. Current and historical readings use the same dated measures as Ask Tightly and exports; where data is unavailable, values are left blank.

Other updates

• Account and channel selling-price overrides can now be set with specific effective dates, inherit defaults when no override is set, and include a full change history.

10.33.4

Released on 27.09.2026

Improvements

• When reviewing supplier emails, you can now see the message and a purchase-order PDF attachment together. The attachment is clearly marked to show whether it has already been opened before you send.

• Transfer reviews now distinguish projected shortages before a delivery arrives from coverage after it arrives. Any missing forecast data is flagged explicitly, and the modelled date is shown separately from the draft date.

Bug fixes

• Data readiness now updates correctly after you save a new workspace currency, so cached information no longer shows stale values.

• Commitments and finance figures now refresh correctly after an approved purchase-order amendment is applied or reversed.

• You can now select a priced scenario even when its position against the budget cannot be calculated. The system follows your approval settings and keeps the unknown budget position visible.

10.33.3

Released on 27.09.2026

Bug fixes

• Home action summaries and monetary rankings no longer display source-currency amounts that have not yet been verified. Finding counts are shown instead until currency data is confirmed.

10.33.2

Released on 27.09.2026

Other updates

• [NEW] Smart Replenishment now explains when a line is held for clearance. If a store has the clearance hold enabled, any line under an approved clearance markdown or with a successor on file will show "Held for clearance" — instead of "Nothing to order" — on its route and figure, with the specific reason available in the row's drawer.

10.33.1

Released on 27.09.2026

Other updates

• Help articles for price sensitivity and the pricing engine have been updated to explain how pricing tiers are determined and maintained while a pool awaits a match. The Inbox article now clarifies what is recorded when you accept a price drop at your store.

10.33.0

Released on 27.09.2026

Bug fixes

• Commitment sell-through pace is now consistent across the product. The weekly verdict and all pages that display the glidepath now agree, both starting the curve at 0% on the day the window opens. A week before the first checkpoint now correctly shows a target value instead of "not measured." The engines panel also now shows the correct count of engines with no ledger row, following a fix to how weekly verdicts write those rows.

• Account lines past their cancel date that have not shipped in full now display correctly. These lines now show as Can still walk everywhere they appear — the Book tab's State column, the one-line verdict, the Accounts table's Deadline column, and its hover reason — instead of incorrectly showing as Firm. The Book's "still to settle" summary also now includes these lines (shown as "N lines are past their cancel date") rather than silently excluding them once their cancel date has passed.

• Scenarios that exceed the envelope or cannot be priced now route correctly based on your approval settings. Where approval is required, the scenario is sent for approval. Where it is not, the scenario shows Choose this scenario with a clear reason (for example, "This is over the envelope"), and the selected scenario records that reason.

Other updates

• The what-if drawer on the Scenarios wall now lets you cap the buy under a cash or open-to-buy ceiling, plan a markdown from a specific week in the window, and switch a style's supplier, lead time, or minimum order. The drawer shows the constrained buy alongside the demand-driven buy and explains any figures that cannot be stated.

• The what-if drawer on the Scenarios wall now lets you apply demand shocks by sales channel and shift demand between wholesale and direct. The Scenarios wall can also combine saved scenarios into one, showing each component's contribution. Scenarios the server cannot price no longer offer a plain Choose option: on a rolling commitment they are sent for approval with an explanation, and elsewhere they wait until the server's figures are available.

10.32.3

Released on 26.09.2026

New features

• When you open "Ask about this article" from the help centre, Ask Tightly now opens in the context of that article rather than starting a blank conversation.

10.32.2

Released on 26.09.2026

Other updates

• When a scenario moves a buy on a rolling commitment, it now goes for approval with the server's reason when the envelope is a monthly rate. When pricing a pending promotion stamp, you can now see whether the stamp was written, had already been written, or could not be recorded.

10.32.1

Released on 26.09.2026

Other updates

• The scenario and transfer review drawers now show concise cost summaries, with supporting details collapsed by default and clearer transfer impact information. Save recovery and return navigation are preserved.

• Scenario review labels now stay correctly linked to their figures when display text changes.

10.32.0

Released on 26.09.2026

New features

• View data counts and quality checks for your workspace during setup and from a connection. You can refresh results and open correction controls; source completeness is not automatically verified.

• Request a specific finance reviewer on a purchase order, receive their changes, and submit the updated order for another review. Reviewers can return directly to the order from their inbox, and existing funding checks remain in place.

• Propose quantity and price changes on supported confirmed orders, route them through Finance for funding review, and apply the approved revision. If the process is interrupted, the recorded outcome is recovered automatically; revised supplier emails require a new review before sending.

• Preview a purchase order PDF and supplier email before sending, then reopen the order's recorded status. If a send is uncertain, you are offered a status check rather than a duplicate send.

Improvements

• Open a funding review directly from a blocked purchase order, with the cash reservation refreshed when you return.

• Compare current and proposed quantities by size before applying a supported scenario. The record retains both the original and applied quantities.

Bug fixes

• Retry a temporarily unavailable source from setup without losing your place. Data findings refresh automatically once a connection finishes syncing.

• Purchase orders now show uncertain bill-posting outcomes and let authorized users check posting status without resending the bill. In-progress and uncertain bills remain visible in accounting feeds.

• Transfer reviews now retain the recommendation date and planning periods when saved as drafts. Use Review latest to refresh evidence that has changed or become unavailable before drafting.

Other updates

• Scenario application confirmations now stay tied to the changes you reviewed; responses from previously selected scenarios are discarded.

• A clearer message explains that preparing an order email creates a PDF-link draft in your mail app. Drafts are blocked if no supplier address is present.

• Review transfer options directly from an outstanding shipment line, compare donors for the destination, and return to the shipment after opening the saved draft.

When source stock changes and a transfer draft is declined, review the latest recommendation before trying again. Unsaved attempts are protected from being repeated.

• Recorded expectations and observed financial results remain visible when a scenario comparison is unavailable.

• An unknown receipt status is shown after an interrupted confirmation and on recovery, keeping the retry request consistent.

• Open a saved next-season draft directly and retain its reviewed outcome evidence in the decision trail.

• A shared runtime across app dependencies ensures that asynchronously populated tables display their rows correctly.

• Remaining units are shown and validation is cleared when receiving split shipments; the next purchase order awaiting inspection opens automatically.

• Supplier responses are recorded against a specific order version, preserving answers from unknown or earlier versions and ensuring safe recovery after interruptions.

10.31.3

Released on 26.09.2026

Bug fixes

• The What's New panel now correctly displays the assistant's current name, Ask Tightly, across all notes.

10.31.2

Released on 26.09.2026

Bug fixes

• Cleaned up inconsistent icons across the Commitments, Finance, Connect, and Demand pages. Decorative info icons that appeared next to always-visible text have been removed. Where an icon previously indicated an exception state — such as an overbooking or a failed save — a warning indicator now appears only when that exception occurs. Eight status indicators that previously showed only an icon now also display a label, consistent with how status cells appear elsewhere in the platform.

10.31.1

Released on 26.09.2026

Bug fixes

• Removed the circled-info icon that appeared next to labels such as "Past what is open to commit" and "Actions" across Commitments, Connect, Finance, Ask, and demand-signal pages. All explanations previously shown via that icon are still available — click or tap the label, figure, or button it sat beside, which now displays its meaning directly.

10.31.0

Released on 25.09.2026

Bug fixes

• On Tightly Lite, the Ask Tightly prompt now correctly describes what Lite can answer — your stock, your sales, or how Tightly works — instead of mentioning orders and budget, which Lite does not support. This applies on Home, in the panel, and on the Ask Tightly page.

• Sample files now download as CSVs directly from the import drawer, including an updated supplier template.

• The Product suppliers view now shows each SKU's purchasing subsidiary and sales channels, with searchable, paginated rows. Open supplier terms from Relationships to review or update preferences for a specific scope.

• In the test environment, the Seats drawer at Marchmont & Hale now correctly shows planning@marchmontandhale.com as a pending invitation — with Resend and Withdraw invitation options — rather than as an active seat with a Revoke option. Inviting a buyer there now creates an invitation, consistent with the live environment.

Other updates

• The buy-now pricing flow now uses the server's figures for the working copy, shows progress while the server is calculating, explains if pricing could not be completed, and records a promotion when the server includes one for approval.

• You can now set launch and end dates for an account within a commitment, then review its forecast in the saved date window without affecting other accounts.

• Forecast views now distinguish between product/channel rows and the count of distinct matching products.

• Help articles for products, catalogues, and variants have been updated to cover Department, the Warehouse picker, and renamed attribute groups. The ladder article now references Plan need.

• On Tightly Lite, the Ask box on every page now describes what Lite's Ask can answer. The Seats drawer also now correctly displays "1 seat" instead of "1 seats".

• Saved Ask tables now show their original rows on the Board, Home, and commitment reports, and are clearly labelled as snapshots.

• The option to reset two-step sign-in is now offered only for users whose access level is below yours. In addition, requiring two-step sign-in for everyone now waits until your own two-step sign-in setup has been confirmed.

10.30.2

Released on 25.09.2026

Other updates

• The stock position drawer now displays the name of the selected warehouse, so you can clearly see which warehouse the stock figures relate to.

10.30.1

Released on 25.09.2026

Bug fixes

• You can now configure NetSuite purchasing in Settings using named subsidiaries, currencies, and receiving warehouses. Verified source records are matched without overwriting your saved choices, and you can search through large warehouse lists.

10.30.0

Released on 25.09.2026

New features

• You can now plan units, adjust account forecasts, compare warehouse stock, and save delivery allocations through connected planning workflows.

When you import historical sales, their financial records and cutover dates are preserved. Analog size mappings, seasonal replenishment rules, and confirmed Ask forecast changes keep their scope, and saved operational reports reopen with their rows intact.

Improvements

• You can now withdraw a pending invitation from an account's Seats: select the invitation row and choose Withdraw invitation. The invitation link stops working immediately. If the buyer has already accepted, the panel tells you and directs you to close their seat instead.

• Ask Tightly help now covers intercompany transfers, commitment product ranges, and account fulfilment settings.

Bug fixes

• Notes that Ask creates are now opened, sent, and recalled within Ask's own drafts rather than your mailbox, so the note shown in the panel is the one Ask wrote and Send reaches it correctly. After thirty seconds the panel continues tracking the note until it has been sent, then confirms this. A note that was recalled or not sent is shown as a record with no available actions.

• On Tightly Lite, the Ask Tightly page now shows only what Lite supports: two fixed charts, how-to questions, order lookup, and a way to report a problem. Stockout risks, Late suppliers, and Draft a PO no longer appear there.

The Glossary no longer shows a column of internal file names, and the Promote a scenario article no longer shows a placeholder where commitment details should appear.

• A rep viewing a buyer's seat at an account now sees what that buyer saw: the list no longer fails for seats that have been used, and it shows when the buyer opened and left the portal alongside the pages they read.

• The colour options check in Work the Buy now waits for the style's selling data to load before reading the colour editor, so it no longer fails intermittently.

• While your data imports, Setup's reading list now opens the current Tightly help centre and shows only the articles relevant to your plan. While Ask Tightly is working on an answer, it now describes what it is doing in plain language — for example, Reading your data… — rather than showing an internal step name. A purchase order with no supplier contact now says so, instead of prompting you to connect a mailbox that was never needed.

• An account's book now shows each style's firmness as Tightly calculates it: a style inside an agreed cancel window with no cancel date shows Not known rather than Firm, and a style that is partly firm and partly walkable shows only its walkable value under Can still walk.

Analogs is now available on Tightly Essentials+, and Essentials is offered an upgrade to Essentials+ rather than Pro to access it.

A drafted purchase order whose supplier has no contact email now says so and shows Add a contact, instead of prompting you to connect a mailbox.

• Markdowns: a decision proposed on kept figures no longer fails to load, and its Proposed figures now show the depths the book had traded when the depth was chosen.

Markdowns: the price ledger in the propose panel is read against the correct Commitment, names each style it could not read and explains why, and a selection's ledger is kept as that selection's record for every style it is proposed on.

• Sharing a showing again from the Showroom now sends the account a new version of their existing link rather than a second separate link. After a showing is withdrawn, the next share starts a new link.

Settings › Developer › Webhooks now opens at its own address, and Integrations lists it alongside the Product data API. Each webhook's Delivered column shows the date of its last post, or Failed with that date. Each delivery in the panel is dated. A post still being retried shows Retrying; one not yet attempted shows Sending.

On Bundles, selecting a warehouse now shows how many of each bundle that warehouse can build and which component is the limiting factor. Previously, every warehouse showed No stock reading. A warehouse with no name on file is identified by its ID.

• On Pro, Budget opens Open to buy, consistent with how Smart Replenishment already opens the Bench: neither Lite view appears on a Pro plan.

On Pro, the Reorder option on a lost sales line now opens the Bench rather than Smart Replenishment.

Demand signals that are not enabled now display "Demand signals are not switched on for this tenant." with no plan named, because all plans include them.

Families is now available on the plans that support it — Essentials+ and Pro — and is offered for sale on Essentials rather than opening to an error.

• Labels across the Sales page category grid, Buy plan pages, Settings, and some Ask Tightly and Commitments messages have been updated for consistency: the second column in the split now uses your chair's own label (Franchise on the retailer chair, not Wholesale); Buy plan replaces Merchandise plan throughout; the money line's plan-of-record marker is now labelled Plan need to distinguish it from the reorder engine's Recommended buy marker; and Tenant replaces workspace in Settings, Ask Tightly's starter questions, and a few other messages.

Other updates

• [NEW] You can now set up two-step sign-in from Settings › Profile. Options include adding an authenticator app by scanning a QR code or entering a key manually, adding a security key or passkey, and saving eight one-time recovery codes shown once. Generating new codes, removing a security key or authenticator app, or turning two-step sign-in off each require your password. You cannot remove your last method while your organisation requires two-step sign-in.

[NEW] Admins can require two-step sign-in for everyone from Settings › Team and can reset it for a teammate who has lost access to their device. The Team page shows who has two-step sign-in enabled and, when it is required, how many people have not yet set it up. Anyone who has not set it up is taken through a setup screen before they can continue.

10.29.2

Released on 25.09.2026

Improvements

• Product overviews now display images, product details, stock, and pricing together in a compact layout. Variant options and supply information are easier to read, and a placeholder appears when an image is missing or unavailable.

Other updates

• The SKU position warehouse tabs have been replaced with a searchable selector. You can still choose All warehouses, and the selected warehouse loads immediately.

10.29.1

Released on 25.09.2026

Other updates

• The source Department is now visible in product information and catalogue columns. Product image browsing has been improved, and Excel filenames are now preserved when downloading supplier files.

10.29.0

Released on 25.09.2026

Bug fixes

• Applying a forecast to all lines in a filtered view now saves correctly. Only the lines shown by the view's active filters are updated.

• Selecting all lines and saving a forecast on the forecast page and the demand panel now correctly targets only the lines visible in the current view, rather than all lines in the selected period.

• Skill budget ceilings now display and save with full cent precision in the step drawer and on the Sequence card. For example, a ceiling of $1,234.56 no longer rounds to $1,235 when saved without changes.

• A skill defined as instructions now displays each section clearly on its Sequence card, without showing edit controls that had no effect. Dragging a step onto a section no longer triggers a misleading confirmation that nothing was actually saved.

Other updates

• Sales performance views are now consolidated into a single menu, offering nine built-in column sets alongside your personal saved views. Your selected date range and account or channel scope carry over when you switch views, and any exception filters you applied to a saved view are restored when you reopen it.

10.28.2

Released on 25.09.2026

Bug fixes

• A person with two-step sign-in can now sign in. After the password, or after Google or Microsoft, the sign-in page asks for the authenticator code, the security key or a recovery code. When one is refused, it shows the server's own sentence.

Changing, resetting or setting a password now follows the server's rule: 12 to 128 characters, and not your email address. A refused change says why in the server's words instead of always saying "The password you entered is incorrect."

Other updates

• Update supplier import templates and mappings for SKU/subsidiary terms, currency and preferred suppliers.

10.28.1

Released on 25.09.2026

Bug fixes

• Buyers can now open Home, My Orders, Ship Windows, Claims, Showroom, and Sell-through reorders without pages failing to load. The season list and both counts in the rail now display correctly.

  • Ship Windows set to Every season now shows all seasons' windows as expected. Windows with no date assigned yet also appear in the list.

  • Raising a claim now correctly submits the requested dates and quantity, so reschedule requests are no longer rejected for missing dates, and a confirmation receipt appears in place of the submit button.

  • A rep's decision now shows as Accepted or Declined on the buyer's Claims page. Reorders that cannot be dated by the server now display an explanatory message instead of "Cannot land." Conversation counts that the server does not return are now left blank rather than showing "Nothing yet."

10.28.0

Released on 25.09.2026

Improvements

• Page headers no longer show a repeated currency and unit line (such as "Cost · USD · window") next to the title. This applies to demand signals, events, skills, commitment actions, the agreed book, orders, manufacturing orders, deliveries, declaring a commitment, and saved insights.

• Page headers now display at most one short date. Commitment pages, the monthly review, and the agreed book no longer show read times. Demand signals, families, cash and payments, and conversations show only the day of their last run or sync. Full run time and changes since the previous run for demand signals are available under Details. The end-of-season markdown plan no longer repeats the commitment's basis and date when opened inside a commitment.

Bug fixes

• The Home header now shows only your greeting. A stray "USD · vs last year" line and date that appeared beside it — but did not relate to anything on the page — have been removed.

Other updates

• Sales performance now lets you choose from 60 measures across sales, price, profit, stock, and plan. You can save column presets, filter by account, door, and commitment, and export selected measures with comparisons. Selected measures load on demand, and full-result totals can be turned on when needed, keeping the default view compact.

• This release adds: commitment ranges by channel and account, account fulfilment warehouses, safe draft deletion, reviewed intercompany transfers, and NetSuite subsidiary purchasing and shipment-based demand settings.

10.27.1

Released on 25.09.2026

Bug fixes

• When a scenario's buy is held at the envelope, this is now clearly indicated. The buy available at the envelope is shown alongside the buy that demand requires. Demand changes and cover targets are sent for approval when the need exceeds the envelope, and each cover target line now displays the depth at which it is held next to the depth its target requires.

10.27.0

Released on 24.09.2026

Improvements

• Finance pages now use consistent full-width tables, column controls, and clearer plan comparisons.

Comparison and reconciliation workflows are preserved. Your selected scope is retained when you open commitments, and commitment-specific sales evidence is available directly in context. Cash controls are grouped in a compact forecast-basis menu, with above-floor and below-floor amounts highlighted for quick identification. Company open-to-buy follows your selected published plan, and opening a scoped period shows the relevant evidence directly.

10.26.10

Released on 24.09.2026

Bug fixes

• The scenario drawer now explains why a scenario's buy cannot be compared with the envelope (for example, because a rolling commitment uses a monthly rate), rather than showing a generic "cannot be stated yet" message. Commitments without a declared envelope no longer block scenario selection.

10.26.9

Released on 24.09.2026

Other updates

• The Actions menu now closes automatically when you open revenue responsibility, so it no longer overlaps the editor.

10.26.8

Released on 24.09.2026

Other updates

• Commitment impact reviews now load only for the current assigned owner, while budget details remain accessible to other users.

• Revenue responsibility can now be opened directly from the review, and changes are saved in batches with visible progress and automatic retry if a save fails.

10.26.7

Released on 24.09.2026

New features

• The Scenarios page now lets you delay a shipment, set weeks of cover, change demand, or drop and add a size. You can see the impact of each change and save it with the scenario.

Other updates

• Declared cost amounts now appear as a single figure in reports, with readable cost details, instead of separate schema columns.

10.26.6

Released on 24.09.2026

Other updates

• An account's Details section now shows a full summary of the season's figures — styles, units, booked, available, sold through, forecast, and doors — along with the size run, price basis, and last updated time (visible on hover). On Pro, clicking the forecast figure opens What to take.

Navigating back to the buy from an account now returns you to the exact buy view you came from.

• On Essentials+, Record a booking is now available directly from the account header and saves straight to the season's book. Setup now includes a Your accounts step where you can name the accounts you sell to and specify how each account's sell-out is reported.

Ask Tightly now recognises which Connect page and account you are viewing, and can adjust a filter, select styles on an account's book, or open the account, tab, or order file you specify. New help articles cover inviting a buyer, Order intake, and the setup step. The account and Accounts articles have been updated to reflect the current pages.

• An account's Sell-out tab now loads immediately to a single view of its styles, rather than working through every reported row first, and displays the full window without cutting off on large accounts. The portal's Forecast page no longer prompts the buyer to enter their seasons twice.

• On a desktop browser with zoom applied, the mobile layout no longer appears incorrectly.

• Sell-out conventions for an account are now shown in plain language wherever they appear: whether reporting covers individual stores, distribution centres, or the whole account; whether figures include tax, exclude tax, or have an unknown tax treatment; and what a missing row indicates. Previously, some of these details displayed as codes or inconsistent labels. When a buyer submits a whole-account or distribution-centre file, they now see Tightly's own description of the file type rather than another retailer's format name. Essentials+ help articles covering sell-in, sell-out, Sell-out intake, and grading now reflect what is available in Essentials+, with showroom, buyer seats, and Commitments covered separately in Pro articles.

10.26.5

Released on 24.09.2026

Other updates

• Incomplete commitment buying-plan totals now display a Partial label along with the source detail, so you can clearly identify when a total is not yet complete.

10.26.4

Released on 24.09.2026

Improvements

• Merchandise plan performance shows clearer signed differences against plan, with blue for positive gaps and amber for negative gaps.

Bug fixes

• Inbound shipments, container previews on the Bench, container types, supplier records, inventory tables, store allocation, variant activity, Mail, season account reads, the buy plan and the store plan editor now load instead of showing an error. Planning a shipment and linking it to a recorded receipt now save.

Other updates

• Cash forecast keeps its tabs, review filter and column choices on one compact toolbar. Reporting and pricing columns use the available page width.

Selecting a saved sales view again restores its filters, search and columns after changes have been cleared.

10.26.3

Released on 24.09.2026

Bug fixes

• Commitments that cover a product family now open correctly. Changing what a commitment covers no longer drops its family entries. Account requests, account conversations, and cash reservations no longer get stuck after a conflicting or unconfirmed answer. More pages now display the reason given by the server when an action is refused.

• Closing a product opened from a minimum-order warning now returns you to the original product table and filters without reopening the overlay.

• Supplier obligations now counts every order without a payment schedule and indicates when the list shows only the most recent orders. Company allocations now opens even when one rolling commitment has unreadable dates, and marks that commitment as Dates unavailable. Keeping a supplier choice no longer fails due to an older saved choice. Collection filters and labels on Stock on hand now refresh after product changes.

• Menus with an "All", "Any", "Not mapped", or "New conversation" option now display that option correctly and allow you to select it again. NetSuite import pages now explain why a step failed instead of showing a blank screen. Pages whose data takes too long to load now stop after the first attempt instead of retrying three more times.

Other updates

• Commitment tables now use the full available page width and let you choose optional columns. Planned buy retains saved impact details and staged-buy counts within existing actions instead of displaying them in separate information strips.

Product profitability now displays readable SKU rows and margin comparisons. Compact product views keep their size when switching between tabs, and closing the buy returns you to the table without reopening the product. Pricing now supports SKU, channel, and location discount comparisons, with account prices linked to commercial terms. Supply now shows received and outstanding quantities. Handovers compares replacement SKUs in an overlay, and Open to buy uses a single aligned monthly table.

• The merchandise plan opens with colour-coded actual and outlook comparisons against plan. Open to buy and Cash & payments use full-width tables, compact charts, and fewer header controls.

Sales performance now supports filtering by channel, location, product, and SKU across the table, comparison, and export views. Reported sell-out adds account and door views with saved filters and column choices.

• The Scenarios page now retrieves its figures from the server's scenario engine. Where a figure is unavailable, the reason is shown alongside the promotion stamp and a week-by-week strip. While the server is still calculating prices, figures shown in the browser are marked as estimates. Work the buy is unchanged.

10.26.2

Released on 24.09.2026

Other updates

• Product forecast comparisons for seasonal commitments are restored, and demo forecast history is now clearly labeled.

10.26.1

Released on 23.09.2026

Other updates

• Add from a file now shows the file name, status, and arrival date on its receipt, where it previously showed blanks. Account doors now correctly display their type, linked sister door, and Tightly's suggestions as saved on the server, so a suggested sister door appears on the Doors tab as expected. When Ask Tightly previews a change and asks you to confirm, the prompt ends with Yes and No buttons, and pressing either responds only to that confirmation. A new help article covers how to set a door's type and sister door using Ask Tightly.

• Planned buy Forecast and Depth steps now load selling patterns for all styles in a maximum of six requests, rather than one request per style, so the forecast column loads significantly faster for large seasons. If a style cannot be retrieved, it shows its own error reason while the remaining styles continue to load.

10.26.0

Released on 23.09.2026

Other updates

• Working from Plan actions now support named revenue and cost contributions, consolidation based on the exact submitted revision, and explicit staging.

• Finance users can now request and reopen a reviewed target revision, record exact proposal feasibility, agree the linked publication, and return the item to review. Cost comparability is preserved when a plan has no declared cost basis.

10.25.4

Released on 23.09.2026

Bug fixes

• Product overlays now keep colour labels aligned with their rows, and show allocation dates and limits without crowding. Forecast controls follow their visible order when navigating by keyboard.

Accounts now uses the same compact commitment header as the other pages. Account and channel targets remain available in Details and account evidence.

Proposed product buying quantities now retain their undo history when you reopen the commitment.

Account totals now appear beside the account selector, with history, targets, and the decision ledger accessible from the commitment actions menu.

Other updates

• Saved allocations remain visible in the location workspace, their quantities can be reopened for editing, and edited units are preserved across channel splits.

10.25.3

Released on 23.09.2026

Other updates

• Account Book tab: Each account's Book tab now shows how the season's lines compare to what the account should buy. Each line displays its status (Firm, Can still walk, Held, or Draft), where demand came from, the gap, last activity, and grade. Selecting a line opens it with its full version history. Alongside the lines, you can see buyer notes with their conversation thread and reply option, and the commitment the account is booked into. A chart below compares the account's bookings to last season. On Essentials and above, recording a booking adds a line directly to the season's book.

• Accounts overview: The Accounts page opens to a single summary view showing what is booked against each account's target for the season, and how many accounts are waiting on you. The table includes Doors, Shown, Booked, Demand (with sell-out or sell-in detail), Gap, Firm, Can still walk, Deadline, how each account sends sell-out data, Seats, and Waits on you. Selecting Waits on you opens a single drawer where you can accept or dismiss a claim, reply to a buyer, open an order file, or go to a door type awaiting confirmation. You can add an account from the top of the page. All other views are available behind a single Filter control, and you can show or hide any column with one press of Columns.

• Commitment Accounts view: Opening an account from the commitment's Accounts view now takes you directly into Tightly Connect — the account name opens its Book, and Top up {account} opens its Shelves, with a back link returning you to the commitment view. Work the Buy's signed lines now show how firm each line is (Firm, Can still walk until a date, Held, or not firm), and the account name links to its Book. The agreed book's Take figure no longer defaults to the previous season's number.

• Account Doors tab: The Doors tab lists every door on file with its type, representative door, volume grade, and Tightly's predicted intake for the season, including the source of each prediction. From this tab you can confirm Tightly's suggested door type or a buyer's proposed type with a single press, group doors by type, set transit days for a distribution centre, add or edit a door in a drawer, and rename or add door types.

• Invite a buyer and sell-out intake: The Invite a buyer screen now shows seats and open invitations in one table, with Resend available on invitations and Revoke on seats. This screen is not available on Essentials. The Sell-out intake screen shows each account's Source, Mapping, and Declaration alongside its weekly data, with Chase, Import, and Publish mapping available in a single row menu. The import drawer lets you map a new account's columns and publish the mapping so future files from that account are processed automatically.

• Order intake: Order intake is now its own page in Tightly Connect. Every order file sent by an account is sorted by who needs to act next — Needs you, Ready to confirm, or Confirmed. Check against the file opens the verification drawer. EDI documents and invoices appear alongside each file, with a Retry option where the books or network rejected them. An account's Orders tab shows the same files, orders, EDI documents, and invoices for that account only.

• Brand settings: Staff can now turn buyer invitations on or off for a brand from Engine modes. The Showroom and Seats remain unavailable below Pro.

• EDI account Products tab: The Products tab for EDI accounts is fully functional again. It shows every mapped variant, 25 per page, with server-side sorting and search. Your stock at rest and all other filters are behind a single Filter control, columns can be hidden and restored, and each variant has a Trend drawer showing its restock date. You can add selected variants to the bench, with a warning if no supplier is set.

• Tightly Connect navigation: Tightly Connect now has four top-level sections — Accounts, Showroom, Order intake, and Sell-out intake. An account opens on a single page with named tabs (Book, Doors, Sell-out, Shelves, Products, Orders, Terms), and previous account views now open on the tab they correspond to.

• Account Sell-out and Shelves tabs: The Sell-out tab brings together everything a door has sold — viewable over 12, 26, or 52 weeks, or last season — with one row per style showing pace, grade, weekly figures, and feed source. All reported data is one press away. The Shelves tab shows what is currently on an EDI account's shelves, what is arriving and when, and what to send next, with Add to bench and Draft a manufacturing order available on each row. Reported periods now display as readable dates.

• Showroom page: The Showroom is now its own page in Connect, showing every account and the current state of the season for each — including what has been shown, styles, proposed, held, and booked, along with buyer comments and the sharing link. An individual account's sheet is also available with a focused view. Shown and Buyer said are visible by default; all other views are behind a single Filter control. Buyer comments and holds appear in a side panel with a Reply option. What to take is in Details, Withdraw and export are under More, the share drawer lets you set the shipping window as a date range, and the public-facing view displays garments large enough to browse and select.

• Account Terms tab: The Terms tab in Tightly Connect lets you edit terms in place and manage allowances — markdown, chargeback, co-op, return reserve, and payment terms — each with the date it applies from and a full history. You can add, update, and remove contacts, manage mail domains, view seats and invite buyers, and configure EDI settings.

• Finance: Assumptions and variance policy labels, validation messages, and input controls are now properly associated, making the Finance section easier to navigate and use with assistive technology.

• Orders — shipment status: A wholesale order that has shipped now shows its current status in the order header — shipped, shipping notice sent, invoiced, or booked — and offers the next required action as a single button: Pack cartons, Send the shipping notice, Invoice, or Retry the invoice. Each button opens a drawer showing exactly what will be sent to the account before you confirm. Remaining steps are available in the order menu.

• Tightly Connect buyer portal: Buyers now have a My stores page listing the account's doors with the type the brand has assigned to each. A buyer can propose a different type for a door, or notify the brand of a new door by providing its name, code, proposed type, and opening date — nothing changes until the brand confirms. In Sell-through, tabs now appear directly under the heading, the table is positioned higher on the page, the Sell-through column displays in full, and the Analysis tab loads correctly when no previous tab is stored in the browser.

• Commitment Accounts table: Reported columns are now headed Shipped, Sold, and Stock, each with "reported" shown beneath the figure, so all headers fit correctly at 1440px wide. The agreed book now shows what is already on an account's book when no figure has been entered, rather than displaying "Nothing typed" next to booked figures. Navigating back from an account now returns you to the page you came from — Overview or Accounts — rather than always returning to Work the Buy.

• Work the Buy performance: Work the Buy now loads all account lines in a single request rather than one request per account. The Accounts column now shows how many accounts still need to place an order for each style, based on last season's bookings.

10.25.2

Released on 23.09.2026

Improvements

• You can now view a product variant's current stock by location, including incoming allocations and transfer recommendations. Each location shows on-hand, reserved, incoming, and available-to-promise units, along with the timing of each figure.

• Product forecast charts now display a visible scale, variant names, and a full-width SKU table. Empty allocation messages and channel sections that are not relevant to your selection are hidden automatically.

Other updates

• A new focused overlay lets you work on a product and its SKUs with compact views of performance, forecast, stock, and profitability alongside your working tables. Buying, cost, delivery, incoming allocation, and transfer workflows keep their existing review and save controls.

When you open a product link in the buying workspace, your selected SKU and channel are preserved, and you are returned to the original Products view when done. Links to invalid SKUs no longer leave another product open for editing.

10.25.1

Released on 23.09.2026

Other updates

• You can now edit and compare merchandise plans in a single workspace using the Compare switch, with consistent monthly tables and shared access to plan actions and history.

10.25.0

Released on 23.09.2026

Other updates

• You can now save and reopen versioned financial assumptions, compare changes across revisions, and link a specific revision to estimates, monthly reviews, and baseline agreements.

10.24.4

Released on 23.09.2026

Improvements

• Merchandise planning now uses a compact header that groups plan actions into a single menu and combines monthly and weekly navigation onto one row. Cash tools are grouped together, and existing tables, editing, and publishing controls remain available.

• Buy plan pages now share a consistent toolbar beneath the commitment header. Filters, actions, and budget review appear in predictable positions, leaving more space for working tables.

• You can now review product minimums and order multiples directly from Stock & incoming or the Planned buy Needs review view. Supplier requirements and unresolved choices are visible before sign-off, and existing Minimums links continue to work.

• Buy plan pages now show how the buy compares against each declared target using compact comparison bars and target markers. Sign-off highlights gaps and groups outstanding product and supplier requirements, keeping missing readings visually distinct from zero values.

Bug fixes

• You can now open colour options directly from the product Buy view, including for products with multiple SKUs. Expanding a colour review into the full product overlay retains any working changes already made.

• Several pages that previously failed to load when they contained certain values now open correctly. These include Home, the buy plan, product pages, replenishment policies, and reviewed baseline evidence. Failed saves in commitments, finance, and shipments now display a clear message and return you to editing. Amend and reassign actions no longer get stuck, and month notes and report packs now stay associated with the correct month.

• Unsaved edits and your current location are now preserved when you return to an open tab, when your session renews, or when the connection drops briefly. Finance plans, monthly reviews, buying authority, open to buy, and the catalogue now retain your position, entered amounts, and selected fiscal year as you work. An untitled product no longer prevents the monthly review from loading.

10.24.3

Released on 23.09.2026

Improvements

• Commitment allocation now separates forecast from net need, displays the planning window, and lets you open unallocated units by SKU to edit them directly.

• Commitments now have a single Tasks queue with consistent grouped counts, individual line totals, and direct access to recorded history. Existing decision links continue to work.

Other updates

• The commitment Finance view now focuses on the buying budget, presenting a compact monthly planning matrix alongside contextual cash tools and purchase-order drilldowns. Review navigation and saved planning controls are preserved.

• Named outlook estimates can now be saved and reopened independently of financial targets, with receipt verification and safe retry if a save fails.

• A delivery action can now be created and reopened from a saved review, with verified save recovery and links back to the originating review.

10.24.2

Released on 23.09.2026

Improvements

• Product allocation tables no longer repeat quantity and change information in surrounding summaries, making the data easier to read at a glance.

10.24.1

Released on 23.09.2026

New features

• You can now review incoming allocations and stock-transfer recommendations for a selected product and its variants. Destination changes can be previewed before saving, and allocations for other products and completed deliveries are not affected.

Improvements

• Products now open in a dedicated workspace with consistent navigation, SKU-level details, and forecast editing. Switching views preserves any unfinished edits and returns you to the product you were reviewing.

10.24.0

Released on 23.09.2026

Improvements

• Buy plan working views are now grouped together in a collapsible sidebar section, and your expanded or collapsed preference is saved between sessions. You can navigate directly to Planned buy, Order book, Minimums, Ship windows, Open to buy, or Sign-off from this group. Forecast remains accessible separately, and any existing links continue to work as before.

Other updates

• Added explicit merchandise plan baseline agreement with frozen financial preview, original/current receipts, and recoverable save confirmation.

10.23.6

Released on 23.09.2026

Improvements

• Product tables now use the full screen width and let you search and group columns by performance, profit, stock, and variants. The reporting period is now labelled Commitment to date.

10.23.5

Released on 23.09.2026

Other updates

• Company monthly reviews now support scoped permissions, saved receipts, revision history, and next steps. Review decisions are retained on page reload, unsaved forms close automatically when the scope changes, and confirmed saves remain visible if an evidence refresh fails.

• Explicit reporting periods in monthly review evidence are now preserved, and exclusive actuals cutoffs are displayed accurately.

10.23.4

Released on 23.09.2026

Other updates

• The Commitment Products views and product inspection are now unified, bringing together forecast evidence, stock and cost details, saved personal views, and contextual planning actions in one place.

• Pre-season: the Envelope column now displays each declared envelope value instead of a dash. Tightly Connect: the order Status and forecast Grade in the buyer portal, and the Reading field in the account plan, now display as text instead of icons.

• Tightly Connect: when a buyer opens a showing link, they now see the styles, prices, and grades they were shown rather than a message indicating no responses. Expired or withdrawn links now display the date the link closed. Shared showings include each style's image and grade. On Pro, the rep can view the buyer's comments on each claim and reply to them, and the Showroom's Held column now displays the account's response.

10.23.3

Released on 23.09.2026

Other updates

• Selected annual evidence is now reused for drill-down. Review controls, cost settings links, and commitment navigation, overview, accounts, and history have been simplified and tidied.

10.23.2

Released on 23.09.2026

Other updates

• You can now open product details directly from the trading grid. Manual forecasts are visually distinguished from other forecast types. Performance help content stays contained within its panel.

• You can now set and review category budgets on commitments, and compare all merchandise-plan measures and cost policies.

• Product Stock rows now read warehouse inventory data instead of catalogue attributes, restoring accurate values for stock, cover, incoming units, and suppliers. Unread values are shown as missing rather than zero.

10.23.1

Released on 23.09.2026

Other updates

• Commitment pages now use consistent platform navigation, remember your last commitment when you navigate away and return, and display spend-period information in a more compact format.

10.23.0

Released on 23.09.2026

Other updates

• You can now review the full financial year by category or commitment, compare saved outlooks independently, and explore product evidence without duplicating commitment workflows. Merchandise-plan cost choices are preserved with plan versions.

• The Families section now has a consistent layout matching other rooms: a single headline with New family, a figure row beside the search, and a single ruled desk. The rail no longer shows swatch blobs, and the arrivals pane heading matches the canvas style.

10.22.7

Released on 22.09.2026

Other updates

• Missing account stock and demand forecasts are now preserved as gaps, with forecast coverage and delivery cadence basis shown.

• Applied demand plans are now shown separately from the system forecast in the style sell-through drawer.

• Delivery month splits are now reconciled, supplier and margin exceptions are explained, and compact buy review findings are connected to their editing steps.

• Applied discount forecasts are now shown in the current demand plan, and plans containing only dated discounts can now be saved.

• You can now choose a delivery month before scheduling unphased styles, and existing split schedules are preserved.

• Discount forecasts can now be compared using measured responses or explicit planning assumptions, and the reviewed dated forecast can be applied to the working demand plan independently of external price changes.

• You can now continue directly from each newly created draft purchase order to its agreement review.

• Supplier minimums can now be resolved with explicit SKU quantities, saved allocation readiness is preserved, and draft reference-cost pricing is disclosed before staging.

• Estimated delivery cadence is no longer shown on booked order markers in the legacy account stock chart.

• A saved demand plan can now be reviewed and applied, then reopened or restored to the previous plan.

• Retained historical Tightly forecasts are now shown beside actual sales in commitment Overview charts.

• Range limits are now compared against style counts rather than size-variant counts.

• Outdated Finance review links can now be recovered explicitly without changing saved review versions.

• The selected reorder quantity is now compared with existing supply, keeping its assumed arrival explicit rather than substituting an unconstrained engine quantity.

10.22.6

Released on 22.09.2026

Other updates

• You can now configure a NetSuite Department or Class for a Brand or Category, and review a preview of affected products before applying changes to existing records.

• Supplier purchase units are now supported consistently across product setup, Bench, purchase orders, and receipts.

10.22.5

Released on 22.09.2026

Other updates

• Finance outlook now shows amounts when coverage is partial, while still displaying full-plan comparisons alongside them.

10.22.4

Released on 22.09.2026

Other updates

• The Forecast tab now opens on System forecast by default, including when you switch between commitments.

• Recorded monthly sales remain visible alongside coverage, and unresolved commitment contributions are now shown once rather than repeated.

10.22.3

Released on 22.09.2026

Other updates

• Demand Signals now displays evidence values in a consistent, readable format with correct scaling across the four shared product categories.

• Configurable discount percentages are now compared using supported unit economics, and your reviewed discount set is preserved when saving a draft.

10.22.2

Released on 22.09.2026

Other updates

• Scenario comparisons now focus on units, cost, and review actions, and apply within the selected-scenario drawer.

• Demand horizon selections now apply correctly to seasonal commitments, and the redundant forecast measure legend has been removed.

• Commitment demand can now be edited through its own saved figures, and named plans can be saved and reopened without affecting the system forecast.

• The commitment budget bar and buying-limit track now remain visible across all commitment pages, including Finance.

10.22.1

Released on 22.09.2026

Bug fixes

• Historical datasets now open correctly on their declared reporting period. Monthly charts preserve gaps in the data rather than treating missing recent sales as a decline, and dates carry through correctly into Sales performance.

Other updates

• Minimum variant cover figures and whole-unit allocation rounding are now labelled more clearly, so you can distinguish rounding behaviour from an actual supply shortage.

• Commitment account comparison bars now use the full table width. Reporting dates have moved into an information control, keeping account totals, search, and reporting exceptions visible and easy to use.

• Declared buy envelope and chase reserve now appear in commitment target cards even when weekly financial measurements are not available.

• The responsive forecast chart in commitments now displays in full, including lower values and their dates.

• Empty Finance sections and redundant Allocation supplier actions have been removed. Only measured weekly chart history is shown, and year-to-date markdown is correctly labelled.

• Measured carryover history is now preserved accurately in account comparisons, without generating incorrect predecessor links or prior bookings.

• Commitment replenishment totals now reconcile correctly with complete small books and filtered style aggregates.

10.22.0

Released on 22.09.2026

Other updates

• You can now review financial targets and delivery together in a single monthly workflow. This includes comparing independent target and outlook versions, assigning revenue responsibility to commitments, investigating product changes, and saving reviewed evidence in a signed monthly pack. Ask Tightly can also investigate the same selected versions.

• Completed product actions remain available in monthly reviews and frozen packs, with scoped history filters and design-system validation.

10.21.5

Released on 22.09.2026

Other updates

• Finance reconciliation now displays missing values and date labels consistently.

10.21.4

Released on 22.09.2026

Other updates

• Closed commitment scenarios are now shown as history only, with no option to apply them to a working plan.

10.21.3

Released on 22.09.2026

Other updates

• Closed commitment summaries now display saved availability, margin, and target results, including entries recorded as zero.

• Returns now lets you view older records by selecting specific periods or accessing the full history.

10.21.2

Released on 22.09.2026

Bug fixes

• Keep replenishment linked to its commitment through Buy Bench and refresh commitment, buying budget and cash views after basket or purchase-order changes.

Plan clearance against available stock, with each style limited to its own units. Choose a review owner when the commitment does not already name one.

Refresh commitment, replenishment and finance figures after forecast edits or event changes so teams see the updated plan across their workspaces.

Clearance proposals now share their review with Finance markdowns, and decisions refresh both Finance and the originating clearance page. Approval records the decision without publishing prices.

Other updates

• Match commitment cash details to the selected period, simplify buying-plan and decision views, and correctly identify Finance access refusals.

• Clarify monthly commitment spend and distinguish declared budgets from measured cover exceptions.

• Restore editing of draft buying scenarios in open seasonal commitments, with a direct Edit scenario action under Scenarios.

• Make the replenishment table fill the remaining screen height and align its compact buying summary.

10.21.1

Released on 22.09.2026

Other updates

• The reference forecast label now displays correctly, while the current forecast state and dates remain unchanged.

10.21.0

Released on 21.09.2026

Improvements

• You can now see the orders, suppliers, and expected payment dates behind commitment cash requirements, alongside monthly totals. Search cost records and open the underlying order or shipment directly.

Find buying categories using a searchable selector, and review finance settings and account plans in focused drawers.

• Review commitment orders with their products, arrivals, and payment schedule in one place. Replenishment controls and account fill edits now use clearer actions and a more compact layout.

Filter commitment supplier obligations by expected payment week and open the related orders directly.

Bug fixes

• You can now choose a start date for commitment markdowns and retry failed previews. Invalid markdown inputs are blocked before submission, and known margins remain visible when demand forecasts are unavailable.

Other updates

• Financial targets are now retained before commitments exist. Delivery actions now support versioning with owners, recurring review dates, linked operational work, and a history of reviewed outlooks.

Open due financial reviews from To Do or Ask Tightly. Replenishment details are accessible behind compact controls, and task counts use standard toolbar typography.

Failed pricing evidence can now be recovered directly from the table. In clearance planning, products remain visible before a markdown is added.

10.20.0

Released on 21.09.2026

New features

• You can now review your inventory cash requirements broken down by month, covering purchases, freight, duties, and other landed costs. Open source orders and shipments, identify missing amounts or dates, and export the full breakdown.

10.19.0

Released on 21.09.2026

New features

• Compare spending authority, receipt capacity, and payment funding before buying. You can save alternatives with their stock and cash consequences, then proceed to the purchase order to complete the purchase.

• Plan annual targets and reconcile them with commitment proposals in Finance. You can review and approve changes with original budgets, source history, and affected owners kept visible throughout.

Bug fixes

• Ask Tightly now follows your Essentials or Pro workspace and keeps your selected demand filters, Finance plan, cash assumptions, and scenario comparison in place when you ask a question.

• Pro purchase orders now require Finance sign-off before confirmation. The review displays dated payments and cash gaps, and signing is restricted to authorised Finance approvers.

Other updates

• Set supplier payment defaults and agree terms on each purchase order, including deposits and instalments. You can review expected payments, match bills and payments, and keep Finance approval aligned with the current schedule.

Current and proposed payment dates are shown alongside cash headroom in a compact Finance review. Linked Xero or QuickBooks bill balances can be refreshed without payments being counted twice.

GBP and EUR purchase-order payments now appear in the cash forecast using dated exchange rates. Payment terms retain the supplier currency, while Finance reviews show the cash currency and conversion rate.

• Organise purchase orders across products, delivery, terms, and supplier updates, with missing details directly accessible. Commitment buys can carry a delivery date from the Bench and show payment timing and merchandise cash exposure before confirmation.

Purchase order lines use the commitment grid's product cells, compact row option, column controls, and cell selection.

• The commitment Overview now displays its figures directly on the page. The five declared targets are shown without requiring a disclosure step, and the sales block retains a single heading with its own inset.

A bug where "Last season to date" displayed a missing-value marker over real figures has been fixed. Five of six accounts were showing no movement against last season as a result. Retailer rows now correctly show a bar against the widest account, the corresponding movement, and the related action.

The Orders & financial exposure section has been removed. The selected account's figures are now rendered using the standard table component.

10.18.22

Released on 18.09.2026

Improvements

• Commitment Scenarios now include a decision overview and alternative comparison. You can clearly distinguish recorded expectations from current-cost estimates, and review actions remain part of the existing buying workflow.

10.18.21

Released on 18.09.2026

Other updates

• Commitment budget allocation, trading targets, and review pages now use a consistent design, including a shared budget and performance banner that compares actual results against declared targets and shows weekly trends. Large assortments support searchable range selection. The terms "Buying reserve" and "Full-price sell-through" are used consistently throughout.

• Product selection is now part of the commitment declaration flow, with images, catalogue search, paging, and compact channel selectors. Products already assigned to a commitment are excluded once full ranges have been checked. Target sources and review edit links are also visible within the flow.

• Commitment buying budgets are now connected to published Finance receipts at cost, showing allocations, available funds, and headroom for the selected scope. The original source plan is retained, suggested and manually entered budgets are distinguished, and incomplete coverage or over-budget states are clearly flagged.

• An Open to buy chart has been added. Supplier change previews and forecast evidence have been improved, and missing sales and finance figures are now more clearly indicated.

• Tightly subscription plan details have been removed from the Home and Settings pages.

10.18.20

Released on 18.09.2026

Other updates

• Published merchandise totals and channel-scoped detail caching are now correct. Finance evidence controls have been simplified, and reports remain accessible in Ask Tightly.

• Available scoped demo forecast scores are now shown in the performance header, clearly distinguished from measured engine history.

10.18.19

Released on 17.09.2026

Other updates

• Forecast controls are now grouped by scope and table actions, with a compact performance comparison that opens shared forecast evidence.

10.18.18

Released on 17.09.2026

Other updates

• Prodemo prepared forecast snapshots are now kept separate from disabled live-engine scheduling status.

10.18.17

Released on 17.09.2026

Other updates

• Display available prepared demo forecast scores when optional response metadata is omitted.

Keep Prodemo fixed forecast snapshots from displaying a missed scheduled-run warning; preserve customer engine states.

10.18.16

Released on 17.09.2026

Improvements

• Commitment Finance now opens with a summary of sales totals and a monthly chart. Panels are consistently laid out, detail sections are expandable, and clicking a supplier obligation takes you directly to that supplier's orders within the commitment.

Other updates

• Retailer orders for boxed commitments with no season label now load correctly using the commitment's existing scope.

• Forecast charts now show actuals and forecast by default. Last-year comparison is available as an option, and uncertainty ranges reflect genuine forecast data.

• Chart details now clearly distinguish illustrative demo forecast ranges from calibrated uncertainty ranges.

• The Forecast Engine status entry has been temporarily removed from navigation, the Home page, and forecasting links while a redesign is in progress. Forecasting itself continues to run normally.

10.18.15

Released on 17.09.2026

Improvements

• Finance workspace now reuses commitment-scoped planning and closed financial reviews, so you no longer need to re-enter context when switching between tasks. Account selection stays within the commitment, and the account list loads from cache.

  • Chase ETA is shown as order date plus supplier lead time.
  • Reported full-price units appear as counts with a matching label.

Other updates

• Manual forecasts can now be entered directly in future periods, including zero values. Review actions in replenishment, allocation, and supplier tables are visible and work correctly with keyboard controls.

  • Saved scenario quantities can be compared side by side, with changes reviewable by product.
  • To do is kept separate from Finance; past decisions remain accessible through History.

• Next-season product decisions can be saved and successor products confirmed from Close the book. Stock ageing and supplier performance are available within the commitment.

  • Location allocations can be planned before the season, and existing transfer recommendations are reviewable from a product.
  • Supply loads further orders, and handovers retain the selected replacement product in Reorder.

• Open to buy fiscal months now show the actual calendar dates for each month and clarify where it overlaps with the commitment window.

• Commitment forecast now shows a distinct prepared replay reading for an unfiltered forecast, with its bounded dates clearly labelled.

• Room delivery dates now expand to show order details. Retailer reporting uses accessible visual states for expanded and compact views.

10.18.14

Released on 17.09.2026

Other updates

• The commitment overview now stays full width, with orders and connected figures displayed below it, keeping spend periods and headings readable.

10.18.13

Released on 17.09.2026

Other updates

• Commitment controls now stay attached to their toolbar when navigating between pages.

10.18.12

Released on 16.09.2026

Bug fixes

• The public documentation site (docs.tightly.io) now publishes only the API portal and help centre. Internal release-notes content no longer appears there.

• API documentation now opens correctly outside the app, including for users whose browser has a cached offline version.

Other updates

• Commitment Range now lets you add products through the existing reviewed selection flow. Location and account work are handled separately, and reorder quantities and Buy Book actions are easier to use.

Handovers now shows all products belonging to the selected commitment, including results beyond the first page. Table headings and quantity controls remain clearly readable.

• Commitments now separates outstanding tasks from recorded decisions. Reorder lines clearly identify their variants and locations, actions are easier to follow, and draft quantities are preserved.

Adding products no longer affects existing commitment coverage. Supplier delivery warnings and on-time percentages reflect your recorded data, and scenario outcomes remain accessible even when the selected scenario falls outside the loaded history.

• Analysis activity is now correctly limited to the selected week range and refreshes automatically when that range changes.

10.18.11

Released on 16.09.2026

New features

• Administrators can review and set up channels and retailer accounts from a sales import before importing the rows. Existing users can continue importing sales against their configured channels.

Improvements

• Saved Board answers open as visual charts, figures and briefings, with a table view still available.

Settings distinguish the business address from delivery addresses and explain service-level targets and order-to-dispatch time.

• Demand and commitment forecasts show system forecasts, manual edits and actual sales separately. Product names clearly open the product overview.

• Group weekly replenishment decisions by style with stock-gap bars, quantities, cost, and expandable variant/location actions. Move supporting records and sales history into drawers instead of expanding them below the queue.

Compare existing orders with recommended stock outcomes before reviewing a buy, using the shared projection engine and visual recovery, shortage and missing-data indicators.

• Import large sell-out exports through private uploaded sources while preserving account and reporting period scope.

• Review margin and markdown trends visually in the weekly trading plan. Monthly figures remain available in expandable sections.

Bug fixes

• Weekly commitment decisions show loaded coverage while recommendations are incomplete, keeping partial results from appearing as a growing total attention count.

Other updates

• Clarify that first-buy accounts must choose a commitment before account planning reads begin.

10.18.10

Released on 16.09.2026

Bug fixes

• Custom fields added in Settings now appear when creating products and variants, with the correct field types and record scope.

Other updates

• Missing review values now display consistently as dashes.

• The monthly review separates demand, supply, reports, and scenarios into focused sections. Missing values are handled quietly across tables, and Ask coverage summaries are more concise.

Closing reviews can load older scenarios. Onboarding plans now open in Settings with their existing actions.

10.18.9

Released on 16.09.2026

Improvements

• You can now explore account-reported retailer metrics directly in Connect, including reporting periods, door-level detail, currency-aware charts, and product navigation.

Other updates

• Pages and tables across Finance, Commitments, Connect, Inventory, Supply, Demand, Settings, Home, and administrative views have been simplified. Missing values now appear as clean dashes, status indicators are more compact, empty notes have been removed, and legacy panel framing has been replaced — with source details still available on demand.

• Reported analysis can now be shared between brand accounts and retailer seats, keeping variant, door, native period, and currency intact while comparing multiple sales, stock, and retailer measures.

10.18.8

Released on 16.09.2026

Other updates

• Published demo forecast comparisons are now visible in forecast review screens, clearly marked as synthetic data.

• Product-level evaluation results and dated weekly forecast revisions are now displayed.

• Verified prepared demand signals can now appear on the active page without a GA4 connection.

10.18.7

Released on 16.09.2026

Other updates

• Account orders and firmness for continuity commitments now load correctly without needing a selling season to be set up.

• Continuity commitments can now read their stamped account book and declare allocation rules.

• Cash & payments no longer gets stuck on loading. Monthly review now clearly distinguishes between unavailable scenarios and an empty list.

Trade reports now include direct open actions and a more compact delivery summary. Post-season reviews display a visual comparison of capital, margin and priced-line coverage alongside their measurement details.

• Ledger margins are now calculated from recorded sale costs and published merchandise plans, including current-week sales and continuity-category markdown plans.

• Published demo demand signals are now visible without a live GA4 connection. Prepared-source data is correctly scoped to the selected organisation.

• Sales performance now has clearer spacing between its scope, figures and filters. Views are labelled Sales change, Discounts & returns and Lost sales.

Weekly trading plan now opens with a compact cover chart. Monthly planning clearly indicates missing-plan and forecast-coverage states; margin comparisons now include a visual trend indicator and less cluttered empty cells.

Floor & stockroom now opens with searchable store cards and a clear route back to all stores.

Connect accounts now display their commitments with direct links to account planning, doors and sell-out analysis. Recent reporting and previous-season history are shown in separate views.

• The Supply headline now reconciles correctly with its displayed supplier orders across delivery dates and warehouse filters.

The existing dated delivery schedule is now used for continuity commitments, removing the unavailable seasonal receipts-plan card.

• Page and table presentation has been simplified. Repetitive missing-value text has been replaced with accessible dashes, visual trading comparisons have been added, and trading breakdown controls now clearly indicate the selected view.

10.18.6

Released on 16.09.2026

Bug fixes

• Product overview images stay compact on wide screens. New variants now show required option selections alongside their identity fields, and transfer lead-time cells display at equal widths.

• The trading range now shows booking icons, compact decisions, and quantity bars. Forecasts display available quantities and a dash when no value is present, with editing and booking details preserved.

Other updates

• Empty aged-stock buckets now display as Nothing held instead of a proposed provision.

• Unsaved finance edits are now protected when you navigate away. Cash amount fields now accept cents, and the default-container setting has been clarified.

• Prepared demo import origin and read-only history are now visible in Tightly Connect.

10.18.5

Released on 16.09.2026

Other updates

• When selecting a scope, commitment budgets are now suggested from the published Finance plan. Manually entered amounts are preserved, exact values can be entered directly, and budgets that are unavailable are shown as distinct from those set to zero.

10.18.4

Released on 16.09.2026

Improvements

• Purchase order contact details now have a dedicated Settings page. Home metrics use a dedicated removal menu.

Bug fixes

• The Inbox now shows the same notifications and read status whether you open it from the notification bell or navigate to it directly. Decisions remain a separate area for reviewing pending actions.

• Open-to-buy channel breakdowns now correctly retain partial allocations and display the unallocated remainder. The margin floor guidance now shows the percentage consistently.

• Sales performance is now visible when you expand the Finance section in the Pro navigation rail.

• The scenario backing confirmation message now accurately reflects that the scenario decision was saved, without implying the buy was applied or approved.

• You can now open product details directly from a product name or image in a supplier's catalog, with a link to return to the same supplier and catalog view. Product links also support opening in a new tab.

10.18.3

Released on 16.09.2026

Improvements

• Table rows are now selectable with visible checkboxes, and compact cells can expand to show supporting detail on demand.

Stock on hand includes selection counts for the current page and all matching rows, plus a Last stockout date column. Release the chase now has explicit style selection and a clearer release form. Rolling commitments open directly on editable Chase decisions.

• Tables, toolbars and action areas now use more consistent spacing with less repeated explanatory text.

Missing readings are shown as dashes, while measured zero values, warnings and primary actions remain visible.

• Incoming deliveries now separates overdue and scheduled dates into compact cards with unit comparisons.

Undated stock and overdue exposure remain visible when filtering the schedule.

• Season membership can now be reviewed with sales-share bars and compact unit figures.

Detailed evidence and decision explanations remain available alongside the existing accept, reject and move actions.

• Transfer drafting now offers a wider expandable workspace, clearer steps, larger product images and pagination.

Product selections are retained while browsing pages or refining a search. Drawers can expand without losing drafts. Financial period figures and proposed transfer routes now use compact visual summaries.

Demand, product, inventory, replenishment, mail and API-usage drawers now lead with key figures and keep supporting detail expandable. Portal and agreement tables stay within their panels.

• Reorder details now show a compact recommendation, stock and delivery bars, and a visible supplier-minimum warning.

Supporting calculations remain available in an expandable section. Allocation destinations, handovers and Room readings now lead with compact figures and comparisons, while retaining provenance, missing-data states and existing actions.

---

Bug fixes

• Text fields no longer grow beyond a comfortable height and now scroll longer content internally. Character counts remain visible below the field.

• Dropdowns now show the bottom fade only while more options remain below the visible list.

• Commitment amendments now open in a wider panel that can expand to fill the full window without losing unsaved edits. Wide form content remains scrollable on smaller screens.

The Last season shortcut now only opens a closed commitment whose selling window has ended, excluding upcoming seasons and continuity commitments.

The decisions panel now has a visible show/hide label, and partially loaded attention counts are identified as loaded items rather than a complete total.

• Scenario outcomes now retain the correct currency when displaying financial results.

• Missing sell-out, trading and reorder figures now display as dashes. Shared sell-out views no longer repeat explanatory text or show empty pagination, while measured zeros, evidence and retry actions remain visible.

---

Other updates

• Add scenario outcome comparisons with separate recorded, actual and modelled results, explicit evidence gaps, and reviewed next-commitment drafts with audit-linked undo.

10.18.2

Released on 15.09.2026

Improvements

• Moving between pre-season, trading, and season close is now more consistent, with compact tables and clearer product workspaces. Saved scenarios and cost comparisons remain accessible throughout all stages.

Bug fixes

• Carried-stock quantities, buy recommendations, and keyboard actions are now preserved while planning a commitment. Missing readings show a dash, and measured zero values remain visible.

• The blue-violet bars, chart series, accents, and selections have been restored across the platform — including Commitments, Finance, and account pages — in both light and dark themes.

Other updates

• In-season commitments now present weekly decisions in a searchable queue, with supporting evidence and actions shown beside the selected item. Targets and supply information are grouped into clearer working sections, while existing planning and order controls are unchanged. Retailer sales evidence appears alongside the shared forecast planner, with actual, estimated, and forecast figures more clearly distinguished.

Delivery exceptions now open their affected purchase orders directly. Allocation explains missing destinations or unallocated units before offering the Commit action. Account shortage views distinguish whole-style supply from individual account bookings.

Weekly decisions show stock gaps, served order costs, and dated arrival estimates, with all eligible loaded recommendations visible and a Load more control available. Reorder actions open the relevant product and location with the existing Add to Bench review.

10.18.1

Released on 15.09.2026

Bug fixes

• You can now forecast directly inside pre-season, in-season, and continuity commitments using the Demand planning view. Forecasts and edits remain within the selected commitment, and reported sales and inferred consumer demand are kept separate.

• The Reorder lines option remains available when you navigate back from another commitment tab.

10.18.0

Released on 15.09.2026

Improvements

• Commitment budget and draft buy now appear in separate, compact rows. Duplicate funding amounts are removed, while partial funding, budget shortfalls, and budget actions remain visible.

• Switching between variants and products on Stock on hand is now faster. The alternate view loads in the background while you review your inventory.

Bug fixes

• Returning from Financial assumptions to your Trading review or Merchandise plan tabs now correctly restores your selected plan and week.

Other updates

• Trading overview now guides you through your weekly review across performance, decisions, sales contributions, and stock exposure. Dedicated Sales & margin, Stock & intake, and Detailed figures tabs retain the complete reports and their notes, keeping the overview focused. Missing weekly sales and unscored commitments are clearly identified as unknown. Trading comparisons retain their measurement periods and published-plan basis.

• Prior-season account comparisons that are unavailable are now explained, and door readings are distinguished from the account's reported activity.

• The full forecast now loads when Cash impact is selected from the buying plan.

• The buying plan now loads without waiting for the cash projection; the complete forecast is requested when you open Cash impact.

• Account navigation is now consistent across account pages. Shared charts and Finance table spacing have been refreshed, and measured markdown and saved cover inputs are restored in Merchandise plan. The Open to buy buying plan displays without waiting for the optional cash forecast.

• When forecast accuracy has no scored weeks, this is now clearly explained and scoring details are made accessible.

• The planned year's stock boundary is now used when calculating merchandise receipts and open to buy.

10.17.1

Released on 15.09.2026

Other updates

• The Trading overview navigation now stays within Finance instead of redirecting to the Demand tab.

10.17.0

Released on 15.09.2026

New features

• You can now compare retailer-reported sell-out data alongside clearly labelled inferred sales and forward estimates in Commitments, Demand forecasting, and Sales performance. When a Late Tightly Connect report arrives, it replaces estimates for the dates it covers, while both figures remain available separately in charts and exports.

Improvements

• Commitments are now grouped into current trading, upcoming buys, and season review, so you can see budget positions and next decisions at a glance for each commitment. You can also filter by continuity or seasonal phase, search across your portfolio, and review recorded outcomes for closed seasons.

• The label "Needs you" has been replaced throughout pages, rails, filters, and status labels: tasks now show "Action required" and forecast or data checks now show "Review."

Bug fixes

• Chart titles, figures, and legends on the Home page now wrap correctly within their cards and no longer overlap neighbouring charts.

Other updates

• Continuity work is now accessible from Reorder. Cover exceptions are distinguished from seasonal sell-through, and commitment cover bounds are shown separately from operational reorder triggers. Access to overview, forecast, and handover sections is preserved.

Rolling Range now focuses on available stock, cover, orders, and forecasts. Seasonal pace and clearance controls have been removed from the default columns.

• Published monthly merchandise plans are now visible, letting you compare realised margins across traded months. Weekly trading reports and downloads can also reference a selected published plan.

10.16.0

Released on 15.09.2026

Improvements

• Product browsing and editing are now more flexible. You can browse products in a large-image gallery or a full working table, then open any product record to view its images, details, variants, relationships, and planning information. New full-page editors for creating products and variants give you more space to work with, and retain size, colour, weight, dimension, and pricing options throughout.

  From the Images section, you can add, reorder, and set a primary product image. The family, bundle, bill-of-materials, and analogue editors have also been given more room for their existing actions, and will now protect any unsaved work before you leave.

Other updates

• Several areas of the product have been reorganised for clarity. The forecast engine status is now split into separate sections: overview, accuracy, products to review, and forecast history. Sales performance displays clearer product details with a direct link to the product page. Budget now connects monthly planning with buying headroom and purchasing actions in one place.

  Bundle creation now walks you through the bundle product and its contents as two distinct steps. Component selections are retained when you change category, and every selected product must have a valid quantity before the bundle can be saved.

10.15.13

Released on 15.09.2026

Other updates

• Added relevant Ask questions for Trading overview, Open to buy, and Reviews. Finance navigation and report downloads have been verified as working correctly.

• Finance sections — trading, merchandise planning, open-to-buy, cash, and reviews — are now connected. Selected plans are preserved, monthly approvals and reports stay in context, and plans remain readable when cached history or edit scope is unavailable.

• You can now open planned procurement from the Bench and review existing active proposals even when automatic order generation is turned off.

10.15.12

Released on 14.09.2026

Improvements

• Review weekly replenishment and delivery decisions within each commitment, with missing inputs separated from performance exceptions and supporting charts available on demand.

Compare stock and incoming units beside reorder recommendations, with shipment and financial details in the same grid and draft-order budget holds clearly labelled.

10.15.11

Released on 14.09.2026

Bug fixes

• Continuity overviews now correctly separate the spend period from actual incoming delivery dates. You can view dated arrivals with their units and order counts, while past-due and undated stock remains visible when filtering. Rolling cover exceptions keep their measured percentage and are labelled separately from seasonal sell-through.

Other updates

• Unavailable booking scope and failed booking requests are now shown as distinct states in Range. Booking refusals display their supplied explanation, while successfully read empty bookings are shown separately.

• The commitment column selector is now labelled Columns, and its hidden section is labelled Hidden.

• You can now create company scenario drafts from Commitments Monthly review using sales, markdown, cost, and receipt timing changes, then compare them against a signed consensus or locked budget without affecting existing plans or placed orders.

• The selected month's locked receipt budget, committed receipts, and remaining budget are now shown alongside Reorder recommendations.

• A dedicated account recovery screen now appears when a Shopify installation is refused, keeping your existing setup intact and preventing automatic callback retries.

10.15.10

Released on 14.09.2026

Improvements

• Reorder totals now appear in a single compact row above the lines, keeping partial totals and budget warnings visible at a glance.

Other updates

• Cancelled purchase order proposals are now correctly removed from the Suggested queue and its count, and retain their Cancelled status when opened.

10.15.9

Released on 14.09.2026

Improvements

• Commitment totals are now displayed cleanly, without repetitive source tags. Select a metric label to see its source and calculation; warnings and unavailable readings remain visible.

• The Range is now displayed in a more compact, readable grid, with actions for selected styles grouped in a single toolbar. Scenario history is collapsed by default, and scenario controls appear only when there are changes to save or restore.

Bug fixes

• Rooms without channel budget splits now have working sales filters and retailer account navigation. Target cards now correctly distinguish holding verdicts and changed measurement coverage from missing data.

10.15.8

Released on 14.09.2026

Bug fixes

• In-season commitments now appear under clearly labelled workspace tabs, grouping Range, Forecast, Reorder and related pages to match the Work the buy layout. The Reorder tab includes a Select all option and a compact Add to Bench review showing quantities, cost and remaining budget.

• Continuity ranges now display net order units and current available stock without needing seasonal pace scores. Stock cover figures include lines already on the Bench, and items that fail to load no longer remain stuck showing a loading state.

• Demand charts now show gaps where historical forecasts do not cover all selected products or channels, with coverage details available on hover. Fully forecasted products and genuine zero values continue to display as before.

• Range evidence data no longer reloads when visible rows update, keeping navigation responsive while orders are loading.

Other updates

• Chart scale labels are now spaced within the plotted data range, and the Core net order units column heading now has enough space to display in full.

10.15.7

Released on 14.09.2026

Other updates

• Keep forecast drawer lines readable by showing wide uncertainty bands only when requested. Exact forecast ranges remain available in the period table.

Core Range now shows recorded sales and available stock independently of markdown eligibility, with their measurement dates and unknown values preserved.

10.15.6

Released on 14.09.2026

Improvements

• The buy sheet now shows forecast figures immediately and loads row details as you scroll. Totals always reflect the complete filtered book.

Other updates

• The forecast line drawer is easier to read, with clearer product and variant headings, labelled details, a visible chart scale, period labels, and enough space to display complete forecast statuses.

10.15.5

Released on 14.09.2026

Improvements

• Container planning now opens with container settings and packing data, with clear links to fix any missing measurements. Complete loads show capacity estimates before a separate order-review step; incomplete loads no longer show an unsupported container count.

• The forecast engine status page uses a compact, responsive layout, keeping forecast comparisons, snapshots, trust indicators, and detailed records easy to access.

• Purchase orders now display the order value, supplier, and destination together, with clearer product lines. Missing reference details and excluded warehouses are available on demand without cluttering the page.

Bug fixes

• Tightly Lite signup now requires a store domain. Shopify development stores are stopped at a persistent eligibility screen. Tightly Lite is available only to stores with annual revenue between $1M and $25M.

Other updates

• The Demand forecast chart now opens expanded, seasonal commitments stay within their correct dates, and the empty-launch message has been removed.

• Demand evidence visuals are now more compact, and transfer and store loading states are clearer. Hidden order-table reads are deferred, and existing receipt and retry actions are preserved.

• Stocktake product selection now includes all pages of stock and resets when locations change. If a count date is missing, a clear prompt appears before the stocktake can be created. Starting a stocktake uses a compact form that reveals product selection after you choose a location.

10.15.4

Released on 14.09.2026

Improvements

• Commitments now separates views and filters more clearly, gives portfolio rows more space, and makes each next action easier to find.

Bug fixes

• Demand signals now retains your selected quadrant when you reload the page or navigate away and return, along with your finding and search filters.

Other updates

• Commitment rooms now display concise buy, allocation, and retailer statuses, with reporting explanations available in Details. Sign-off checks now use colour-coded health indicators and clear labels, with supporting details collapsed by default.

Order books now distinguish failed requests from empty orders and offer a Retry option. Empty order books hide unused table headings while keeping planned products accessible.

The Bench now gives order rows more space and positions the orders section closer to the line items for easier access.

10.15.3

Released on 14.09.2026

Other updates

• Product cover claims are now limited to measured stocked lines. Saved Store Plans can also be opened independently of Buy Plan baseline reads, while plan identity and approval controls are preserved.

10.15.2

Released on 14.09.2026

Bug fixes

• Continuity policies keep their selection after reloading the page or navigating in the browser. Pressing Ask multiple times no longer duplicates the action — the original request and its receipt are preserved while it is in progress.

• Buy Plan now detects when a save is still pending and prevents submitting it again before the outcome is known. If a save is confirmed as refused, you can still correct and publish the existing draft.

• Forecast engine status no longer suggests that an accuracy re-score has taken place when the recent-changes list is empty.

• Analog decisions hold your unconfirmed outcome if a response is lost, and block further changes until you reload and review the saved analog. Approvals now identify the specific proposal being acted on, so changed proposals can be safely refused.

• This week keeps arrival units and dates visible and no longer presents daily order counts as a combined total across multiple dates.

• Orders retain unconfirmed changes after a reload and prevent another submission until the saved order has been reviewed. Account reporting rejects reporting periods with inconsistent durations.

Other updates

• Changing a product cost or price now refreshes the current money and buy readings across its books, including when a save is awaiting confirmation. Delivery edits no longer continue sending after you leave the book or organization, and pending saves are protected from being submitted again. Locked-budget comparisons now show the exact lock identity alongside the version.

• Invalid transfer recommendations are now blocked before a draft is created, while confirmed and unconfirmed receipts are preserved.

10.15.1

Released on 14.09.2026

Bug fixes

• Forward Cash availability reasons and unpriced projected units are now displayed correctly. Previously, missing measurements were incorrectly treated as zero, causing inaccurate values to appear.

10.15.0

Released on 14.09.2026

New features

• When agreement preview is enabled for your account, you can now review supplier and retailer agreement versions, quantity prices, payment terms, and supporting evidence.

You can also compare an allocated buy against agreement prices, record agreed retailer orders, and review sourced invoice, credit, and payment observations. Quantity rates can be imported into a proposal for review.

Bug fixes

• Retrying an Ask action now correctly preserves its original scope and confirmation. Late answers no longer appear in a different conversation, and saving a reviewed Skill draft now correctly detects changes made since it was last displayed.

10.14.2

Released on 13.09.2026

Improvements

• Review commitment decisions from a portfolio overview, then browse active, pre-season, and closed commitments in a separate searchable view. Key figures and next actions stay visible, with detailed performance measures available on demand and keyboard navigation across tabs.

Bug fixes

• Withdrawn preview timestamps are now cleared, and preview results from a previous book no longer appear after navigation.

• Ask keeps action receipts with the conversation they belong to when you switch or close chats. A delayed refresh can no longer replace an undo result.

Skills shows an unknown outcome when a write cannot be verified, retains its recorded explanation, and withholds undo for unverified writes.

• Colour quantities keep unfinished edits until you confirm them, and no longer generate missing allocations or negative rounding units. A delivery change with an uncertain save outcome cannot be repeated in the same buy session.

Product cost and price changes retain partial colourway outcomes and stop after a failed request. Open-to-buy exploration settings reset when you open another book.

• Decisions retains recorded receipts when another change fails and stops further recording when an outcome cannot be confirmed. Unsupported proposals require review, and accepted markdown proposals keep their supplied start date.

This week shows scored weeks only for the selected commitment.

Leaving Decisions stops unsent batch rows and preserves the submitted scope. Arrival dates keep distinct selections, known zero costs stay visible, and uncosted draft arrivals remain unknown.

• Sending an order keeps the selected file fixed while it uploads and preserves an unconfirmed outcome if the response is lost. You can check My orders before sending again, and explicit refusals still allow you to correct the file.

• Continuity policy previews now refresh when the book version, fiscal period, or policy changes. Previous-scope answers are withheld while your working draft is preserved.

• Forecast keeps unavailable totals and unscheduled runs distinct from measured values and scheduled dates.

Demand signals searches and filters every matching finding in one paged table. Counts and totals follow the selected finding type, quadrant, and search, with stable pages and no hidden queue cap.

• Hold recovery uses the server's retail week. Order actions retain confirmed receipts and prevent repeats after unconfirmed outcomes.

• Saved rankings on Home now show their title and reporting period. The cash balance card explains which cash declarations or cash-flow data are missing, instead of incorrectly reporting that no plan weeks exist.

• Ledger cover changes now keep receipt and available-funds previews unknown when closing stock is missing, while preserving known balances and unsaved declarations.

• Mail opens a thread sent to nobody on record, and replying to it or re-opening a draft on it works, instead of the drawer failing on empty recipient lines. The room's incoming supply and the Monday week's exceptions now show counts and order numbers exactly as the platform provides them. A cancel proposal on the week wall cancels the line rather than re-ordering units still open on it, and a landing that names no order is refused at the point of sending rather than sent to an order that does not exist.

• Product account sales now show their last reported period separately from the current top-up date.

• Bill of materials edits retain saved units, yield, and planning terms when a save returns only part of the recipe. Returned quantities and cleared warehouse assignments now appear correctly in the editor.

Unconfirmed BOM, bundle, and analog saves retain your draft and ask you to review the saved record before retrying. BOM saves no longer show success when the returned record identity is missing or does not match.

• You can now review account reporting periods within a commitment alongside its bookings and sales. Weekly and monthly reports retain their dates, with missing reports distinguished from reported zero.

• Container previews now refresh for the selected organisation when switching accounts. Transfer drafts reject empty, invalid-quantity, and same-location routes before submitting.

Other updates

• Connected accounts now appear in the product book before they place an order. Product sales, stock, and held quantities remain separate from account-wide totals.

Forecast headings and delivery planning use shorter labels, with one clear message when delivery percentages need adjusting.

• Stockroom configuration readback now verifies enabled state and ownership before allowing another write.

10.14.1

Released on 13.09.2026

Improvements

• Allocation and replenishment keep working controls prominent with compact summary figures, while saved scenarios show selection controls before hover. Clearer labels identify budget targets, stock value, the Buy limit, reported doors and allocation quantities.

Bug fixes

• Today names its findings count clearly. This week keeps recorded changes and upcoming supply together so the sales chart is visible sooner.

• Commitment actions make unconfirmed saves explicit and prevent immediate repeat submissions. Partial chase releases retain their saved results and refusal details, and unconfirmed membership decisions stay blocked when the row is reopened.

• Commitments preserves the selected phase, Decisions tab, comparison and editing context when navigating or refreshing. Scenario comparison, sign-off requests, season membership and product Ask links open correctly; Reorder links and keyboard focus match the selected task.

• Keep an unconfirmed declaration blocked through form edits so an unreadable save response cannot trigger a duplicate submission.

• Work the buy explains unavailable step and product links and offers a clear way back to the current buy.

• Retailer invitations now ask you to sign in with the invited account when another account is already signed in.

Connect keeps your selected season and book when you switch account tabs, including selections that are currently unavailable.

• Product edits stay attached to the selected record, and refused family placements can be corrected and retried without losing the selected arrival.

Product sales retain total units and unavailable comparisons, clearly identify forecast-only charts, and explain failed or unavailable reads. Bill-of-materials costs include the saved material yield.

• Commitment account readings show scoped bookings and reported sales, preserving missing evidence and account top-up review links.

• Transfer recommendations now open a review before creating a draft, and unconfirmed draft results direct you to check existing orders before trying again.

Re-enabling a source-managed stockroom preserves its count ownership. Saving a location address preserves newer location classifications and cluster assignments.

Container review retains known volume and weight when another measurement is missing. Fill percentages appear only when every line and both capacity limits are measured.

Other updates

• Keep unconfirmed allocation changes and partial replenishment removals visible without replaying saved writes.

• Show acknowledged Finance declaration values in both read modes while background refreshes run, preserving explicit zero and clears and rejecting older in-flight reads.

• When a scenario save or decision cannot be confirmed, review refreshed saved records without being told the request never reached the server. Returning to the original book refreshes its ledger even if another book was opened while the request was pending.

• Retain saved stockroom receipts through failed reads and keep incomplete container measurements from enabling quantity adjustments.

10.14.0

Released on 13.09.2026

Bug fixes

• Connect keeps unavailable season and commitment links from opening another book. Retailer showing answers now use the supported submission format and keep pending answers and saved receipts with the selected showing.

Other updates

• Show served pricing limitations beside scenario figures and preserve uncertain action outcomes when reopening Ask receipts.

Add physical-store plan drafts, reconciliation previews, submission, and explicit approval inside Buy Plan.

• Keep Buy plan opening calculation rates and saved percentages consistent. Preserve missing opening costs, use each Gregorian month's length, and keep incomplete Ledger totals and ending stock unknown.

• Correct latest-close selection and season totals in legacy Investment review, and keep empty or insufficient close selections unjudged. Preserve the current evidence and currency safeguards.

• Preserve nullable Investment amounts, close identity and coverage in an evidence view without treating unknown costs or currency as zero.

• Cancel obsolete saved-report reads and withhold stale verdicts and commentary controls while the selected report changes.

• Show both sides of recorded weekly status changes, distinguish expected supply from receipts, and keep full target and channel evidence expandable. Preserve This Week route behavior with mounted navigation regressions.

• Group Today findings by commitment, keep related actions together, and use the available page width while distinguishing declared budgets from measured risk.

10.13.1

Released on 13.09.2026

Bug fixes

• Switching commitments or leaving the page no longer triggers unnecessary background requests; any requests already in progress are cleanly cancelled.

Other updates

• When an Ask action completes but its result is unconfirmed, the recovery receipt is preserved and the system stops waiting for a response without prompting you to run the action again.

• Switching between rows quickly no longer loses your selected claim, style, or reorder — each conversation keeps its own selection.

• Saved family state and analog refusals now stay correctly linked to their original request even when responses arrive out of order. Declaring an analog searches the full inventory while keeping your selected variant intact.

• When saved container changes or created orders are still loading, the page now shows a refreshing state instead of immediately reporting a failure.

• Saved transfer orders remain visible even when adding remaining units to the bench cannot be confirmed.

• A transfer order whose response fails is correctly left in an unconfirmed state, and the same request cannot be submitted again from the same drawer until the transfer orders have been checked.

10.13.0

Released on 13.09.2026

Improvements

• Ask identifies active continuity commitments and offers questions about cover, existing stock and the monthly replenishment budget. Seasonal and closed commitments retain their own questions.

Bug fixes

• Families search no longer offers matches from an earlier name or code while a new search loads. Failed searches show a retry action without retaining stale product identities.

• Switching families no longer keeps the previous family's products visible during a new read or attaches its late history to the current family. If the selected family cannot load, the canvas offers Retry instead of showing another family's data.

• Forecast analysis explains when a window has no chart values, while preserving measured zero forecasts.

• Replenishment shows the publication date when recommendations and cover match a completed engine run, while keeping freshness unconfirmed.

• Scenarios keeps saved alternatives visible when the range has no forecast to cost them against. The commitment workspace also shows loading and unavailable-range explanations instead of a blank page, without inventing financial comparisons.

• Make product evidence selection show the selected channel or account without changing the buy scope. Preserve DTC forecast, wholesale booked evidence and missing-data distinctions.

Other updates

• Add store floor and stockroom counts, internal move previews and history while preserving the authoritative store inventory total.

• Show the selected Help article in Ask Tightly while preserving the existing conversation and composer.

• Prevent delivery split edits from repeatedly refreshing the product review and freezing the page.

• Explain Core monthly spend by expected delivery date, with separate outside-month and undated order liabilities.

• Distinguish available envelope funding from monthly remaining receipts in Open to buy. Keep signed amounts and missing-data reasons, and explain that funding gaps are assessed month by month.

• Explain the inventory prerequisite for floor and stockroom counts when a store has no visible stock or its physical total is missing.

• Read complete, bounded style summaries for Range recommendations without manually loading every variant page. Preserve unknown money and disable incomplete recommendations.

• Complete Floor & stockroom help, Ask and usage registration, and preserve consistent missing-value display across inventory and Range.

• Keep missing-dimension coverage visible in Container planning and provide explicit supplier review controls.

• Show reported account evidence for continuity books while clearly identifying unavailable seasonal bookings and shipments.

• Read current retailer top-ups through the existing account identity, keeping them separate from seasonal forecasts.

• Cancel obsolete Demand table and totals requests when their query changes or the page closes.

• Download the selected trade report as PDF, CSV or Excel from its report page or kept Ask answer without scheduling delivery.

• Keep empty channel evidence distinct from a projected sell-out curve in product review.

• Show the sales and publication evidence behind dead-stock findings, with an explicit missing-evidence message for older findings.

• Allow administrators to set or clear a location's type independently of its address and connected-source fields, so explicitly classified stores can use Floor & stockroom.

• Rank source locations for each destination without changing transfer lead times. Clearing a priority restores the existing source order, and removing a ranked lane requires confirmation.

• Show each location's recorded type in the locations overview, so stores, warehouses and distribution centres can be distinguished without opening every drawer. Use the page's location heading for the mixed collection and keep unclassified locations explicitly marked as not set.

• Bring the monthly open-to-buy grid forward, with compact decision figures, expandable assumptions and evidence, and a wider review drawer.

Recognize signed consensus versions in plan history without mislabeling them as reforecasts.

• Explain negative planned receipts as stock above the plan, preserving the signed figure and distinguishing it from an order to place.

• Show pending retailer invitations separately from accepted seats, preserve email delivery status, and prevent stale account responses from replacing the current drawer.

• Show product status on the full product record alongside its planning category and season mode.

• Let buyers replace product depth before confirming with Enter or leaving the field. Give account coverage the full workspace width, show monthly delivery quantities, and simplify product cost and review layouts.

• Load Range account-book evidence in bounded style batches, preserving individual account lines, unknowns and table sorting while cancelling reads when the wall closes.

• Read Range incoming-order evidence in bounded product batches while preserving complete variant details, cancellation and order-change refreshes.

• Expose remaining replenishment recommendations in Range with bounded loading and explicit unread held-back coverage.

• Carry the selected trade report, period and cut into an editable Ask draft without submitting a request automatically.

• Retain created orders when their subsequent bench or funding refresh fails, with a read-only retry and protection against resubmitting stale working rows.

• Load complete finding lists in bounded pages, and clear previous findings when changing category or search.

• Edit product costs and prices directly in Terms & costs, with the existing impact preview and save controls.

• Read only the sources needed by selected platform columns, retain what-if dependencies, and bound and cancel background incoming-order reads when columns close.

• Keep a successful container change distinct from a failed refresh, and offer a read-only retry before another container change.

• Read wholesale bookings and reported sell-out across a commitment's whole book, with explicit reporting coverage and retained style drilldown.

10.12.4

Released on 12.09.2026

Improvements

• Finance workspaces organise weekly coverage, monthly plans and margin comparisons into focused views. The Buy plan keeps phasing, annual assumptions and changes together, and Investment review opens each category's close records with actual data and any missing carry clearly identified.

• Forecast engine status now shows the latest forecast run and accuracy results separately. Forecast charts indicate when their data is still loading.

• When Home has only one readable cash week, it shows a balance-versus-floor snapshot, states the actual week coverage and identifies the Net Sales comparison series.

• Open to buy reports show locked-budget cost measures and the recorded versions behind them as separate figures when the backend supplies a complete comparison.

• Release announcements now distinguish new features, improvements and fixes, with a short summary and a link to the full notes.

• Trade reports can be opened from Ask and its Board, alongside saved charts and insights. Existing report links keep their period and filters, and scheduling, commentary and delivery controls remain available.

• Commitment rooms, sign-off and order books have clearer summaries, responsive layouts and more accessible supporting evidence.

• Retailer account pages keep planning context and show clearly which season supplies sales evidence. Store charts fit their rows, and account and showroom views keep their controls within reach.

• All commitments now opens to a grouped Today overview with clear actions and pagination, while active, pre-season and closed commitments remain available in their full tables.

• Demand signals can be reviewed in a single table using finding, quadrant and search filters, rather than moving between separate lists.

• Finance declarations are grouped into cash limits, planning assumptions, investment targets and stock recovery, with each setting's current value and save controls shown together.

• The full product page can be opened directly from its catalogue quick view.

• Transfer recommendations can be reviewed by location type and store cluster, and you can move between stock and proposed transfers without losing the selected location or variant.

• Selecting a product in Decisions → Accounts shows its account sales, cover and claims, and that selection is kept when you reopen the page.

Bug fixes

• Cash gate now shows a balance snapshot when only one week is available, rather than implying a full-year forecast. Comparisons count only weeks with available balances.

• Buyers who accept an invitation before signing in are now taken to Tightly Connect after sign-in, instead of being returned to the consumed invitation.

  Buyer pages now wait for the selected seat before loading account data and refresh when you switch seats, preventing content from a previous account appearing under a new account heading. Invitation fields now expose their names and password-autofill purpose to assistive technology.

• Opening a different retailer invitation now clears the previous invitation's details before accepting the new one.

• Incomplete open-to-buy plans no longer indicate that every month is on track. Arrival warnings now explicitly identify the cancellation deadline they are comparing against.

• Commitments open correctly in the Room while preserving direct links to buying, trading and close workflows.

• The Room now distinguishes receipts needed from the buy envelope, shows stock surplus clearly and no longer presents incomplete monthly plans as complete totals.

• Outdated Sales performance requests are cancelled when you change the view or leave the page, while saved page sizes are preserved.

• Switching buying steps and leaving the buying workspace no longer freezes navigation or causes toolbar controls to disappear.

• Price now shows current stock and the declared approver correctly, converts cover to weeks consistently and prioritises higher stock exposure when exception severity is equal.

Other updates

• Report help remains available on both Ask Reports routes, and the scoped transfer action has been clarified.

10.12.3

Released on 12.09.2026

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where buying tables would shift or reposition when an over-budget result was returned on the Commitment budget screen.

• Fixed an issue where buying tables would move while the Commitment budget was loading; the financial summary header now holds its position and no longer displays incomplete figures during load.

• Improved performance when hovering over or navigating the grid with a keyboard; tooltip content is now generated only when needed, keeping interactions smooth.

10.12.2

Released on 12.09.2026

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where text in Commitment table cells could display incorrectly. Identities, exports, and Ask context now remain accurate when navigating the table.

10.12.1

Released on 12.09.2026

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Pages that failed to load would sometimes stay in a permanent loading state, requiring a manual refresh to recover. They now time out after 30 seconds and show a clear error message instead.

• Commitment scores that are more than a week old now display which week the figures are from, so outdated data is no longer presented as current. Score reasons are also shown consistently alongside their figures on the room's scopes view.

• Fully set-up workspaces can now open pages while connection status is still loading, without losing any setup checks. Unnecessary calculations are skipped on the All Commitments grid, while figures on Home and Today remain complete.

• Forecast, Purchase Orders, and Budget tables stay close to the page controls, with charts available through an optional Analysis view.

• Commitment selector names and linked-room labels in Bench and Ask Board load faster by skipping unnecessary data reads. Active Bench selections are preserved across stages, and historical Ask links continue to work.

• Run-out weeks now display with their calendar year rather than showing an unreadable number. Commitment and financial data is shared more efficiently across views, and buying navigation remains available while content loads.

• Buying views load product forecasts more efficiently, cancel requests when you navigate away, and prioritise data for the product you have open. Buying summary information is now shown as compact inline figures rather than large cards.

• The commitment room's visual style is applied consistently across buying, trading, operations, scenarios, and close views. Existing actions are preserved, scoped summaries are clearer, and charts and table columns are properly sized.

• The Explore in Ask action is available in Finance page headers. Empty numeric cells no longer cause errors, and declared company terms are shown while historical data loads.

• Financial values on Home no longer overlap with pinned action columns on wider screens. The compact meter and all decision actions are retained.

• Inbox notifications for a bundle that is running short on a component now correctly show the bundle name, the component name, and the projected run-out date — previously these appeared as the word "Notification". Clicking the notification now opens the bundles list rather than the general inventory view.

• The Explore in Ask action is available in Inventory page headers across current stock, archive, and movements views. Ask now reflects your active filters, view mode, and selected products or SKUs, and clears outdated selections when the scope changes.

• The Ledger plan now clearly distinguishes between the signed consensus, the live forecast, and the locked budget, so these are no longer confused with one another.

• Explore in Ask is available in the Forecast, Catalogue, Sales Orders, and Accounts page headers. Your active filters, scope, and visible selection — including forecast commitment, channel, date grain, and catalogue exclusions — are passed through to Ask automatically.

• Buying tabs now reflect only populated live records. Irrelevant grid tools are hidden on non-depth steps, Undo and ledger controls are retained in the summary, and missing recommendations display correctly without a layout gap. Large buying tables load within their bounds from the start, display text is collected efficiently, incomplete data is withheld from exports, and monthly worked costs correctly follow recorded delivery shares while preserving any edits in progress.

• You can now select a commitment directly within Finance Markdowns, while the review date and existing proposal controls remain unchanged.

• The buyer forecast now shows Ordered and Gap figures alongside the prediction where the brand allows it. This can be turned off from the account's seat drawer. Unavailable history is handled cleanly without showing incorrect measurements.

• Explore in Ask is available in the Purchase Orders page header, with the table's active filters, order selection, and suggested-order mode passed through automatically. Embedded order tables do not override the page-level context passed to Ask.

• Linked or refreshed record sections stay selected as expected. Company records open on populated content, and the Variants heading on Events is fully visible and sortable.

• Explore in Ask remains available in Finance while a report is loading or has failed to load.

• The commitment room now shows the live season's sales, prior-year comparison, and forward forecast directly. The view follows the room's channel lens. Pre-season commitments do not show a current-season sales chart.

• The demand scope picker now includes returning to the full book as a selectable option, not only as a removable filter chip.

• Explore in Ask is available in the page headers for Bench, Demand Signals, and Forecast Trust, using the existing page and selection context without replacing local review controls.

• The Shopify setup step now accurately describes what happens at each stage. Before connecting, the wizard explains that Tightly will prepare an app for your store and that the install link will appear on this page when it is ready. After submitting, it confirms the app is being set up and that the link will appear here, with an email to follow. Previously, the setup screen described an email delivery it could not actually confirm, and in some cases no email was sent at all.

  Once your first Shopify sync completes, a notice now appears if your imported history is limited to the last 60 days, so it is clear that the full order history was not imported rather than leaving "every set synced" to imply a complete record.

• Provisioning a Shopify app for a store is now a single button press. Previously this required significant manual effort while the customer waited. The Provision button shows live progress, including which stage the process is on and, if something goes wrong, a specific reason rather than a generic failure message. Stores that have not yet been provisioned display a clear message saying so. If required setup components are missing, each is identified by name so the issue can be resolved rather than resulting in a silent failure.

• The buying workspace financial summary and navigation remain stable as you move between steps. Product rows appear higher on the page without removing any grid actions, and the buy mix chart is accessible from a header popover.

• The admin store's plan picker now includes all plan levels that staff are permitted to assign, including Essentials+. Previously, negotiated plans were not shown because the wrong catalogue was being read.

• Trading product data loads more efficiently, with requests cancelled when no longer needed and visible products prioritised. Commitment-scoped reorder recommendations start loading immediately without waiting for a separate read. Supply totals are shown inline, and supplier delivery progress is visible directly in the supplier grid, with destinations, order drilldown, arrival charts, and exports all preserved.

• You can now compare product size curves visually and edit split percentages together in one view, while source details, recorded values, explicit adoption settings, and existing buying actions are all preserved.

• WSSI saved plan figures load without unnecessary data reads, while the weekly ledger, financial totals, and coverage information remain complete.

10.12.0

Released on 11.09.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Trade reports in Ask Tightly. When Ask Tightly returns a trade report, it now shows the verdict, key figures, and performance bands wherever an answer appears. Selecting a figure expands the band it belongs to. Where data is missing, a single muted indicator appears with a brief explanation beneath the band.

• End-of-season close: one place for everything. The post-season close, the final reckoning, and all remaining inventory decisions are now in one place — a single page with seven tabs, rather than three separate pages.

  The page opens on the Left tab while inventory is still unresolved, and moves to Reckon once the season is closed. Left shows one row per style with units still on hand, their cost, how long they would take to sell at the current rate, and the route assigned to them. Six routes are available: carry into a named season, clear at full price, clear at a reduced price, transfer to another location or account that ran short, return to the supplier, or donate.

  You can type a route directly on the row, or edit the figure in any cell. The totals for Recovered, Carried, and Unrouted update immediately as you work — before anything is saved. The close and reckoning are recorded together as one action; the system will not let you close while inventory remains unrouted.

  The Sold tab shows what each style sold alongside the forecast. Next season pairs each style with its follow-on and shows what carries forward. Four further tabs — proposed routes with reasoning, the five declared close figures, account-level sales, and the weekly forecast — are still being built; each tab says so clearly rather than showing an empty table.

• Launch events: plan in units, week by week. When creating an event, you can now choose Launch as the event type. Instead of entering a percentage, you enter a grid of units — one column per style, one row per week in the launch window. Type a total and press Spread to distribute it across styles and front-load each share across the weeks automatically.

  A blank cell means no launch activity for that style that week; entering zero means the launch runs but sells nothing. The event saves the units you typed — no percentage is stored.

  In the Events list, a launch shows its units where other event types show a percentage. On the forecast, the launch appears as its own band, separate from the baseline, so the baseline remains readable even when launch volumes are two or three times the normal run rate. The band header names the total and what the forecast did with it. If no launch is planned for a window, the forecast says so in plain text.

  The buy planning view can read launch units from the style forecast and show them alongside the baseline.

• Redesigned pages now have stable, shareable addresses. The incident record, audit log, store clusters, and product hierarchy all have their own direct URLs. No page loads a legacy version of itself.

• Tightly Connect: retailer data is now visible in What sold and Doors. Facts that retailers have been sending — including what they paid, full-price share, colour, size, season, category, style code, channel, and consignment flag — were previously stored but not shown anywhere. They are now available as columns in both the What sold and Doors tables.

  The standard columns are unchanged. Any fact this account actually sends appears under the account's own name in the column picker, one click away. The retailer's column name and the week it covers appear when you select a figure. Figures that cannot be meaningfully aggregated to the level you are viewing are shown as absent rather than misleading. Money totals within each currency. Missing cells show a single muted indicator.

  The Doors tab also now shows Returns, which have been available from the server for some time but were not displayed until now.

• Trade the week: the in-season planner's Monday in one place. A commitment that is in season now offers a Trade the week view alongside the style grid. It follows the seven steps of the Monday workflow as tabs: This week, Exceptions, Chase, Arrivals, Accounts, Price, and Open to buy. Each tab shows a count of outstanding work, and an amber indicator appears only where a declared commitment is at risk.

  Exceptions is the landing tab, ranked by the money at stake. Each row shows the action the platform recommends, the figure behind it, and the reasoning — including which engine produced it. Where the platform has not calculated a figure, the row says so and proposes nothing, so you never accept a number the platform did not work out. You can type your own figure in the Yours column; the platform's figure stays on the row for reference.

  Running totals in the footer update as you work, before anything is saved. Keyboard shortcuts let you walk rows and record outcomes without leaving the keyboard; each key is labelled on hover. Selecting a row opens a detail drawer; pressing Open expands it to full width. Undo and Record sit in the footer, and everything you have typed is available behind the Ledger control. The system records each decision individually and reports any that could not be saved, row by row.

• What to take: one answer per style, with the reasoning shown. The What to take page now uses the forecast engine's figure for each account and style, shown alongside what the account has already ordered, with the difference stated in units and plain words — for example, "382 under" or "120 over."

  The previous rule-based calculation has been retired. The Showroom and this page were showing different figures for the same question; they now agree. Each figure shows the evidence behind it — measured, borrowed, or brand-level — with the engine's full reasoning on hover. Where the engine could not produce a figure, no number is shown.

  The page states its recommendation clearly above the table — for example, "Take 8,880 units next." — alongside the gap, the change since the last take, and a summary chart. Rows and cells where no figure could be produced say so plainly rather than showing a label with no value.

  The account book now links directly to What to take, and the Accounts page gains a Predicted column alongside Booked, with the gap between them shown. The gap is for reference only — nothing on this page places an order. Accounts with no prediction say so in words rather than showing zero.

• Work the buy: the full pre-season workflow in one place. Work the buy now follows the seven pre-season steps as tabs, each with its own content: the order book by account and by style, the forecast with low-confidence styles first, the depth grid, styles short of a supplier minimum with the buy by supplier beneath, landing month against the earliest cancel date, the monthly money view, and sign-off. The current step is reflected in the page address, and opening a style takes you directly to it.

---

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Repeated column values are no longer shown as a column. Where every row in a table shares the same value — such as Channel on the re-score grid, Achieved on markdown decisions, or Minimum on a supplier's orders — that value is now stated once above the table rather than repeated in every row.

• Eleven empty headings and duplicate chart figures have been removed.

• Pages load only the section you asked for. Opening a specific section of a record no longer triggers data requests for every other section on the page.

• Scenarios on commitments with no declared buy envelope can now be saved and promoted.

• Switching tabs within a commitment now preserves your position — including the row you had open, how you arrived (from the Bench or an account), any comparison you were viewing, and the date you were viewing from.

• On All commitments, the Needs you and Awaiting a second signature filters now open on the correct tab. A failed data load shows an error with a retry option on every tab. A Status column whose data did not load says so rather than showing a verdict.

• All commitments is now a single, unified table. The money bar and its Placed figure are now columns in the main table. Rows that need your attention sort to the top and say so in their Status cell. The page header is cleaner and the layout is consistent throughout.

• "As of" timestamps now reflect the actual time the data was retrieved, across forty pages. Where no timestamp is available, the page shows nothing rather than a placeholder.

• Ask Tightly carries context from the page you opened it on. Demand signals and the Buy plan tell Ask Tightly where you are, so Start with opens with a question relevant to what is on screen.

• **The Bench loads faster and more reliably.

10.11.0

Released on 10.09.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Doors tab for accounts. Account doors now have a dedicated tab alongside What Sold, What to Take, and Showroom. Each door appears as its own row, showing units, stock, rate, products, and weekly performance. The tab header shows how many doors are reporting and how many fall short of the target window. Accounts that report a single combined total appear as one row indicating this; accounts with no data on file show a short explanatory message. The Doors figure in What Sold links directly to this tab. Where available, What to Take figures and rankings per door are also shown.

• Forecast history (Forecast Trust). You can now see every past forecast alongside actual sales, week by week. Forecasts are recorded each Monday and never revised, so each snapshot reflects the number your buying decisions were actually based on — not a recalculated figure. The most recent snapshot is highlighted, with older ones shown for comparison. Expanding the view opens a detailed table showing each snapshot against what sold over the weeks it covered and against the current snapshot.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Open to Buy — channel-scoped commitments. When a commitment is scoped to a single sales channel, placed orders cannot be matched to that scope, so drafted, on-order, and received figures are unavailable. Previously, any missing figure caused the entire page to fail, leaving users with a blank screen and no explanation. The three affected columns now appear together as unavailable, and a clear message explains that those months are not measured for a channel-scoped commitment.

• Condition picker — consistent behaviour on save. The condition picker and the values it saves on confirmation now always read from the same source. Previously, what you saw in the controls and what was saved could be derived separately, which could lead to inconsistencies. Both now use a single, consistent read. Nothing visible has changed for current users.

10.10.1

Released on 10.09.2026

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Financial terms are now consistent across all views

The same figure previously appeared under different names depending on where you were looking — the room, the wall, or Finance — making it hard to tell whether two numbers were the same value or different ones. Every financial metric now uses a single, consistent label throughout:

• Buy envelope
• Chase reserve
• Placed
• Drafted
• Open to commit
• Left to work
• Worked buy
• Needs
• Receipts needed
• On order
• Received
• Over the envelope

Where a figure includes a nested amount, the label stays the same and the breakdown is shown inline — for example, "Open to commit · $43.2K of it drafted" — rather than introducing a separate term. The terms Free to commit, Committed, Landed, and Held have been removed from these views. Ceiling remains the term for a company-year value at retail; envelope remains the term for a commitment's value at cost. Keyboard shortcuts are unchanged.

10.10.0

Released on 10.09.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Skills: new trigger condition and clearer setup. The "When a condition holds" trigger now supports a third metric: the total cost of replenishment recommendations. This lets you automatically start a skill when the value of orders to be placed exceeds a set amount. When configuring this trigger, you'll see three clear controls: the metric to watch, the comparison direction, and the threshold value. The Skills list now also shows the specific condition each skill is set to start on, rather than just indicating that a condition exists. Additionally, the Notify step now clearly labels each delivery option — in-app, email, and Slack — displayed together, with a note about Slack shown beneath, and a prompt when no in-app notification address is on file.

10.9.0

Released on 10.09.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Connect pages now show a complete, consistent picture of your accounts. The weekly sales chart on a retailer's Connect page now matches the compact format used elsewhere — so a week with no sales appears as a visible gap rather than a loading error. The chart's label now counts only the doors shown in the table below it, and that table now includes sales per door and revenue per door. The What Sold view gains Paid, Value, and Out of Stock columns, with revenue shown first. The word used for missing data is now consistent across Accounts, the account book, intake, and the buyer's page.

• Demand Signals now opens with a clear summary of your product performance. The page leads with four performance categories — Winner, Traffic Driver, Sleeper, and Bleeder — shown as a summary table with one row each, followed by Mixed and Not Measured below. Each row shows the category, number of lines and products, revenue, share of total revenue, a plain-language summary of what drove the result, and suggested actions. You can press any category to filter the queue to just those lines. The six finding labels remain visible throughout the page for easy reference.

• Every figure on a Work the Buy row is now a link to the page that holds it. On the pre-season buy wall, each number on a row — accounts, shipping terms, open-to-buy — now opens directly to the page where that figure lives, without any extra buttons or labels. The Accounts figure opens the order book for the account with the largest share of the style, with that style's line shown at the top. The Ships figure opens the supplier's terms, or the style's cost and return if more than one supplier makes it. The Open to Buy figure opens that record at the month the style is expected to land, with the month highlighted. Each of these pages also carries a link back to the exact row you came from. The connection works in both directions: a style line in an account's order book, or a row in What Sold, will open the corresponding buy row with that line selected.

• Work the Buy has a cleaner layout, with controls and columns organised around how planners actually work. The four stacked rows of controls — filter bar, hidden controls menu, scenario row, and status message — are replaced by a single toolbar. Search, filters, sort, work queue, view shape, Team Views, and Rows are all visible at a glance. Less frequently used actions (pivot, compare, add a column, paste, import, export) are grouped under a single ⋯ menu at the right end of the toolbar. The scenario step strip sits directly below the toolbar, and starting a scenario is a single press on the toolbar itself. The working copy's actions — Record, Promote, Decline, Discard, and Compare — appear inline beneath it.

  Column names now follow the order and language of the pre-season planning process: Style · Accounts · Own Forecast · Recommended · Depth · Value at Cost · Ships · Open to Buy · Set by, with unit cost, cover, grains, return, and borrowed shape following. Whose is now labelled Set by, and its cells show Forecast rather than "The forecast's." The demand engine's column is Own Forecast; the analogue column is Borrowed Shape. The Value at Cost header makes the cost basis clear, while every cell in that column continues to show cost-based figures.

---

🐛 Bug Fixes

• "No image" text no longer overflows its slot in the Bundles list. On rows where a bundle has no photo, the words "No image" were wider than the image slot and spilled out on both sides, colliding with the bundle name. The slot now clips, pads, and wraps the text correctly, so it reads as an intentional placeholder rather than broken layout.

• Centra now appears on the Integrations page. Centra, the headless commerce platform for fashion and lifestyle brands, has been a supported data source for some time. It now has its own entry on the Integrations page, complete with a credentials form (instance address and API token), its available actions, and the system-of-record toggle. Brands already connected via Centra will see their connection named correctly rather than listed as an unknown source.

• Declare no longer lets you promise a style that another commitment already holds. If a style is already held by another active commitment over an overlapping window, it no longer appears as an available option in the category drawer. A line above the list tells you how many styles are held, which commitment holds them, and when the hold ends. Held styles are shown as read-only rows so you can see what is unavailable and why. This check happens at the moment you make your selection, rather than surfacing as an error later in the process.

  The drawer also now states clearly what it is showing: the first 200 styles in a category, and the first 200 styles within each holder's range. If a holder's range extends beyond that, the drawer says so. If a holder's data could not be read, that is named explicitly — because a drawer that loaded nothing looks identical to a category with nothing held.

  Held styles are counted toward the drawer's total and excluded from the planner's exceptions, so the summary line (for example, "all 6 active") is accurate and no exception report flags a decision that was never made.

  A colourway sub-row now shows its own shade in both pickers. Previously, every sub-row under a multi-colour style showed the full list of colours, making a style with four colours appear as one. This is now fixed.

• "You" is now used consistently across all views. Several pages — including the showroom, finance ledger, trade grid, catalogue, data page, and declaration view — were using their own local copy of the word for the current user rather than a shared definition. When that word was updated on the Work the Buy page, those pages fell out of sync. In one case, the same page showed "Set by: You" in one place and "Yours" in another. All affected views now use the same shared definition, so the label stays consistent everywhere and will update together in future.

• Open to Buy now includes Drafted and Received columns. Alongside the existing On Order figure, Open to Buy now shows Drafted (money written but not yet placed as an order) and Received (the portion of an order that has already been delivered), both broken down by the expected delivery month. This lets you see all three figures side by side and subtract them directly. A month that has been checked but has no activity is labelled clearly rather than showing a zero. If neither Drafted nor Received data is available for an account, both columns are omitted and noted once in the column header, consistent with how other columns on the grid already behave.

• The readings panel on Work the Buy can now be collapsed with a single click, giving the grid more space. A control at the top right of the readings column lets you hide the entire panel — cards, band, and all. While the panel is hidden, the same control appears on the toolbar so you can bring it back. Hiding the panel gives the grid significantly more horizontal space and increases the number of columns visible at your screen width. The panel's state is remembered between sessions. If you navigate directly to a URL that opens a specific reading, the panel opens to show it regardless of your saved preference, and closing it from there hides only that reading rather than overriding your saved state.

• A view that fails to load now shows a clear message where the rows would be, rather than appearing as a broken grid. Errors that occur before any data loads are also caught and handled gracefully.

• An account's order book and plan now open on the season that is currently trading. Previously, both views defaulted to the first commitment in list order, which is typically the most recently created — often a pre-season commitment with no orders yet. This made accounts appear empty or broken on first open. They now open on the active trading season first, then on any season not yet closed, then on whatever else is available.

• All Commitments now shows consistent money figures throughout. The declared and open-to-commit figures in the header, the chart, and the table were reading from different sources, so the same number could appear differently depending on where you looked — for example, "Not measured" in the header alongside a dollar figure in the chart. All figures now come from a single resolved value per row: the exact amount where it has been measured, and the declared amount on record where it has not. A partial read now says so explicitly (for example, "$3.82M, on 3 of 4") rather than collapsing to an absence label next to a figure that was drawn. "Not measured" now appears only when no row in the current view carries the fact at all

10.8.0

Released on 10.09.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• The buying workflow now follows the standard pre-season planning steps. A progress strip at the top of the screen displays each step in order — Order Book, Own Forecast, Depth, Minimums, Ship Windows, Open to Buy, and Sign-off — with a figure and status indicator for each. Clicking a step filters the grid to show only the rows that require attention at that stage. The grid also includes three new columns: Accounts, Ships, and Open to Buy. Styles that have not yet met their minimum now show their actions directly on the row rather than in a separate list above. The Buy by Supplier section has moved under the Review step for a more logical flow. The Order Book by Account view opens in place of the grid and displays each account's status, ordered units, last season figures, firmness, and next cancel date. The recommendations column is now clearly labelled "Recommended," and the column count is displayed in the toolbar rather than hidden in a browser tooltip.

10.7.0

Released on 10.09.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• The admin portal now includes two new pages alongside Companies: People and Invitations.

  • People lists every user across all companies, showing their company, role, sign-in status, and last active date. Clicking a user opens their associated company record.
  • Invitations lists all invitations ever sent, along with their current status and available actions — previously these were tucked within the company table.
  • The Companies page now also displays a user count and creation date for each company.
  • All three pages share a consistent layout and are accessible to admin-level staff.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Help articles for the new People and Invitations admin pages are now correctly linked, so opening help from either page takes you directly to the relevant article.

10.6.2

Released on 10.09.2026

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Home: Fixed an issue where content blocks could flicker indefinitely if they stopped loading. Blocks now settle and display whatever content they have already loaded, rather than continuing to flash for the entire session.

10.6.1

Released on 10.09.2026

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Home: The morning queue now displays correctly, with each item shown in its own row and sorted by its due time.

• General fixes across several areas:

  • Promoting a scenario no longer fails due to unexpected data being sent.
  • The Bench now correctly reads layout and display settings from the relevant plan.
  • Items with no label or author are now found and opened correctly when searched by keyword.
  • Approved figures in a Markdown decision are now read from the correct field, so the right numbers are displayed.
  • The read-only state of a support session now reflects the server's actual setting.
  • A recommendation created before its supporting rationale was saved now displays the correct reason.
  • The Markdown price ledger no longer repeatedly calls an unavailable route, which was causing unnecessary errors.

• Work — Buy: Actions within a buy are now handled correctly:

  • The table no longer breaks when an item is named "Consolidate colourways."
  • Each action now appears on its own row instead of overflowing outside the panel boundary.

10.6.0

Released on 10.09.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• New supplier controls on the Purchase view and Cash Flow view: You can now cut, delay, or reassign a supplier group directly from both views, with a before-and-after summary shown each time.

  Purchase view: Suppliers are grouped by vendor, showing each vendor's deposit, cancellation notice period, and required order date — all drawn from the vendor's own declared terms, with any missing information clearly flagged. Each action updates your figures accordingly: cutting a supplier group adjusts the deposit and cash timing by a variable amount, delaying shifts the order date, and reassigning a group applies the new vendor's terms and highlights any figures that vendor cannot fulfil.

  Cash Flow view: The same three controls appear on every supplier group row. You can see the earliest affected week and any weeks falling below your set threshold, both before and after making a change, and open a detail panel to enter a specific value.

  Additional improvements: A hover action now correctly labels its delivery month using the standard key shown in the preview, matching the format the cash flow summary expects. In a detail panel, a field whose value is a long text string now displays at full width beneath its label instead of being hidden behind a "Show more" button, so the cash week value is always visible without an extra click.

10.5.3

Released on 10.09.2026

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Improved the Buy Now size curve panel. You can now choose from four sources for the size curve, and each row clearly shows which source is being used and which account it came from. Sizes that have never been purchased are now labeled as such, rather than displaying a meaningless percentage. Units are also displayed more consistently: single rows show units first, followed by the monetary value; when multiple rows share the same figures, they are arranged in a table with columns for name, value, and count — each cell labeled so the information is clear regardless of how it is displayed.

• Fixed an issue where the Buy Now size curve panel would fail to load. The page now opens correctly.

10.5.2

Released on 10.09.2026

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Custom calculated columns can now be created using plain language — for example, "add a column: cost × depth as Buy at cost." The column previews correctly against your own rows before you save it. When saved, the column definition is stored at the organisation level, meaning any view a planner saves is immediately available to their colleagues, with the author's name and save date recorded automatically.

• Delivery quantities can now be split to the month level within commitments, and open-to-buy figures reflect the updated purchase amounts correctly.

• The option ladder now correctly reads tier, prior-year figures per option, and blocked width.

• Replenishment policies are now fully integrated into continuity books and rolling books. Key improvements include:

  • A dedicated replenishment policy panel sits alongside reorder lines, showing the cover target, replenishment frequency, order quantity, policy status, and the date the last order calculation was run.
  • Before saving a policy change, you can preview its impact — including projected cover, units above minimum depth, recovered lost sales, cash at the tightest week, and weeks below the floor — alongside a backtest showing how often the rule would have triggered historically.
  • All reorder lines appear in a single table alongside the policy governing them, their current cover, distance from target, and the units and value the system is recommending. Lines not covered by a policy are clearly labelled as running on Tightly's own recommendation.
  • Applying or removing a policy from a line is a single action, with a confirmation showing which lines will be affected before you confirm.
  • Seasonal ranges that reach a continuity book are notified that the replenishment panel belongs to a continuity book.
  • Policies based on units on shelf (rather than days of cover) are displayed and saved correctly in units — saving such a policy will never convert it into a cover-based rule.
  • A policy with a missing fixed order quantity will now refuse to save and clearly identify the missing value, rather than saving an incorrect figure.
  • Summary counts — recommended value and units, lines outside their corridor, lines on Tightly's recommendation, lines held back by the plan, and remaining open-to-buy within the continuity envelope — are accurate whether the panel is viewed within a room or standalone. Where the recommended amount exceeds available budget, the shortfall is shown as a monetary figure.
  • Each line is measured against the corridor that actually governs it: its own policy's cover target, or Tightly's lead-time corridor where no policy applies, with a clear label where a unit-based rule is in effect.
  • Adjusting a corridor shows the resulting cover per line, at the appropriate time grain, with a note confirming the basis.
  • Policies with no term set display a blank field rather than a zero. The term and cadence fields share a consistent width, and the units and value columns remain fixed at the right-hand edge of the table so they stay visible in narrow views.

• The term panel in the buy workbench now correctly identifies which row holds a cost, and displays information in plain, readable sentences.

10.5.1

Released on 10.09.2026

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Gestures entered as part of a sentence now correctly navigate through the preview and confirm with the receipt shown.

• Fixed a formatting issue affecting row layout, label placement, and a spelling error.

• Cancellation windows from supplier commercial terms are now applied correctly.

• The markdown proposal screen now supports multiple price rungs instead of just one. Each rung shows a full breakdown — including the week, sell-through before and after, margin, floor, markdown amount, units sold, terminal units, and recovery residue. Rungs are now correctly matched to the proposal that created them, so a single-style proposal no longer incorrectly claims a rung intended for multiple styles.

• Two new actions — consolidate and flag — are now available when working with order minimums.

• Saved scenario forecasts now include all eight ledgers.

10.5.0

Released on 10.09.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Pre-season buying now shows how supplier size packs compare to your planned size curve

Suppliers sell size packs as fixed bundles, so the mix you receive rarely matches your planned curve exactly. This difference is now visible on the How it sells tab for each style, before you commit to anything.

You'll see your intended size curve alongside what the available packs actually deliver — including which packs are being considered, their cost, and any surplus units (and their cost) that a pack would force on the buy.

A plain summary sentence describes what the packs would mean for your order. From there, two options are available with a single press each:

• Accept — confirms the quantities the whole packs deliver and lets the pack determine the size mix.
• Buy loose — keeps the depth already on the page and records that the pack comparison was reviewed before placing the order loose. This means a deliberate loose buy is always distinguishable from one where the comparison was never opened.

Both options work on your working copy — they're explorable and undoable. Any surplus units a pack forces into the buy appear on the Supply ledger as Pack surplus.

If the comparison can't be completed, the reason is clearly stated — for example: no pack on file for the supplier, multiple suppliers on the style, no supplier named, a pack containing a size the style doesn't carry, no whole-pack combination that fits the curve, or a size with no unit cost recorded. Surplus is valued at cost, and this is stated clearly since no recovery rate has been set.

---

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Demand, stock at close, and cash figures now update immediately when you cut, swap, or phase a buy — so you can see the effect of a change before saving it.

• The range plan now lets you set a target carryover share and rebalances the mix to meet it

Enter a target carryover percentage and the plan adjusts automatically — trimming the weakest-returning new styles if you want more carryover, or trimming the weakest-returning carryover styles if you want less. Styles are removed whole, one at a time, until the target is met or the plan explains why it can't be. Locked styles are never removed. Before anything is saved, you'll see the current mix, the share your commitment set, the money freed up, and which styles would leave. The whole adjustment lands as a single undoable action on the range sheet.

• Commitments now shows one date format, one currency format, and one verdict per screen — reducing inconsistencies that previously appeared across different views.

• Work the buy now accepts a money target alongside a rule, giving you three ways to cut a buy to a budget:

  • "Free $300K" — removes money from the selection worst-return first, never cutting a style below its supplier's minimum order. Before anything is saved, you'll see what couldn't be freed and which styles were left, with a reason for each.
  • "Landed $1.2M" — the same approach, but walks toward a total spend rather than a saving, buying in whole steps where the buy allows.
  • "At the minimum" — resolves in one action any styles a previous cut has pushed below their supplier's floor: held at the minimum where the season is forecast to sell that quantity, cut where it isn't, and left alone with an explanation where no forecast exists.

  The press applies the rule to your working copy first, so demand, stock at close, cash, and book figures all update before anything is saved. Money targets are only available on buys costed in a single currency. If you apply a money target on top of an existing cut, the target works from that cut rather than starting over — and the summary only counts the money the current action itself moves.

• The hindsight wall now shows a verdict for every style in the buy — Repeat, Reduce, or Drop — based on graded performance readings rather than a single score. The reason beside each verdict explains what the style was graded on. Styles that weren't scored last season now say so plainly instead of showing a blank verdict. The carry figure the wall calculates now flows through correctly to the buy it informs.

• The markdown preview now labels all three of its figures correctly — the cash a depth brings in, how far past its ceiling the close lands, and the units the depth adds. These were previously unlabelled.

• Planners can now add a personal column on the Trade and Work the buy views.

• A supplier's Terms tab now includes fields from deposit through to minimum order value.

• Ending a support session now correctly reports any token it couldn't close on the server, even when other parts of the same action also fail. Previously, if two things went wrong at once, the session could end silently — leaving staff with no confirmation that the customer's access had been revoked.

• Account pages now include a Size run card showing the account's booked lines broken down into size shares — one bar per size, with the percentage served, the units and lines it's based on, and the time it was calculated. Where the buy's curve can't be broken down at this level of detail, the card says so clearly in the account's own name rather than hiding the reason in a tooltip. On the agreed book, recording lines now shows the current position for the wholesale leg and this account's share of it, with a link to the relevant room. Two cases that previously showed nothing — no wholesale leg entered, or the book not yet refreshed — now state clearly which situation applies.

• The minimums desk now makes better use of available screen width — styles below their floor show their supplier terms in a full-width table, the summary strip stays visible at all screen sizes above 1440px wide, and the bulk action bar no longer overlaps the rows beneath it.

10.4.0

Released on 10.09.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Style discontinuation dates are now available on commitment buy lists. A new Leaves column lets you set the last day a style will be included in your plan. Setting a date discontinues the style from the following day; clearing it removes the end date entirely, which is shown as an active, open-ended inclusion — not a blank. The date you pick is inclusive: the style remains in the plan on that day.

  When you open the date field, you'll see a summary of existing commitments behind that style — typed depth, placed purchase orders, and booked wholesale, in units — so you can make an informed decision. The field also tells you that ending a style's inclusion stops its forecast but does not cancel any existing buys. If commitment data can't be retrieved, the field shows "not readable" rather than zero, because an unreadable figure and an empty one are not the same thing.

  Each row clearly identifies its status: active with no end date, leaving on a specific date, governed by a date set at the SKU level (which can't be changed here), or in a workspace that doesn't yet support discontinuation dates. If a change can't be made, you'll see a plain-language explanation — for example, which other plan covers the style, or how many SKUs are holding it — and the row is left unchanged.

  The column is hidden by default and can be turned on from the column picker under The record.

• The company page now gives a clear summary of integration health and usage. Instead of presenting raw connector data across multiple sections, the page now shows two straightforward readings: whether the integrations are working, and whether they're being used. Where savings can't be calculated, the page says so directly rather than leaving a gap or showing an estimated figure.

• The company page now links directly to that company's record in the Hub, and shows when the Hub last confirmed the connection. If no link is available, the page explains why — the Hub isn't configured in this environment, a sync has never completed, or the Hub has seen your fleet but hasn't matched this company. Where a person has a Hub contact on record, that contact is accessible directly from their row in the People table.

---

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Admin pages no longer show multiple failed data requests on load. Previously, opening an admin page without an active tenant caused four separate requests to fail silently in the background. Those requests now wait until a tenant is selected before running.

• Demand forecasting now opens scoped to the active commitment. For Pro merchants, the forecast view starts on the commitment that is currently active, with a clear label indicating whether it's tied to a season or is an open-ended continuity line. If no commitment is active, the full catalogue is shown with an explanation.

• "Enter this company" now correctly opens the selected customer's account. Previously, a caching issue caused the session to carry over details from the staff member's own account, which resulted in access errors. The session now correctly reads the customer's account before navigating, and the session controls have been split into two distinct actions: Return to [tenant], which opens the customer's workspace without ending the session, and End session, which closes the session, revokes access, and returns the staff member to the company record.

• Season close records are now complete and accurate. Terminal stock is routed per style across five routes, each valued at the recovery rates set by your finance team — with the name of the person who declared each rate shown on both the plan and the receipt. Carried styles open the next season's buy grid at the correct carried depth. The close record persists correctly after page reloads, and a season that received carried stock shows what it opens with in both the buy view and its pre-season summary. A closed season whose window has ended shows "Window ended" and allows stock to be routed before it is landed.

• The Forecast trust figure on Home now shows how many weeks it was measured over. The figure now reads in the format "3% less error · 1 week" or "level with doing it by hand · 13 weeks", matching the detail already shown on the Forecast trust page. This prevents a single-week reading from being mistaken for a long-term trend. Where the measurement window isn't known, no window is implied. No figures have changed.

• Several display issues on Home have been fixed. The main content area now uses the full available width rather than being constrained to a fixed column. A saved view that can't be loaded is now removed cleanly with a single explanatory message, rather than holding an empty pane. The labels in the Needs-you row now read At stake and Arranged as separate, distinct values.

• Skills features are no longer shown to Tightly Lite users. The Skills section has been removed from the Lite navigation. The Ask Tightly row remains, as it is included in the Lite plan. Attempting to access a Skills page on a Lite account now shows the page name and a clear message identifying the plan that includes it, rather than loading the full page.

• A markdown line now correctly compares planned figures against realised figures.

• All pending states in the Commitments room now resolve correctly. Requests that go unanswered now end with a clear error message rather than showing a loading state indefinitely. The Declare wizard's first step loads faster, as it no longer waits for a background calculation that belongs to a later step. Wall data is also fetched more efficiently, reducing unnecessary round trips.

• The Plan section in admin now displays correctly. Granted features are shown as a readable, wrapped list of tags rather than a single run-on line. Subscription labels stack correctly beneath their values instead of pushing them out of alignment.

• Ending a support session now always closes it cleanly. Previously, if a step in the sign-out process failed, the session banner could remain visible over the staff member's own screen with the customer's account still selected. The session is now always closed and access always revoked, regardless of whether every step succeeds. The banner's return link is also hidden when the staff member is already on the tenant's Home page — which is where entering a session lands. The Enter page now reads "keeps write access inside the session" for clarity.

• The Plan column in admin now correctly names all four available plans, including Essentials+.

• In Trade, styles with no sales data now show "Not scored yet" instead of "Sold 0". Previously, styles with no sales reading showed zero across the board, which caused the pace calculation to flag them as behind and offer markdown recommendations based on figures that were never measured. A missing sales figure is now treated as absent rather than zero. The styles the book holds no sales data for carry a clear label. Markdown proposals are blocked for any style that can't yet be scored. The sell-through tooltip now names the date range and store the figure was read from, making it easier to spot when a figure is being counted differently.

10.3.4

Released on 09.09.2026

🐛 Bug Fixes

• When a style is dropped from a buy, its original backing depth is now preserved correctly. Previously, dropping a style would erase its backing record — so a style backed at 400 units and then removed looked identical to one that was never backed at all.

• Amend now shows all styles that fall past the line at the updated envelope.

• Cin7 Core can now be set as your system of record. Its connection settings include a Make system of record option, consistent with other supported primary sources.

• The Importing card in Setup now always shows the estimate's basis or the reason it isn't available — it no longer displays blank.

• The sign-in and account-locked screens now each show a single, clear message with no unnecessary links.

• Lite users now see Tightly Lite in the browser tab, the navigation header, and the setup wizard.

• Lite users can no longer send purchase orders by any route. The email and Stock sync (WMS) options are hidden rather than disabled, and Download is the primary action on a drafted order.

• The Lite setup wizard's Where does your data live? step now shows as complete when Shopify is already connected via the App Store — displaying the store name and sync status with no form to fill in. The wizard's final step is now Your email, a single required field pre-filled from your registered address, submitted when you click Finish. The Admin API access token field on step 2 remains hidden in production builds.

• The Mark down drawer's price ledger now shows the engine's own answer for the depth being reviewed — units, revenue, and margin with confidence intervals, the pool used for pricing, and a clear message when the engine cannot price the selection. These figures carry through to the approval proposal.

• Error details that consist of multiple rows of evidence are now displayed as an aligned table rather than a run-on list. Figures are right-aligned and comparable at a glance. A single row or an unstructured list continues to display as a sentence.

• The Reports table is accessible from the commitment room again, including the Unpin option. The table opens as a drawer sized to your screen, so columns expand on wider displays rather than collapsing. The Unpin from this commitment option is available from the row menu.

• The room's Reports section now uses the full width available, so all columns are visible on wide screens. The Asked date and source are shown separately. On narrower screens, less essential columns are hidden rather than causing the row to scroll.

• The buy sheet now loads faster. Two reads that were previously waiting on each other now run in parallel. The sheet displays immediately, the elasticity column indicates when price-response data is still loading, and the values fill in when ready. A failed styles read still blocks the sheet as before.

• Amend: styles past the amended line are now shown as a full-width aligned table with eight columns — including return rank, category, worked cost, unit cost, and initial margin — rather than a narrow list.

• Open to buy: on wide screens, the month grid and envelope explorer appear side by side. Styles past the line are shown as an aligned table rather than a list.

• Open to buy and Amend now measure the available page width correctly, so a pinned Ask panel no longer overflows when the explore or amend panels are open.

---

✨ New Features

• Desk: Cash, stock at close, and the demand walkthrough now reflect cuts, swaps, and phase changes.

• Commitments: Clicking a figure now opens its source, timestamp, and origin.

• Finance: Seven recovery terms can now be declared in Finance settings.

• Commitments: Candidate envelopes can now be explored directly from the wall or a month cell.

• Work the Buy: Money targets are now supported alongside percentage-based actions. Three new options are available:

  • Free $X removes spend from the selection, starting with the worst-returning styles, never below a supplier's minimum — and shows what it cannot free before anything is confirmed.
  • Landed $X works toward a total spend, adding units in whole steps where the buy is under target.
  • At the minimum resolves all styles a cut has pushed below their supplier's floor in one action: held at the minimum where the season is forecast to sell enough, cut where it is not, and left unchanged where there is no forecast. All three show their result before you confirm, and undo with ⌘Z.

• Work the Buy: Rows can now be locked, and a total can be typed on a category row.

  • Lock individual styles from the toolbar; each locked row is clearly labelled and can be unlocked from its own line.
  • Locked rows are skipped by all spread actions — percentages, unit figures, set-to, cuts, pastes, money targets, landed targets, the minimum rule, grain actions, and count targets — and the toolbar shows how many rows were passed over.
  • Typing a total on a category row distributes it across unlocked styles in the wall's merit order: locked rows are accounted for first, then units are moved from worst to best return in whole steps. The result is shown above the grid before you confirm, and a total already covered by locked rows is refused with an explanation rather than silently clamped. The action lands as a single undoable step.

• Commitments: Notes can be added to a row. Request sign-off lets you name a specific signer.

• Every wall, reading, and rail view for a commitment is now on a single page at a single address. Arriving at a commitment takes you directly to the relevant work — the buy before lock, the Trade grid in season, or the reckoning at close. Trade has its own tab and address.

• Commitments: One scenario editor, with any two saved scenarios comparable as A · B · Δ.

• Finance: The buy plan and ledger now clearly indicate when the plan side did not return an answer, rather than showing a plan filled with defaults.

• Desk: Planners can now enter their own forecast by week or by month, with Needs and cash updated accordingly.

• Work the Buy: Price and cost are now available as term-level actions on the buy.

• API documentation is now accessible at app.tightly.io/docs/api/.

• Rail: At most one group is open at a time, so the rail fits on screen without scrolling.

• Adjustments: Reallocate, transfer, and allocate are now available across a selection, each with money and cash figures.

• Finance: Recovery terms are now shown on the wall, alongside the balance and floor.

• Connect: Accounts can be topped up as a selection, with a preview of the outcome before confirming.

• Work the Buy: Two grains are now available in a single grid. The sizes drawer has been removed.

• Allocation: You can now see and act on which accounts are cut when supply is short.

• Commitments: The swap picker now ranks options from the engine, with a reason shown alongside each.

• Who gets cut now shows seven additional data points per account on wide screens, organised into four named groups.

• Finance: Markdowns now show proposed-versus-achieved figures across a selection.

10.3.3

Released on 09.09.2026

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Unrecognised values no longer break pages. If the server returns a value your current version doesn't recognise — such as a new notification type, suggestion category, sales channel, or onboarding option — it now appears as "unknown" rather than causing the page to fail. All other items in the list continue to display normally. Several fields that could previously arrive empty or in an unexpected format are now handled correctly, including commitment dates, saved report data, billing dates, weekly sign-in figures, and connection history reference IDs.

• Commitment and desk navigation works as expected. Opening a commitment's link now takes you to the correct tab for that commitment's stage. If a tab isn't available at that stage, you're taken to the stage's default view instead. The desk retains its own address, and the browser tab now shows the name of what's actually on screen rather than always displaying "Desk."

• Clearer guidance when a purchase order can't be placed. The Bench now explains exactly why a purchase order can't be converted and highlights the specific lines that need attention, rather than simply disabling the Convert button with no explanation. Lines with no unit cost are flagged as unpriced rather than shown as zero-cost, and the "Fill to minimum" option only appears on lines where it can actually make a change.

• The connection test now shows you what was checked and why. When you test a connection, you'll see each check by name along with whether it passed, failed, or couldn't be run — rather than a single pass or fail result. For failed connections, you'll see every item the system tried to read, whether it succeeded, and a plain-language action to fix it. For example, if a role is missing permission to read purchase orders, you'll see the exact steps to add it. Checks that couldn't be completed are shown as "Not checked," which is distinct from a pass or a failure.

• Integrations and sync data no longer carry over between organisations. When switching between organisations in the same session — for example, during the Shopify setup step — integrations, sync status, and last-sync times now correctly reflect the current organisation rather than the previous one.

• The Families desk loads faster. Each panel on the Families desk now appears as soon as its own data is ready, rather than waiting for the slowest panel to load. The family list and conflicts panel no longer wait on the arrivals tray, and family data is fetched once when you open a family instead of twice.

• New users get a clearer, more personalised welcome. When a new user is invited to Tightly, the first screen now greets them by name, shows their company name and who invited them, and asks what kind of company they run. A new second screen collects the company's display name, industry, currency, fiscal year start month, and planning frequency — and confirms the terminology the product will use, so you're not asked the same thing twice. The NetSuite setup form now shows a link to the page a NetSuite administrator needs to visit before filling in any credentials, since none of the required values exist until that step is complete.

• The Admin portal's invitation list is easier to use. Invitations now have their own dedicated search box, so searching the companies table no longer shows unrelated invitations beneath a "No company matches" message. Invitations with no assigned user now display "Nobody" instead of raw data, and long values in any column are truncated so they don't push action buttons out of place.

• Mail and threads are visible even without a connected mailbox. Mail, a record's threads tab, and a supplier's Email tab now show any messages Tightly has already stored, even if no mailbox is currently connected. The prompt to connect a mailbox only appears when there's genuinely nothing to show. When viewing a thread, reply, forward, draft, and Smart Reply options are each enabled or disabled based on what's available, rather than all being blocked together.

• Search on the Families rail and Reorder wall now works correctly. Searching by name on these two surfaces previously matched nothing, silently, for every row. This is now fixed — typing a family or product name returns the correct results.

• Setup now asks where your inventory and stock live before showing connection options. Companies that use an inventory or finance system can select it from the supported options. Companies that don't use one can say so directly — they'll be told clearly that Tightly will manage their purchase orders, and they'll only be shown the integrations relevant to them. The setup wizard also now respects your light or dark mode preference, matching the sign-in page.

• Consistent terminology across settings and key pages. The Settings area now refers to the things you switch between as "Tenants," matching the language already used in the account menu. On Supply, the default shipping box — when no specific one has been chosen — is now consistently called "Standing default" across a supplier's Ships In field, the Terms footer, and purchase order container lines. The Commitments page shown to users who don't yet have access now describes what Commitments does in plain terms, rather than listing navigation items.

• Grid height and column layout stay consistent while scrolling. Grids now maintain a consistent height as you scroll down the page — previously, certain grids would shrink as you scrolled and grow back as you scrolled up. Separately, pressing Size, Colour, Channel, or Delivery on the Work the Buy view now adjusts only the relevant columns, rather than shifting the frozen Style column and everything after it.

10.3.2

Released on 08.09.2026

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Releases can no longer be published without release notes when user-facing changes are included. Branches that contain only documentation or test updates can be marked with a label to skip this requirement. On the demand forecast, items with no source information now display a clear label indicating this, rather than showing a blank space that could be mistaken for a valid data point.

• Session and performance data is now sampled more efficiently, reducing unnecessary data collection. Sessions are now correctly attributed to the region that served them, rather than always defaulting to Ireland. Five previously untracked user events are now captured in usage reporting, closing gaps that existed when certain pages were rebuilt.

10.3.1

Released on 08.09.2026

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed a range of issues across the product, including improvements to the Accounts page, the side drawer, and in-table search functionality, along with more reliable data loading in certain environments.

10.3.0

Released on 08.09.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Demand forecasting now supports scoped views on Pro: You can focus your forecast on a single selling period or an active Commitment. When you apply a scope, the grid, chart, and accuracy figure all update together to reflect it. Season bands and the period selector now share the same list, so selecting a band and selecting the matching period above it refer to the same thing. If a scope returns no data, you'll see a clear message explaining why — rather than a blank grid.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Forecast accuracy is now calculated and displayed consistently: The accuracy figure at the top of the forecast now uses the same calculation method as the audit detail below it, so the two will no longer contradict each other. Several related display issues have also been fixed: the "Weakest signals" section now shows how many signals it is ranking across; a demand signal with no recorded data no longer displays the unhelpful message "Nothing to work"; the signal timestamp now shows how long ago a stale forecast was last run; and chart axes that span more than one calendar year now include the year in their labels.

10.2.0

Released on 08.09.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• The Accounts pane now brings together key account information in one place, including weekly units sold, style-by-style sales performance, activity feed, notes, and contact details.

10.1.1

Released on 08.09.2026

🐛 Bug Fixes

• The vendor scorecard now opens correctly from the Buy Book and displays how much of the book has been reviewed.
• Every row in the rail view now opens its detail page as expected.
• Empty values in the cash and ledger views are now shown as "none" or equivalent labels, rather than displaying as zero.
• Engine flags now have a dedicated screen, and two of them are presented as clear decisions rather than on/off toggles.
• Layout measurements now recalculate correctly after the scheduled window closes, preventing display issues.
• Five incorrect links in the Pro walkthrough have been fixed.
• The tenant switcher in the navigation bar is now correctly labeled under both of its display names.
• Fixed several issues in the API portal: the return rate now accepts percentage-point values correctly, order list pagination works as expected, four date fields now display in plain text as intended, and a planner checkbox saves correctly. All trimmed code examples now display completely.

10.1.0

Released on 08.09.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Admin › Engine modes: You can now search for a store by name and manage its settings individually. Two high-risk options — one that affects what a tenant orders, and one that permanently deletes pricing history — are clearly highlighted and require you to confirm the consequences before saving.

10.0.6

Released on 08.09.2026

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed a timing issue in DsTable that could cause an error when the component was unmounted while a selection was still being processed. The table now safely handles cleanup in these cases.

10.0.5

Released on 08.09.2026

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Status badges now display correctly in the grid. Previously, status badges such as "Oversold" could appear in the wrong row, with row dividers cutting through them — making it unclear which product a badge actually belonged to. Badge labels were also being cut off mid-word (for example, "Off plan · 3 weeks" appearing as "Off plan · 3 wee…"). Both issues are now fixed: badges stay within their correct row, labels display in full, and any additional badges that don't fit are grouped behind a +N button. Clicking or focusing that button reveals all badges for that row. This fix applies to both the needs-you view and the event grid.

10.0.4

Released on 08.09.2026

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Demand Forecasting filters now work correctly when viewing data grouped by product. Previously, selecting a supplier or event from the Filter menu had no effect in the grouped view — the filter appeared to apply (showing a chip with a working Remove button) but was silently ignored. Filters now apply correctly regardless of how data is grouped. Additionally, the chart and accuracy figures now always reflect the same filters as the grid. While results load (which can take up to 16 seconds for large datasets), the grid now displays a clear message confirming that your filter, search, date range, or sort is being applied — so you can tell the page is working rather than unresponsive. On the Forecast Trust page, the Weakest Categories grid no longer shows a pointer cursor on rows that cannot be opened. Hovering over a category name that is too narrow to score still shows a tooltip explaining why.

• Grid rows no longer appear clickable when they have no action. Rows in data grids previously showed a pointer cursor and were reachable by keyboard even when clicking them did nothing. Rows now only appear interactive — with a pointer cursor, hover highlight, and keyboard focus — when they actually do something. Grids where rows can be selected for bulk actions retain their hover highlight, since that indicates the row can be checked. No changes affect grids where row clicks already work.

• Analogs, Families, Bundles, and Bill of Materials pages now display accurate labels and counts. Products that share a name now show their product code to distinguish them. Order line references are correctly labeled as references rather than shown as product titles. Confidence figures now state which page of results they were calculated over. Evidence counts reflect only the items actually compared. Missing images and uncounted builds are now clearly indicated rather than showing a blank icon or a misleading zero.

10.0.3

Released on 08.09.2026

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Order and purchase order display fixes:

  • An empty purchase order now shows a clear message in the Lines table explaining that no products are on the order, rather than displaying a technical error message. The option to retry is no longer shown in this situation, since there is nothing to retry.
  • The Destination panel no longer displays raw system error text when something goes wrong. Each type of failure now shows its own plain-language message.
  • The order list footer now accurately reflects how many orders are shown and how many are hidden. Previously, the counts could contradict each other. The Include completed filter now works correctly: turning it on includes completed orders, and turning it off excludes them — and both the count and the label reflect this accurately.
  • The Overdue count now reflects your full order book from the start, rather than increasing as rows load onto the page. It will only appear once all orders have loaded.
  • The export drawer now correctly describes the column selection — showing both how many columns are selected and how many are available in total.
  • The Split queue now only shows statuses that are meaningful for a given order. Orders with no products no longer show split states that don't apply to them.
  • The Nowhere to go count now reflects only splits that have already been recorded, not unrelated data.
  • If a help article doesn't exist for a page, you'll now see a clear "no article available" message rather than the same error shown when something has actually gone wrong.

• Product record display fixes:

  • Stock value at cost now shows the correct cost-based figure. Previously, the retail value was displayed instead. If the cost value cannot be confirmed, the field is left blank rather than showing a misleading number.
  • A style with 15 variants now correctly shows 15 variants in the Attributes panel and 15 stock rows in the table. Previously, both figures were pulled from the full catalogue rather than the filtered result.
  • The Position grid now covers all variants in a style, not just the first five.
  • Size and depth no longer shows "No stock on hand yet" when stock is present. The panel now reads from the correct data.
  • The Size curve column now displays a curve for styles whose options don't include a size attribute, rather than repeating "No size option" across nearly every row.
  • In the variant detail view: a warehouse with available stock is no longer labelled "Out now"; landing dates are only shown when an order actually exists; the category reference now displays a meaningful label rather than a raw number; and a demand window with no data is left blank rather than showing two zeros.
  • Several unclear or incomplete labels visible to merchandisers have been corrected, including ambiguous status indicators and a lowercase formatting inconsistency.
  • The character counter in the New product drawer now counts correctly and no longer conflicts with descriptions already saved on file.

10.0.2

Released on 08.09.2026

🐛 Bug Fixes

Home and Ask

• A partial week is no longer displayed as a full week, so the summary no longer incorrectly shows a partial week as an 85% drop.
• "Needs your attention" items are counted consistently across Home and All Commitments.
• The greeting now reflects your local time correctly.
• The assistant uses a consistent tone and introduction across all three surfaces.
• New conversations can now access their own history.

Sales Performance

• Net sales for the period now appears as the primary figure, so a result such as an $11M quarter is no longer shown as the top variant's $37.7K.
• Three channels that were all displaying as "Another channel" now show their correct names.
• Discounts are now shown as a positive value, returns are now measured correctly against net sales, and the four figures in each row now add up correctly.

Commitments

• Placed, open-to-commit, and declared values each now display as a separate figure rather than sharing a single label.
• An internal diagnostic message that was incorrectly appearing on the weekly card is no longer visible to users.
• Each of the nine sections now has a direct link that can be bookmarked and reopened.
• Week counts for the season are now calculated from actual retail weeks rather than standard seven-day blocks.

Navigation, Search, and Inbox

• Menu items that previously led nowhere have been removed or now link to their correct pages, and each item's label matches the page it opens.
• Search now returns results from Commitments.
• The notification bell now shows an accurate count of notifications and displays the age of the most recent one.

10.0.1

Released on 08.09.2026

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Table cells now display text correctly without cutting off words. Previously, a cell could split a word at the wrong point, turning phrases like "Not measured" into "t measured" or truncating ledger descriptions mid-sentence. Cells now shrink and clip text properly — showing an ellipsis when content is too long — and columns automatically widen to fit the words they contain.

• Error messages are now clear and relevant. When something goes wrong, you'll see a plain-language explanation written for the situation — for example, "We could not find what you asked for" or "That action is not available here" — instead of a generic technical message. Previously, errors could show unhelpful phrases like "The method is not allowed for the requested URL" after simply clicking a button, or prompt you to check your spelling when no spelling was involved.

• The Ask panel no longer causes a blank page when docked to the left. Moving the Ask panel to the left side of the screen previously pushed the main page content off-screen, leaving it blank except for a sliver of the header. The layout has been corrected so that docking Ask to either side only changes the panel's position — the rest of the page remains fully visible. You also get approximately 176px more space for page content at wider screen sizes when the panel is docked.

10.0.0

Released on 07.09.2026

🚨 Breaking Changes

• This is a complete redesign of Tightly. Version 10.0.0 replaces the entire interface — new visual design, new navigation, new pages, and updated language throughout. This is not an incremental update; every part of the product has been rebuilt from the ground up.

  (Note: versions 6.0.0 through 9.x were never released. There is no missing history between 5.1.0 and this release.)

---

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Free plan messaging is now consistent everywhere. Tightly has no trials, and the product now says so clearly throughout — on billing pages, in menus, in notifications, and in account records. References to trials, trial endings, and trial-related filters have been removed from every part of the interface.

• One unified column picker across all tables. Every table in the product now uses the same column picker. You can search for columns, reorder visible columns by dragging or using arrow keys, see hidden columns below the visible ones, and restore the default layout at any time.

• The 30-day velocity column on the demand planning grid is now optional. It is hidden by default and can be turned on from the Display menu under Columns. Your preference is saved per user.

• In-app help is now powered by Ask Tightly. The previous third-party messenger has been replaced. Ask Tightly answers questions from Tightly's own knowledge base and includes a source citation with every answer. All previous help article links continue to work — bookmarked URLs redirect to the updated articles automatically.

---

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Saved charts no longer get stuck loading. A saved chart could shimmer indefinitely if its data took too long to load, and a saved KPI could go completely blank — no figure, no loading indicator, no message. Charts now have a time limit on loading. If a chart cannot load in time, it displays "This answer could not be read just now." A query that ran and returned no results still shows its result correctly.

• Line and Area charts now look different from each other. Line charts and Area charts were previously drawn almost identically. Line charts now show only the line and its endpoints, with no fill underneath. Area charts show the shaded fill. The two chart types are now visually distinct across all 55 line charts in the product.

• You can now sign out, and signing out is clean. The redesigned navigation did not include a sign-out option. This has been fixed — Sign out now appears in the account menu. Signing out also clears your selected organisation and any active support session, so nothing carries over to the next person using the same browser.

• The "Needs you" panel on Home no longer gets stuck loading. The panel could display a loading state indefinitely if any of its data requests did not return. Loading is now limited to 20 seconds. If a request has not completed by then, the panel shows a message for that item with a "Read it again" option.

• Every Home block now stops loading. Several Home blocks could display a loading state indefinitely when data requests did not return or were never made. All blocks now time out after 20 seconds and display a clear message if data could not be loaded. A block with no data to show — such as a new book with no activity yet — correctly shows an empty state rather than a loading state.

• Home's setup block now shows the right options for your plan. On the free plan, the block was offering store connections that are not available on that plan. It now shows only what your plan supports, and where no store connection is available, it shows the same message the setup wizard shows, with Ask Tightly alongside it.

• Fixed charts on the Lite plan and Home no longer get stuck loading. These charts could display a loading shimmer indefinitely if a data request did not return. A time limit is now applied to all fixed chart reads, and a clear message is shown if the data cannot be loaded.

• The Ask Tightly panel opens correctly from the navigation rail. Pressing the Ask Tightly row in the rail now expands Conversations, Board, and Skills, and lands on Conversations — the same behaviour as other expandable rows. The assistant button at the end of the row is always visible (not just on hover), and ⌘J still opens the panel from anywhere in the product.

• Ask Tightly is named consistently throughout the product. The assistant is now called Ask Tightly everywhere — in email summaries, in the ⌘K command palette, and on the admin adoption card. References to an earlier internal name have been removed.

• Sign-in and access pages now use the new design. Sign-in, invitation, password reset, and several other access pages now open in the redesigned interface. The experience for existing customers signing in is unchanged — the same steps happen in the same order, on a new face.

• Sign-in no longer hangs if the region check is slow. If the region check did not respond, sign-in could stall until the connection timed out. The check now has a five-second limit, after which sign-in continues normally.

• Band charts now show a scale and are easier to read. Every bar chart now displays the minimum and maximum values on a baseline, so a set of similar bars reads as similar data rather than looking like a display error. A bar's label and value are shown together on the left. The chart is also capped at a sensible height so the heading and the bars it describes stay visually connected at large screen sizes.

• Broken links on develop and preview builds have been fixed. Internal preview builds were showing navigation and pages intended only for local development, and those pages appeared empty because the data behind them is only available locally. Preview and develop builds now show the same product pages as the live product.

• Connecting a Tightly Connect address now shows one clear card. A retailer visiting a Tightly Connect address now sees a single card identifying the connection and opening the buyer portal, regardless of plan.

• Tightly Connect now finds seasons correctly on Essentials+. On Essentials+, the accounts list, account book, and account record all failed to load because they were requesting data that is not available on that plan. These pages now load correctly. Where season data is not available, pages show a clear empty state rather than an error about missing declarations.

• Connect no longer offers features that are not available on your plan. On plans where certain Connect features are not included, those options are no longer shown. Each unavailable item is described clearly, once per row.

• A page that stops working now says so. If a page encountered an error on the live product, it would go blank with no message and no way to navigate away. It now shows the crash page with a clear message, the same as on other builds.

• Sales performance pages now load correctly. Two addresses that open the sales performance page were showing a "Not found" error despite the page existing. Both now load correctly.

• Supply and Orders navigation links go to the right pages. Links to supplier pages and order records now use the correct product addresses and resolve correctly for customers.

• The Families and Stock on hand pages have been redesigned and fixed. Several layout issues have been resolved: content no longer overflows its container, column counts are no longer cut off, and figures align correctly. The grid footer now explains the meaning of icons that were previously only visible on hover. On Stock on hand, figures are aligned with the chart title, and controls are grouped more clearly.

• Inventory links now open the correct pages. Twenty-two links across the stock grid, product record, stocktake pages, and variant room were pointing to addresses that do not exist on the live product, so pressing them did nothing. Each now opens the correct page.

• Three pages now open at their correct addresses. The fiscal month view, Reports, and the supplier file upload link now each open at a stable address that works on the live product. Related navigation links have been updated to match.

• The order record's Lines card now fits at all screen widths. At narrower widths, reference details fold under the main content so that key columns — Unit price, Line total, and Verdict — remain visible without horizontal scrolling.

• The setup wizard now works correctly for ERP customers. Customers whose system of record is an ERP (rather than a store) were being walked past the store connection step with no explanation, and the store connection option was hidden on Home. The wizard now includes the store step for ERP customers, marked as optional with a "Skip for now" option. Home also now offers the store connection where it applies.

• Grid columns can now fold at narrow widths. Columns that do not fit at a given width are now hidden automatically and restored when space

5.1.0

Released on 01.09.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Date ranges for continuity entries. When reassigning a continuity membership, each entry can now carry its own start and end dates. An included entry joins from a chosen date and leaves after another — it is covered through its last day, and stops being replenished the day after. An excluded entry's exception is active only within its date range — once it lapses, the item returns to the membership automatically. Each entry displays its dates in plain language, for example "joins 1 Apr 2027 · leaves after 31 May 2027". Entries without dates behave exactly as before: they apply indefinitely. Dates are preserved when an entry is carried across a reassignment, so a previously discontinued line can never accidentally become permanent again.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Continuity commitments no longer show irrelevant buy-lock messaging. A message about buy locks and reorder cutoffs — language that applies to seasonal buying — was incorrectly shown on continuity commitments. Continuity works through rolling replenishment periods, not buy locks, so this message no longer appears.

• Continuity commitments are now labelled correctly. A continuity commitment waiting for sign-off was labelled "Pre-season", and one that was active was labelled "In season" — neither is accurate for a commitment with no season window. Both now display as "Continuity", using the product's own existing term. A closed commitment still shows as "Closed", which applies regardless of type.

• Continuity commitments now show the right actions and pages. A continuity commitment was previously treated like a seasonal one, which meant the wrong actions were available at each stage — including missing access to Handovers, which is central to continuity. The commitment now permanently gives access to the room, This Week, Reorder Lines, Allocation, Supply, and Handovers. Actions that relate to seasonal buy locks are no longer offered, since continuity is managed through a cover corridor and ongoing reorder, not a fixed bought quantity. Setup — covering rules and account selection — is available from every page, at any stage. A closed continuity commitment still shows the relevant close actions.

• The demo-reset progress indicator is now visible. The spinner shown while a demo reset was running was invisible due to a missing icon, leaving the page with no indication that work was in progress. It now uses the standard loading spinner, consistent with the rest of the product.

• Two missing icons on the pairing desk are now displayed correctly. Two icons on the analogue pairing desk were not rendering, which meant a product with no image showed an empty space instead of a placeholder illustration, and an item that was not held showed no mark at all — making held and not-held distinguishable only by colour. The placeholder illustration now displays correctly, and the not-held state is marked with an en dash, giving it a clear visual distinction from a tick regardless of colour.

• The reassignment page now shows accurate, useful information. The page previously opened with five summary figures, three of which were always zero for the most common scenario — no exceptions, no movements, and 199 of 200 entries remaining — pushing the main action off screen. Figures now appear only when they are relevant: exceptions and movements are shown only when present, and the entry count appears only in the final portion of the record where it helps inform a decision. The opening summary sentence also had a grammar error ("would cover what these 1 entry name"), which is now corrected to match the actual count.

• Commitment pages now load progressively, and data fetching starts earlier. The Reorder, Allocation, and Supply pages previously showed nothing until their data had fully loaded, which could look like a broken page. Each now displays its layout immediately and shows a loading state only while data is genuinely being fetched, so a blank page is never mistaken for an error. Separately, data for a commitment now begins loading as soon as its address is known, rather than waiting until the page component is ready — reducing the time before content appears.

• This Week now compares against the same week last year, with clearer figures and labels throughout. Performance was previously measured against a forward projection that no one had set as a plan, which could show planners they were "29% behind plan" against a figure they had never declared. For weeks that have already happened, the comparison is now against the same week in the prior year, and the page says so explicitly. The forecast figure appears on future weeks only and is clearly labelled as a forecast. The chart scale is based on actual trading, so a high forecast no longer compresses the recorded weeks into an unreadable sliver. Status messages now use plain language — for example, "moved to urgent this week, from not measured" — and unrecognised status codes are no longer shown to users. The page also now includes a way to navigate back to the commitment.

5.0.0

Released on 01.09.2026

Tightly 5.0 is the Commitments release. A buying season used to live in a dozen tools — a plan in a spreadsheet, a buy in a cube, orders in one system, sell-through in another, and the reckoning nowhere at all. In 5.0 the season is one thread: you declare it, a second person arms it, you work the buy against a real envelope, you run it week by week, you hear its one-way doors before they close, and you close it with a receipt the next season can learn from. Everything below is live in the product today.

✨ New Features and Improvements

The season, week by week

• This Week — the season's heartbeat, and the first thing an in-season commitment shows you. Open a live commitment on a Monday and it answers Monday's question: Week 9 of 26 · Sold 8,543 against 9,180 expected — 7% behind plan. The whole season is drawn as sold-against-expected weekly bars with a "today" line where fact ends and forecast begins. The verdict is scored on complete weeks only — a week that is two days old is drawn filling, never judged against a full week's expectation — and a future week shows no sales figure at all, because "not yet" is not "sold nothing."

• Cut the week by side or by account. One press reads the same season on DTC, on Wholesale, or on a single account — Selfridges alone, Harrods alone. The wholesale side breaks down by account, because the account is who you sold to. Each cut is its own served reading, so the page stays as fast with thirty accounts as with three.

• Every number says what it stands on. A new footing panel names, per account, whether the figures above are the retailer's own tills (sell-out, through Tightly Connect) or only what they ordered from you (sell-in) — in plain words: "Harrods reports no sell-out yet — what you see is what they ordered, not what they sold." Only genuinely reported sell-out earns the sell-out label; derived arithmetic never does. As each account connects, its row flips on its own — no setup, no redesign.

• Since Monday — what changed while you were away. A short ledger assembles the week from facts the product already holds: what lands this week and in how many orders, what has slipped past the season's close, what is on order with no arrival date, and how the five declared numbers moved between the last two scored weeks — "Sell-through pace moved to breach this week — from hold." Each line takes you straight to the page where the work lives. A quiet week says so out loud, because a stated quiet is assurance and an empty panel is just doubt.

The turns — the season's one-way doors, made audible

• The buy lock, the season opening, and the window's end no longer pass silently. As a door approaches, the commitment says what it closes, dated: "The buy locks — after it, reorder is the only lever on quantity · in 9 days." Once a door is walked, the room says plainly what changed — "This season is open — the five are now scored weekly" — for a fortnight, then steps back.

• The book sorts itself by urgency. On the All Commitments list, each row's Season & timing now carries its next door and date. A commitment within a fortnight of a one-way door picks up the attention rail, so forty commitments triage themselves at a glance — no filter, no report.

Every act, always in reach — and always honest

• All of a commitment's acts now live on the room itself: sign it off, amend the declaration, change what it covers, release the chase, retire it, close and reckon. Each is always listed, in one of three honest states — offered, with one line on what it cannot undo; refused out loud, with the reason as a sentence ("Nothing on this commitment is selling ahead of its forecast, so there is no winner to chase") instead of a hidden menu item; or gated, naming who can walk the door. A refusal that explains itself teaches you what the product can do; a hidden option teaches nobody.

Supply — tranches, and when the book actually lands

• Split a purchase order line into tranches when a supplier slips. When a factory calls to say half a line is delayed, you can now select one line or several, choose how many units move, and give the moved portion its own delivery date — the rest keeps its original promise. The order stays one order; the promise becomes two dated promises instead of one broken one.

• Supply now answers the question that decides whether to order more: does what I have on order arrive before I need it? A new landing view draws outstanding units by arrival week, cut against the season's own window: "600 of 5,340 units land after this season closes — bought for it, arriving after it." Undated units get their own honest figure — neither late nor on time, just unplaceable, and said so.

• On-order figures are now exact for orders with multiple deliveries. An order delivered in several drops could previously count its full quantity once per drop, overstating incoming stock — and an overstated pipeline quietly suppresses reorders. Every outstanding unit now counts exactly once.

• The Bench sits inside the season's own thinking. Reorder suggestions inside a commitment now know what is already staged on the Bench, so a line you have parked for review is never suggested twice — and money only moves when an order is actually approved.

Wholesale and accounts

• Reorder inside a commitment now reads per account. The same lens that cuts the week cuts the reorder view: the wholesale side sits above its accounts, and each account is read on its own signal — the retailer's sell-out where it flows, sell-in stated plainly where it does not.

• Accounts carry their whole relationship in one place: commercial terms and the fill rate each account is promised, the people at the account and the email domains that match incoming messages to it, and the account's own self-reported claims — in their words, with accept or dismiss one press away.

Finance

• The WSSI runs on live weekly flow. Sales, intake, and stock by week, drawn from the same figures the rest of the product runs on — one version of the season's money, not a copy.

• A buy plan is three numbers, not a grid. Growth, intake margin, and turn — from those, the plan derives cost of sales, monthly phasing, opening stock, drawdown, and the full summary in real time. A category that needs to differ from the company numbers takes a stated exception with a written reason, so every deviation carries its own why.

• Open to Buy stays one ladder everywhere. Declared → committed → placed → received, stated once per commitment and read identically by the room, the buy, the Bench, and the orders behind it — nothing re-adds the order book to disagree with itself.

Ask Tightly, in the room

• Ask Tightly now stands inside the commitment you're looking at. Every wall of the room carries the ask, already scoped — and a saved answer can be pinned to the room's own Reports section, re-read live each time it opens, with who asked and when.

• A suggestion that can act now offers the act. Where Ask Tightly's answer points at something the product can do — release a reserve, open an amendment — the answer carries the door itself, not just the advice.

• Demand signals are read verdict-first. The signals card leads with the finding, ranks one way, and shows both bases — so the reading is the same conversation your Monday morning is.

And underneath all of it

• Nothing pretends. Across every new surface in 5.0, an absence is a sentence, never a zero: a failed read says it failed, an unmeasured account says why, a future week refuses to claim it sold nothing, and a commitment covering no products says that is a coverage gap — not a dead season. When the product doesn't know, it tells you what it would need in order to know.

---

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where an order delivered in multiple drops could overstate its on-order quantity, which in turn suppressed reorder suggestions across all replenishment views.

• The season's weekly figures and the room's five declared numbers now always describe the same retail week, even either side of a week boundary.

• Ask Tightly answers about a commitment's acts now render the acts exactly as the product serves them.

4.13.0

Released on 31.08.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• When you save a forecast change that falls within an active buying commitment, the reason picker now tells you which commitment it relates to and when the buy locks — for example, "Knitwear these weeks sits under SS27 Hero — its buy locks Oct 15, 2026." This is informational only and will not block you from saving.

• You can now view any team member's permissions directly from their row menu. Select View Permissions to open a summary of what that person can and cannot do across the product, based on their assigned role and access settings.

4.12.0

Released on 31.08.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Building a skill is now a guided conversation. As you chat through what you want the skill to do, the skill definition assembles itself in real time alongside the conversation. Before anything goes live, it's automatically tested against your own data from the last 90 days. Once you're ready to activate it, you land directly in Ask Tightly.

• Skills now have a dedicated home. A new Skills area gives you a full picture of your automated workflows in one place:

  • Skills list — see all your skills at a glance, including any pending approvals and the current status of each workflow.
  • Skill editor — your skill description is checked for issues as you type, and publishing is only available once the skill passes its evaluations.
  • Run log — review everything a skill changed during a run, with the option to undo an entire run in one action.
  • Eval set — manage the evaluations used to validate your skills.
  • Suggestions — review things Ask Tightly flagged as potentially worth automating, each with supporting evidence.

4.11.0

Released on 30.08.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• The accounts list now displays each retailer's self-reported information — including the claims they have submitted, the value of each claim, and any notes written in their own words — with options to accept or dismiss directly from the list.

• Each account now shows how it can be reached: the contacts associated with it and the email domains used to match incoming messages to that account. If no domain has been recorded, the account clearly says so — without one, incoming emails cannot be linked to the account.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed a display issue in the accounts table where secondary lines of text appeared at the wrong size and rows were not tall enough to accommodate them. Rows now display cleanly and are easy to scan.

• Fixed an issue where clicking an account from the accounts list redirected to the sign-in screen instead of opening the account. The correct account now opens directly, on the expected view and fully loaded.

4.10.0

Released on 30.08.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Buy planning — style table and style drawer. The style table now shows swatches and selectable style chips, an editable weekly rate per row, derived and minimum quantity indicators, a clear status column, and cut styles kept visible as reference rows. Opening a style now shows a five-tab drawer: Depth, Forecast, Cost & Return, Sell-out per Door, and Predecessor — with cut records and takeover history displayed above the detail strip.

• Buy planning — plan declaration rebuilt. The buy plan is now set from three numbers — growth, intake margin, and turn — rather than a category-by-category, month-by-month grid. From those three inputs, the plan automatically calculates cost of sales, monthly phasing, opening stock, drawdown, risk clauses, and the full plan summary, all updating in real time. Categories that need to differ from the company numbers require a stated exception with a written reason. Where information is missing, the plan clearly says so and explains what is needed.

• Buy planning — cube fully connected to the planning engine. Six key behaviours in the buy cube now draw directly from the planning engine:

  • Shallow + chase (70/30): The 30% chase portion is held as a placeholder and every skipped style shows the reason it was skipped.
  • Over-depth with price elasticity: Where a style is over-bought and elasticity has been measured, the cube suggests a price reduction to clear it and logs a price scenario to the ledger, with an explanatory note on the data's observational nature.
  • Elasticity, Chase window, and Lead time columns become available automatically once the engine has the data to support them.
  • Argue band: Releasing a chase reserve names the winning style, and any refusals are shown exactly as returned.
  • Channel × month view: Each cell shows its basis, mixed rows disclose the fact share, styles that cannot be phased state the reason, and an on-order-by-week line is drawn from the longest lead time served.
  • Broken-run chip: Counts rollups that cannot be combined, narrows the sheet on press, and shows per-SKU forecasts and each item's position against the buy.
  • Colour depth entry: Typing units for a colourway is now a single, atomic write — one depth, one split, one transaction — with optimistic saving, rollback on failure, exact refusal messages, and undo support.

• Buy planning — style table layout for the Preseason Cube. The Preseason Cube sheet now shows styles in merit order with rank numbers and a cut line drawn inside the table, pinned column totals, editable input cells, keyboard navigation through undecided rows with Enter and arrow keys, full undo with ⌘Z, shift-click range selection with a floating action bar, engine-delegated tail handling, a grouped column catalogue that clearly marks which columns are unavailable and why, accounts as rows, and a drawer that opens at the exact style or colourway that was clicked.

• Product Data — new dedicated page. Product Data is now a full page with two sections: the Catalogue (your working product table) and Families & Joins (the Join Desk). The page shows at a glance how much of your catalogue is connected and how much spend has no product data behind it. From the Join Desk you can:

  • View each family's structure as a grid of colourways and declared variations.
  • Declare or change how a family varies, with renames preserved as the same identity and removals blocked with a clear explanation where orders exist.
  • Review incoming product arrivals with confidence levels explained in plain language, place them into a family, redirect them, or start a new family using a four-step wizard.
  • Disconnect appearances without losing them.
  • Resolve conflicts where one key maps to two products.
  • Read the full change history in plain sentences.
  • Undo any action with ⌘Z.

• Stock projection — cleaner item view. The stock projection now opens showing only items that have a forward forecast. Blank rows are hidden by default with a count shown and a one-click toggle to reveal them; any blank row that remains explains why it has no forecast.

• Commitments room — stage-aware front door. The Commitments room now shows a different view depending on where you are in the season:

  • Pre-season: A readiness checklist showing which key inputs are in place and which still need attention, each item linking directly to where you can act.
  • In-season: A weekly reading with scored verdict tiles, a week-by-week hold/watch/breach strip, and a "What needs you this week" section where every item links to the relevant page.
  • End of season: A close-out view comparing declared versus landed figures for each number, with a link to Hindsight. Where data has not yet been returned, the page retains the last composed verdict rather than showing a blank.

• Commitments room — rebuilt around a single view of money. The Commitments room now states the declared envelope once and shows spend as a single four-step ladder: declared → committed → placed → received. The allocation below is a bar chart that doubles as a table — one row per category, showing declared width with committed spend filled inside it; pressing a row sets the focus for the whole page. The five declared numbers share one component with a clear rail for each, showing declared target and current position, with the scored state stated once in the header and a single footnote explaining any unscored items. The delivery-month intake is drawn from the money data directly. With no bookings at all, the declared plan is still shown — hatched and labelled — so an empty room is a starting point, not a blank page. Three known limitations are stated plainly: committed spend cannot be split by channel (purchase orders carry no channel tag), booked margin is not available (only a floor figure is held), and sell-out per door is not shown here — each states this in its own words.

• Commitments room — Tia reports (preview). A Reports section in the Commitments room lists any saved questions pinned to that commitment — each re-read live when you open it, showing who asked, when, and its scope. A commitment-scoped ask lets you put a question in the context of the commitment, with the stage suggesting relevant starting questions and the option to pin an answer to the room or open it in the buy planning view. Available in preview at /dev/commitments/tia-reports.

• Inventory — variant room. The variant page for an individual product is rebuilt as a full variant room, showing a composed verdict with one clear entry point, runway against the next reorder landing, price, supply, and activity cards, a demand curve, a proposed reorder cluster, and an attributes panel showing what the recommendations engine is reading. Available on the standard product route and at /dev/variant-room.

---

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Buy planning — Preseason Cube layout and consistency fixes. The options chip and grain rows now draw from a single data read; if no colourway rows are returned, the chip is replaced by a clear absence message. The row expansion is streamlined — the depth argument, edit-impact summary, and channel legs have moved to the Depth tab in the drawer. The two stacked toolbars are consolidated into one, with consistent column naming and a single count vocabulary. All input fields now share consistent styling across the sheet, and the page footer is reorganised into clear bands.

• Buy planning — cut lines and absence messages now span the full row. Text that describes an entire row — such as a cut line or a stated absence — now renders across the full width of the table rather than being confined to the first column and cut off mid-sentence.

• Join Desk — undo now works cleanly for family creation actions. Undoing "Make it its own family" or "Start the family" now correctly moves the product back before removing the empty family shell, so no orphaned family is left behind. If another product was added to the shell in the meantime, the undo is blocked and the reason is shown clearly.

• Join Desk — data now matches what the server actually returns. The family detail view, arrivals summary, conflicts, search, history, and all write confirmations and refusal messages now reflect the exact data the server sends, field for field. Refusal messages are shown exactly as returned rather than being paraphrased.

• Icon fix — alert icon now displays correctly at small sizes. An icon that was resolving to a large illustration — which became an unrecognisable shape at icon size — has been replaced with the correct warning glyph.

• **Buy planning — style rows now

4.9.0

Released on 28.08.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Each account now has its own dedicated page, showing its agreed pricing, a slide-out terms editor, sell-through performance by location, and a full history of changes.

• The Accounts list now leads with order book data: total booked value, the firm vs. at-risk split, cancellation terms, and sell-out performance — sorted by which accounts carry the most risk of orders walking.

• Purchase orders now display the budget commitment each order draws from, and clearly show "Not stamped" as a distinct status when applicable.

• The main commitment overview page has been redesigned to give you a clear, honest picture at a glance: a plain-language summary replaces the previous disclaimer; your five key figures appear as individual status indicators rather than a row of dots; the budget breakdown leads with a visual bar and includes the Rebalance action alongside it; an empty delivery window is acknowledged with a single honest line rather than a blank chart; and explanatory text is condensed to one line each, with the full detail available via an info icon.

• The buy planning envelope meter now shows three clear segments — your working buy, your held reserve, and the remaining open budget — with any spend beyond the envelope flagged in amber on the right. A healthy reserve displays cleanly; an exceeded reserve keeps its label and amber highlight so you can see exactly where you stand.

• Product rows in the buy planner now show the product image and are displayed at a consistent height, so the range reads like a line sheet and scrolls smoothly even with large assortments.

• The buy planner now follows the approved design throughout: all figures display in USD (foreign-currency amounts keep their digits but show no currency symbol); the page layout uses two clear columns with key figures and scenario totals in a fixed rail; guardrails that have been crossed appear as prominent chips, while unmeasured ones are grouped into a single summary row; account statuses appear as chips with reasons available via the info icon; and opening a category takes you straight to its styles.

• The buy planner's category view now types figures at the category level and distributes them across the forecast shape, shows each style's swatch, displays a weekly rate of sale, and includes per-category counts and a row hover — matching the approved design. The style detail panel leads with the style's name and key details, and includes quick actions — adjust by ±10% or match the forecast — alongside the ability to record a depth decision.

• Depth in the buy planner is now calculated from your own trading data — weeks on sale × rate of sale ÷ sell-through — set once for the whole commitment and adjustable per category. Every calculated value updates live as you type, shown as a suggestion until you confirm it. One action locks in all formula-driven values for a category; typing a figure directly keeps that override permanently. Depths more than ten times above or below the suggested figure prompt a confirmation, but are never blocked.

• The buy planner now includes a "Your track record" section showing the full history of this commitment: every recorded action — declared, amended, approved, chase released — with who made it, when, what changed, and the reason given at the time. Missing authors or reasons are shown honestly as absent. A commitment with no history says so in one line, and a note confirms that nothing here affects your score.

---

🐛 Bug Fixes

• The "completed" tag on deliveries no longer uses green — it now reads as a calm, neutral confirmation rather than a colour-coded signal.

• The style detail panel in the buy planner now follows the approved layout in a single, logical scroll: identity, depth and depth history, forecast curve, size breakdown, cost and return with the signed ledger, and a closing summary. The forecast chart now scales to your actual depth, so a high depth value annotates at the top of the chart rather than flattening everything else, and historical actuals appear as a dashed line.

• The style detail panel in the buy planner now shows the price each account actually signed, drawn from the live order book. A held line displays as "sizes and price to follow" rather than $0, and styles with no active lines correctly show their withheld-reason status.

• Empty purchase order deliveries are now handled clearly and honestly: a delivery with no remaining lines shows "No lines remain" and never offers a "Mark All as Delivered" option; the Complete Order step skips empty deliveries rather than flagging a false mismatch — mismatches now appear in amber with an icon, while a full delivery confirmation is shown quietly rather than in green; and a draft order whose only delivery is empty retains its guidance and the option to plan a future delivery.

• First-run and unscored states across the Commitments area now display as clean status chips — a short factual label on the face, with a fuller explanation available on hover. Shared states now use a common component, reducing inconsistency across views.

• The commitment overview no longer incorrectly shows "no order book recorded" when a season-level order book exists. The signed book now resolves in two honest steps: commitment-specific lines take priority; if none exist, the season-level book is used and clearly labelled as such ("signed this season … recorded at season level, not yet attributed to this commitment"), with a disclosure chip and no implied share of the budget envelope; only when both sources return nothing does the absence message appear. The two sources are always kept separate and never combined.

• The commitment overview page is now more compact and accurate. The summary card brings together all key information in one place — status chips, a plain-language summary with a progress meter, your five declared figures, and a provenance line — with the breakdown table directly below. A "nothing is at risk" message now only appears when both the working buy and order book have confirmed it.

• The buy planner now presents information as structured data rows rather than prose: each fact in the register, track record, cut ledger, and scenario ledger appears as a labelled row with a figure and status chip, with explanatory detail behind an info icon. The depth equation is now a clearly labelled set of inputs. A scope selector — view everything, a single channel, or one account's booked styles — is also available and can be bookmarked via the URL, without affecting what any depth figure means.

• The buy planner now uses the full width of your screen.

4.8.1

Released on 26.08.2026

🐛 Bug Fixes

• The on-call panel has been redesigned for clarity: it now displays status indicators and icons in place of emoji, shows incident states in a logical order, includes a scrollable activity table with consistent column widths, and automatically hides empty sections to reduce clutter.

4.8.0

Released on 26.08.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Reorder lines now show their full justification. Each reorder line on a commitment displays the coverage it provides, what the order delivers, and the cost of not placing it. Any figure that cannot be measured is shown as explicitly unknown rather than as zero.

• The envelope meter now works in-season. The progress bar includes a "received" indicator, shows the total declared envelope it is tracking against, and displays any unmeasured amounts with a clear reason instead of showing an empty bar.

• The "needs a person" card now covers in-season as well as pre-season. It flags changes awaiting a decision and lines that would exceed remaining season budget before becoming orders. If the queue cannot be read, it is shown as a blind spot rather than falsely appearing clear.

• The on-call panel now uses the same status icons as your Slack agent. Every status displays its icon on the list, the detail view, the status filter, and the timeline — with a legend explaining each one. Handovers the agent was automatically moved into are distinguished from ones it chose. Where the server provides an icon, it takes priority over any local setting, and statuses without an icon still display their status chip correctly.

• The buy plan's monthly view is back. The monthly shape seeded for each category is visible and editable — planners can shift a named range of months in a single action or edit individual months directly.

• Open any style to understand how its buy was built. You can see what the forecast is based on, how many weeks of cover the depth provides, the cost of over- or under-buying, and the impact of any edits you make.

• The buy plan is now a full reconciliation tool. A persistent summary shows every declared target alongside where the working buy currently stands, and flags any figures that cannot be measured with an explanation. The buy is structured as a hierarchy — category, style, colourway, and size run — where parent totals roll up automatically from their children and cannot be edited directly. Setting a depth at a group level distributes it across styles in proportion to their forecast. The envelope updates live as you spend against it. Every edit is saved to a working copy and recorded as a scenario, and sell-out data is available at the individual door level.

4.7.0

Released on 24.08.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• You can now hand a commitment's planned buy to the Bench for review. The Bench shows, for each agreed buy, how its lines would be spent and how much budget remains. Nothing is spent at this stage — budget only moves when an order is approved.

• The on-call incident detail page now displays correctly: the header, fix-PR link, and Slack link all render as expected. A previously saved PR still appears even when GitHub is temporarily unavailable. The page also shows the full incident timeline — observed, investigated, PR created, merged — in UTC with elapsed times, puts each alert's logs one click away, and lets you filter and sort the incident list by classification.

• The on-call panel now lets you open the related Slack thread, see the current status of the fix PR on GitHub (with a warning if the incident status doesn't match), review the agent's transactions, and download the root cause analysis. The incident list also gained search, sorting, shareable URLs, CSV/JSON export, and auto-refresh.

• Five key declared figures now appear on every pre-season Commitments page — Budget, Work the Buy, Scenario, and Open to Buy — shown as a single strip beneath each page's heading. The strip reflects the current state of your data: figures are marked "not yet scored" until evaluated, then switch to live weekly updates once scoring begins. Where a figure already appears elsewhere on the page, the strip links to it rather than repeating it.

• The same five declared figures now appear across all four in-season execution pages — Reorder, Allocation, Supply, and Handovers — and switch to live weekly updates as soon as a commitment is scored. Reorder lines now correctly reference post-reserve budget rather than duplicating the figure, and each page includes a toggle to review the live view against previous scored weeks.

---

🐛 Bug Fixes

• You can now define and manage selling periods directly in Commitments → Selling periods. A selling period sets the date window for a drop or season and records what ran within it, based on the sales data you've connected. Membership is determined by which styles sold within the window — with exceptions handled individually rather than requiring you to select from thousands of products. The page shows you what the period unlocks (a comparable baseline, and whether the window meets the 90-day requirement for a borrowed forecast) without overpromising. You can duplicate the most recent period as a starting point, and periods are listed oldest-first since each is measured against the one before it. A first period with no predecessor is a valid, expected state.

• Room pages now load correctly when opened directly via a link or a new tab, not just when navigated to from within the app. Rows in the Commitments list are now proper links — reachable by keyboard, correctly identified as navigation, and openable in a new tab with Cmd-click or middle-click.

• Allocation splits now save correctly. Recording a split, cancelling it, and receipting it each follow their own path, and the result is shown clearly on the page — including how many units were released, how many remain unassigned, and whether earmarks were set. If something can't be completed, the page explains what didn't happen and why. The order being split is selected on the page itself, and two controls that had no effect have been removed.

• When a commitment fails to submit, the reason is now brought into view automatically — announced clearly, focused, and scrolled to — rather than appearing off-screen where it's easy to miss. The error heading now reads as a direct response to the action you just took. A commitment with no budget now correctly submits with no budget attached, rather than sending a £0 ceiling that the system treated as a claimed and breached amount. The buy-lock date picker now opens 52 weeks before the window start, matching what the system accepts.

• Buttons across the product now use the correct brand colour consistently. Twenty-four buttons in eighteen areas of the app were using an outdated purple that has been retired from the design. They now all use the standard primary button style. Colour tokens have also been consolidated so the same value isn't defined in multiple places, and a check now runs across the whole product to prevent the old colour from reappearing.

• Clicking Commit now creates the commitment in a single step. Previously, Commit only ran a validation check — the actual save required a second button that appeared below the visible area of the page, meaning that if you didn't scroll down, nothing was saved and no message appeared. Now, Commit validates and saves in one action, and takes you directly to the Commitments list on success. If anything prevents the commitment from being created — a validation failure, a system refusal, a timeout, an issue with the declaration itself, or missing permissions — the reason is shown clearly on the page. Any issues with the record are flagged before you submit, not after.

• Focus indicators (the outline that appears when you navigate by keyboard) now use a consistent colour across the entire product. Previously, two different colours were used depending on which part of the interface you were in, and neither could be updated without a full sweep of the codebase. All focus indicators now use a single, centrally defined colour, and a check prevents the inconsistency from returning.

• A Commitments entry with no commitment behind it no longer shows a broken link. Filters that haven't finished loading no longer trigger unnecessary requests.

• Follow-up questions that change how two time windows are compared now take effect correctly. Previously, a change made through a follow-up — for example, switching from comparing to the previous period to comparing to the previous year — was silently ignored, while the same change made through a direct control was saved correctly. Both now work as expected. The comparison is shown in plain language and held correctly when you ask for it by name. The vocabulary used to set or change a comparison is carefully chosen to avoid conflicts with how time periods are described, so asking "what about last year?" continues to work as a period question rather than being misread as a comparison change.

• Searching for products within a selling period that has already run now searches across the full window, not just the rows currently visible on screen. Styles that didn't fit on the initial page can now be found and removed. The page now clearly distinguishes between three separate counts: what's shown, what the search matched, and what will actually be recorded. The recorded count is drawn from the full window, so it no longer appears to change while you type. A predecessor period that contradicts the selected period is now flagged inline rather than rejected after submission.

• You can now configure your organisation's fiscal year shape directly from Preferences, without contacting support. The fiscal year start month is no longer locked once a plan exists — that restriction was never actually enforced. A new Spring/Summer Length setting controls how the year splits into two halves. Both settings show their effect immediately: a table of the season dates they would produce for this year and next, updating as you adjust the controls. If you change the fiscal shape after plans have already been created, the page tells you what will be affected — how many plans keep their original shape, which halves they cover, and which will now differ from the organisation default. Plans whose details can't be read say so clearly rather than silently falling back to the default.

• Focus indicators now use the correct brand colour throughout the product. The colour previously used was the retired purple that the design system no longer permits — meaning a recent fix that standardised focus ring behaviour across 37 controls inadvertently applied the wrong colour everywhere at once. Focus indicators now use the correct ink: a dark tone in light mode and a lighter tone in dark mode, both meeting accessibility contrast requirements. The loading screen has also been updated to match. Two automated checks now verify that focus indicator colours remain correct across both light and dark themes.

• When a commitment is refused, the page now scrolls the reason into view automatically. Previously, a smooth-scroll was requested but had no effect, leaving the explanation a full screen below the button you just clicked. The refusal message also now uses plain language — internal field names that were being shown directly to users have been replaced with clear, readable descriptions.

• Selling periods now correctly distinguish between two different states that were previously treated the same way: a period that is genuinely the first drop, and a period where no predecessor has been selected yet. Only the latter triggers a calendar-based estimate — which, when applied incorrectly, could land nine weeks off. You can now explicitly mark a period as the first drop. The predecessor field handles all expected states clearly: a named predecessor, an archived one, one that can't be identified, being the first, or no answer yet. Periods filled in automatically by a backfill are labelled as such. The membership search now filters what's loaded from the server rather than only what's visible on screen, and each result shows how many sales the style appeared on, not just unit counts.

• Column headers in the Warehouse Health table now have enough spacing so they don't run together when the dashboard is viewed at a narrower width

4.6.0

Released on 20.08.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Allocation view under Replenishment: You can now see exactly where a purchase order's committed units are allocated — broken down by location and the channels each location serves. Capacity, coverage, and pack constraints are shown with clear labels, and locations with no declared capacity are marked as unknown rather than assumed unlimited.

• Demand detail in Commitments: The Commitments view now shows the forecast and week-by-week sell-through data behind each commitment, so you can see what's driving the numbers.

• Commitment on-track chart: A new chart shows how a commitment's sell-through is tracking against its declared target over time. The target range is shown as a shaded band, the forecast as a dashed line, and actual performance as a solid line. Colour choices are accessible to colour-blind users — amber appears only when there's a sustained issue, and on/off-track status is shown by position in the band, not by red or green.

  • Weeks where stock is confirmed to last beyond the full measurement window are now shown as beyond the horizon rather than as a misleading 52-week figure. The chart marks these clearly with a caret at the top of the plot and a tooltip that reads "At least 52 weeks of cover."
  • The forward cover forecast curve is now shown on the chart, extending past the last recorded week so the projection has a clear landing point.

• Commitment assortment breakdown: A commitment's assortment is now shown style by style, with each row displaying its quadrant, options, depth, and size run. Styles where locations disagree on quadrant are marked "Mixed" with the split shown — rather than silently inheriting a value from the largest group. Where the data can't give an answer, the table says why, distinguishing between a gap in your data and a limitation of the measurement.

• Commitments room and declaration flow redesigned: The Commitments room now leads with the commitments that need attention this week, ranked by urgency, with each row showing its envelope at a glance. The declaration flow shows a live summary of what each step commits you to as you go.

• Commitment action pages redesigned: The Amend, Retire, Close, and Sign-off pages have been rebuilt with a clearer layout. Each leads with a status summary that answers your immediate question, followed by key figures and a clear statement of consequences. Amend shows before-and-after numbers and the budget it frees; Retire shows what returns to the pool; Close states plainly that the action is one-way; Sign-off shows the full declaration with the requester's name and reason.

• Finance section now shows real data: The Finance area's built pages are now accessible at /finance/*. WSSI shows live weekly flow data. The Split, Cash, and Investment Review pages state which data feed they're waiting on, rather than showing placeholder figures.

• Navigation shows the right product rail for your plan: The navigation now consistently shows the features available for your plan — Pro customers see the Pro navigation, and Lite and Essentials customers see the Lite navigation. This was previously inconsistent in some cases.

• Demo account shows both product tiers: Users on the demo account can now explore both the Lite and Pro experiences from a single login, with all features unlocked, so prospects can walk through the full product without switching accounts. Live customer accounts are unaffected.

• Chase reserve release: You can now release a chase reserve against the specific style it was held for. The action moves the dollars from the reserve back into open-to-commit and clearly states that released funds are not ring-fenced.

• Product family shown on the Attributes tab: A product's family is now shown on the Attributes tab alongside its category. Family determines which attributes a product is required to have, so the tab can now tell you what's missing — and if no family is assigned, it explains what that means for completeness measurement rather than showing a blank.

• Family suggestion on the Attributes tab: When a product has no family assigned, the Attributes tab now proposes one based on similar products, along with the neighbours that produced the suggestion. Confidence reflects how much those neighbours agree, not just how close the nearest one is. Nothing is changed until you accept, and if a suggestion can't be made, the tab explains why — whether the product is too different, its neighbours are unclassified, or no image is available yet.

• PIM publishing destinations in Settings: A new Settings section lets you choose which connected channels your product data is published to — one switch per live connection, off by default. The choice is per connection, so adding a new channel asks the same question again. Seeing all destinations in one place makes it clear where your product data is going.

• Organization settings improvements: The Language select on the Organization Profile now shows the organization's current language rather than an empty placeholder, and the organization name's 100-character limit is now enforced when saving, not just counted.

---

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Accessibility improvements across the product:

  • Controls that were missing accessible names — including table sort buttons, checkboxes, sync triggers, quantity fields, and entity-link cells — now have them, so screen readers can identify them correctly.
  • The collapsed search bar no longer places a focusable field inside a button, which caused unexpected behaviour with keyboard and assistive technology.
  • Pages now have correct language attributes and all images have descriptive alt text.
  • Every grid now has an accessible name, so multiple tables on the same page are announced distinctly rather than all as "table."
  • The checkbox tick and indeterminate mark now meet contrast requirements in dark mode.
  • The planning fields on Preferences and the replenishment-method sort control on Warehouses now announce their own names to assistive technology.
  • The position cell's caption separator now uses the correct muted ink rather than the disabled-control colour, which was too low-contrast for regular text.
  • Focus rings are consistent across controls, and each focused cell in a grid shows a single, clearly shaped ring.
  • Inline editing in grids now opens on every editable cell type via keyboard, and menus return focus to their trigger when closed.
  • Tables with arrow-key navigation enabled (starting with the inventory variants grid) now cost one tab stop instead of one per cell, making large grids navigable without excessive tabbing.
  • Tables now announce how many rows are showing, so a search with no results says so rather than emptying silently. Tables also indicate when they're loading.
  • The skip link, page landmark, and navigation landmark are now in place on every page, and route changes are announced to screen readers.
  • The browser tab now shows the current page's name on every route, instead of always showing "tightly."

• Chart and visualisation fixes:

  • Bar and stacked-bar charts with no categories no longer render as unlabelled bars — an invalid chart spec is refused before it reaches the screen.
  • Line chart end labels no longer overlap when multiple series finish near the same value — labels are now spaced to stay distinct and readable, including on small tiles.
  • Generated charts on the board and in chat no longer paint a white background in dark mode — the canvas is transparent and inherits the card it sits on.
  • Chart gridlines, axis labels, legend text, and donut rings now follow the active colour theme rather than being fixed to light-mode colours.
  • Chart tooltips now show their background and border correctly — a naming mismatch had caused every chart tooltip to render with no background over the plot.
  • Chart tooltip inner spacing is restored — a style conflict was removing the padding the tooltip formatter requested.
  • Data labels in dark mode no longer appear in light-theme ink — they now use the product's own text colour and drop out rather than overlapping when space is tight.
  • A stacked bar segment only shows its value label when the segment is tall enough to hold it. Zero-value segments are never labelled.
  • The gap between stacked bar segments is now painted in the card's background colour rather than fixed white, so stacked charts look correct in dark mode.
  • Ranking and donut chart specs are now held to the same rule as bar charts — they must include their categories before rendering.
  • Line chart end labels are now de-collided against the actual plot height on board tiles, so names no longer overprint on short tiles.
  • The money bar's three states are now visually distinct in dark mode.
  • Dark-mode charts no longer show remaining light-theme marks — ranking figures, the budget legend swatch, the replenishment donut, and the price-trend pill all follow the active theme.

• Demand Planning revenue mode: The Actual and Last Year rows now show recorded revenue from the data rather than re-calculating units at today's list price.

4.5.0

Released on 13.08.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Commitment assortment breakdown by capital quadrant. You can now see your commitment's assortment broken down by capital quadrant. Each item displays its quadrant, options, and depth. Items not yet assigned a quadrant appear as their own category rather than being grouped with underperformers.

• Commitment basis page redesigned as a structured fact table. The basis page now presents information as clear fact rows instead of dense paragraphs. The same detail and caveats are all still there — nothing has been removed — but the layout is easier to scan, and each row can display longer explanations inline where needed.

• Cleaner layout across consumption, coverage, and needs-attention sections. Status indicators now appear as badges, paired values as key–value rows, and lists as tables. Every caveat is still accessible, and rows with no figure show a badge rather than a blank dash.

• Commitments pages show only the facts that matter to you. The Commitments list and detail page retain every relevant figure while removing the paragraph-style presentation. Internal route names, method names, and mode names are no longer shown to users.

---

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Commitment status now accurately reflects what has — and hasn't — been measured. Previously, a commitment could show a reassuring "Armed — tracking from [date]" message even when no evaluation had run for weeks, making five meaningfully different situations look identical. There are now five distinct statuses:

  • Not tested yet — the tracking window hasn't opened
  • Awaiting first week — the window is open but no week has been scored yet
  • On track — a retail week has been scored and the commitment is being kept (the date of that week is shown)
  • Not scored since [date] — scoring stopped unexpectedly
  • No score expected — the window has closed

  Each status has a distinct visual indicator (filled, hollow, dashed, or muted dot) so the meaning is clear without relying on colour alone. The status shown in the list view, the detail page header, and the needs-attention section always agree. Breach verdicts are always passed through as-is — this change can only withhold reassurance, never suppress a breach.

• "Vs. doing it by hand" accuracy figure now shows the period it was actually measured over. Previously, both the demand header and the Home accuracy panel displayed a default 52-week window even when the underlying calculation covered fewer weeks — in some cases, just one. The label now reflects the actual number of weeks used in the calculation, and the wording adjusts to read naturally (for example, "your last 1 week of sales" rather than "weeks").

• The list view now clearly states what its figures cover and how items are priced, rather than leaving readers to piece together caveats on their own.

• The list view's Status column now shows the verdict calculated by the system and will no longer display "Armed" as a status.

• The app no longer hangs silently when a page is no longer available. Previously, if you had the app open during a release, navigating to certain pages could cause the app to stall indefinitely with no message or indication of what went wrong. The app now detects this situation and either reloads automatically or shows a clear message with a manual reload option. A slow connection is handled separately and is not mistaken for a failed page.

• A step in the commitment setup guide no longer contradicts a later step. Step 2 previously stated that a commitment on a season with no line plan "covers no items," while step 4 would go on to arm an availability floor across over a thousand items. Step 2 has been corrected to accurately describe how the system resolves your live catalogue.

• The upgrade indicator on locked rows now displays correctly in both light and dark themes.

4.4.2

Released on 12.08.2026

🐛 Bug Fixes

• The financial summary section on a Commitment's detail page is now visible again — it was previously blank due to an error that prevented the page from rendering.
• Three disclosure links on the Commitment detail page no longer have their first character cut off by the sidebar.
• Compiler targets shown in the compile preview now display as readable names instead of raw uppercase codes (for example, MARKDOWN_DEPTH now appears in a human-readable format).

4.4.1

Released on 12.08.2026

🐛 Bug Fixes

• The Commitment detail page has been redesigned to show only what's relevant — clearly and quickly.

  The page previously displayed raw field names, technical identifiers, formula definitions, and lengthy explanatory text that wasn't actionable for day-to-day use. The page now leads with three things: what the commitment is, whether it's on track, and where the money stands.

  Supporting detail — including how each figure is calculated, what it covers, and any relevant caveats — is now available on a dedicated page ("How this commitment is measured"), reached with a single click from the relevant section. Readers who want that context can access it immediately; those who don't will no longer see it by default. No information has been removed — it's been moved to where it's useful.

  Additional improvements included in this fix:

  • Caveats are now accurate and clearly worded. Details such as figures covering managed items only, cost excluding freight and duty, drafted purchase orders not yet counted, and shortfalls summed rather than netted are each explained in plain language. No internal field names appear anywhere on screen.

  • Two header errors have been corrected. A "Rolling · since [date]" label was incorrectly implying that figures had been accumulating from that date; the header now correctly shows when a commitment was declared, while the money section shows the period it was actually measured over. A status label that previously showed the same generic text for every commitment regardless of its actual state now reflects the real verdict from the tracking engine, with a plain-language explanation beneath it.

  • The page no longer flashes blank when opening a commitment. A loading state is now shown immediately while the page content loads, preventing the empty-screen flicker that occurred previously.

  • The money section is easier to read. It now uses a consistent layout — a summary bar, four key figures, and clear use of colour to indicate spend and any flagged issues — matching the style used elsewhere in the product. The page is significantly more compact as a result, with the main content reduced from roughly 1,700px to 916px and supporting text from 354px to 144px.

4.4.0

Released on 12.08.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Commitments page redesign. The Commitments page has been redesigned to match the visual style of the Budget page. Information is now more compact and easier to scan, with cleaner layout, clearer labels, and better use of space. All existing content is still available — some details are now tucked behind expandable disclosures to reduce clutter, but nothing has been removed.

• Scope a commitment to a specific collection. When creating a commitment, you can now browse your drops and capsules to select a collection, rather than entering an ID manually. If you haven't used this feature before, a short explanation helps you get started.

• New full-page flows for signing off and closing a commitment. Actions that have significant financial consequences — approving a declaration or closing a season — now each have their own dedicated page, rather than appearing in a dialog.

  • Sign-off page. Before approving a declaration, you can review every figure exactly as it was submitted, along with a clear explanation of what approval means: which budget pool the envelope draws from, when scoring begins, and confirmation that no orders are placed and no money is spent at this stage. The approval button is disabled for the person who submitted the declaration — a second administrator must sign it off — and the reason is shown clearly rather than hidden.

  • Close page. Before closing a season, you can review what will be recorded: how the buy envelope performed against what was delivered, what stock remains and how it breaks down, and variant-level counts where available. Every figure states what it covers and when it was calculated. You must also specify where remaining stock goes — carryover, evergreen, markdown, or return to vendor — before the season can be closed. This destination is required, and the page explains why. If stock is being folded into an existing commitment, you must select which one explicitly. Nothing on this page suggests pricing, markdown depth, or projected sell-through — those are outside the scope of this action.

  • Cleaner history labels. The commitment history trail now shows plain-language labels for sign-offs, retirements, supersessions, and closures, replacing the raw system terms that appeared previously.

🐛 Bug Fixes

(No bug fixes in this release.)

4.3.0

Released on 12.08.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Commitments can now cover multiple products, variants, categories, and collections — including exceptions. Previously, each Commitment could only target a single category or collection, which meant covering two collections required two separate Commitments, and there was no way to target an individual product or exclude specific items.

  You can now build a Commitment's scope from a list of entries. Each entry targets either a container (a category, collection, or lifecycle slice) or a specific item (a product or variant), and can be marked as included or excluded. For example, you can now say "this category, except these three sizes" in a single Commitment.

  A clear rule governs how overlapping entries are resolved: the most specific entry wins. A variant-level entry overrides a product-level one, which overrides any container. An exclusion only takes effect when it is more specific than the include it is removing. Two situations are flagged before you save — when the same target is both included and excluded at the same level of specificity (which would be ambiguous), and when an exclusion is no less specific than everything included (which would remove nothing).

  Adding an entry is an inline action — the page does not navigate away.

  The Commitment's detail page now includes an "Assigned to" section showing both what you declared and how many variants that covers today. Container membership can change over time, so both figures are shown separately. The count specifies that it is measured at variant grain. When the managed portion differs from the total, both are shown. A scope that cannot be measured is shown as unknown — never as zero, which would incorrectly imply the Commitment covers nothing.

  Existing Commitments are unchanged.

• The Commitments table now leads with financial figures. The column layout has been reorganised to show the three key money figures prominently. The four declared targets that the system does not automatically enforce appear together on a secondary line. Sell-through progress is not shown, as it is not yet tracked against a declared pace.

• Retiring a Commitment is now a dedicated page rather than a dialog. Before you confirm, you can see the five figures that will no longer be defended, where any remaining balance will land (shown at variant level, with a clear explanation when a scope cannot be mapped to a product), and a warning if the receiving Commitment would fall outside its declared range. A reason is required before the retirement can be confirmed.

  Text in exception notes now displays correctly in dark mode.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• You can now amend a Commitment directly from its detail page. An "Amend" action opens a three-step flow where you can update the declared figures, review what changes in the plan, and confirm. No dialogs are involved at any point.

  The amendment flow is designed to read as a new version, not an edit. Every current figure is shown alongside the control that changes it, and a plain-language summary of the change appears before you confirm — using the same wording shown in the history trail. The confirmation step names which version is being created, and makes clear that the previous version is kept in full and that performance is still measured against version 1.

  A reason code is required to confirm. Selecting it also submits the amendment, in a single step. Three of the available codes match those used elsewhere in the product, so you encounter one consistent set of labels. A free-text note is optional and tucked away unless you need it.

  Before you confirm, the page shows a preview of what would change in the plan — comparing the current declaration against the proposed one, without writing anything. Where a comparison cannot be completed, the page says so explicitly rather than showing "unchanged." If the amendment is refused because the figures conflict with another Commitment, the conflict is described inline — naming the other Commitment, its range, its window, and the shared pools — and the page stays exactly as you left it. If the version has changed since you opened the page, you are offered a way to reload and continue.

  The window, scope, and buy-lock date cannot be changed on an amendment. Each is shown as a stated fact with a brief explanation of why it is fixed, rather than a greyed-out control.

  Also fixed: amendment history entries now show the reason code that was selected. Reasons recorded before this fix are shown as uncategorised rather than assigned a guess.

• Commitment detail pages now show week-by-week consumption against the declared plan. The new section sits between the financial summary and the declared targets. Weeks follow the 4-5-4 retail calendar — Sunday to Saturday, fiscal-week numbered — which is the same calendar used across the rest of the planning tools, so week numbers match throughout.

  Each week is measured against the declared glidepath as it was recorded, including the version it came from. A target that falls between two declared checkpoints is interpolated the same way the evaluation engine interpolates it, so the figure on screen and any recorded verdict always describe the same target. Before the first declared checkpoint, no target is shown — a missing target is shown as absent, never as zero.

  Verdicts are shown only when they have been recorded. The four reasons a verdict may be absent are each described in plain language: the Commitment has not been evaluated yet; only one week is served at a time and this is not it; the evaluated week returned no result for this figure; or the week has not closed yet.

  The section is clear about which of the five declared figures it can report on. Two are measured in dollars; two depend on a process that does not run on a schedule; and the margin floor is recorded but not enforced — described in the system's own terms, not a paraphrase. These are grouped by what can actually be measured, rather than listed as five equals.

  A window that has not opened yet shows its open date and a count of weeks remaining, rather than a grid of empty rows. Weeks still ahead of the window are summarised in a single line.

  The section includes a CSV export of the weeks shown, available without a dialog. The file contains week-level columns only; the envelope figure is measured across the full window and is noted separately, since repeating it on every row would produce a misleading total.

  For rolling Commitments, the grid covers the period the spend was actually measured over, with the period's start and end dates shown. The page makes clear that a reading in one period does not carry over to the next.

• Several figures that were silently missing from Commitment pages are now shown correctly. Data that was being discarded before it reached the page — including the buy-lock date, retirement details, available and reserved budget legs, per-category spend, and partial plan previews — is now read and displayed as intended.

• Visual issues caused by missing styles have been fixed. A configuration gap meant that styles defined in shared components were not always included in the final stylesheet, causing some interface elements to appear or behave incorrectly. The following are now fixed:

  • The pending-changes panel animates in and out correctly, rather than appearing and disappearing instantly.
  • The search bar collapses properly when not in use.
  • The cursor changes to a grab icon when scrolling a table by dragging.
  • File-type icons (image, document, audio, video, archive) now display correctly instead of appearing as blank boxes.
  • Button and chip components no longer show a hover shadow when pressed, active, or disabled.
  • Product image thumbnails in grid cells are no longer stretched.
  • The time-range divider line now uses the correct colour.
  • The hover state on editable date-picker cells now works as intended.
  • The result-count badge in the search bar no longer appears in an unintended green. It now uses the correct accent colours and meets contrast requirements in both light and dark themes.

4.2.3

Released on 12.08.2026

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Setting a Commitment's scope is now guided and validated. Instead of typing a category name or channel from memory, you now choose from a searchable list. Categories and sales channels are drawn from the same lists used elsewhere in the app, so misspellings are no longer possible and you always select a channel by name — the correct ID is saved automatically.

  Once you've chosen a scope, you'll see how large that slice of your catalogue is before entering any targets: the number of products it covers and the number of variant–location pairs within it. These two figures are shown separately because they answer different questions and shouldn't be compared directly. The product count is shown alongside your full catalogue total so you can see the scope's share at a glance. Products outside the scope are described as outside it — not as "uncovered" — since whether another Commitment applies to them isn't known at this step.

  For scope types that can't be checked against the catalogue (such as Collections), the field remains a free-text input and a clear message explains that the value will be validated at a later step. Switching scope type now also clears any previously entered value, since a value from one scope type (such as a category name) isn't valid for another (such as a sales channel).

• The Commitments view now shows what a season has actually been booked for. A new section beneath each season's position displays its order book: the booked value, the number of lines, the number of accounts, and the wholesale price those figures are based on.

  When no order book has been provided for a season — which is currently the case for all seasons — the section says so plainly and shows no figures. This is intentional: an absent order book is not the same as a book with nothing in it, and a dash or zero in that position would imply a measurement was taken when it wasn't. If the data fails to load, the section says so and offers a way to try again. A season window with no season assigned explains that its order book can't be located, rather than showing it as unbooked.

  Two figures that can't be calculated are also handled clearly. A comparison against a declared target isn't shown, because no declared target exists on the sold side — and the declared buy figure isn't a substitute, since it measures cost while booked value measures wholesale revenue. A prior-season comparison isn't shown either, because no prior season is declared for the window; the section notes that this comparison — not the booked total — is the more meaningful figure for a pre-book season. Both will appear automatically once the relevant data is available. If the season shown in the order book doesn't match the season declared in the Commitment, the section names both rather than displaying a figure that may belong to the wrong season. The section also shows when the order book was last updated, so it's clear whether the data is current.

  The Commitments view also gains a portfolio-level coverage row, pinned at the bottom, showing what is managed, what sits under no Commitment, and what is deliberately marked as unmanaged. The managed population count isn't currently available, so the row says so explicitly — unknown, not zero — and explains what each status means: a product under no Commitment has no targets defending it, while a product marked unmanaged remains visible in the catalogue and in stock views but is excluded from all Commitment figures. The row will show a link and full counts once that data becomes available.

• The Commitments view now surfaces which Commitments need your attention. A summary section above the table always shows a status. Before any weekly evaluation has run, it tells you the view is active and tracking from the earliest declared start date — this is a pre-tracking state, not an all-clear. If data is loading, a placeholder holds the layout; if a request fails, the section says so and offers a way to retry; if all Commitments are on track, it confirms this using the position figures; if only some could be evaluated, it reports both outcomes rather than showing a single verdict.

  When a weekly evaluation runs, each breach appears as its own row — one per Commitment and breached figure — so you can see exactly what broke without having to click through. Rows are ranked in a consistent order: whether the breach can still be addressed by buying, then the value at stake (with unpriced breaches last), then days remaining, then urgency, then a stable tiebreaker so the order is consistent across reads and matches the Monday pack. Breaches that can still be acted on are ranked above larger breaches that can't, because a closing buy window matters more than the size of a breach you can no longer fix. Each row's description is based only on that breach's own data; any figure that isn't available is omitted rather than estimated. Cover is measured in variant–location pairs, availability in variants — these are never mixed. Where no forecasting engine is enforcing a number, the row says so. A cap applies: at most one urgent and three review-level rows per Commitment, and no more than five rows in total; anything beyond the cap is shown as a count rather than additional rows. The number shown next to the section heading acts as a filter — clicking it narrows the table to exactly the Commitments shown in the rows.

  Because weekly evaluation isn't live yet, breach rows are only visible in preview mode (?fixture=1). In that mode, a label appears directly above the rows making clear that no live evaluation has run, so preview data can't be mistaken for a real result.

  Several visual fixes are also included. An exception note that was displayed in text too faint to meet contrast requirements now uses a colour that meets the standard in both light and dark themes. A ring indicator marking unenforced figures now meets the minimum contrast threshold on both themes. A rolling window's bar colour has been corrected so it reads at the same visual weight as a boxed window's bar. Finally, the view's header no longer shows a count of zero while data is still loading — loading, empty, and zero are now shown as distinct states.

4.2.2

Released on 12.08.2026

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Commitments ledger: text and dates no longer get cut off. Two display issues caused content to be clipped mid-word or mid-number. An explanatory note about why a channel-scoped commitment shows no spend figure was appearing inside a narrow money column, where it lost its opening words. It now appears beside the commitment's name and scope, where it has room to wrap and only needs to appear once. Separately, an unlabelled window's full date range was being cut off at the end date — a partial date is a wrong date. The range now wraps onto a second line so both dates are always shown in full.

  The bar that represents a rolling window no longer uses a fixed colour in light mode; it now follows the page theme like every other border.

• Commitment detail page: full spend breakdown, clearer declare flow, and several fixes.

  The detail page now shows a complete, cent-accurate breakdown of a declared buy envelope: declared amount, chase reserve, open-to-commit, committed spend (split into on-order and received-at-cost), remaining, and forward need. Each figure comes directly from the source data with no recalculation on the way to the screen. Where a figure cannot be computed — for example, a rolling commitment has no fixed end date and therefore no forward need — the page explains why rather than showing a zero. The breakdown also shows the counts behind each figure, who declared the version (with their email address), and, where a declared envelope only partly reserved, how much did not find a pool.

  The five planning inputs are now grouped into two sets: the three a planner adjusts (sell-through pace, buy envelope, chase reserve) and the two they are defending (availability floor, margin floor). This grouping appears on both the detail page and the declare form.

  Two issues in the declare flow are fixed. The drift-band input previously opened pre-filled with a value the planner had not chosen; it now opens empty, with 30 shown as a placeholder and 15 offered as a labelled suggestion, so any value in the record is one the planner actively selected. A declared tolerance was also being sent in a way the record could not store, causing a rolling commitment to read back as though nothing had been declared even when it had. The form now makes clear that a rolling commitment carries no declarable band and arms at the default, and the confirmation step reflects exactly what was submitted.

  Step 2 of the declare flow now tells the planner what their chosen scope covers before they enter any numbers — including the date range a boxed or rolling window resolves to, and a clear explanation if a channel scope will be refused. Where the selected season has no declared assortment, the step says so and explains what that means for the figures, rather than silently falling back to a category.

  The suggestions shown in step 3 of the declare flow were not appearing on production, with no visible error. The five suggested values were being returned by the server but not read correctly by the page, so the form appeared as though no suggestions existed and the confirmation step showed five unanchored numbers. This is now fixed: suggestions appear as intended, with the supporting evidence alongside them.

  The scope example shown in step 2 now reflects the selected scope type rather than always showing "e.g. Knitwear," which was unhelpful after switching to a sales channel and could lead planners to a refusal if no category by that name existed.

• Commitments room: now available to all entitled organisations. The Commitments room was previously visible only to a single organisation added manually for a demo, meaning paying customers who had purchased access would see the feature promoted but could not open it. Access is now granted to any organisation with the appropriate entitlement, consistently across every page of the room. Organisations without the entitlement are unaffected and continue to see the upgrade prompt.

• Commitment receipt: shows the name of who declared each version. Each version now displays the name and email address of the person who submitted it, rather than a raw internal identifier. Versions recorded before this information was captured will show a note that the author was not recorded, with the identifier shown and labelled as such. Action labels that were previously missing now display correctly.

• Commitments ledger: shows the live position of every declared buy envelope. The ledger now shows how each buy envelope is actually tracking, not just its declared total. A visual bar breaks the envelope into received-at-cost, on order, and chase reserve held, against the remaining open-to-commit — with an overspend indicator only where purchase orders genuinely exceed what was declared. Each band's figure is also shown as a number beneath the bar, so the position is readable without relying on colour alone.

  Two new money columns — Committed and Open to commit — appear in the ledger.

  Several clarifications are included throughout: the portfolio verdict always states how much of the book it covers; a channel-scoped commitment shows an explanation rather than a zero or a dash; a declaration that only partly reserved shows the amount that found no pool, clearly labelled and not counted as headroom; drafted purchase orders are excluded from committed spend, and the ledger says so; and a position that fails to load offers a retry rather than showing dashes.

  The envelope bar is now consistent across all surfaces that use it, with colours that follow the light and dark themes.

• Contrast and icon fixes. 33 icons that did not meet contrast requirements have been corrected.

• Dark mode: text colour fixes across several components. The date picker, tabs, bulk-edit controls, and amber figures were showing dark text on a dark background. A theme toggle has been added to the user menu, a dark version of the wordmark is now used where appropriate, and charts now use the correct dark-mode colour palette.

• Dark mode: modal and drawer display fixes. The modal background was making the page behind it lighter rather than darker in dark mode. The drawer was blending into the page background. The light wordmark was appearing on dark-mode sign-in and onboarding screens.

• Email search dropdown: no user-facing change. Internal type annotation fix only; behaviour is unchanged.

• Commitments ledger: envelope bands are distinguishable in dark mode, and both money columns are visible without scrolling. In dark mode, the received-at-cost and on-order bands were too similar in colour to tell apart; each band now has a hairline border on its trailing edge so all four bands remain distinct in both themes. Separately, the ledger's columns were overflowing the page width, pushing the Open-to-commit column off-screen. The declared-number columns now give up space so the two money columns remain visible.

• Home accuracy headline: loads significantly faster. The accuracy figure on the Home page now loads in under 10 milliseconds, down from up to 400 milliseconds previously, with no change to the figures, captions, or empty states shown.

• Dark mode: hover and click surface fixes. The modal background, tooltip colours, and tooltip text contrast have been corrected for dark mode.

• Multi-select badge and nav rail fixes. The count badge on multi-select controls no longer disappears when hovering over its trigger. Hover menus on the navigation rail now open at the same speed and position as tooltips.

• Setup flow: cleaner exit options and accurate list of supported integrations. The setup header now shows at most one exit point, and the log-out option appears only where the import has reached a dead end. The system picker no longer lists integrations that are no longer supported.

• Dark mode: pinned table columns and validation messages. Pinned columns no longer lose their visible edge in dark mode. Validation messages now meet contrast requirements in light mode.

4.2.1

Released on 12.08.2026

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Home loads faster. Several performance improvements reduce the time it takes for the Home page to become usable. All content, numbers, and states on Home remain exactly the same — only the load time is improved.

• Release notes now publish reliably. A publishing error that could prevent new release notes from appearing on the releases page has been fixed.

4.2.0

Released on 12.08.2026

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Demand Trend card: Fixed two visual issues on the Demand Trend card. The card was taller than necessary due to a sizing imbalance between elements, causing the forecast chart to appear cramped — the layout has been corrected so the chart takes up more of the card's space. Separately, the forecast's predicted range band was nearly invisible against the chart background; it now displays clearly while remaining visually distinct from the forecast line.

• Fixed an issue where the active item in the navigation menu was not clearly shown as selected. Also corrected the alignment of the user button in the collapsed sidebar.

4.1.0

Released on 12.08.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Dark mode is now fully readable across the app. Buttons and page surfaces have been updated with a properly designed colour scale, and contrast is now verified across every page in both light and dark themes.

• Commitments now have their own detail page. Opening a commitment takes you to a dedicated page showing all five declared numbers with their stated basis, a live preview of what the commitment arms, and a full receipt history. Status before tracking begins now reads "Armed — tracking from …" rather than showing a misleading all-clear. An invalid or missing commitment ID shows a clear not-found message with a way back.

• The numbers step in the declare flow now guides you as you work. The screen is split into two columns: your five numbers on the left, and a live meaning panel on the right that shows what each number arms once compiled — updating as you move between fields. Where suggestions are available, each one shows its value and evidence, and a single click fills the field and sets the basis automatically. The basis options are now written in plain language ("No anchor — declared judgment", "Own history", "Analog cohort", "Prior order book", "Today's position", "Stated convention"). Input fields size to their content, the buy envelope formats numbers with thousands separators as you type, and placeholder text shows example values rather than generic prompts.

• The Commitments table is clearer and more informative. Each row shows the commitment name with its scope underneath. The window is displayed as a timeline with today's position marked, the glidepath checkpoint is plotted on the progress scale, and status is shown as a colour-coded label: violet for "Needs you", standard ink for "On track", amber for "At risk". A commitment with no tracked week yet reads "Armed — tracking from its window start" rather than appearing blank. Clicking a row opens the commitment's detail page. The top of the page leads with total declared spend across visible commitments, and the empty state uses a clear heading, title, and description.

• The Integrations page is now a list instead of a grid. Every integration that isn't yet connected includes a "Request integration" link. The Admin section has its page title and navigation tabs restored — these had gone missing in a previous update.

• The app's navigation, page backgrounds, menus, and table toolbars now follow your chosen theme. Light mode is unchanged; dark mode now applies consistently to the full page frame.

---

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Chart tiles on the Ask Tightly board now show accurate freshness information. A tile whose data had never been loaded now says "Not yet refreshed" rather than "Data as of today." The "Data as of" label only appears when data has actually been fetched. Renaming a tile no longer causes it to display a timestamp it hasn't earned, and tiles queued for a refresh now show the amber exception indicator.

• Browser zoom no longer closes open dropdowns or the notifications panel. A misplaced refresh bar in the table has been removed in favour of the app-level one that stays in place. "N filters applied" no longer appears as a second way to clear filters on pages that already have a Clear option in the filter panel.

• The declare flow now submits exactly what you declared. Two fields were previously not being sent:

  • The window's season was never included, so every commitment with a seasonal window stored no season label and displayed only bare dates wherever a season name was expected. You can now declare a window by season — chosen from your organisation's Season Calendar, the same list used elsewhere in planning — or by date range. A window with no season declared still shows none, rather than one inferred from its dates.
  • The pace's drift tolerance was never sent, so every commitment was silently armed at the engine's default of ±30% — a band you never set and never saw. The drift band is now a declared field on the numbers step, pre-filled with the engine's default and labelled as such. You can edit it, and it is shown back to you before you commit. If left blank, the engine still arms at its default and the form says so.
  • Channel legs now correctly account for unallocated spend. An undeclared leg adds nothing rather than zero, an absent header envelope leaves the remainder absent rather than guessed, and a zero remainder is shown as fully allocated. The channel legs section now names how many legs declared nothing, warns when legs sum past the header, and includes a note that committed spend is channel-agnostic because purchase orders are not channel-tagged.

• Four places where the product showed information it couldn't support have been corrected:

  • The navigation lock icon now reflects what your organisation actually has access to. Organisations with access to Commitments no longer see an upgrade prompt or an accessibility label reading "Commitments — upgrade."
  • The Commitments list now distinguishes between an empty book, a failed request, and a response the app couldn't read — so "Declare your first commitment" no longer appears over a book that may already contain commitments.
  • The declare wizard's Continue button is now gated on the engine's own compiled verdict, shown with a tooltip explaining why it's unavailable. A refused, errored, or still-compiling preview can no longer proceed to the commit step. If the declaration fails, the server's stated reason is shown rather than a generic "please try again later."
  • The home dashboard's demand signals rows no longer link users with access into the Pro feature pitch.

• The commitment detail page now correctly displays channel legs. A spend envelope split across channels no longer appears as a single undivided number. The compile preview also now states the window the engine resolved, which is not shown anywhere else in the flow when a season is declared.

• A failed load of the Commitments list no longer shows an empty state. The page now withholds the "declare your first commitment" prompt and the commitment count when the list fails to load, and the table shows the failure with a retry option. An unreadable response is treated as a failure, not an empty book.

• Commitment receipts are now readable. Amendments now display their changes as plain sentences — for example, "8–10 wk cover → 10–12 wk cover · own history → analog cohort", one line per channel — rather than showing [object Object]. Each version's declared values are shown where something changed. On both the table and the detail page, the margin floor is shown with a clear indicator and a note on hover that no engine enforces it. A "Not measured here" section names the engine behind each of the five numbers and states that the margin floor is recorded in receipts but not enforced.

• Integrations rows now display cleanly within their two-line layout.

• Status tags no longer rely on colour alone to distinguish active from inactive states. The previous design used green for active and red for inactive — the most common form of colour blindness makes these indistinguishable. Both states now use a neutral tag that prints the word "Active" or "Deactivated" clearly. Amber is unchanged and still indicates exceptions such as pending invites and draft products.

• Four display conditions that had collapsed to a single colour have been restored, including a card hover border that had stopped working.

• Tooltips now open reliably on hover. Previously, tooltips required the pointer to come to a complete stop before appearing, which meant a normally moving hand would often see a long, unpredictable delay or no tooltip at all. Tooltips now open as soon as you hover, with a short grace period when moving between a trigger and its panel so it doesn't flicker. This applies across all tooltip types in the app.

• The keyboard focus ring on the navigation rail is now fully visible. It was previously clipped on the sides and top by the scroll container. It now draws inside the element boundary where nothing can obscure it — same size and colour, visible on keyboard focus only.

• The Inventory summary strip now sits on the same white card surface used elsewhere in the app for figures and data, without increasing the height of the strip. It remains a single line of three figures at a compact height.

4.0.0

Released on 11.08.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Declaring a commitment is now a full page. Instead of opening in a modal, the declare flow lives at its own page and fits naturally into the setup process.

• The Commitments area has a refreshed, clearer design. Empty states now preview what the filled view will look like, the five-number entry step is laid out as a proper form, and the summary preview clearly shows your results, confirmed items, any refusals, and unresolved numbers.

• A new Commitments room is available for eligible organisations. When enabled for your organisation, you can view all your commitments in one place — each row shows the five key numbers as adjustable values and a clear status indicator. A five-step wizard guides you through declaring a new commitment.

• Products, Bundles, Bill of Materials, and Analogs now require a Premium plan. These features are once again restricted to Premium subscribers, and the upgrade prompt is shown clearly in the navigation.

• Demand → Sales views are better organised. Profit Leaks and Winners at Risk now show only the rows relevant to each view. Top Sellers is now a clearly labelled "All" view.

• The setup flow has a clearer progress indicator. A three-phase progress rail now runs through the entire setup process, with a consistent header on every step. Step counts automatically skip steps that don't apply to single-channel organisations.

---

🐛 Bug Fixes

• The forecast accuracy page now displays correctly and is easier to navigate. On wide screens, the page previously appeared as a narrow ribbon with a lot of empty space around it. Content now fills the available width properly, with the per-method table displayed in full below. The page also previously had no way back — the "Open full page" link was a one-way door. It now has a back link that returns you to the page you came from and re-opens the panel you were viewing, so you can see the numbers and the explanation side by side.

  Also on the recommended purchase order Explain panel: the "See the full projection" link now only appears when it leads somewhere useful. Previously it appeared in places where clicking it did nothing. "Recommended restock: 1 units" is also now worded and formatted correctly.

• Column sorting now works in the Users, Organisations, Accounts, and Invitations admin tables. Columns that can be sorted are now sortable; columns that cannot are correctly left without sort controls.

• Text contrast has been improved on Forecast Models and the accuracy page. Secondary text — including column labels, captions, and supporting figures — is now displayed at a contrast ratio that meets accessibility standards, making these pages easier to read.

• The rows returned by Ask Tia are now displayed in a full-featured table. Previously, results appeared in a basic layout with small column labels, no sorting, no pinning, no column resizing, and a hard cap of 50 rows with no way to reach the rest. The table now supports sortable columns, a pinned label column that stays visible when scrolling sideways, resizable columns, and access to all returned rows. Figures are right-aligned, and the row count is clearly shown.

  The table also handles varied result shapes correctly. Previously, if a column only appeared in some rows, it could be missing entirely from the display. All columns are now shown regardless of which row they first appear in.

• The User Access modal in Admin now uses a consistent table layout. Column headings and row spacing are now consistent with the rest of the admin area.

• A colour theming fix restores correct text colour for inactive rows. In four tables, text that should have appeared greyed out was instead showing at full intensity. This is now fixed.

• Several table features that were built but not switched on are now available to users:

  • Team Members now supports pagination, so organisations with more members than fit on one page can reach everyone — previously, only the first page was accessible. First Name is now sortable.
  • Custom Fields and Data Import now include a column chooser and saved views.
  • Product Sales now supports saved views. The option to save a view was previously built but not reachable from the page.
  • Warehouse Status no longer shows a sort option on the Status column, which previously appeared to sort but had no effect.
  • Custom Fields columns are correctly marked as non-sortable, since the underlying data does not support ordering.

• Several table layout and usability improvements across the product:

  • Grouped column headings now stay correctly aligned with their columns when you hide, reorder, or pin columns.
  • Pinned totals rows are now consistent in appearance and support multiple stacked rows.
  • Number columns are now right-aligned at both the heading and the cell level, from a single setting. Previously this had to be applied in two places and was sometimes missed — two column headings in transfer recommendations were left-aligned above right-aligned figures.
  • The empty-state minimum height is now adjustable, so tables inside drawers, settings cards, and accordions no longer show an oversized empty area.

• Budget & Open-to-Buy plan grid improvements:

  • The monthly plan grid now uses the shared table layout. Column alignment, totals rows, and the fiscal year summary are all consistent with the rest of the product.
  • The Budget column now supports type-to-replace, Escape to revert, undo, and the unsaved-changes indicator used elsewhere.
  • Unsaved changes are now shown in the toolbar rather than the card title.
  • Jargon column headings now include tooltips with plain-language explanations. "Open to Buy" no longer relies on a subtitle for its definition.

• Budget breakdown band rows no longer merge visually when a section is empty. Empty sections previously ran directly into the next section's heading, making the layout ambiguous. A dividing line now separates them clearly.

• The Merchandise Financial Plan now supports filtering, search, and sorting. Filters are now in a panel with an applied-filter count and a Reset option. Sorting is available on the category column, every month column, and the total. The fiscal-year total row is now pinned separately so it stays in place when you sort.

• A crash affecting several Demand Planning pages has been fixed. Demand Planning, Demand Events, Retailer Demand, and the Demand panel could all show a blank screen in certain situations. This has been resolved.

3.194.0

Released on 11.08.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Demand Planning now leads with a clear accuracy headline — showing how much more accurate your forecasts are compared to a standard 4-week moving average — rather than a prior-year comparison. Freshness information is consolidated into a single, clearly labelled line. The accuracy scorecard now opens with a plain-language summary, with the detailed per-method breakdown available on request.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Demand Planning – Accuracy report: The accuracy figures now clearly state which sales data they are based on, so you always know the scope of what you're looking at. If the data covers only one channel (such as direct sales), the report says so — rather than implying it covers your entire catalogue. The weekly baseline is also labelled more precisely, so figures that use different calculation methods are no longer shown under the same name.

• Demand Planning – Explain panel: The recommendation explanation now directly answers why a specific quantity is suggested — covering stock on hand, orders in transit, lead time, expected arrival, and what that stock will cover. The full time-phased projection is still available via "See the full projection." This update also fixes an issue where the panel could incorrectly expand the warehouse selection beyond your pinned location, and keeps the Recommendation column fixed in place as you scroll.

• Sales Performance – Loading speed: The page now displays your data as soon as the first results arrive, rather than waiting for a secondary comparison to finish loading. The comparison request now fetches only the rows currently on screen — significantly reducing the amount of data transferred. A comparison that is still loading now appears as a blank value rather than incorrectly showing a change from zero.

• Demand Planning and Sales Performance – Duplicate requests on load: Both pages were previously making two requests on every load — the first without your selected sales channel applied, which returned far more data than needed and was immediately discarded. Both pages now wait until your channel selection is confirmed before fetching, the same way the Inventory page has always worked. Additional efficiency improvements mean that summary totals are only requested when they will actually be shown, and at the appropriate level of detail. Filtering, date range, and channel changes continue to refresh results as expected.

• Large tables – Scrolling performance: Tables with more than 100 rows now load and scroll more efficiently by rendering only the rows currently visible on screen. Page-size options now include 250, 500, and 1,000 rows.

3.193.0

Released on 11.08.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Amber colour now used only for icons and markers, not for body text. Warning messages, headings, and labels now appear in dark ink to meet readability standards. A new amber icon paired with dark text replaces any place where amber was used for sentences or headings. Four places that were using amber for non-warning purposes have been updated to more appropriate colours: a scroll indicator is now purple, a required-field marker and a destructive menu option are now red, and a four-item quadrant set now colours its icons consistently.

• Ask Tightly improvements: Every answer now shows its assumptions and data coverage. You can control the scope of a question, see where a saved chart came from, and open the assistant panel directly from a prompt on the Home page.

• Budget and revenue breakdown is easier to read. The combined chart has been split into two aligned panels — one showing spend against your monthly allowance, one showing revenue on its own scale — so neither figure distorts the other. The data table drops unnecessary decimal places and per-cell percentages, and the header now states how much of the year your quadrants actually cover.

• Budget and Open-to-Buy is now an editable twelve-month planning grid. No setup steps required. You can fill values quickly, save a draft before committing, and review a clear summary table — replacing the previous pie chart and quadrant cards.

• Stock, products, suppliers, retailers, and the entity drawer have been updated. Stock position is shown as days of cover rather than raw counts. You can preview replenishment rules before saving them. Create flows now open as full pages instead of stacked dialogs.

• Demand planning chart and totals strip have been redesigned. Actuals and forecasts are now visually distinct. An accuracy strip shows how often the forecast outperformed the baseline. The demand drawer opens on the same chart you are already viewing.

• Demand signals now read as a prioritised queue, with the calculation behind each figure visible. The promotional events calendar and its product picker have moved into the main table view.

• You can now drag the demand planning chart and period columns backwards through time. Both the chart and the period grid move together, sharing one window. The view reaches up to two years back, and older periods show actuals only.

• Horizontal scrolling now moves the demand planning time window, the same as dragging. When scrolling over the grid, the period columns scroll first; once they reach their limit, the window shifts.

• New button styles and design tokens. Buttons now have primary, secondary, and tertiary variants, with primary as the default. New tokens for section headings, figures, and list rows have been added across shared components.

• An insight's current view is now saved in the URL, so you can reload, bookmark, and share exactly what you are looking at. Previously, refreshing the page returned you to the saved question, and there was no way to share a filtered or adjusted view. Now, any change you make — channel, time grain, comparison basis — is captured in the URL and restored precisely when someone opens your link. A relative time window stays relative, not frozen to specific dates. If a shared link cannot be restored, the page says so clearly and shows the saved insight instead. Undoing your changes removes the view from the URL, so the original board link stays clean.

• Navigation rail with nine sections, inline child expansion, and sales pages for plan-gated areas instead of those areas simply disappearing.

• The notifications panel is now the right size, and each row shows more in less space.

  • The panel now sizes to its content rather than taking up most of the screen regardless of how many notifications you have.
  • Each row is now 46px instead of 74px. Severity, read state, and source are shown through a small colour mark and a concise one-line title.
  • Import notifications now show the actual filename you uploaded, not an internal sequence label.
  • Five notification titles that told you to click the row — which clicking the row already does — have been shortened to just the relevant event.
  • Filtering is now two controls: a tab strip for notification type and an Unread toggle, which can be combined. The promotional card has moved below the notification list.

• Unsaved edits are now shown in one shared bar pinned to the bottom of the page, replacing nine separate toolbar indicators that could scroll out of view.

• Purchase orders can only be created from the basket once every order meets its supplier's requirements. Minimum order value, quantity, batch size, and prepack ratios are checked per supplier and warehouse — the same grouping used when converting. Any shortfall is shown in units you can act on, with a one-click fix for the lines that would resolve it. If the system rejects a conversion, the specific reason is shown per order rather than a generic error.

• Editing an answer in the chat now promotes it to the workspace immediately, rather than offering a separate, limited set of controls. Adjusting a chip, filter, sort, row count, or drill opens the full workspace — same controls, same chat. Further messages then refine that answer. The answer moves rather than reloads, so your figures and chart stay exactly as they were, and Back returns it to the thread.

• Replay (business impact) and the app shell have been updated to present information as evidence rather than marketing copy. This includes the header, global search, empty states, what's-new, and sync.

• Settings and admin are now one hub. Saved views can be pinned to the left rail under the surface they belong to.

• Smart Replenishment now has a Projection view. A toolbar toggle redraws your current filtered selection as a time-phased stock projection grid, keeping your filters, search, and sort on both sides. If the selection is too large for the projection to handle, you are told the actual line count rather than seeing a generic error.

• Stocktakes (cycle counts) are now available alongside Inventory. You can view a list of counts, edit counted quantities in a detail grid, see the difference against system stock per line, and create a count scoped to specific locations and products. Counted quantities can be imported through the existing file upload flow. Uncounted lines show a dash rather than zero, and totals only include lines that have been counted.

• Purchase-order workspace improvements: Deliveries are now recorded on a dedicated page instead of in a modal. The manage stepper is clearer. Delivery and order-detail grids use the updated table design, and statuses are easier to read at a glance.

• Table system updates: Filters popover, quieter toolbar, saved-view pinning, viewport fill, and new cell types for delta values, cover, and cover-gap indicators.

• Charts can now show a reference line and highlight periods that miss a target. Days of cover can display a minimum stock threshold; spend charts can display a budget line. You set the value and specify which side is a problem. Periods that breach the threshold are marked amber, and the line's label shows how many periods are affected. A threshold above the data's range now extends the axis to reach it — previously it was drawn off-screen and invisible. The threshold is preserved in shared links and survives a data refresh.

• The Ask Tightly home page now opens on the board, and your chat history is accessible through a counted button. The board is where your saved answers live, so it is now where the assistant opens. Your past conversations are available through a History · 9 button, which opens a list with starred items at the top, a 30-day default window, and a count of older conversations. Nothing is deleted. At zero conversations the button is not shown. The weekly recap has moved to the header, where it reads as a standing briefing rather than an icon.

• Charts generated by Ask Tightly now have consistent, readable defaults: formatted axis labels, full category names, end labels on ranked charts, a consistent tooltip style, and a colour fallback when no palette is specified.

• Conversations are now named by the answer they gave, not the question you typed. A chat titled from your opening prompt — "show me a chart of net sales by month" — is now titled "Net sales by month · Last 12 weeks", composed from the metric catalog with no guessing. An answer with no query falls back to the starter chip's label, or to your question with the imperative opening removed. The time window appears beside the subject rather than inside it, so it is never cut off. Starter chips no longer create a new conversation each time they are clicked. They now reopen the answer they already produced. The history list reaches back 30 days, with older conversations behind a counted link and starred chats always visible. Conversations already in the list are retitled where their stored name was a verbatim

3.192.0

Released on 05.08.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Lead time is now tracked per warehouse. When calculating lead time, the system looks for the most specific setting available — first by product, supplier, and warehouse together, then by supplier and warehouse, and finally falls back to your organization's default. The resolved lead time, along with the level it was pulled from and a replenishment frequency value, is now visible across the supplier, variant, inventory, and replenishment screens, as well as in CSV imports.

3.191.0

Released on 31.07.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• The supplier catalog table now displays the unit cost, minimum order quantity (MOQ), batch size, and lead time for your selected supplier, rather than the default supplier values.

3.190.0

Released on 31.07.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Buy budget impact is now visible when editing a plan. When you edit margin or revenue in the Edit Plan drawer, a Total Buy Budget Impact preview row shows how your changes will affect the buy budget before you save. Approved edits also display a clear Buy Budget: from → to summary in the Edits panel, so you can easily track what changed and by how much.

3.189.0

Released on 31.07.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Demand trend chart improvements for new products: The chart no longer displays empty data points for products with no sales history. The tooltip now includes a "Forecast started (first data entry)" row showing the date the forecast began, making it easier to understand when projections started for newer items.

• Clearer Line Plan card labeling: The planning-season Line Plan card has been renamed to "Planned $ vs. Revenue Target $" and its gap description now reads "above/below revenue target," making it easier to understand your performance at a glance.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Smart Replenishment filter visibility: The "Excluded Recommendations" filter in Smart Replenishment now only appears for organizations with access to financial planning features, reducing clutter for users who don't use that functionality.

• Supplier Details visual fix: The Needs Attention cards in the Supplier Details overview now display with the correct icon styling.

3.188.0

Released on 30.07.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Faster budget flag reviews: Reviewing an over-the-budget flag at the category level is now more efficient. A single review action covers all items in the drawer, applying or leaving unchanged your changes in one step rather than handling each item separately.

3.187.0

Released on 30.07.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Replenishment frequency is now visible as a column in the Supplier Catalog, Smart Replenishment (Finished Goods and Raw Materials), and Inventory tables. You can also set or update replenishment frequency in bulk via the Supplier Catalog and through supplier data imports.

• Smart Replenishment now includes an "Excluded Recommendations" filter. Use the quick filter or the filter menu to view recommendations that have been excluded due to Open-to-Buy (OTB) cuts. Excluded recommendations are marked with an "Excluded" tag, and the filter shows a count of how many exist.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed a crash in the variant Activity timeline that occurred when a supplier switch event was missing a previous or new supplier. The timeline now displays correctly in all cases.

3.186.0

Released on 29.07.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Demand Planning now shows a wider default date range — 3 months back and 9 months ahead — giving you more historical and future context at a glance.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Corrected a typo on the month selector label in the Financial Plan "Plan a Change" drawer.

3.185.0

Released on 27.07.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• The Shopify integration is now visible on the Integrations page. If you disconnect an active integration, you will be prompted to contact support rather than having the connection removed immediately — helping prevent accidental disconnections.

• Improved the reliability of drawer interactions across the app, so menus, modals, and dropdowns behave more consistently when a drawer is open.

3.184.0

Released on 27.07.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Introduced Merchandise Financial Planning, including Financial Plan, Line Plans, and Open To Buy pages.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed the appearance of the "Set as Default" button on the Warehouse Settings page.

3.183.0

Released on 21.07.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• New Raw Materials replenishment view: You can now switch between Finished Goods and Raw Materials modes in the replenishment screen. In Raw Materials mode, you can expand any raw material row to see exactly which finished goods are driving its demand and how the replenishment recommendation was calculated. Additional improvements include a Variant Type filter and two new columns — Allocated and Available — to help you track stock quantities at a glance.

3.182.1

Released on 21.07.2026

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed a spacing issue on the organization preferences page.

3.182.0

Released on 20.07.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• The Budget tab has been removed from Replenishment, and the Budget Status column, sorting, and filtering options have been removed from Smart Replenishment, streamlining the interface for a cleaner experience.

3.181.0

Released on 17.07.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• You can now connect secondary stores during onboarding without waiting for your primary store to finish syncing.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where Tia's chat history was cut off or overflowing on smaller screens.

3.180.0

Released on 13.07.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• You can now connect your Amazon Seller Central account directly within the app using a guided setup flow, with support for reconnecting your account if needed.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where the assistant panel could get stuck in sidebar mode when switching between embedded and floating layouts, particularly for users with certain browser extensions such as ad blockers.

• Fixed a visual issue where short confirmation dialogs (such as delete prompts) appeared faded out or partially obscured.

• Fixed the contacts filter so you can now select multiple columns when filtering by missing fields. Also improved the layout and text display in the supplier details header.

• The priorities card now consistently displays "Today's Top Priorities" as its title.

3.179.0

Released on 09.07.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• You can now connect ShipHero directly during onboarding for a simpler, more streamlined setup experience.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• The supplier update card now appears correctly in the supply order overview when supplier signals are present, and spacing within the Supplier and Number of Variants cards has been tidied up.

• "Initial Allocation" has been renamed to "Baselining" throughout the app for clearer, more consistent terminology.

• The "Initial Allocation" dashboard suggestion tag has also been updated to "Baselining".

• The Financial Plan section in the navigation bar now displays a dollar sign icon.

• A hidden "Coming Soon" label in the collapsed navigation bar was preventing clicks on page content — this has been fixed.

• The drafted POs dashboard suggestion card now shows all drafted purchase orders, rather than limiting results to the last 7 days.

3.178.0

Released on 06.07.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Filter count indicator on planning views. A chip now displays how many filters are active on demand planning and replenishment screens, so you can see at a glance how much your current view is narrowed down. Click the chip to clear all filters at once. This indicator appears on the main Demand Planning view, the Impact Distribution card in Smart Replenishment, Inventory Overview, the Demand tab on Product, Variant, and Retailer detail pages, and the Replenishment tab on Supplier detail pages.

• Import Sales Orders in Data Management. You can now import Sales Orders directly through Data Management → Import. This makes it easier to bring in sales data from channels that don't have a native integration. The import flow includes dedicated Prepare and Upload steps, consistent with how Purchase Orders are imported.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Tia panel titles are clearer. When viewing your Weekly Recap in Tia, the panel now correctly shows "Weekly Recap" as the title instead of a generic placeholder. The default title for new AI chats has also been shortened from "New AI Chat" to "AI Chat" in both the panel header and chat history.

3.177.0

Released on 03.07.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• The left navigation bar is now organized into sections — Home & Tia, Planning (Financial Plan and Line Plans, coming soon), Operations, and Catalogue — making it easier to find what you need.

• Dashboard action section titles now rotate with updated labels.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where switching accounts could leave the page blank instead of loading correctly. The app now automatically recovers and redirects you to a valid state. Additionally, the "What's New" popup will no longer reappear on every page reload if it previously failed to save your dismissed state.

3.176.0

Released on 03.07.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Tia responses now include action buttons that take you directly to a relevant filtered page, making it easier to act on Tia's answers without extra navigation.

3.175.1

Released on 02.07.2026

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where submitting the same action twice in quick succession could cause an unexpected error instead of being silently ignored. Duplicate submissions are now quietly discarded as intended.

• Fixed a recurring validation error that appeared in certain cases on the product successor recommendations page. Recommendations now load without errors.

• Improved the performance of the smart replenishment and demand planning tables, reducing unnecessary processing overhead on large data sets.

3.175.0

Released on 02.07.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• The dashboard Actions panel now stays a consistent height when you switch between tabs, so the page no longer jumps. Each tab displays its own action count, and tabs with no items are clearly disabled. The Active Purchase Orders section now shows up to 3 incoming POs at a glance.

• Three new fields — Replenishment Mode, Selling Window, and Subcategory — are now available on the product Attributes tab. Selling Window is also available on the variant Attributes tab. When a product is part of an active seasonal line plan, Replenishment Mode is automatically set to Seasonal and cannot be changed. The current replenishment mode is displayed on the product info cards for easy reference.

3.174.0

Released on 30.06.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Quick Actions in global search: When you open the search bar without typing anything, a new Quick Actions section now appears with shortcuts for common tasks — including reviewing AI work, creating drafts, and importing. You can also create new items directly from here, such as products, suppliers, transfer orders, replenishment policies, bundles, successor mappings, and demand events, without navigating away from your current page.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Improved scroll and fade behavior in global search: Fixed two visual issues with the fade effect that appears at the top and bottom of the search panel:
  • Search results and quick actions now scroll correctly within the panel, and the fade indicators appear at the right position — at the true edges of the list rather than in the middle of it.
  • The fade overlay now consistently appears on top of list content, so it is no longer obscured by images or other elements in search results.

3.173.0

Released on 30.06.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Large numbers that have been shortened now show their full value in a tooltip when you hover over them.

• Sorting is no longer available on the Components column in the bundles table.

• The Needs Immediate Attention section on your dashboard has been redesigned with a cleaner layout, including per-user indicators for new items, category filter tabs, rotating titles, and updated empty states.

• Category and Brand are now required fields when creating a product. Both fields support creating and renaming options, but deleting a category or brand directly from the dropdown is no longer available. Subcategory remains optional and still supports creating, renaming, and deleting. The field order in the create product form has also been updated.

• The Create New Product form now includes a Subcategory field. This field is disabled until you select a Category, at which point it shows the relevant subcategories for your selection. You can also create a new subcategory directly from the dropdown. If you change the selected Category, the Subcategory selection will reset.

• Suggested prompt cards in Tia are now top-aligned, so multi-line questions and their icons display consistently.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• When you pin a chart to your dashboard, that chart's section now opens automatically, replacing the previously expanded one.

3.172.0

Released on 29.06.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Removed the "Try Tia Now!" promotional banner. The pinned charts notification now dismisses automatically when you click "View Pinned Charts."

3.171.0

Released on 26.06.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Pinned columns now appear at the top of the Table Settings list and can be reordered by dragging — within the pinned group only.

• You can now reorder table columns by dragging their headers. Each column header shows a drag handle; dragging it moves the entire column — header and cells — to a new position. Neighbouring columns shift to make room, the table scrolls automatically when you drag toward an edge, and columns stay within their group (pinned columns can only be moved among other pinned columns, and unpinned columns among unpinned ones).

3.170.0

Released on 26.06.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• The product successors page has moved to the Products section and is now called Baselining, making it easier to find.

• You can now pin Tia charts to your homepage. Pin or unpin charts directly from the chat or Tia Board, and view all your pinned charts in a collapsible list on the dashboard.

• The Tia launcher on the homepage now surfaces two chart suggestions and one general prompt, each chart suggestion marked with a chart icon for quick recognition.

• In the Demand Planning variants table, hovering over a cell now shows a bundle demand breakdown tooltip with standalone demand figures alongside each bundle's individual contribution.

• A Replenishment Service Level setting is now available in your organization preferences.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue in Demand Planning where date columns appeared in the wrong order or showed outdated dates after changing the date range or granularity.

• Resolved several visual issues with Tia charts appearing in the chat, Tia Board, and homepage.

• The Identify Bundle button now displays the correct layers icon.

3.169.0

Released on 24.06.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• The Channel Performance chart now opens with the last 7 days selected by default, so you see relevant data straight away without adjusting the date range manually.

• The Smart Replenishment table now shows the most useful columns by default, giving you a better starting view out of the box.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where the "Save changes" button on the Organization Profile page remained greyed out after making edits, preventing users from saving their updates.

3.168.0

Released on 22.06.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• The demand planning table now includes a Sales Velocity column, covering both individual items and bundles, giving you a clearer view of how quickly products are selling.

3.167.0

Released on 19.06.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• The replenishment and open-orders sections in the entity drawer now display a clear message when there is no data to show, rather than appearing blank. The drawer also scrolls independently, so the page behind it no longer scrolls at the same time.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed the actions menu on the supplier detail page so it opens below the menu button instead of overlapping the top navigation bar.

• Fixed an issue where decimal values could not be entered in demand planning plan inputs. You can now type decimal quantities as needed.

• Fixed an error on the Product Successors page that occurred when a product had no supplier assigned.

3.166.0

Released on 18.06.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Product and variant detail cards have been updated with a refreshed look. Both cards now display a Seasonal tag, and the variant card also shows the Variant Type.

• The inventory Variants table now shows where each lead time comes from. Inherited lead times are labeled | from supplier or | from org, with a tooltip explaining the source. The org-level tooltip includes a direct link to Preferences, where you can update the system default.

• You can now click a product's title or ID to open a quick-view panel with a summary of that product's details.

• You can now click a variant's title, ID, or SKU to open a quick-view panel with a summary of that variant's details.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an error that could occur when saving account information failed, which previously caused the app to crash.

3.165.0

Released on 17.06.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• The Tia chat launcher now appears at the top of the homepage, alongside a refreshed dashboard layout.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where the Tia weekly recap prompt appeared in the wrong place — it now correctly shows only on the home page when the panel is empty.

3.164.0

Released on 17.06.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Tia can now suggest product mappings based on image similarity, giving you more relevant recommendations.

• Tia now delivers a Weekly Recap — a short summary of your week, available as a notification above the Tia button, a pinned item in the chat sidebar, and a prompt when the panel is empty. Opening it starts a recap conversation in Tia.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• The expected delivery date no longer appears on incoming orders when no date has been set.

3.163.1

Released on 15.06.2026

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed a visual glitch that could occur when navigating to the integrations settings page.

3.163.0

Released on 15.06.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Wholesale retailer management: You can now manage wholesale retailers directly in the platform. This includes list and detail views with tabs for overview, products, demand, and replenishment. Retailer information also appears in smart replenishment and demand planning, and you can configure retailer mappings and set up retailer connections from within settings.

• Integrations settings page: The integrations page is now organized into three clear sections — Active, Self-serve, and Assisted — making it easier to find and manage your connected integrations.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Email attachment downloads: Fixed an issue where downloading attachments from emails failed silently and nothing was saved to your device.

• Large email attachment uploads: Fixed an issue where uploading large email attachments would fail with an error. Attachments of all sizes should now upload reliably.

3.162.0

Released on 12.06.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• When your session expires while you're using the app, signing back in now returns you to the page you were on instead of the home page.

• Purchase orders that have been confirmed now display the 'Current Recommendation' tooltip, since their quantities can still be adjusted.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where the date picker on the purchase order details page would close before you had finished selecting a new delivery date.

• The "Mark All Units Delivered" button is now hidden on purchase orders that have been fully delivered, since there is nothing left to record.

• Fixed the appearance of the button on the price intelligence calculation tooltip.

• Removed the ability to sort columns in the deliveries table, which previously produced incorrect or misleading results.

3.161.0

Released on 10.06.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• After signing in, you are now returned to the page you were trying to access, instead of being redirected to the home page.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where an empty page appeared on load after a session had expired. You are now taken directly to the sign-in screen.

3.160.0

Released on 10.06.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Updated the variant detail and supply order screens to match the latest design, and fixed an issue where long Manufacturing Orders headers were being cut off.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue on touch-screen laptops where hovering over the sidebar no longer expanded it. The sidebar now correctly expands on hover for hybrid devices, while touch-first devices continue to use the manual collapse toggle.

3.159.1

Released on 08.06.2026

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where ignoring an AI-generated purchase order proposal from the dashboard redirected you to a "404 – Page Not Found" error.

• Fixed a visual gap appearing between the table toolbar and the header above it (such as the app header or a modal header).

3.159.0

Released on 05.06.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Updated the app's font to Plus Jakarta Sans for a refreshed visual appearance. Font style shortcuts have been renamed to be more general: use font-r, font-m, and font-b in place of the previous font-gilr, font-gilm, and font-gilb.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue in the inventory view where the "Missing Fields" filter appeared even when there were no missing fields to filter by. The filter now only shows when relevant options are available.

3.158.0

Released on 05.06.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Product Information Management (PIM): You can now manage your product information directly in Tightly. A new Products page and an Attributes tab on product and variant detail pages let you view and organize product data in one place.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed the order of the "Group by Products" toggle in the demand planning filters menu so it appears in the correct position.

3.157.0

Released on 04.06.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• You can now set dates up to 12 months in the past when working with the demand planning table.

• Metric cards now display a neutral gray background on hover instead of purple. You can also show additional labels and text alongside the metric value.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Dropdown menus now size correctly based on their longest option, preventing text from being cut off.

• Demand signal popover cards no longer expand too wide on screen.

• The "Remove from Tia Board" button now appears in the correct style, consistent with other link-style actions.

• Opening the event edit window from the event list page now correctly pre-fills all existing event details.

3.156.1

Released on 03.06.2026

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where the overlay in the High-Velocity SKUs table was not correctly covering the table content.

3.156.0

Released on 03.06.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• You can now edit line item quantities on Confirmed and Fully Confirmed purchase and transfer orders.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Improved the accuracy of tooltip descriptions on the Business Impact page. The Trapped Capital tooltip now clarifies that freed working capital comes from both clearing overstock and improving inventory turnover. The Dead Stock Liability tooltip now more precisely describes capital tied up in inventory that has stopped selling.

• Fixed an issue where demand planning totals would reload unnecessarily when changing pages or sorting results. Totals now remain stable as you navigate, making the page feel more responsive.

• Updated the chat interface border color for a more consistent visual appearance.

3.155.0

Released on 01.06.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Demand Trend modal improvements:

  • The Last Year line in the chart now displays as a continuous line (no data point markers), and automatically shows or hides to match the Last Year toggle in the parent table.
  • The chart legend has been redesigned: hover over a series to highlight it, click to show or hide it, and the last remaining series stays locked so the chart always displays data.
  • A notice now appears at the top of the modal for unmanaged variants, with a direct link to the variant page.
  • Fixed a missing shadow on the last row of pinned columns in tables displayed within the modal.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue in Supplier Details → Purchase Orders where the table would sometimes display data from all suppliers instead of the selected one — particularly after clicking Clear Filters or on first load. The supplier filter is now correctly maintained in all cases.

• Reduced the size of the drag handle used to reorder columns in table settings.

3.154.1

Released on 21.05.2026

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue in the replenishment policies table where sorting by rule configuration and type columns was incorrectly available. These columns are no longer sortable, preventing unexpected behavior.

3.154.0

Released on 21.05.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• You can now search and filter items within a table's selected rows view using the search bar.

• Your current table page is now saved in the URL, so you'll return to the same page when navigating back.

• When viewing selected rows in a table, the filters menu is now visibly disabled rather than closing unexpectedly. A tooltip explains why filtering is unavailable in this view, and any open filter menu closes automatically when you enter it.

3.153.0

Released on 20.05.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Fixed alignment of the edit button and info tag styling on the supplier edit menu.

• Removed the description and updated the icon on the impact distribution chart.

• Added a "View in Table" mode to the selected-items menu across Inventory, Basket, Supplier details, Replenishment Policies, Replenishment Sets, Purchase Orders, Transfer Orders, Demand Events, Bill of Materials, and Supplier Prepack variants. When you click "View in Table" in the menu footer, the table switches to show only your currently selected rows — paginated at your usual page size, with all columns, sorting, and quick actions still available. A banner confirms you're in this focused view. You can deselect rows without losing them from the list; they're removed only when you exit. Click "Return to Full View" (in the banner or menu footer) to go back to the full table, exactly where you left off. This option is not available in "All Pages" mode.

• Added a selected-items menu to every table with quick actions, including Inventory, Basket, Suppliers, Demand Planning, Demand Events, Smart Replenishment, Replenishment Policies, Replenishment Sets, Purchase Orders, Merchandising Collections, and Supplier Prepack variants. Click the "X selected" indicator to open a dropdown listing each selected item with its image, name, and details. The dropdown is searchable and scrollable, and lets you remove individual items without having to locate them in the table. In "All Pages" mode, the dropdown shows excluded items instead, with a one-click option to re-include them. A "Clear all" button in the footer resets your entire selection.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed the search bar width in the event list table so it now expands correctly when space is available.

3.152.0

Released on 20.05.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• The total demand chart now displays as a line chart, making it easier to track trends over time.

3.151.1

Released on 20.05.2026

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Improved the layout of the filter menu across all tables (Inventory, Basket, Suppliers, Contacts, Product Sales, Demand Planning, Smart Replenishment, Purchase Orders, and Manufacturing Orders). The menu now includes a dedicated close button on the "Filters" heading, displays your row/variant/product count directly below the heading, and shows "Clear Filters" in its own clearly separated bar. The filter menu on smaller screens is not affected by this change.

3.151.0

Released on 18.05.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• On screens narrower than 1024px, the sidebar no longer stays pinned open. At that width, a permanently open sidebar takes up too much space from tables and charts, so it now collapses to icon-only by default and expands temporarily when you hover over it. The lock button is hidden at this size. If you shrink your browser window below 1024px while the sidebar is locked, it collapses automatically — and if you widen it back above 1024px, your previous lock setting is restored. Touch interactions are unchanged.

• Oracle Fusion is now available as an ERP option during onboarding setup.

• Demand signal metrics and recommendations now open on click rather than on hover.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• The "See Suggested Mappings" link on the dashboard now correctly takes you to the product successors recommendations page.

• Fixed a crash that could occur when opening certain pages if your account settings were incomplete or not yet configured for your organization.

• Fixed a layout issue where a white bar would appear pinned across the top of the page on first load, partially covering content above tables — such as the archived-supplier warning on the purchase order details page. The toolbar now behaves correctly: it only appears once you scroll past the table header, and disappears again when you scroll back up.

3.150.1

Released on 18.05.2026

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed broken links in the event list table.

3.150.0

Released on 18.05.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• You can now search the event list directly from the table using the new search bar.

3.149.0

Released on 18.05.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• When you add a variant to your basket from the Reorder High-Impact Variants card on the Dashboard, the confirmation message now shows the variant name in bold so you can immediately confirm you added the right item.

• Tables throughout the app have been updated to make filtering, selecting, and navigating your data easier:

  • The filter panel now sits beside the table rather than above it, stays visible as you scroll, and always fits within your screen — no more scrolling the page to reach the bottom of a long filter list.
  • The toolbar and quick-actions bar are now grouped together and stay visible as you scroll, so using a quick action no longer hides the toolbar.
  • The filter panel no longer closes when you select rows.
  • Your row selections are now preserved when you change filters or search terms, so you can refine your view without losing your choices. Note: switching to "All Pages" mode will clear your selection when filters or search terms change, and switching between saved views always clears your selection, since each view represents a different set of data.

• The pagination control on long tables now stays pinned to the bottom of your screen as you scroll, so you can jump to the next page without scrolling all the way down. It stays clear of the horizontal scrollbar and tucks neatly out of the way when you scroll back to the top of the table.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where reducing the number of rows displayed per page (for example, from 25 to 10) left a large blank space below the table. Tables now resize cleanly when you change the page size. The last page of a multi-page table intentionally keeps the same height as other pages to prevent the layout from jumping.

3.148.0

Released on 15.05.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Tabs can now display a numeric badge next to their label — useful for showing counts at a glance. The badge automatically adjusts its appearance based on whether the tab is active or inactive.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Sorting has been disabled on the date comparison column in the sales performance table, where it was not working correctly.

• Fixed layout issues in the variant supplier dialog — the actions column and input fields are now properly sized.

3.147.0

Released on 14.05.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Added a Price Intelligence tab to the variant detail page, featuring a sales velocity and price-changes chart with a Weekly/Monthly toggle.

• Tia, the AI assistant, is now available to all users. You can access the Tia panel, chat history, and all Tia pages without any special feature access required.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where the Review BOM button in the raw materials table was partially cut off and not fully visible.

3.146.2

Released on 14.05.2026

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Tables that appeared blank when no data was available will now display a "No data available" message by default, even when no custom empty state has been configured.

3.146.1

Released on 13.05.2026

🐛 Bug Fixes

• The basket variants table no longer shows an empty backordering column when none of the items are marked for backordering.

• Fixed an issue where users who had previously deselected a required table column were unable to get it back. Required columns are now automatically restored to your column settings when you open the table, and your preferences are saved accordingly.

• Demand planning tables now correctly limit results to 10 or 25 rows per page.

3.146.0

Released on 13.05.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Improved tables across the app. All data tables now share a consistent set of features: column resizing and pinning, sticky headers, sticky horizontal scrollbar, multi-column sorting, and saved views. You'll also notice smoother horizontal scrolling in Firefox, column resize handles that auto-scroll the table when dragged to the edge, column widths that display as expected without unexpected stretching, and faster interactions when toggling columns, selecting rows, or changing pages on large datasets.

• New "Retail" sales channel type. You can now work with Retail as a distinct sales channel type alongside D2C. The Sales Channels settings page has been redesigned to reflect this, the Forecast Models bar chart can now be filtered by individual sales channel, and your sales channel is shown on Recent Model Switches. To keep forecasts accurate, mixing D2C and Retail selections in the Sales view is not permitted.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Invalid status filters no longer show stale results. If a URL contains an unrecognized or outdated status filter value, the filter is now automatically cleared and all records are shown, rather than displaying an incorrect filtered view.

3.145.2

Released on 12.05.2026

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed the Active Purchase Orders card on the dashboard to correctly switch between column and row layouts depending on the available screen space.

3.145.1

Released on 11.05.2026

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Hidden columns no longer appear in the selected columns section of table settings.

3.145.0

Released on 11.05.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• When clicking "View All" on the Incoming POs section of the Dashboard, the Purchase Orders page now opens pre-filtered to show only Shipped and Confirmed orders — so you see the most relevant results right away.

• The Smart Replenishment table now displays your organization's default lead time values. Values pulled from your organization defaults are shown in grey with a tooltip, and clicking it opens the Replenishment Defaults configuration directly — no need to navigate away.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed a layout issue on the Tia board that appeared when there was no content to display.

• Fixed a column visibility menu in table settings where toggling columns on or off could cause the list to shift toward the center unexpectedly. Columns now stay consistently top-aligned.

• Fixed an issue where resetting filters did not always work correctly, causing some filters to retain their previous values instead of clearing properly.

• Wide tables in Tia messages are now scrollable, so content no longer overflows or gets cut off.

• Added suggested prompts throughout Tia on the Sales, Demand Signals, Events, Initial Allocation, Forecast Models, Budget, Purchase Order detail, and Suppliers pages to help you get started faster.

3.144.0

Released on 07.05.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Refreshed the layout and design of several settings pages, including your user profile, integrations directory, and branding file upload, for a more consistent and easier-to-use experience.

• Improved the calendar throughout: clicking an event now opens its details, event creation works correctly across all tabs, and event names and visuals have been updated for a cleaner look.

• The Tia board now shows a clear notice when data could not be refreshed, and the footer displays the exact date and time the data was last successfully updated.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where the Tia button and promotion banner were partially hidden behind sticky table headers when scrolling.

• Separated the chart and table on the inventory demand tabs into distinct sections, making them easier to read and navigate.

• Fixed an error that occurred when sorting purchase order or transfer order line items by product name or product ID.

• Fixed an issue where clearing a pre-applied filter on Purchase Orders — such as "Adjustment Needed" — required two clicks instead of one.

• Fixed an issue where outdated comparison rows remained visible on the product sales table after removing a comparison date.

3.143.0

Released on 04.05.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Improved the Tia experience with several visual and usability refinements: the panel resizer is easier to grab, the actions menu and sidebar tooltips are correctly positioned, the chat input starts at the right height on large screens, and empty-state screens have cleaner typography and spacing.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue in Tia where chart tooltips displayed garbled labels — for example, showing "June 226 Recommended Quantity" instead of "June 2026 Recommended Quantity."

• Fixed an issue where resetting table filters would unnecessarily update the page URL, even when the filters had not changed.

3.142.0

Released on 04.05.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Tia Board view: You can now save and remove items directly from the Tia chat. The Analytics module has been retired and is no longer available.

• Tia chat page: A dedicated Tia chat page is now available, along with a new layout switch option in the Tia panel so you can adjust how the panel is displayed.

• Menus across the app — including action, download/export, and navigation menus — now have a consistent look and feel.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Multi-tab organization switching: If you have Tightly open in multiple tabs and change the active organization in one of them, the other tabs now reload automatically so any in-progress forms can't accidentally submit against the wrong organization.

3.141.2

Released on 01.05.2026

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where navigating to the Contacts tab from the Replenishment Readiness section on the Supplier Details page could cause the Contacts table to break. The table now loads correctly regardless of how you arrive at it.

• Your saved settings are now automatically tidied up in the background. Any stored preferences linked to organizations you no longer have access to are quietly removed as you navigate — no action required on your part.

3.141.1

Released on 30.04.2026

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed a crash that could occur when rendering tables containing rows with no valid selection key. Those rows are now correctly treated as non-selectable instead of causing an error.

3.141.0

Released on 30.04.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Selecting columns in tables is now faster.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where saved views, selected columns, filters, and page size were not being restored on the Smart Replenishment, Demand Signals, and Bundles tables. Your preferences on these tables will now load correctly when you reopen them.

• Fixed an issue where the "new version available" notification could get stuck on screen with a refresh button that did nothing. Clicking the button will now successfully reload the page and apply the update.

3.140.1

Released on 29.04.2026

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed a visual glitch where table borders appeared uneven when the toolbar was displayed.

3.140.0

Released on 29.04.2026

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Faster page load and smoother pagination when many filters are visible. Filter panels now load their contents only when you open them, rather than all at once when the page first loads. Previously, with many filters displayed — such as on the inventory variants table with all columns enabled — every collapsed filter was still fully loaded in the background, causing slow initial page loads and sluggish pagination. Filters now load on demand, so pages feel significantly faster to open and navigate.

• Fixed a visual glitch where the table skeleton briefly expanded before data appeared. When loading table data, the loading skeleton would sometimes suddenly jump to a larger size about 150 milliseconds before the real content appeared. This has been corrected — the skeleton now transitions smoothly and consistently into the loaded table.

• Fixed a lag spike after paginating through results when tags are displayed. When navigating to a new page, tables showing tag cells could freeze or stutter for several seconds while the page finished rendering. The cause was redundant layout calculations being repeated for every tag cell on every resize. These calculations are now performed once and reused, making pagination feel immediate and smooth.

3.139.0

Released on 29.04.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Improved loading performance for tables with tag columns. Pages with large tables — such as inventory variant lists — now render noticeably faster, particularly on initial load.

3.138.1

Released on 28.04.2026

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an alignment issue where list markers and their labels were not correctly lined up in list cells.

3.138.0

Released on 28.04.2026

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Dates now display and save correctly regardless of your timezone. Dates such as event dates, delivery dates, and subscription deactivation dates were previously shown one day off for users in timezones west of UTC. This affected how dates appeared in date pickers, expiry checks, and various planning and order screens. All affected areas have been updated so dates consistently reflect the correct calendar day.

3.137.0

Released on 28.04.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Filter the events table by Status and Sales Channel to find relevant events more quickly.

• View your events list in a calendar layout for a clearer picture of your schedule.

• Access a demand event overview that includes a forecast chart, accuracy insights, and a profit & loss summary.

• See how many fields you've changed directly in the settings save bar before saving.

3.136.0

Released on 27.04.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Purchase order details now include replenishment recommendations, giving you more context when reviewing or creating orders.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Demand signals are now displayed in separate cards by section, making the view easier to read and navigate.

• The Add Products table in purchase order details now fills the modal window properly, without being cut off or constrained.

• The demand planning totals chart now updates correctly when you search or filter the table.

• Fixed a visual gap that appeared between the scrollbar and table in certain views.

3.135.0

Released on 24.04.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Total cost in the supply order summary card now displays two decimal places for greater precision.

• Visiting a supplier page that doesn't exist (for example, an invalid supplier link) now correctly redirects you to a "not found" page instead of showing a broken or empty view.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue in the smart replenishment table where leaving the minimum order quantity blank could cause unexpected errors.

• Scrolling the filter panel open or closed no longer causes the page to feel sluggish or unresponsive.

• Dashboard suggestions now always reflect the correct current date, preventing outdated filters from being applied when navigating.

• Supplier names with leading or trailing spaces are now handled correctly and no longer cause validation issues.

• Fixed a display bug where action buttons could appear more than once in certain empty table states.

3.134.0

Released on 23.04.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Refreshed empty state screens with updated icons for a cleaner look.

• Improved how tag changes are displayed in the SKU event timeline, making them easier to read at a glance.

3.133.0

Released on 22.04.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• The "Product Catalog" tab in supplier details has been renamed to "Products & Prepacks" for greater clarity.

3.132.0

Released on 22.04.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Updated placeholder text shown when the Smart Replenishment table is empty, across the main page, Product/Variant Replenishment tabs, and Supplier details.

• Fixed an issue where the page header could overlap table toolbars.

• Added an events timeline to the Variants page, showing key events such as stockouts, stock changes, and price or cost changes over time.

• Navbar filter dropdowns now show "All Sales Channels" and "All Warehouses" when everything is selected, instead of a generic "All" label.

• Modal tables now default to showing 10 rows per page. Selection is disabled for past demand events.

• Table search terms are now saved in the page URL, so you can share or bookmark filtered views.

• Improved layouts on the dashboard, demand views, and inventory details pages for better display on mid-size screens.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed a freeze that occurred when opening supplier filter dropdowns in the Basket, Smart Replenishment, and Purchase Order list pages.

• Fixed an issue where charts with two y-axes — such as a sales forecast displayed alongside inventory levels — failed to render.

• Fixed a freeze in the inventory filters panel when opening it with a large number of suppliers.

3.131.0

Released on 18.04.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Tables now show 25 rows by default when no display settings have been set.

• The filter menu now closes automatically when the quick actions bar appears, keeping the table view uncluttered.

• Sorting and pagination are now available across more tables throughout the app.

• The horizontal scrollbar on tables has a refreshed, updated appearance.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where the filter menu would gradually shift position as the table resized.

• Fixed an issue where removing items from a supply order would incorrectly trigger the "Save Changes" button.

3.130.0

Released on 15.04.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• A new info card now appears when your budget is outdated — for example, at the start of a new fiscal year or as one approaches — so you can take action before it affects your planning.

• A new OTIF (On Time, In Full) indicator is now available to help you identify reliable suppliers based on their delivery punctuality and order accuracy. This indicator appears on the supplier update section, inventory variant tables, and supplier detail page.

• Tia's chat input now shows smarter, context-aware placeholder text based on where you are in the app, making it easier to know what to ask.

3.129.0

Released on 13.04.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• The Tia promotion notification is now a single clickable banner, making it easier to open Tia directly with one click.

• You can now connect to Microsoft Dynamics Business Central using OAuth2 for a more secure and streamlined authentication experience.

3.128.0

Released on 13.04.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• New forecasting model available: LightGBM is now an option when building forecasts. You can select it from the model list and view a summary card explaining how it works.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed a styling inconsistency with the Explore Forecast Models button.

3.127.0

Released on 10.04.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• You can now connect your Xero account via OAuth for a faster, more secure sign-in experience.

• Dismissing Tia promotion banners in Global Search and the notification toast now works independently — closing one no longer closes the other. Also fixed a minor punctuation issue in a Tia prompt.

• AI-generated recommendations are now consistently labelled "Tia" and "Tia-Generated" throughout the product, with an updated Tia icon and refreshed badge styling on the recommendations tab.

3.126.0

Released on 09.04.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• The "Mov not met/defined" label now also references "Moq" for clearer, more consistent terminology.

• Tabs on product and variant detail pages now use a neutral dark-grey style for a cleaner look.

• Status tags across supply orders and data management now share a consistent visual style.

• Hovering over bars in the Forecasting Models chart now highlights them, making it easier to identify individual data points.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• The toolbar on table pages now adapts to smaller screens — filter and action button labels are hidden on narrower displays, and date pickers on the Demand Planning, Product Sales, and Demand Events pages collapse until needed, keeping the interface tidy and usable at any screen size.

3.125.0

Released on 08.04.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• The suggested prompts in the Tia assistant are now shorter and more natural to read.

• Purchase order details tables now have a cleaner look, with purple dot indicators removed from editable column headers.

• You can now cancel an order name edit or confirm it by pressing Enter on supply order detail pages.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• The delivery date field on purchase orders is now hidden while an order is in draft. A message will indicate that this field becomes available once the order is confirmed.

• Fixed a display issue with the average lead time tag on the supplier details page.

• Product and variant title columns are now always required and cannot be left empty.

• If all quantities in a delivery are set to zero, the delivery is now automatically removed rather than saved as an empty record.

3.124.0

Released on 08.04.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Meet Tia — a new AI assistant built into the app. Ask questions about your data in plain language and get insights instantly through a conversational chat panel.

3.123.1

Released on 08.04.2026

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where clicking toolbar buttons would not open the quick action dropdown menus.

3.123.0

Released on 07.04.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Added a Business Impact Overview card displaying key metrics — revenue, orders, units sold, and current stock value — giving you a quick snapshot of your business performance.

• Added direct integration setup forms for WooCommerce and SAP Cloud, making it easier to connect these platforms to your account.

• The filters menu can now be opened and positioned independently from the table, giving you more flexibility when browsing and filtering data.

• Tables now support required columns (which always stay visible) and freezable columns (which stay fixed while you scroll). The table settings panel has also been redesigned for a cleaner, more intuitive experience.

• Column labels have been updated for clarity: "Product" is now "Product Title" and "Variant" is now "Variant Title" across all tables. The "Source of Item" filter has been removed from the basket page. The table settings button no longer appears on tables where columns cannot be added or removed.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where certain cards could appear or behave incorrectly when purchase order data was updated.

• Fixed a bug in the Demand Planning table where clicking the copy button would unexpectedly navigate you to the product or variant details page.

• Updated the message shown when the transfer order list is empty to be clearer and more helpful.

3.122.0

Released on 02.04.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Row selection actions in the Demand Planning Table have moved to the table toolbar for easier access. Action buttons are now a consistent size across all tables, and any active selection on a purchase order tab is automatically cleared if that tab is no longer available.

• The default date range in Demand Planning is now set to the last 2 months, the current month, and the next 3 months, giving you a more useful view out of the box.

• The supplier name filter has been removed from the supplier list table.

• Admin users can now access business impact analysis reports.

3.121.0

Released on 01.04.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Product details now include a copy button for product name, product ID, variant name, variant ID, and SKU. Supplier names are now displayed as links for quick access.

• When you select rows in a table, the selection count, total units, and total cost now appear directly in the table header, replacing the floating bar that previously appeared at the bottom of the screen. When editing quantities, prices, or custom fields, save and discard options also appear in the table header, keeping everything in one place. In the Smart Replenishment table, the header additionally shows the total recommended units and estimated cost for your current selection.

3.120.0

Released on 01.04.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Added a dedicated integration page for NetSuite.

• Added quick filters to the Inventory and Smart Replenishment table toolbars, visible on larger screens. New filters include a Weeks of Cover range filter on both tables, and Default Supplier and Stocked Out filters on the Inventory page.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where clicking a supplier result in global search took you to the supplier list instead of that supplier's details page.

3.119.0

Released on 31.03.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• You can now filter supplier updates directly on the Email page, and view related details in a new info card.

3.118.0

Released on 30.03.2026

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed a tooltip incorrectly appearing on non-editable table cells, and fixed long numbers overlapping action buttons in table cells.

• Reduced the size of impact level tags for a cleaner, more consistent appearance.

• Fixed an issue where the Review Purchase Orders dialog did not close correctly after submission.

• Fixed an issue where duplicate columns could appear in tables.

• Long purchase order names on dashboard cards now truncate correctly instead of overflowing their container.

• Fixed the supplier update icon shrinking unexpectedly in the supply order list table.

• Corrected the text color of the '+ Transfer Time (if needed)' label.

• Added a missing empty state message for transfer orders, so the page no longer appears blank when there are no orders to display.

3.117.0

Released on 25.03.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• You can now copy text and numeric custom field values directly from tables using a new copy-to-clipboard button.

• Saved views are now accessed through a single dropdown menu, replacing the previous toolbar for a cleaner experience.

• Supplier detail pages now include a dedicated Purchase Orders tab, where you can view and filter purchase orders by status.

• Supplier detail pages now also include an Overview tab featuring two new summary cards: Needs Attention and Budget Allocation.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed a visual issue where multiple overlapping shadows appeared on frozen table columns when more than one column was frozen on the same side.

3.116.0

Released on 24.03.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Pin and tooltip icons in table column headers are now aligned with the column name for a cleaner, more consistent look.

• Table column headers now have a subtle background highlight when you hover over them, making it easier to identify your selection.

• Table pagination now shows the total number of items and how many are displayed per page.

• You can now switch to a "combine by warehouses" view in the product inventory details table to see stock consolidated across locations.

• Image tooltips are now larger, giving you a clearer preview when hovering over product images.

• The sort icon on table column headers is now visible on hover, making it easier to discover and use column sorting.

• Hovering over the Available Quantity column in the Inventory table now shows a breakdown of stock by location.

• The Smart Replenishment plan table now supports filtering by product category and any custom fields configured in your account.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Net items sold are now broken down by sales channel even when only one channel is selected or has sales activity.

• The table now scrolls automatically when you resize the last column, so the column remains accessible and easy to adjust.

3.115.0

Released on 24.03.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Sales Performance table: You can now save custom table configurations as views and switch between them, making it easier to return to your preferred layouts without reconfiguring each time.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an unintended hover animation on pie chart segments in the budget breakdown.

• Fixed an issue on the Demand Planning page where enabling Group by Products did not correctly hide the relevant filters.

• Fixed an issue where enabling Group by Products caused the chart to reload unnecessarily when no related filters were active.

3.114.0

Released on 18.03.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Updated the basket filter panel layout to match the style of other tables, creating a more consistent experience across the product.

• You can now sort the smart replenishment table by the Recommendations column.

• The Clear Filters button is now disabled when no filters are active, making it easier to see at a glance whether any filters are applied.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue in the budget setup dialog where the spent-budget validation could use outdated data, allowing an insufficient budget to be saved. Budget checks now correctly reflect the fiscal year period selected in the form.

• Fixed a visual flicker that occurred in the Budget Allocation chart when moving the mouse between chart segments.

• Fixed an incorrect label in the budget distribution tooltip — "Traffic" now correctly displays as "Traffic Drivers".

• Fixed an issue where the selected date preset was not always recognised correctly in the smart replenishment table.

• Fixed a bug where using Unselect All in the basket table did not fully clear all selected items, which could leave parts of the interface in an inconsistent state.

• Fixed an issue where long budget labels could obscure the edit and undo buttons in table cells. Labels are now truncated and buttons remain visible.

• Fixed an issue where the tooltip for missing fields was cut off. It now stretches to full width as intended.

• The Submit button in the budget setup dialog is now disabled until a change has been made, preventing accidental or unchanged submissions.

3.113.0

Released on 18.03.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• The Demand Planning page now includes a Sales Velocity (Last 30 Days) column. You can sort by this column and filter your view by a sales velocity range to quickly identify fast- or slow-moving products.

• The Demand Planning page now includes a tooltip on the sales performance table showing a breakdown of net items sold by sales channel.

3.112.0

Released on 17.03.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Suppliers page redesigned for easier navigation and data entry:
  • When the suppliers list is empty, a quick link now appears to help you import data right away
  • Default columns have been updated to show the most relevant information upfront
  • Contact emails are now clickable to open an email, and phone numbers are clickable to dial directly
  • Contacts are now managed within the Supplier page itself, so everything related to a supplier is in one place
  • The supplier details header is cleaner and easier to read, and a back button lets you return to the suppliers list quickly
  • Creating and editing suppliers is smoother, with clearer labels and an improved layout throughout

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Emails from Purchase Order pages now correctly appear in the purchase order's activity history. Previously, emails sent, drafted, or forwarded from a Purchase Order page were not linked to that order. This has been fixed — those emails will now show up in the correct purchase order as expected.

3.111.0

Released on 16.03.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• When your Shopify store connection needs to be re-authorized, you will now be prompted to reconnect. After completing the reconnection on Shopify's side, you are automatically returned to the app with your connection updated.

• The Prepack and Product Catalog sections are now combined into a single tab on the supplier detail page. You can also add an entire prepack to your basket in one action, and undo the removal of a product from the catalog if you change your mind.

3.110.0

Released on 16.03.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• You can now combine warehouses in the inventory table to see aggregated stock across locations.
• You can now view Demand Planning data grouped by products instead of variants, using a toggle in the filters sidebar.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• The filter previously labeled "Suppliers" on the Demand Planning page has been renamed to "Default Supplier" for clarity.

3.109.0

Released on 13.03.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Custom fields are now available as columns in the sales performance table.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where non-editable custom fields were incorrectly appearing as options in the supplier catalogue quick actions menu.

3.108.0

Released on 13.03.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• The Active Sales Velocity and Active Sales Velocity (Incl. Bundles) columns and filters have been removed from the Demand Planning, Inventory, Smart Replenishment, and Product Successors overview tables.

• The Budget Allocation Chart now displays a clear empty state when no data is available, rather than showing a blank or incomplete view.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where clearing a numeric custom field would cause it to revert to its previous value instead of staying empty.

3.107.0

Released on 12.03.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Improved the supplier management experience: the supplier list now displays a helpful message when empty, the header is cleaner and easier to read, and a back button lets you return to the supplier list from any supplier detail view. The form for adding or editing suppliers has also been updated with clearer labels and a more intuitive layout.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Columns can no longer be resized beyond 400px wide, keeping tables readable and well-structured.

• Fixed an issue where resizing a column and scrolling a table could interfere with each other, causing unexpected behaviour.

3.106.0

Released on 12.03.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• The variant title column in business impact analysis tables now shows both the product name and variant title, making it easier to identify specific variants at a glance.

3.105.0

Released on 11.03.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• You can now see and filter by capital quadrant (Winners, Traffic Drivers, Sleepers, Bleeders) directly in the Smart Replenishment table. Products with incomplete data are clearly flagged with a warning icon.

• You can now set a cost budget and optional revenue target in Smart Replenishment. A pie chart and summary cards show your spend broken down by quadrant (Winners, Traffic Drivers, Sleepers, Bleeders), and a detailed table displays budget, spend, and revenue for each quadrant.

• Tables now have a persistent scrollbar, making it easier to navigate large data sets without losing your place.

• The filter previously labeled "Tightly Tags" in the Smart Replenishment table has been renamed to "Tags" for clarity.

• The Supplier details page has been redesigned for easier navigation — tabs are now displayed above the content area with a cleaner, more intuitive layout.

3.104.0

Released on 10.03.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Supply orders on the dashboard and navigation bar now use a dedicated clipboard icon for easier identification.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where setting up a connection could redirect you to the wrong page in certain situations.

• Fixed an issue where the browser could incorrectly block you from submitting the additional cost form on a supply order.

3.103.0

Released on 10.03.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• The total demand chart now focuses on current data only, with last year's figures no longer included.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• The undo button on action notifications now displays the correct undo icon instead of a refresh icon.

• The stock on hand filter no longer shows a duplicate "units" label.

3.102.1

Released on 07.03.2026

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue on the Product Sales page where clearing filters would also reset your selected date range and comparison date. These settings now remain in place when you clear filters.

3.102.0

Released on 06.03.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Product Sales comparison: You can now compare Product Sales data across two date ranges side by side. Select a second date range using the new date picker, and optionally export the comparison results.

3.101.0

Released on 06.03.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Product Sales now lets you switch between viewing sales by individual product variant or by overall product, making it easier to analyze performance at whichever level of detail you need.

3.100.0

Released on 06.03.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Data import: You can now import your own data for variants, suppliers, and purchase orders. If any rows fail during import, you can review and fix the issues, then re-upload only the failed rows — no need to re-import the entire file.

• Import notifications: You will now receive notifications about the status of your data imports.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• In the data import table, rows with no failed entries now display a dash (–) instead of 0 for clarity.

• Fixed an issue where the Close and Resolve Errors Later button in the import error dialog did not work as expected.

3.99.0

Released on 04.03.2026

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed a layout issue on the initial allocation page where content now displays correctly within its card.

3.98.0

Released on 02.03.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Tightly IQ has a refreshed look and feel: updated labels, improved visuals, and a cleaner loading screen.

• The product details page now adapts its layout to fit different screen sizes.

• Edit and Undo buttons now display tooltips so their purpose is clear at a glance.

• The variant details page now adapts its layout to fit different screen sizes.

• A barcode column has been added to the Order Details table on Supply Order pages.

• The Smart Replenishment table now includes a Budget Status column that can be sorted and filtered.

• Hovering over the resync button now shows an estimated time to complete, and the button displays a spinner while a sync is in progress.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed a crash that occurred when deleting a custom field and then navigating to the Inventory page.

• Fixed an issue where the global location filter was incorrectly applied to the replenishment tab in product details, which could cause missing or incorrect results.

• Fixed an issue where replenishment date filters could display incorrect date ranges when switching between product views.

• Fixed an issue where links on the replenishment readiness card were not displaying in the correct text color.

• Fixed an incorrect count of Tightly-generated purchase orders shown on the Purchase Orders page.

• Fixed the alignment of the back button on the Review Tightly Generated POs page.

• Fixed layout and positioning issues in the recommendations popup, including correct placement of timeline markers and the stock-on-hand label.

• Fixed an issue where updating quantities in the variants view could incorrectly affect quantities in other basket views.

3.97.0

Released on 26.02.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• You can now sort and customize the columns displayed in the order details table on the purchase order details page.

• AI agents can now authenticate with Tightly through a dedicated authorization page, supporting both signed-in and signed-out users.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where tag text in the components column tooltips in the bundles table appeared in the wrong color.

3.96.1

Released on 24.02.2026

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where resizing a column in one table could unintentionally affect other tables on the same page.

• Empty or missing values in tables now display a dash instead of appearing blank.

3.96.0

Released on 24.02.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• The supplier catalog and missing product catalog tables now use the same default columns, hidden columns, and filters as the inventory table, giving you a more consistent experience across these views.

• Columns in the basket review purchase order table can now be scrolled freely — no columns are frozen in place.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• In Replenishment Policy, the in-basket quantity now correctly displays "0" instead of "-" when no quantity has been set.

3.95.0

Released on 23.02.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Empty table cells now display a clear - placeholder instead of appearing blank, making it easier to distinguish missing data at a glance.

• The Sales Performance table now includes six new columns: Product ID, Returned Units, Return Rate, Sell-Through Rate, Lost Sales, and Lost Revenue.

• Budget planning has been simplified: the category filter and confirmation modal have been removed, so you can now view and edit your total budget in a single, streamlined table.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where users were unexpectedly signed out even after their session had successfully refreshed.

• Fixed an issue where hovering over the total demand chart could show incorrect dates on the tooltip.

3.94.0

Released on 20.02.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• The product selection dialog in Replenishment now matches the layout of your inventory table, showing the same columns and filters for a more consistent experience.

• The product selection dialog in Events now matches the layout of your inventory table, showing the same columns and filters for a more consistent experience.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• The table view no longer resets to its default state unexpectedly — it now only resets when filters are applied through a shared or direct link.

3.93.0

Released on 19.02.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• When navigating to the smart replenishment table from a ghost revenue card in the demand signals table, the relevant product variant is now automatically selected for you.

• When navigating to the identify bundle modal from a dead stock or shelf warmer card in the demand signals table, the relevant product variant is now automatically selected for you.

• The inventory table has been updated with new columns — Available to Sell, Stock Value, and Next Arrival — and the former "In Stock" column has been renamed to Stock on Hand. The default column set and sortable columns have also been refreshed for a better experience.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed several display issues on the supplier info page, including incorrect colors and an incomplete empty state, as well as an issue where changes made after adding a new product to a supplier catalog were not reflected immediately.

• The replenishment readiness card no longer appears briefly before your data has loaded — it now only displays once it can be determined whether the card is relevant for you.

3.92.0

Released on 18.02.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Tables now support disabled rows with informational tooltips, making it easier to understand why certain rows are unavailable.

• You can now create and manage Supplier Pre-Pack Rules directly within the platform.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where the "Add to Order" button remained disabled after selecting individual products in the Add Products modal on the purchase order details page.

• Smart Replenishment policy filters now correctly display "Tightly's Recommendation" as the label for the default replenishment policy.

3.91.0

Released on 17.02.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• You can now filter the Potential Impact chart by searching, making it easier to find and focus on specific items.

• The Smart Replenishment Impact Distribution chart has been redesigned with horizontal bars, a legend, and hover states for a clearer, more interactive experience.

• A Replenishment Readiness score card is now available on the Dashboard, Inventory, and Smart Replenishment pages. This score shows how complete your product data is — the higher the score, the better your replenishment recommendations will be. Inventory tables also now display an icon on any product that has missing data fields, so you can quickly spot and address gaps.

3.90.0

Released on 17.02.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• The Source column in Settings → Custom Fields now displays the integration's name (e.g. "Shopify", "Google Analytics") instead of a technical identifier, making it easier to identify which integration each custom field belongs to.

• You can now undo accidental variant removals in purchase orders, replenishment policies, and baskets using the undo option that appears in the notification at the bottom of the screen. When deleting a supply order, a confirmation dialog will now appear before the item is removed.

3.89.0

Released on 16.02.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• The demand planning page now includes a total demand chart, giving you a clearer overview of demand at a glance.

3.88.1

Released on 15.02.2026

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an unclear error message on the Purchase Order name field, which previously displayed "undefined ID is required" instead of "Purchase Order ID is required."

• Fixed an issue where toggles showed the wrong initial state when configuring closely grouped Purchase Orders. Settings now correctly reflect your saved preferences when opening the configuration panel.

• Product variants that previously showed "Default Title" now display the actual product name instead.

3.88.0

Released on 13.02.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Product and Variant pages have been redesigned and improved. The Overview tab now brings together key information — including Needs Attention alerts, Warehouse Health, Inventory, and Sales — in one place. The Demand, Orders, and Replenishment tabs have been updated, and a new Structure tab is available for manufacturable variants. Product Information is now easier to read, and Supplier details can be edited directly from the page. These pages are also faster and more responsive overall.

3.87.1

Released on 12.02.2026

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an unwanted scrollbar appearing in the filters menu.

3.87.0

Released on 12.02.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Fixed an unwanted scrollbar appearing to the right of the filters menu on tables.

3.86.0

Released on 11.02.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Tables have a refreshed look: the column resizer now appears only when you hover over a column header, sort icons no longer show a badge and use purple to indicate sort direction, and cell and image borders have been updated for a cleaner appearance.

• When editing a warehouse, a notice now appears if you update an address field, letting you know that manually changing an address will stop automatic address syncing for that warehouse.

• Removed the larger font size that was previously applied on very wide screens (1920px and above) for a more consistent reading experience.

3.85.0

Released on 11.02.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Navigation items now display a clearer visual state when selected or pressed.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Insights cards now display correctly, and the expanded card overlay appears as expected.

• Fixed a spacing issue in the dashboard header that caused the greeting section to appear misaligned.

• Demand signals table now loads with the correct filters applied by default.

3.84.1

Released on 11.02.2026

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed alignment of labels and titles in the header navigation.

3.84.0

Released on 11.02.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• The Sales Performance page has moved to the Demand section. The Sales link has been removed from the sidebar accordingly.

• Pressing Ctrl+F now triggers your browser's built-in search as expected, instead of opening an in-app search popup.

• The sidebar has been refreshed with an updated look and layout.

• Section headers now use updated typography for improved readability.

• The forecasting models bar chart now includes a labeled Y-axis, and Y-axis labels are now styled consistently throughout the app.

• The app header has been redesigned to take up less space and blend more naturally with the rest of the interface.

3.83.0

Released on 09.02.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• The Business Impact report now shows capital distribution data in the Top 10 Liquidation Candidates table and the Forecast Accuracy by Top SKUs chart, giving you richer context for evaluating inventory and forecast performance.

3.82.0

Released on 07.02.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Reorganized the tabs in Business Impact Analysis for a more intuitive navigation experience.

• Added a new marker to the stock turnover speed bar chart in Business Impact Analysis, making it easier to identify the tightly optimized stock turnover rate at a glance.

3.81.0

Released on 05.02.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Updated labels on business impact summary cards for clearer, more consistent information at a glance.

3.80.0

Released on 05.02.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Recommendations with a low confidence level are now marked with an icon, so you can quickly identify them at a glance.

• You can now filter recommendations in the Smart Replacements table by confidence level.

• The section header in the Analytics card creation view now stays visible as you scroll, making it easier to keep track of where you are.

3.78.0

Released on 03.02.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Demand trends in demand planning: A new column in the demand planning table lets you click on any variant to view its demand trend chart in a pop-up.

• Warehouse filtering on the dashboard: You can now filter the warehouse health section by one or more warehouses at a time.

• Delayed delivery warnings: Delayed deliveries are now flagged with a warning icon. Hover over it to see more details.

• Updated default replenishment policy name: The default replenishment policy is now called "Tightly's Recommendation."

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where pressing Enter in the Additional Preparation Time field would accidentally submit the Bill of Materials form.

• Past events now display normally on the event details page, without the greyed-out appearance they previously had.

• The incoming purchase orders count on the dashboard now correctly reflects any active filters.

• Fixed the "In Basket Qty" column not appearing in the basket table.

• Fixed an issue where predecessor and successor options would not appear in the selector if they had not been previously loaded.

3.77.1

Released on 30.01.2026

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where visiting a variant or product details page could result in a "Page Not Found" error.

3.77.0

Released on 30.01.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Metric cards: Introduced a new set of metric cards available in three formats — simple, detailed, and insight-focused — so you can view and compare data at the level of detail that suits you.

• Basket product grouping: Products in your basket can now be viewed in groups, making it easier to review and manage your items.

3.76.0

Released on 27.01.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• The Total Price filter and column on the purchase orders list has been renamed to Total Cost for clearer, more consistent labeling.

• The Business Impact summary has been refreshed with updated card styles and a new Efficiency Score card.

• Navigating back and forward in your browser now restores your previous scroll position automatically.

• The Business Impact Recovery tab now includes two new tables: Top 10 Liquidation Candidates and High Returns Analysis, giving you more insight into recovery opportunities.

• A new Forecast Accuracy chart is now available in the Business Impact report, showing how your demand predictions and Tightly's predictions compare against actual sales over time.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where the target percentage displayed incorrectly when no budget spend data was available during budget reconfiguration.

3.75.0

Released on 26.01.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Active purchase orders are now displayed using fully filled dots, making them easier to distinguish at a glance.
• In demand planning, period labels have been updated for clarity: the last period label now reads Last Year and the actuals label now reads Actual.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Users without the required permissions can no longer access the analytics creation page.

3.74.2

Released on 23.01.2026

🐛 Bug Fixes

• High-impact items in a critical health state are now correctly highlighted with a red tag, making them easier to identify at a glance.

3.74.1

Released on 23.01.2026

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where single sign-on (SSO) redirects were not working correctly.

3.74.0

Released on 23.01.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• The dashboard has been redesigned to make it easier to act on what matters most — suggested actions are now more prominent, low-stock items are easier to find and reorder, and you get a clearer overall picture of your inventory health.

3.73.0

Released on 21.01.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• You can now sort the Smart Replenishment table by product title or impact level.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue in the Budget Breakdown table where outdated category selections could cause an error.

3.72.0

Released on 21.01.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• The Analytics page now keeps your full message history visible as you continue a conversation, rather than clearing previous messages each time you send a new prompt.

• Product images are now displayed in the Smart Replenishment table for easier product identification.

• Product image tooltips now appear with a purple highlight for improved visual consistency.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue in the Demand Planning table where changing the date filter range could cause edited cell values to be lost. Your inputs are now correctly preserved when you adjust the date range.

• Fixed an issue where planned and actual COGS figures were not accurately calculated across all months in the fiscal year.

• Purchase orders marked as completed now correctly display an "Order Completed" label on the Deliveries tab of the PO details page.

3.71.0

Released on 16.01.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• You will now receive notifications when a purchase order's delivery date, line item quantities, or status changes.

• A new Take Action card now appears when purchase order updates are detected in your emails, making it easier to act on changes quickly.

• Purchase orders now surface suggested actions based on emails exchanged with your supplier, helping you stay on top of collaboration and follow-ups.

• Purchase orders with supplier signals now display an icon with a tooltip summarising the changes required, so you can spot items needing attention at a glance.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where emails could not be filtered by Purchase Order ID — you can now use a Purchase Order ID as a filter when searching your emails.

3.70.0

Released on 16.01.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Updated the app logo, submark, and favicon with refreshed icons.

• Bar charts now have a minimum visible height for non-zero values, and interval labels no longer show unnecessary decimal places.

• Analytics prompt and demand insight cards now use a softer appearance when expanded, making them easier to distinguish at a glance.

• You can now filter manufacturing orders by Completed status on the manufacturing orders list page.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• The Add Deliveries button is now hidden on a purchase order's Deliveries tab when the order has been fully shipped and marked as complete.

• You can now edit or remove deliveries on purchase and transfer orders at any point before the order is marked as complete.

• When using Shift-click to select multiple rows in a table, the selection now anchors correctly to the first visible row on the current page.

• Email filters now correctly scope results to the relevant purchase order, preventing unrelated results from appearing.

• Selected product variants are no longer lost when you change the search term or adjust filters in the generated purchase orders modal.

• The option to select all rows across pages is now shown only when it is actually available, preventing confusion in the selection menu.

3.69.1

Released on 12.01.2026

🐛 Bug Fixes

• The business impact report now automatically retries loading if it isn't ready yet, so you no longer need to manually refresh the page.

3.69.0

Released on 12.01.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Table settings no longer show shift-selection instructions when row selection is not available, reducing unnecessary clutter.

• The Smart Replenishment page now includes an impact score card, and the Smart Replenishment table supports applied filters for more focused results.

• Added a Business Impact view, which shows the potential revenue and gains you could have achieved over the last 12 months by using Tightly to guide your decisions.

• Transfer orders created as drafts are now clearly labelled "Draft Transfer Orders" for better clarity.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue on the Budget page where a missing category could cause the page to fail to load.

3.68.1

Released on 09.01.2026

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Quantity edits are now saved when navigating between pages, and items with no quantity set will automatically use the bulk quantity value.

3.68.0

Released on 06.01.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Added a new Demand Signals page, including a full data table with tooltips explaining recommendations and metrics.

• The dashboard and Demand Signals page now surface personalized suggestions based on your connected Google Analytics 4 data. You can also filter the Demand Signals table by clicking any insights card category.

• Google Analytics 4 is now available as an integration. Users on plans that don't include this feature will see an upgrade prompt.

• Search bar widths in tables now align with the filter menu for a more consistent look.

3.67.0

Released on 05.01.2026

✨ New Features and Improvements

• You can now set custom fields as read-only or editable, giving you greater control over how users interact with your data.

3.66.1

Released on 30.12.2025

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where update requests for certain product variants could fail due to special characters in variant IDs.

3.66.0

Released on 30.12.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• The basket table no longer shows the item filter source column when you are using a multi-channel connection, keeping the view clean and relevant.

• Added a new Tightly Generated POs tab, including a data table and configuration options for managing tightly generated purchase orders.

• Added a configuration modal for tightly generated POs, making it easier to set up and adjust your preferences.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue in the Smart Replenishment inspect chart where timeline segments with the same start and end date were not visible. They now display with a minimum width so no data is missed.

3.65.1

Released on 26.12.2025

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where the Replenishment Method column appeared out of order in the Replenishment Table.

3.65.0

Released on 24.12.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Added a "What's New" menu to the header, so you can easily stay up to date on the latest product updates. The Explore tab has been removed from the dashboard.
• Custom field tabs no longer display a field count, giving the interface a cleaner look.
• Disabled custom fields are now more visually distinct, with grayed-out text making them easier to identify at a glance.
• Tables now support additional pagination options, including the ability to set a default page size.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where the "Select All" option stopped working after switching views in the smart replenishment table.

3.64.0

Released on 23.12.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Improved platform terminology for a clearer, more consistent experience across integrations.

• You can now connect Cin7 Core directly through the connection modal.

3.63.0

Released on 22.12.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• You can now connect your Cin7 Core account directly through the connection modal.

3.62.0

Released on 19.12.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Replenishment recommendations in the quick actions menu are now grouped by order type, so you can create the right type of order directly from each recommendation without extra steps.

• The locations table now includes a Replenishment Method column that you can edit, giving you more control over how replenishment recommendations are generated for each location.

3.61.1

Released on 19.12.2025

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where weeks of cover values were not displaying stock health indicators in the smart replenishment table.

3.61.0

Released on 18.12.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Date picker: A revert button is now available on editable date pickers, letting you undo changes quickly. Date format handling has also been improved to prevent text fields from being incorrectly treated as dates.

• Product successor workflow: The successor creation flow has been redesigned. You now select the successor(s) first, rather than starting with the predecessor — making the process more intuitive. All related inputs and tables in the dialog reflect this updated order.

• Product successor view: The product successor screen is now split into two tabs — the default tab shows your confirmed mappings, and a second tab shows recommendations for review.

• Product successor recommendations: A new recommendations table helps you identify suggested successor mappings. You can apply a recommendation with a single click, or dismiss it if it isn't a good fit.

• Page renamed: The product successors page has been renamed to Initial Allocation.

• Edit profile page: The reset password button is now hidden while editing your profile, reducing clutter in that view.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Forecast charts: Interval markers on forecast bar charts now display at sensible, evenly spaced values and are laid out correctly across all chart sizes.

3.60.0

Released on 18.12.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Cover values that reach their maximum limit now display a "+" suffix (for example, "120+ days" or "17.1+ weeks"), making it clearer when a value has been capped rather than exact.

3.59.0

Released on 17.12.2025

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where ID-based fields could have their values unexpectedly modified or reformatted.

3.58.0

Released on 16.12.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Demand planning table: You can now edit multiple cells before saving your changes. Press Esc to discard edits, and hover over a changed cell to see a revert icon if you want to undo that specific change.

• External custom fields: A dedicated External Custom Fields tab is now available, with support for filtering, pagination, and inline description editing. You can save multiple changes at once using the bulk save action. The field limit has been increased from 5 to 20, and two new field types — boolean and date — are now supported.

3.57.0

Released on 15.12.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Integration tags on the setup page now display more cleanly across two rows, with a +X more indicator when there are additional tags to show.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where the production type filter on the Smart Replenishment page was not working correctly.

3.56.0

Released on 12.12.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• You can now set lead times between warehouses directly in your warehouse settings.

• You can now classify product variants by type — Buy-Only, Raw Material, or Manufacturable — on variant pages. A variant type column and filter have also been added to the Products, Purchase Orders, and Basket pages. Additionally, a new 6-step guided setup flow is available for Bills of Materials.

• A Manufacturing Orders tab has been added to the Supply Orders page, giving you a single place to view and manage all your manufacturing orders.

• You can now sort the Last Stockout Date column in your product lists.

• Quick action menus now have a dedicated drag handle, making them easier to reorder.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where switching to a saved view could cause default filters and view-specific filters to conflict with each other. Both sets of filters are now correctly combined.

3.55.0

Released on 10.12.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Ring fencing for variants: You can now reserve stock for specific product variants to exclude it from replenishment calculations. A new Ring Fencing card has also been added to the dashboard's Explore section for quick access.

• Email registration without an invitation: If you don't have an invitation link, you can now enter your email address directly on the registration page to sign up.

• Product allocation matrix: A new matrix view is available on each product's page, letting you track stock coverage and availability broken down by variant.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• The Return to Dashboard button on setup pages now works correctly and takes you back to the dashboard as expected.

3.54.0

Released on 08.12.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Weeks of Cover column — A new "Weeks of Cover" column is now available in the Inventory and Smart Replenishment tables. It shows your days of cover converted into weeks, and you can use it to sort the table. This column is hidden by default and can be enabled as needed.

• Cleaner Inventory filters — The Classification filter is no longer shown when viewing the Inventory table at the variant level, since it only applies to products. This prevents confusion when filtering variant data.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• When switching organizations while viewing a Transfer Order, you are now correctly redirected to the Transfer Orders list instead of seeing an error or unexpected page.

• Clicking an item in the notifications menu now works as expected, without unintended side effects on the page.

• Fixed a spacing issue in the Sync Suppliers dialog where the checkbox and its label were not properly aligned.

3.53.0

Released on 08.12.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Updated icons for suppliers in the navigation bar and header for a cleaner, more consistent look.

• Account creation is now invitation-based. New users join via a personal invite link rather than a public sign-up page.

• Updated the placeholder icon for organizations in the navigation menu for a more polished appearance.

3.52.1

Released on 05.12.2025

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where a successful data refresh was sometimes not recognized as complete, which could cause incorrect status indicators or prevent expected follow-on actions from triggering.

3.52.0

Released on 03.12.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Billing and upgrade options are now hidden from the navigation for users who do not have access to billing management.

3.51.0

Released on 03.12.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Removed the Shopify Unified option from the integrations list to keep available integrations accurate and up to date.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed a build error that could prevent the app from loading correctly in certain setups.

3.50.1

Released on 03.12.2025

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue that could cause the app to fail to load correctly.

3.50.0

Released on 02.12.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Transfer orders can no longer be created if your current plan does not support them. The forecasting model table now also shows an "Initial model" label when no previous model is available.

• A Contact Us button has been added to billing notifications, making it easier to reach support directly from billing alerts.

• The onboarding and setup experience has been updated to support connecting multiple systems — including 3PL, WMS, OMS, and e-commerce platforms — and allows multiple sales channels to be active as data sources at the same time.

• You can now receive Slack notifications about feature upgrades, including an in-app prompt when a feature requires a higher plan.

• Helm WMS is now available as a supported integration.

• You can now connect and manage multiple sales channels simultaneously.

• Integration listings have been reorganized for easier browsing. You can now explore integrations that are not yet available, and Slack notifications are now accessible on the Basic plan.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where the Confirm and Convert to Orders button was incorrectly disabled when filtering for items that needed adjustment in the basket review dialog.

• Fixed an issue where the channel performance chart would attempt to load when no sales channel was selected.

• A Contact Us button has been added to the Integrations page for cases where you cannot find the tool you are looking for.

3.49.0

Released on 28.11.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• The Demand page now includes a new Forecasting Models tab, giving you a clear summary of the AI models used to generate your demand forecasts.

• Column settings in table menus are now more clearly labeled, making it easier to find and adjust your table layout preferences.

• The message shown when the Take Action tab has no items on your dashboard has been updated to be clearer and more helpful.

3.48.0

Released on 27.11.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Dashboard cards and charts now display smoother loading placeholders while content is being fetched.

• Product, variant, and demand planning pages now include a seasonality info card to help you better understand seasonal patterns in your data.

• Pages that require additional permissions now display a lock icon, making it clear when access is restricted.

• Updated branding references across the email settings page to reflect the current product name.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an outdated branding reference appearing in the email empty state message.

3.47.4

Released on 24.11.2025

🐛 Bug Fixes

• The Product Successors page now correctly shows an empty state message when a search returns no results.

• The appointment booking link has been updated and works correctly.

• Mode options in the Demand Planning page dropdown are now properly capitalized.

• Shopify-specific columns are now correctly hidden from the table and its settings menu for non-Shopify users.

3.47.3

Released on 20.11.2025

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed a layout issue on order details pages where a gap appeared between the cost summary and the purchase order table. The table settings button has also moved next to the search bar for easier access.

• Location and sales channel filters are now found directly on the product and variant page tabs, making them easier to find and use.

• Fixed an issue where notification bubbles were cut off or displayed incorrectly.

• Fixed an issue where delivery form fields retained previous values after closing and reopening the form.

3.47.2

Released on 19.11.2025

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where the loading placeholder in tables did not display the correct number of rows based on the available space.

• Fixed an issue where the page header did not stay fixed at the top when scrolling through content.

• Fixed an issue where quick action buttons overlapped dropdown menus such as the table settings menu.

3.47.1

Released on 19.11.2025

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an error that could occur when opening the channel performance chart before any channels were set up.

3.47.0

Released on 19.11.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Filters, columns, and export options are now shown or hidden based on your connected data source, so you only see options relevant to how your data is set up.

• Removed the Demand Planning chart and total row to improve page performance.

• Demand pages now reflect your active sales channels more accurately.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed a layout issue with the "Connect your email" button in the supplier sync dialog.

• Fixed an issue where removing a single filter would incorrectly clear all selected filters.

3.46.1

Released on 17.11.2025

🐛 Bug Fixes

• The Channel Performance Chart now appears under the Warehouse Health section on the dashboard. If you only have one active sales channel, the channel selector is no longer shown.

3.46.0

Released on 17.11.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• The dashboard now includes a channel performance chart showing revenue broken down by channel.

• The header title and navigation logo are now properly aligned.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where "Select All" in the demand planning events table did not work as expected.

• Fixed an issue where warehouse health cards were not displaying at the correct size.

• Fixed an issue where the navigation bar could overlap tooltips and other elements on the page.

3.45.0

Released on 13.11.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Sales overview data is now displayed for products and variants that don't have seasonal data, so you always have a reference point available.

• The Explore section of the dashboard now appears in a card layout for a cleaner, more consistent look.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where cells in the demand planning details view were not editable when accessed from events.

• Updating warehouse settings no longer unexpectedly changes your sales channel selection.

• Fixed an issue with custom field filters not applying correctly in certain cases.

3.44.0

Released on 12.11.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• The smart replenishment view now displays timeline markers for transfer orders and planned deliveries, along with a legend that adjusts to show only relevant information based on your data.

• Sales channels are now shown as a dedicated column in the warehouses table.

• Simplified the organization management table by removing redundant shop URL and connection action options.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Cards now resize correctly across different screen sizes.

• Improved the layout and usability of the warehouse and insights sections on the dashboard.

• Table settings menus now close automatically when you click outside of them.

3.43.0

Released on 12.11.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• The smart replenishment recommendation view now displays timeline markers for transfer orders and planned deliveries, along with a legend that adjusts to show only the data available.

• Sales channels associated with each warehouse are now visible as a dedicated column in the warehouses table.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Improved the layout and usability of the warehouse and insights sections on the dashboard.

• The table settings menu now closes automatically when you click outside of it.

3.42.1

Released on 10.11.2025

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where date range filters in Demand Planning and Smart Replenishment could return inconsistent results depending on the user's time zone.

3.42.0

Released on 10.11.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• The home page now includes summary and insight cards giving you a quick overview of your warehouse activity at a glance.

3.41.0

Released on 07.11.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• You can now filter by Sales Channel across the entire Sales page, making it easier to focus on the data that matters to you.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed a visual alignment issue with the order details table in the transfer order details view.

3.40.0

Released on 07.11.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Updated terminology from "Store" to "Organization" throughout the application for clearer, more consistent language.

• Moved the greeting message to the home page header for a more welcoming experience when you log in.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where tooltips in demand planning were not displaying correctly for rows with no associated events.

• Updated terminology from "Location" to "Warehouse" throughout the application to better reflect inventory management workflows.

3.39.1

Released on 06.11.2025

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue with the Product Successors feature, which lets you link new products to existing ones so they automatically inherit demand forecasts. This is useful for product replacements, rebrands, or new variants, and is available on Grow and Pro plans.

3.39.0

Released on 05.11.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• You can now re-pin the quick-actions floating bar back to its original position after moving it.

• The Actions card on your dashboard has been updated: the Recommended tab is now called Take Actions, and action cards now display relevant category tags (for example, Purchase Order for purchase order-related actions) to help you find what you need more quickly.

• The home page now automatically filters overview data to show only your active locations. The separate locations filter has been removed to simplify the experience.

• The Get Started section has been removed from the home page for a cleaner, more focused view.

3.38.0

Released on 04.11.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Smart replenishment tables now support transfer order management directly from the table:

  • Use the new Create Transfer Orders button in quick actions to initiate transfers without leaving the page.
  • Check warehouse inventory availability directly from the recommended quantity column.

• Added a dedicated Transfer Orders section with list and detail views, making it easier to create, review, and manage inventory transfers between warehouses.

• Tooltips in demand planning cells now follow the cell's value, so they stay accurately positioned as data changes.

• Range filters now display a unit icon (such as currency, days, or count) so you always know what type of value to enter.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where incorrect dates were used when creating a new event or loading available products for a selected date range.

• Fixed an issue in purchase orders where the remaining quantity could show a negative value if the delivered quantity exceeded the ordered quantity. The remaining quantity now correctly displays as 0 in this situation.

3.37.0

Released on 31.10.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Renamed navigation items and reorganized pages: "Purchase Orders" is now called "Supply Orders" in the navigation menu. Demand Planning and Events have moved to a new dedicated Demand page for easier access.

• Richer sales charts for better seasonal planning (Standard plan and above): Product and variant sales performance charts now display forecasted trends alongside actual sales data and a comparison to the same period last year, making it easier to spot seasonal patterns and plan ahead.

• New Analytics feature: You can now query your inventory data directly to generate insights and charts. Save, review, and update your insights whenever you need them, all in one place.

3.36.1

Released on 28.10.2025

🐛 Bug Fixes

• On the product details page, incoming purchase orders now display the product name correctly when no specific variant name has been set.

• Fixed an issue where deleting a replenishment event could fail or affect the wrong record due to an ID formatting error.

3.36.0

Released on 24.10.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• The Deliveries tab in purchase order details has been updated with several improvements: you can now edit the expected quantity directly on planned deliveries, the delivery summary now reflects expected quantities per line item, and the remove delivery confirmation has been refreshed for clarity.

• You can now set up recurring planned deliveries when creating a purchase order in draft state, making it easier to schedule and manage future deliveries upfront.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue with purchase order completion validation — the system now correctly checks actual delivered quantities against expected quantities per line item, including cases where more than the expected amount was delivered.

3.35.2

Released on 24.10.2025

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where product variants were not being split and identified correctly in demand planning.

3.35.0

Released on 23.10.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• The billing dashboard card is now shown only when billing information is available for your account.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue that prevented Despatch Cloud connections from being validated correctly.

• Fixed an issue where the collection ranking preview was not displaying as expected. You can now see how your ranking factors affect product order in real-time while creating or editing collections.

3.34.0

Released on 21.10.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• The inventory table now includes new columns showing sales velocity over the last 7, 30, and 90 days, giving you a clearer view of recent sales trends across different time periods.

• The sales velocity columns now include a tooltip explaining how the figure is calculated: only days when the item was in stock are counted, so stockout periods don't skew your results.

3.33.0

Released on 21.10.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Last stockout date now visible in inventory and smart replenishment tables. A new column shows the most recent date each product ran out of stock, making it easier to spot patterns and plan replenishment more proactively.

3.32.0

Released on 20.10.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Improved navigation and accessibility across the Settings and Replenishment Sets pages.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where the billing portal info card was incorrectly shown or hidden for some organizations.

3.31.0

Released on 17.10.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• When exporting to PDF or CSV, you can now choose which columns to include — up to 8 — and search for and add individual metafields to your export.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where event dates could be compared incorrectly due to timezone differences.

3.30.0

Released on 17.10.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• You can now pay for your subscription using Stripe, giving you a faster and more secure checkout experience.

3.29.1

Released on 16.10.2025

🐛 Bug Fixes

• The bundles table now displays a - placeholder for any SKU or category fields that have no value, instead of leaving them blank.

• Fixed an issue where the shop name could appear empty during store connection. The correct shop URL is now reliably retrieved from the selected store.

• Date filters in purchase orders no longer cause errors when certain values are missing or not yet set.

3.29.0

Released on 14.10.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Purchase order line items now include a metafields column, both in the table view and when exported to CSV.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Selected categories in the Budget Breakdown table are now saved when you refresh the page.

• The inventory table on product and variant detail pages now correctly shows only the inventory entries for the item you are viewing, rather than carrying over filters from a previously viewed product or variant.

3.28.0

Released on 13.10.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Radio buttons now use a consistent size throughout the app for a more uniform look and feel.

• The sidebar has been redesigned: it now expands and collapses on hover rather than overlaying content. The background is also lighter for improved readability.

• You can now search by SKU in the purchase order details table.

• When you successfully update your plan, a brief notification now appears instead of a dialog box. If you have a downgrade already scheduled, the action bar is hidden to avoid confusion.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where demand planning tables could extend beyond their container, making them impossible to scroll.

• Fixed an issue where the step-by-step flow in certain dialogs could behave unexpectedly; navigation and validation now work correctly throughout.

3.27.4

Released on 10.10.2025

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where rows in the demand planning table could not be selected correctly.

3.27.3

Released on 10.10.2025

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where certain fields were missing or incorrect when exporting data not tied to a specific inventory table view.

3.27.2

Released on 10.10.2025

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where range filters could not be cleared by deleting the values in both the minimum and maximum fields.

• Fixed an issue where exporting the inventory table to CSV would include incorrect columns. The exported file now reflects the columns shown in your current table view, whether you are viewing products or variants.

3.27.1

Released on 10.10.2025

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where the Inventory section was not appearing correctly in the navigation menu for accounts with the merchandise feature enabled.

3.27.0

Released on 10.10.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Added a new, improved view for browsing and managing your collections.

• You can now create a new collection from a single guided dialog, with steps to configure sorting logic and A/B test options.

• The collection creation flow now includes a step to pin specific products to a collection.

• The collection creation flow now includes a step to add products to a collection.

• The left sidebar navigation has been updated with two new sections — Inventory and Merchandising — making it easier to find related tools.

• Tags now load on demand as you scroll, so the filter menu opens faster and feels more responsive.

• You can now freeze the variant column in the demand planning table, keeping it visible while you scroll horizontally.

• A new Collections page is now available under the Merchandising section.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed navigation issues in the collection creation dialog so moving between steps is smoother and more reliable.

• The strategy selection step in the collection creation dialog now works correctly.

• The "Set Ranking Rules" step in the collection creation dialog now displays as intended.

• Fixed issues with data validation and saving when completing the collection creation dialog.

3.26.1

Released on 09.10.2025

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where navigating from the inventory page to a product or variant page could trigger unexpected data loads mid-navigation.

3.26.0

Released on 09.10.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Range filters are now fully flexible — predefined options and min/max limits have been removed, so you can enter any value that suits your needs.

• The billing overview page now displays usage and pricing based on units sold.

• You will now receive notifications when your trial expires, when you reach 80% of your units sold limit, or when you exceed your limit.

3.25.0

Released on 02.10.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Fixed an issue where navigating to a product or variant page could trigger repeated data loads, causing slower performance.

• The inventory overview now loads faster by fetching data without waiting for filters to finish loading.

3.24.0

Released on 01.10.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Removed outdated recommendation controls from the interface for a cleaner, more streamlined experience.

3.23.0

Released on 01.10.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• The in-stock and supplier catalog tables now show a focused set of columns and filters, making it easier to find what you need without unnecessary clutter.

• You can now filter the purchase orders list by completed orders. When marking an order as completed, a summary shows the ordered versus delivered quantities so you can confirm the details before finalising.

• Purchase orders can now be marked as completed as soon as at least one line item has been delivered. Once completed, an order becomes read-only, preventing accidental changes.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• A loading indicator now appears in the inventory table while quick actions are being processed, so you always know when the page is working in the background.

3.22.0

Released on 30.09.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Removed credit usage information from the application interface for a cleaner experience.

3.21.0

Released on 30.09.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• The supplier setup form now pre-fills default values for minimum order value and lead time, reducing manual entry when adding a supplier.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• When creating a replenishment policy, the default supplier is now automatically selected. If no default supplier has been set, the first available supplier is used instead.

• Events can now be edited even when no sales channel has been assigned, preventing errors that previously blocked changes in this situation.

3.20.0

Released on 26.09.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Smart replenishment date filter improvements:

  • The date picker now shows the correct label for upcoming day ranges, regardless of your local timezone.
  • The selected date filter automatically updates when you change your replenishment frequency.

• "Last N days" and "Next N days" date ranges now exclude today, giving you more precise filtering.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Removing an item from your basket now correctly shows a success or error message to confirm the outcome of the action.

3.19.0

Released on 25.09.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Added new Super Admin access level options, giving administrators finer control over read and write permissions.

• Added a Select All option to the basket table column header menu, making it easier to select all items at once.

3.18.0

Released on 24.09.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Improved the layout and spacing of the notes tab in contact details for a cleaner, more consistent appearance.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where the Actions and Integrations tabs overlapped on smaller screens.

• The Stock Delivered table now displays "-" instead of a blank space when a SKU value is missing.

• Added an Accounts tab to the admin panel.

3.17.0

Released on 22.09.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Pulpo WMS is now available as an integration option.

3.16.0

Released on 20.09.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• A Barcode column is now available in the smart replenishment table.
• You can now filter by supplier when browsing products in the In-Stock add product modal.
• A Supplier column is now available as a selectable column in the In-Stock add product modal.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• A helpful description is now shown when editing an existing custom field, so it's clearer what each field type does.
• Fixed an issue where column sorting was not working in Safari.

3.15.0

Released on 18.09.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• You can now edit supplier details directly from the basket table using the quick actions menu, without leaving the current view.

3.14.3

Released on 18.09.2025

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Removed the "Select All" option from the basket table menu, as bulk selection is not supported when generating purchase orders.

3.14.2

Released on 18.09.2025

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where "Select All" in the basket table did not select all items correctly.

3.14.1

Released on 17.09.2025

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue with the Send to Supplier button menu not working correctly.
• Updated the information card on the Smart Replenishment page to the latest version.

3.14.0

Released on 17.09.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Custom fields for inventory: You can now define up to 5 custom fields on inventory items. These fields appear as columns in inventory tables and can be used to filter your data.

3.13.0

Released on 16.09.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Added a Sales Channels page in Store Settings where you can manage which sales channels are linked to which warehouses.

• Added a sales channels table that lets you match sales channels to warehouses in one place.

• Added setup modals in the Integrations section for configuring connection limits and selecting a source of truth when connecting third-party logistics or warehouse management systems.

• Improved the experience for non-Shopify data sources with better filtering options and clearer navigation:

  • The global locations filter on the Demand Planning page is now hidden when using a non-Shopify data source, reducing irrelevant options
  • A Sales Channel filter has been added next to the date filter on the Demand Planning chart
  • Product images are no longer shown in Demand Planning and Inventory tables for non-Shopify data sources
  • The Sales → In Stock section is disabled for non-Shopify data sources, as it is not applicable
  • Transfer Orders are no longer shown under Purchase Orders for non-Shopify data sources
  • Location editing in Store Settings → Locations is disabled for non-Shopify data sources
  • Shopify stock tracking mode is disabled in Store Settings → Preferences and in Purchase Order details when using a non-Shopify data source
  • A sales channel dropdown has been added to the Replenishment Event creation form for non-Shopify data sources
  • Products shown in a replenishment event are now filtered by the selected sales channel location
  • The sales channel is now displayed in the Replenishment Event details header when one is available

3.12.0

Released on 16.09.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• You can now filter inventory by Shopify metafields directly from the inventory table.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Item quantities in your basket are now preserved when generating a purchase order. If you cancel the conversion, quantities automatically revert to what they were before.

3.11.0

Released on 10.09.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Improved quantity recommendations when converting a basket item to a Purchase Order.

  Recommendations now account for both Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) and Batch Size:

  • If the basket quantity is below the MOQ, the recommended quantity is the smallest valid Batch Size multiple that meets or exceeds the MOQ.
  • If the basket quantity meets or exceeds the MOQ, the recommended quantity is the basket quantity rounded up to the nearest Batch Size multiple.
  • In both cases, the recommended quantity is always a valid Batch Size multiple.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Clicking "Go Back" on the settings page now correctly returns you to the home page, even after a hard refresh.

• The remaining trial days counter now displays on a single line as intended.

• The integrations page header no longer shifts or jumps when switching between tabs.

• Fixed incorrect messaging in the integrations modal that stated an integration was unavailable for certain plans when it was, in fact, available.

• At least one tag is now always visible in the tags column, even when space is limited.

• Items with no SKU now display a dash (-) instead of a blank cell.

3.10.0

Released on 09.09.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• When connecting an integration that isn't available yet, you'll now see a request confirmation directly — without an extra step.

3.9.1

Released on 04.09.2025

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where the replenishment policy details table did not correctly filter columns based on the selected view (variants or products).

3.9.0

Released on 04.09.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Updated the tutorial video shown in the sync dialog.

• Removed the lead time option from replenishment policy settings.

• Added an Install from Shopify button to the Shopify connection flow, making it easier to install the app directly from the Shopify App Store.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed incorrect wording for lead time on the supplier details page.

3.8.0

Released on 03.09.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Purchase Orders: You can now customize which columns are shown in the details table using the new table settings menu. Your column selection is also applied when you download the table, so exports match exactly what you see on screen.

3.7.0

Released on 02.09.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• The inventory table now includes a Shopify Metafields column, so you can view and inspect the metafields assigned to your products and variants directly from the inventory view.

• When a target budget cannot be set for the current fiscal year, an information card is now displayed explaining why — so you're never left wondering what's happening.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where selecting all items in the supplier catalog and adding them to a basket could fail due to a missing supplier reference.

3.6.0

Released on 29.08.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Copy cell values with one click — Tables now include a Copy cell that lets you instantly copy values such as product IDs or variant IDs without selecting text manually.

• Reorder table columns by dragging — In Table Settings, you can now drag and drop columns into your preferred order to customize how your tables are displayed.

• Export only what you see — When exporting the inventory table to CSV, the file now includes only the columns currently visible in your table, rather than exporting all columns by default.

• Set replenishment defaults during onboarding — The initial sync setup now includes a step to configure your replenishment defaults upfront, so your settings are ready to go from the start.

3.5.0

Released on 27.08.2025

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an incorrect count shown in table filters. The count now reflects the number of rows in the table rather than the number of unique variants, giving you a more accurate picture of the data available.

3.4.0

Released on 27.08.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Improved error reporting when connecting an email account, making it easier to identify and resolve issues with your email provider.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed a spacing issue with icons in the collapsed navigation bar.

3.3.0

Released on 26.08.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• A new "Sales Velocity (Incl. Bundles)" column is now available in the Products, Product, Variant, Smart Replenishment, and Demand Planning pages, giving you a more complete view of sales performance that accounts for bundle sales.

• Setting up and editing in-stock policies is now handled in a streamlined modal window, making the experience faster and more consistent whether you're creating a new policy or updating an existing one.

3.2.0

Released on 26.08.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Added a Select All option to the product tables in Purchase Orders, Replenishment Sets, Events, and Supplier Catalogs, making it faster to add large numbers of products at once. Also fixed an issue where Remove All was not working correctly in Supplier Catalogs and Replenishment Events.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where table columns could not be sorted correctly in certain views.

• Fixed a bug where changes to a contact's preferred contact method were not being saved properly.

• Fixed an issue where using Remove All in the Supplier Catalog did not remove products as expected.

• All users within an organization can now manage locations, regardless of their role.

• Archived suppliers are now hidden from supplier dropdown menus unless you are specifically viewing the archived suppliers list.

• Variant titles now appear alongside product names in the variant view, making it easier to identify specific variants.

3.1.2

Released on 22.08.2025

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where the date picker menu in table filters could overlap with other elements on the page.

3.1.1

Released on 22.08.2025

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an incorrect sales velocity calculation on the Demand Planning page

3.1.0

Released on 22.08.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Admins can now manage trial periods for individual users.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where inventory table filters could return incorrect results under certain filter combinations.

• Fixed missing product title and product ID columns in the bundle editing window.

• The team members list now updates immediately after sending an invitation.

3.0.2

Released on 21.08.2025

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where the Smart Replenishment table retained a previously selected date preset when switching views, even if that preset was no longer available.

3.0.1

Released on 21.08.2025

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where in-app guidance could not correctly highlight the Recommendation column in the Smart Replenishment table.

• Fixed an issue where existing numeric filters were not properly validated against their allowed range, which could result in incorrect filter behavior.

3.0.0

Released on 20.08.2025

🚨 Breaking Changes

• Billing has been redesigned. The previous subscription tiers have been replaced with a credit-based system that offers more flexible, fine-grained options.

• The app interface has been redesigned. All pages have been updated for a more consistent experience, with clearer focus on the information that matters most and removal of unnecessary elements.

---

✨ New Features and Improvements

Smart Replenishment

• A new column now displays the AI-generated recommended order quantity for each product, along with buttons to refresh the recommendation or inspect its details.

• Clicking the inspect button on any product row now opens a detailed view showing incoming purchase orders, upcoming events, and a timeline based on the recommendation.

• You can now save plans on the Smart Replenishment page and return to them later.

• The date picker now shows the length of the selected interval (for example, "Next 10 days"), and your duration selection is remembered between sessions.

• Date picker presets are now available based on your replenishment frequency setting. A date picker has also been added directly to the replenishment table for easier navigation.

• A new SKU column has been added to the Smart Replenishment table.

• You can now set default lead time and replenishment frequency directly from the Smart Replenishment page using the new "Configure Defaults" button.

• Quick actions now include a "Generate Recommendations" option, which opens the appropriate modal depending on your action.

• If your budget has not been configured, a banner on the Smart Replenishment page will prompt you to complete setup.

• Users on free or trial plans will see a clear prompt when they have run out of recommendation credits.

Demand Planning

• A totals row has been added to the bottom of the demand planning table.

• A sticky column now displays the total values for each row, visible as you scroll horizontally.

• Table cells that fall within a date range covered by an existing event are now locked from editing. A tooltip explains why the cell cannot be edited.

• Table cells are also locked from editing when the table is in revenue mode.

• Revenue values are now displayed correctly in table cells when revenue mode is selected.

Budget Planner

• The budget planner has been moved from Store Settings into the Replenishment section for easier access.

• The budget overview now shows your total allocated budget and total spent budget for the year.

• The budget chart now uses allocated budget, spent budget, planned cost of goods, and actual cost of goods. The chart tooltip has been improved to make it clearer when spending exceeds the budget.

• The budget table rows have been updated to show revenue, allocated budget, spent budget, planned cost of goods, and actual cost of goods. All available rows are now listed directly — the row selection dropdown has been removed. A new table settings menu has been added, and the category filter has been moved into it. Cell editing now works consistently with the rest of the app.

• An "Actual vs. Plan" chart has been added, showing values in either unit or revenue mode depending on your selection.

• Budget setup has been simplified to a single step. If your budget is not yet configured, a setup prompt appears with sample data shown in the background so you can see what to expect.

Purchase Orders

• Purchase order statuses have been simplified to four stages: Draft, Confirmed, Shipped, and Delivered.

• You can now mark shipped items as delivered using a new delivery modal.

• A new deliveries section has been added to purchase orders, with an expandable view and an editable delivery table.

• You can add products to an existing delivery directly from the purchase order.

• You can now mark all items as delivered at once from the delivered tab.

• You can remove a delivery from a purchase order, with a confirmation step before the change is made.

• The purchase order details page now includes an improved overview section with cards for invoice address, delivery address, supplier, and product variants.

• You can now export a purchase order as a PDF or attach it to an email. Before sending, you can add comments and additional costs. Phone and email fields have also been added to the invoice address, store address, and supplier forms.

• A new stock sync settings button on the purchase order details page lets you control how your inventory is updated when deliveries are created or modified.

• An email activity tab has been added to purchase order details, showing email threads related to that order.

• The purchase order details table columns have been updated.

Products and Variants

• Product and variant detail pages have been redesigned with a tabbed layout. The information card has been simplified, and a new tab shows all confirmed and shipped incoming purchase orders for that product and its variants.

Replenishment Policies

• Creating a replenishment policy is now simpler. Unnecessary steps and fields have been removed, and a default policy is now shown in the policies table.

Replenishment Events

• You can now view a list of replenishment events and create new ones from a dedicated events page.

• A detail page for individual replenishment events is also now available.

Dashboard

• The dashboard now includes recommendation cards (suggesting actions based on your data) and explore cards (helping you discover features in the app).

• A "Getting Started" checklist has been added to the dashboard. Steps are automatically marked based on your progress, and the list is tailored to users who have connected a Shopify store.

• A banner highlights items that need your attention.

• The "Previous period" label on sales KPI cards is now consistent regardless of the date range you have selected.

• Charts have been removed from the dashboard to reduce clutter.

Billing

• The billing dashboard has been updated to show credit usage, credits remaining, current costs, and any overage charges.

• The manage billing page has been updated with new plan cards and improved flows for switching, upgrading, or downgrading your plan.

• An upgrade prompt is shown to free plan users on the Instock page.

• Email feature previews and unlock prompts are now shown for plans that do not include email functionality.

Integrations

• The Integration Directory is now the default tab when you open Store Settings → Integrations.

• You can now request an integration directly from the Integration Directory, and a confirmation is shown when your request is submitted.

• Requested integrations are now saved to your user settings.

Settings

• A stock synchronization mode setting has been added to Store Preferences, giving you control over how inventory levels are updated when purchase order deliveries are created or changed.

Navigation and General

• The "Get Started" section has been removed from the navigation bar, as this content is now available on the dashboard.

• The quick actions menu is now floating and can be dragged to a different position on the screen.

• Budget type options (OTB and Continuity) have been removed from areas outside the Budget page to simplify the experience.

• Decimal values in custom revenue and cost input fields are now limited to two decimal places.

• The percentage symbol in the Reconfigure Budget modal now appears after the number, as expected.

• Admin users can now view and manage organizations and users in separate tabs on the admin page.

---

🐛 Bug Fixes

• The settings button in the replenishment policy product table is now correctly right-aligned.

• Archived suppliers no longer appear in inventory table actions.

• The purchase orders table now correctly labels the filter item count.

• The total sales column in the product sales table is now correctly positioned and no longer causes extra whitespace when scrolling.

• The selected filters panel in the inventory table now scrolls correctly and no longer gets stuck.

• Incoming order counts for products and variants now update correctly when a purchase order is partially delivered.

• The percentage symbol in event configuration now appears in the correct position.

• The date picker on the product sales page has been resized to visually match the other controls on the same row.

• Your adjustment type selection in event configuration is now correctly preserved when moving between steps.

2.120.1

Released on 14.08.2025

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed incorrect titles on inventory-related notifications in the notification panel

2.120.0

Released on 12.08.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• New notification types are now available in the notifications panel, including Purchase Orders, Budget, Daily Digest, and System notifications.

• Slack integration is now available. You can connect your Slack account from the Integrations Settings page to receive notifications directly in Slack.

• Sales KPI cards are back on the dashboard page.

• Refreshed Notification Center — The notification center has been updated with a cleaner design. Key changes include:

  • Category selection has moved from tabs to a dropdown menu.
  • Notifications are now grouped under two date categories: Today and Previous.
  • Bookmarking has been removed.
  • Deleting all notifications now shows an inline confirmation instead of a pop-up.

• Notification Preferences page — You can now manage your notification preferences from Personal Settings. Choose which notification types you receive and which channels deliver them — In-App, Email, or Slack. Available notification types include Inventory, Purchase Orders, Budget, InStock, System, and Daily Digest. A connected Slack account is required to use Slack notifications.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• "Daily Digest" has been renamed to "Digest" in notification settings.

2.119.2

Released on 10.08.2025

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where contacts without a preferred contact method could not be saved.

• Fixed an issue where uploading a CSV file for suppliers or contacts could silently drop certain fields. All columns in your file are now preserved correctly during the import process.

• Fixed an issue where the SKU column in the basket table was locked and could not be edited.

2.119.0

Released on 08.08.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• The AI-powered email sidebar features are now labeled Thread Summary and Smart Reply for clarity, and load faster with no initial loading delay.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where premium plan prices could display incorrectly depending on your region or language settings.

2.118.1

Released on 07.08.2025

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Restored the "Select Current Page" option in inventory tables, which was previously missing.

2.118.0

Released on 05.08.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Bundles support: You can now mark existing product variants as bundles in Tightly. This ensures your bundle sales are accurately reflected in your reports and that replenishment recommendations account for bundle performance correctly.

2.117.0

Released on 05.08.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Sales card labels on product and variant pages have been updated for clarity, and tooltips have been added to explain what each sales card represents.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Card order on the in-stock page is now saved and no longer resets unexpectedly.

• The minimum order value (MOV) filter checkbox now responds correctly when selected.

2.116.0

Released on 31.07.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• The Product Sales page and Dashboard have been streamlined by removing sales-related KPI cards for a cleaner layout.

• The Product Sales page now includes an expanded set of columns — Net Items Sold, Gross Sales, Discounts, Returns, Net Sales, Taxes, and Total Sales — along with updated filters, giving you a more detailed and flexible view of your sales data.

2.115.0

Released on 30.07.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• The basket page has a refreshed look with quick actions and three new columns: Barcode, Category, and SKU.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• The product and variant info cards in the inventory table now update immediately after editing a cell, always showing the latest information.

2.114.0

Released on 28.07.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Improved loading speed for cells that display lists of tags.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where the filter menu toggle icon could overlap other elements on the page.

• The column selector in table settings is now hidden when there are no additional columns available to add.

• Fixed an issue where the selected range or preset in the range filter was not reset correctly.

• Fixed an issue where the wrong organization could be associated with a store in certain cases.

• Fixed an issue where labels in the variant ID column were cut off or not fully visible in non-Chromium browsers (such as Firefox and Safari).

2.113.0

Released on 25.07.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• You can now reset your password directly from the login page. Click the new Forgot Password button, enter your email address, and you will receive a link to set a new password.

2.112.1

Released on 24.07.2025

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where inventory table filters could retain stale product or variant selections when navigating between pages.

2.112.0

Released on 24.07.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Tables now display 50 rows by default, and your page size preference is saved between sessions.

• You can now reassign selected product variants to a different supplier directly from the supplier catalog table using the new "Assign to Another Supplier" quick action. You can also choose to carry over related settings — such as minimum order quantity, unit cost, and lead time — to the new supplier.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Tags in tables are now capped at a maximum width, ensuring at least one tag is always visible even when space is limited.

2.111.0

Released on 22.07.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Updating a contact now saves only the fields you changed, making updates faster and more efficient.

2.110.0

Released on 21.07.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Invoice Address section in Store Settings: Address fields have been moved into a dedicated "Invoice Address" section within Store Settings, making it easier to find and manage your billing address separately from your store profile.

• Archived supplier indicators: Archived suppliers are now clearly marked across the app — their names appear greyed out in the suppliers table, contacts list, contact details, inventory table, basket table, purchase order pages, and smart replenishment table, so you can instantly distinguish them from active suppliers.

• Archived supplier filter: You can now filter the suppliers table to show only archived suppliers, making it easier to review or manage them.

• Archived supplier warnings: Where relevant — such as in the basket and purchase order details — a warning banner or info card appears when an archived supplier is involved, helping you avoid placing orders with inactive suppliers.

• Archived suppliers hidden from key actions: Archived suppliers no longer appear in dropdowns used to assign or update suppliers in the inventory table, basket, and contact editing — reducing the chance of accidentally selecting an inactive supplier.

• Archive suppliers from the supplier details page: You can now archive a supplier directly from their details page. The page also shows a clear archived state view, and actions that are not applicable to archived suppliers — such as adding to basket or editing catalog items — are hidden.

• Address column in Locations table: The Locations tab in Store Settings now displays each location's address directly in the table, giving you a quick overview without needing to open each location individually.

• Edit locations in Store Settings: You can now edit location details directly from the Locations table in Store Settings. Click the edit button next to any location to open a form and update its details.

2.109.0

Released on 17.07.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Search bars now appear in a consistent position across all tables, making them easier to find.

2.108.0

Released on 14.07.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• The "Date Created" filter for purchase orders is now automatically disabled when the start and end dates are set to the same day, preventing invalid filter combinations.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where renaming a purchase order was not correctly reflected in the purchase orders table.

2.107.0

Released on 11.07.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• You can now hide the selection column in the inventory table to customize your view.

2.106.0

Released on 10.07.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Some replenishment trigger and amount options are now marked as deprecated and will be removed in a future update as part of ongoing replenishment policy improvements. We recommend reviewing your current replenishment settings and transitioning away from deprecated options ahead of their removal.

2.105.0

Released on 09.07.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• When attempting to connect a Shopify store that is already linked to another organization, you will now see a clear error message explaining why the connection cannot be completed.

• Cin7 is now available as an integration. You can connect your Cin7 account directly from the integrations page using your account ID and access key.

• Lead time values in the inventory table now show where the value comes from, giving you more visibility into how lead times are determined.

• Table view options in demand planning have moved into the table settings menu, keeping controls organized in one place.

• When editing a supplier, you can now choose your preferred lead time input strategy using a clearer radio button selection.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where the inventory table could display outdated values after data was refreshed. Edited cell values now correctly update when new data loads.

• Fixed an issue where navigating to certain pages without a store selected could cause unexpected behavior. A default store is now applied automatically when needed.

• Fixed an issue in the supplier catalog where updating a variant could incorrectly apply the wrong supplier. The correct selected supplier is now used when saving changes.

2.104.0

Released on 07.07.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Improved layout responsiveness on the Settings page.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where adding a new product to a purchase order could apply incorrect quantity and unit cost values when filters were active. All items are now considered correctly when a new product is added.

• Replaced the column selector in the Replenishment Policy Products dialog with the standard table settings control, bringing it in line with the rest of the application.

• Fixed a bug where certain active filters were not recognized as already applied, which could cause incorrect filter behavior. Filter matching now works correctly for all filter value types.

2.103.0

Released on 03.07.2025

✨ New Features and Improvements

• Added a Cin7 integration guide to the Integrations page. You can find it through the integrations directory and follow the steps to connect and use Cin7 with Tightly.

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue where filters were not applied correctly when navigating to a report via a KPI card.

2.102.1

Released on 02.07.2025

🐛 Bug Fixes

• Fixed an issue on the user profile page where clicking the save button did not save your changes.

• Fixed an issue where column options were not appearing correctly in the product sales table settings.